Final Work Plan (Entire) - F.E. Warren AFB Former Atlas D Mi_2009

FINAL PROJECT WORK PLAN

Time Critical Response Action for Wellhead Treatment

F.E. Warren Air Force Base

Former Atlas D Missile Site 4

Laramie County, Wyoming

Contract No. W9128F-04-D-0029

Task Order No. 0026

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Omaha District

Rapid Response Program

Offutt AFB, NE 68113

Prepared by:

Project Resources, Inc.

3760 Convoy Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92111

July 2009

Final Project Work Plan F.E. Warren Air Force Base

Former Atlas D Missile Site 4 Laramie County, Wyoming

Final Project Work Plan i Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

Date: July 8, 2009

Version: Final

Revision Date: N/A

Project Name F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Former Atlas D Missile Site 4

PRI Project Number: 213026.01

Prepared By:

Jason Lynch Project Manager Project Resources Inc.

______________________Date

Reviewed By:

Michael Vasquez Project Scientist Project Resources, Inc.

______________________Date

Approved By:

Michelle Smith Operations Manager Project Resources Inc.

______________________Date

Approved By:

Waleed Shaheen, P.E. Rapid Response Project Engineer USACE Omaha District

______________________Date



Final Project Work Plan ii Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS BOD biological oxygen demand ºC degrees Centigrade CBOPU Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities CFR Code of Federal Regulations COC chain-of-custody COR Contracting Officer’s Representative CQCP Contractor Quality Control Plan DEQ Department of Environmental Quality DFOW definable features of work DO dissolved oxygen DOD QSM Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual DQCR Daily Quality Control Reports FSP Field Sampling Plan FUDS formerly used defense sites GAC granular activated carbon GPM gallons per minute GPS Global Positioning System GSA General Services Administration HPC heterotrophic plate count HSP Health and Safety Plan HTRW Hazardous, Toxic, Radiological Waste ID identification LCS laboratory control sample MCL Maximum Contaminant Level MDL Level of Detection MGD million gallons per day μg/L micrograms per Liter MHP Material Handling Plan MS/MSD matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate NELAC National Environmental Laboratory Conference O&MM Operations and Maintenance Manual PE Project Engineer PID photoionization detector PPE personal protective equipment



Final Project Work Plan iii Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

PRI Project Resources Inc. ProAct ProAct Services Corporation QA quality assurance QC quality control QCM Quality Control Manager QCSR Quality Control Summary Report RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RI Remedial Investigation ROE Right-of-Entry RRPE Rapid Response Project Engineer SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan SCADA Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition SDP Spill and Discharge Plan SEDD Standard Electronic Data Deliverable SOPs standard operating procedures SOS Scope of Services TBD To Be Determined TDH Total Dynamic Head TCE Trichloroethene TCRA Time Critical Response Action USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers USAF United States Air Force USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VOC volatile organic compound WDEQ Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Final Project Work Plan iv Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

1.0 Introduction.............................................................................................................................1

1.1 Site History ......................................................................................................................1 1.2 Previous Investigations ....................................................................................................2 1.3 Existing Conditions..........................................................................................................2 1.4 Objectives ........................................................................................................................4 1.5 Document Organization ...................................................................................................4

2.0 Project OrganIzation..............................................................................................................5 2.1 Management & Staff........................................................................................................5 2.2 Subcontractors..................................................................................................................6 2.3 Equipment ........................................................................................................................6

3.0 Contractor Work Areas .........................................................................................................7 3.1 Office Space.....................................................................................................................7 3.2 Equipment & Material Storage ........................................................................................7 3.3 Disposal Facilities............................................................................................................7 3.4 Work Summary and Sequence.........................................................................................7

4.0 Site Activities ...........................................................................................................................9 4.1 Site Preparation................................................................................................................9 4.2 Wellhead Treatment System Design Criteria and Technical Information.......................9 4.3 Wellhead Treatment System Design Specifications ........................................................10 4.4 Wellhead Treatment System Mobilization and Installation.............................................11 4.5 Sample Collection and Analytical Testing ......................................................................13 4.6 Wellhead Treatment System On-Site Service and Support .............................................13 4.7 Wellhead Treatment System Breakdown and Demobilization........................................16 4.8 Handling and Environmental Protection Measures for Generated Waste .......................16 4.9 Time Critical Response Action Report ............................................................................17

5.0 Permits and Coordination......................................................................................................18 5.1 Permit Submittals.............................................................................................................18 5.2 Coordination ....................................................................................................................18 5.3 Utility Notifications .........................................................................................................19

6.0 Site Management.....................................................................................................................20 6.1 Daily Quality Control Reports .........................................................................................20 6.2 Material Handling Plan....................................................................................................20

7.0 Transportation And Disposal ................................................................................................21 7.1 Security Plan for Hazardous Waste Disposal ..................................................................22

8.0 Sampling And Analysis Plan (SAP) ......................................................................................23 8.1 Sampling and Analysis Objectives ..................................................................................23 8.2 Field Sampling Plan (FSP)...............................................................................................23

8.2.1 Field Notes ...........................................................................................................24 8.2.2 Sample Numbering Procedures............................................................................24 8.2.3 Sample Analysis and Laboratory Requirements..................................................24 8.2.4 Water Sample Locations ......................................................................................27 8.2.5 Water Sampling Procedures.................................................................................27 8.2.6 Equipment Decontamination ...............................................................................28

9.0 Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP) ...........................................................................29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Final Project Work Plan v Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

9.1 Quality Control Organization ..........................................................................................29 9.1.1 Quality Control Manager .....................................................................................29 9.1.2 Other On-site PRI Personnel................................................................................30

9.2 Quality Control Management ..........................................................................................30 9.2.1 Definable Features of Work.................................................................................30 9.2.2 Three Phases of Inspection ..................................................................................30 9.2.3 Documentation.....................................................................................................32 9.2.4 Document Control................................................................................................32 9.2.5 Materials Certification .........................................................................................32 9.2.6 Calibration of Equipment.....................................................................................32 9.2.7 Final Inspection and Test .....................................................................................33 9.2.8 Revision Policy ....................................................................................................33

9.3 Quality Control Procedures..............................................................................................34 9.3.1 Field Audits of Subcontractors' Operations .........................................................34 9.3.2 Inspection Procedures ..........................................................................................34 9.3.3 Inspection Deficiency Procedure .........................................................................34 9.3.4 Sampling Procedure Quality Control...................................................................35 9.3.5 Assessment and Oversight ...................................................................................37 9.3.6 Data Validation and Usability..............................................................................37

9.4 Inspections .......................................................................................................................38 9.4.1 Site Inspections ....................................................................................................38 9.4.2 Daily QC Inspections...........................................................................................38 9.4.3 Completion Inspections .......................................................................................39

10.0 Spill and Discharge Plan ........................................................................................................41 11.0 Document Management .........................................................................................................43

11.1 Paper Records ..................................................................................................................43 11.2 Computer Records ...........................................................................................................43 11.3 Photographs......................................................................................................................44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Final Project Work Plan vi Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

FIGURES

Figure 1 – Site Map APPENDICES Appendix A – Site Specific Health and Safety Plan Appendix B – Wyoming Water Quality Application Form and Engineering Design Report Appendix C – Manufacturer’s Technical Information Sheets for Treatment System Appendix D – System Design Drawings and General System Layout Appendix E – Calgon Carbon Specification Sheet Appendix F – Trichloroethene Isotherm Appendix G – Daily Quality Control Report Template Appendix H – Adsorbate Profile Document Appendix I – Instructions for Disinfecting Wells and Water Systems



Final Project Work Plan 1 Project Resources Inc. June 2009 Project # 213026.01

1.0 INTRODUCTION Project Resources Inc. (PRI) has been tasked to conduct a Time Critical Response Action (TCRA), under contract W9128F-04-D-0029-Task Order 0026 with the United States Army Corps of Engineers Rapid Response Program (USACE RR), to provide onsite wellhead treatment at the Finnerty No. 2 well serving the Borie Well Field. The purpose of the treatment system is to remove trichloroethene (TCE) levels to below the 5 micrograms per liters (μg/L) Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) for safe drinking water. Cheyenne’s Borie Well Field contains four production wells located just north of the Belvoir Ranch, approximately seven miles down-gradient of the former F.E. Warren Air Force Base Atlas "D" Missile Site 4 in Laramie County, Wyoming and 7 miles west of Cheyenne. The Finnerty No. 2 well is one of the four production wells and is located 7 miles west of the City of Cheyenne in Section 14, Township 13 North, Range 68 West. The groundwater from Cheyenne’s Borie Well Field provides approximately 15 percent of the annual water supply for the City of Cheyenne, Wyoming. The Atlas "D" Missile Site 4 is located in Laramie County, Wyoming, approximately two miles south of the City of Granite, and approximately 18 miles west of the City of Cheyenne, in Section 20, Township 13 North, Range 69 West. A site location map is provided as Figure 1.

1.1 Site History The Atlas "D" Missile Site 4 was one of four Atlas "D" missile sites operated by the United Stated Air Force (USAF) as part of the 565th Strategic Missile Squadron at F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Wyoming. The Site 4 property is part of the Belvoir Ranch, and consisted of 702.59 acres acquired by purchase and condemnation between 1959 and 1962. The Belvoir Grazing Association of Ault, Colorado owned the property at the time of the original Inventory Project Report to assess Formerly Used Defense Sites (FUDS) project eligibility was completed. A salvage contractor had purchased the site through the General Services Administration after the site was declared excess by the USAF, and as a result of their activities and subsequent vandalism, the property was in poor condition. The site was then sold to the Belvoir Grazing Association, and then to Timnath Farms. In 2003, the Belvoir Ranch, including Site 4, was sold to the City of Cheyenne and the Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities (CBOPU) with the intent of developing additional groundwater resources and a new landfill. The CBOPU is working with the Wyoming Water Development Commission to identify and develop the groundwater resources on the ranch.




1.2 Previous Investigations The Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (WDEQ) conducted an initial Site Inspection at Site 4 in 2002. The USACE Omaha District is conducting a Hazardous, Toxic and Radiological Waste (HTRW) project under the Defense Environmental Restoration Program for FUDS at Site 4. Under the HTRW project, the USACE conducted various investigations at Site 4 between 2002 and 2006. These investigations included an Expanded Site Inspection, an Expanded Site Inspection Addendum and a Remedial Investigation (RI). The investigations were conducted in accordance with Engineering Regulation 200-3-1, FUDS Program Policy. The RI identified a plume of groundwater contamination from TCE extending east from Site 4 approximately 6-miles. TCE was identified as a solvent that was used for flushing fuel tanks after defueling the missiles as part of the operational use of the site by the USAF during ownership of Site 4. Subsequent to the RI, as part of the Focused Feasibility Study, a Supplemental Investigation Report was prepared in December 2008 that identified that the plume of TCE groundwater contamination had likely extended into the aquifer where numerous municipal, industrial, stock, irrigation and domestic wells had been impacted by TCE contamination.

1.3 Existing Conditions On January 6, 2009, the USACE was notified by CBOPU that in November 2008, water samples from EPA Drinking Water Regulatory analysis from their King II Finished Water Storage Reservoir had shown a 0.50 ppb value for TCE. The King II Finished Water Storage Reservoir holds treated surface water from the Sherard Water Treatment Plant blended with groundwater from several well fields (Happy Jack, Bell, and Borie Well Fields). The groundwater is currently aerated through a “Radon Removal” air stripping unit prior to blending in the King II reservoir. At the time of the November 2008 sampling event, the City of Cheyenne was pumping groundwater from two of the four wells in the Borie Well Field. This particular well field has had historical detections of TCE contamination. Prior to the November 2008 sampling, the presence of TCE in any of the finished water storage reservoirs (including the King II reservoir) or City of Cheyenne water distribution system had been non-detect (below MCL limits). As a follow-up to this sampling event, the CBOPU collected samples at the wellheads for the two wells that were operating in the Borie Well Field. Results from one of these wells, the Finnerty No. 2 well, indicated that the TCE levels had increased from a historical level of 22 ppb to 40 ppb.




On January 21, 2009, the USACE conducted a site visit to collect data for assisting the CBOPU in evaluating the capabilities of the “Radon Removal” aeration unit for treating/reduction of TCE. The aeration system had been designed in a 1993 project for Radon reduction from the groundwater well sources in anticipation of then forthcoming EPA regulations regarding acceptable Radon levels for drinking water. While those regulations were never promulgated, the “Radon Removal” aeration system has provided the CBOPU a beneficial use in reducing the natural carbon dioxide levels in the groundwater source, allowing the blending of the otherwise untreated groundwater source as a buffering agent to the treated surface water. This aeration unit is also likely providing some level of treatment/reduction (about 59% removal for a groundwater flow of 11 million gallons per day [MGD] at a temperature of 9 degrees Celsius) in TCE from the groundwater source from the Borie Well Field. While the aeration unit has worked well to date in treating previously observed TCE values and well flows, the sampling event of November 2008 indicated that this unit might not able to treat TCE if the concentrations at the King II Water reservoir become higher than historically observed. The CBOPU has identified a need to replace the existing aeration facility or provide a new treatment facility if the TCE levels at the Borie Well Field increase to the point where the existing aeration facility is no longer able to remove TCE to below detection limits in the finished water supply at the point-of entry. The Sherard Water Treatment Plant treats all of the surface water supply for the City of Cheyenne, WY. Surface water provides approximately 75% of the City of Cheyenne’s water demand, with the remaining 25% provided from groundwater sources. The City of Cheyenne’s groundwater is supplied from four (4) distinct well fields. They are referred to as the Federal, Bell, Happy Jack and Borie Well Fields. The Borie well field provides an average pumping rate of 2.66 MGD, which represents 15% of the annual water supply for the City of Cheyenne. A new round of sampling was conducted in April 2009 by the CBOPU at the Borie Well Field. The following TCE concentrations were reported: Finnerty No. 2 - 26 ppb TCE; Elkar - 2.1 ppb TCE; and Webber - 15 ppb TCE. The Borie No. 1 had non-detect TCE. Based on the April 2009 sampling results, the Finnerty No. 2 well currently has the highest TCE concentration of the four wells in the Borie Well Field. WDEQ has requested the USACE to provide temporary treatment at the Finnerty No. 2 well to address the City of Cheyenne’s need for immediate treatment of the groundwater contamination.




After a legal review by the USACE Counsel, it was determined that a TCRA be conducted in accordance with procedures outlined in ER 200-3-1 to address the public health and safety concerns related to drinking water exposures over the MCL. Public exposure due to TCE contamination in groundwater over the MCL would be a concern in the future if no treatment system is installed in the Borie Well Field.

1.4 Objectives PRI has prepared this Work Plan to meet the objectives and requirements specified in the USACE draft Scope of Services (SOS), dated May 12, 2009. The objectives of the TCRA are to: (1) design, provide, install, operate and maintain the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead treatment system to treat TCE contaminated groundwater with levels above the MCL, and (2) conduct water sampling and chemical analysis to assess treatment system performance and the absence of volatile organic compounds, primarily the contaminant of concern - TCE, during an initial six (6) month TCRA remediation period that could be extended in duration by a contract change order from USACE, if required. PRI and the USACE will coordinate the design and construction proposal. Any deviation from this design will be presented and coordinated with USACE-Omaha and the WDEQ - Water Quality Section during the proposal design period prior to construction. All new equipment and modifications to the existing well piping layout system will be coordinated with Bud Spillman, Manager of the Water Treatment Division of the CBOPU, and all required permits approved prior to construction and installation. All sampling, analysis and associated deliverable(s) will be performed in accordance with local, state and federal regulations, and all other applicable U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and USACE guidance.

1.5 Document Organization This Work Plan includes a summary of the project work activities to be performed, as well as the following site-specific plans: Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP), Health and Safety Plan (HSP) (Appendix A), Material Handling Plan (MHP), Spill and Discharge Plan (SDP), and Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP). Additionally, this Work Plan identifies contract and reporting requirements, decontamination procedures, and additional references.




2.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION 2.1 Management & Staff

Management and staff positions will be assigned by PRI. The personnel identified below will conduct the project activities under this Task Order, although specific assignments may change based on actual work load and other ongoing assignments. However, only qualified and trained personnel will be used to perform their assigned work. Below is a project organization diagram showing currently assigned project personnel along with their project titles.

USACE Rapid Response Project Engineer: represents the USACE and serves as a liaison between USACE and PRI. Project Manager: provides oversight of field activities; manages the project so that all project objectives are met; and provides technical support. The Project Manager will be on-site during the field activities, and may act as the Quality Control Manager and/or the Site Safety Manager, in their absence. Quality Control Manager (QCM): monitors quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) during the field activities, and reviews Work Plans and Completion Reports, as well as analytical data. The Quality Control Manager will not be on-site during the field activities. Project Scientist: collects samples and prepares them for shipment to the analytical laboratory, including the preparation of chain-of-custody (COC) forms. A trained field technician, geologist, or chemist is qualified to perform this role. The Project Scientist will be on-site during sampling activities following installation of the treatment system. Site Foreman / Site Safety Manager: prepares site for receipt of water treatment system, oversees installation of treatment system and all activities conducted by subcontractors on

USACE Omaha District Waleed Shaheen

Rapid Response Project Engineer

Project Resources Inc. Jason Lynch

Project Manager

Project Resources Inc. Michael Vasquez Project Scientist

Project Resources Inc. Tom Meichtry

Quality Control Manager

Test America Analytical Laboratory

ProAct Services Corporation Wellhead Treatment System

Project Resources Inc Harvey Fowler

Site Foreman / Site Safety Manager




site, reviews safety-related information in the site-specific HSP, and helps to ensure that assigned staff are adequately trained in the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and the HSP. The Site Foreman / Site Safety Manager will be on-site during the initial set-up and installation activities. 2.2 Subcontractors

The following subcontractors are currently proposed to perform work at the project site: Provide granular activated carbon treatment system, set-up, and installation:

ProAct Services Corporation (ProAct) 1140 Conrad Industrial Drive Ludington, MI 49431 Contact: Frank Smiddy Phone: (231) 843-2711

Analytical Services:

TestAmerica 5102 LaRoche Avenue Savannah, GA 31404 Contact: Bernard Kirkland Phone: (912) 354-7858

2.3 Equipment The following equipment is proposed for use during field activities at Finnerty No. 2 wellhead:

Two carbon steel pressure (75 psi rated) liquid granular activated carbon (GAC) adsorbers each containing 20,000 pounds of specific GAC

Air relief valves, pressure gauges, effluent ball valve, and sample ports Five stage bag filter housing Six inch flow meter Influent and Effluent plumbing, manifold, and connections Underground plumbing materials, connections, flanges, and valves 21,000 gallon Frac tank Crane and Skytrack Backhoe

An assortment of decontamination equipment, hand-held tools, sampling containers, bottles, and coolers will also be used during field activities.




3.0 CONTRACTOR WORK AREAS 3.1 Office Space

Due to the short duration of the field activities, field office space will not be necessary.

3.2 Equipment & Material Storage PRI will be staging field equipment and materials at the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead location. Due to the short duration of the field activities, a separate, dedicated staging area will not be necessary.

3.3 Disposal Facilities The used GAC removed from the vessels will be considered a listed waste (F002) under the USEPA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulations. Calgon Carbon will transfer the waste to their reactivation furnaces at 15024 US Route 23, Catlettsburg, KY which are fully permitted to accept RCRA hazardous spent carbons as well as non-hazardous carbons. Calgon Carbon is permitted for transportation of both RCRA hazardous and non-hazardous material. The used bag filters will also be considered a listed waste under the USEPA RCRA regulations. In accordance with 40 CFR § 262.34, as the used bag filters are exchanged they will be stored in a 55-gallon drum. The drum will be marked as Hazardous Waste and will be temporarily staged at the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead site inside the locked well house. Within 90 days from the start of accumulation or when the drum is full, PRI will procure the services of a permitted hazardous waste hauler to remove the waste. The bag filters will be transported to a permitted hazardous waste landfill for disposal.

3.4 Work Summary and Sequence The initial Task Order (TO) was issued to PRI in May 18, 2009, to attend the site visit and begin preparation of preliminary plans and permits, with a modified TO issued on June 10, 2009. The Engineering Design Report Supporting Application for Permit to Construct, along with the Wyoming Water Quality Application Form, was submitted for review to the USACE and the CBOPU on June 4, 2009. Following approval and signatures, the fully executed package (Appendix B) was submitted to the Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)/Water Quality Division in Cheyenne, Wyoming on June 11, 2009.




Upon approval of the Permit to Construct and the Project Work Plan with a written notice-to-proceed by USACE, scheduling for field activities will begin. The USACE Rapid Response Project Engineer (USACE-RRPE) will be notified prior to the initiation of field activities. The USACE-RRPE will notify the appropriate regulatory agencies; including, the WDEQ, the USEPA Region 8, and CBOPU personnel to allow for them to be present, if they so choose. PRI will mobilize the project manager and site foreman to the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead site two days prior to the scheduled arrival of the treatment system. This will allow PRI to perform site preparation activities; including receipt of heavy equipment, grading a 30 foot x 30 foot staging area, receipt and installation of gravel at the staging site, and confirmation of proper grading of the access road and build-up of the culvert. Site preparation activities are expected to last 1 day. Set-up, installation, and start-up of the treatment system are expected to last approximately 7 days once the equipment, materials, and subcontractor personnel arrive on site. Following installation of the treatment system, water samples will be collected to assess whether the interim treatment is meeting the performance standards during the operational period. Water samples will be collected weekly for the first month and then monthly for up to an additional 5 month period of operation. One influent and two effluent samples will be collected at each sampling event. Effluent samples will include one sample collected after the first carbon vessel and one collected after the second. Water sampling activities and analyses will be performed in accordance with the USACE-Omaha Chemistry Scope of Services for Contracted Environmental Studies, June 2007. All samples will be analyzed using USEPA Method 524.2 by a National Environmental Laboratory Conference (NELAC) accredited analytical laboratory compliant with the Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual (DOD QSM). At the conclusion of the operation period, the treatment system will be dismantled and removed from the Site by ProAct. The spent GAC will be considered a listed waste (F002) under the USEPA RCRA regulations. Therefore, the used GAC will be removed from the vessels and transferred to Calgon Carbon’s reactivation furnaces at Catlettsburg, KY which are fully permitted to accept RCRA hazardous spent carbons as well as non-hazardous carbons. Bag filters that are being stored on site will be removed by a permitted hazardous waste hauler for transportation to a permitted hazardous waste landfill for disposal in accordance with USEPA RCRA regulations. The treatment system vessels and associated piping will be cleaned using soap and water, followed by steam cleaning at the ProAct facility in Ludington, Michigan.




4.0 SITE ACTIVITIES 4.1 Site Preparation

Site preparation activities will include the preparation of a staging area for the GAC treatment system. The PRI project manager and foreman will mobilize to the site two (2) days prior to the arrival of ProAct personnel and equipment in order to prepare the site. For staging of the treatment system, a 30 foot by 30 foot area will be graded adjacent to the northeastern border of the existing facility. The area will be graded with a 1% slope to the south to allow for adequate drainage. Angular graded gravel will be placed on the staging area at a 4 inch thickness as specified in the Engineering Design Report. The access road to the Finnerty No. 2 well site required maintenance work to allow for access of the heavy equipment and trailers containing the treatment system equipment. Victor Spencer, Well Field Lead Operator, CBOPU, performed this work. The culvert which crosses the road was built up with road base and the access road was graded and topped to allow for easier travel.

4.2 Wellhead Treatment System Design Criteria and Technical Information The Finnerty No. 2 well was drilled in 2006. The following is a brief summary of the capacity of this well provided in the USACE SOS:

Design Pumping Rate 550 gallons per minute (gpm)

Design Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 187 feet

Average Pumping Rate 470 gpm

Total Adjudicated Pumping Rate 350 gpm

Design Influent TCE concentration 40 μg/l

Treated Water TCE concentration < 5 μg/l

Existing Submersible Turbine Pump 60 HZ Goulds Model 8RJHC 2 Stage.

Curve No. E6208RCPCO

Impeller: Closed

Motor: 40 HP Franklin Electric

The Finnerty No. 2 wellhead treatment unit and all ancillary components were designed in accordance with the above parameters. The treatment system was designed to match existing delivery pressure so as not to impair function of existing water system or connected transmission line.




The design criteria were based on the contaminated water being in contact with GAC at an Empty Bed Contact Time of 20 minutes. The EPA indicates a 15 minute contact time is necessary for proper treatment. Chapter 12 of the DEQ Water Quality Rules and Regulations indicates a 20 minute contact time is required for potable water sources. The following is the design hydraulics calculation supporting the equipment selection:

40,000 pounds of carbon / 30 pounds/cubic foot = 1,333 cubic feet 1,333 cubic feet x 7.48 gallons/cubic foot = 9,973.33 gallons 9,973.33 gallons / 20 minutes of contact time = 498 gallons/minute

USACE and PRI will communicate to the CBOPU that the Finnerty No. 2 well can not be pumped above 498 gpm while the wellhead treatment system is in use in so that the 20 minute contact time will consistently be attained.

4.3 Wellhead Treatment System Design Specifications The treatment system will consist of two carbon steel pressure (75 psi rated) liquid GAC adsorbers in series. Each carbon adsorber will contain 20,000 pounds of GAC for a total of 40,000 pounds. Each adsorber will contain sample ports incorporated upstream, between, and downstream of the vessels. Sampling ports will be suitable for collecting water quality samples for analysis of system performance. Pressure gauges will be provided upstream and downstream of any treatment unit component that creates an increase in pressure headloss as a normal function of its operational performance. Each vessel will be equipped with air relief valves and an effluent ball valve. A six-inch flow meter will be incorporated into the system to measure treated flow volume through the treatment unit. The carbon vessels contain an interior lining that is NSF approved for potable drinking water. The system will have drain plugs in bottom locations to allow gravity draining of all standing fluids for winter conditions. The manufacturer’s technical information sheets for the GAC vessels and interior lining is provided as Appendix C. One train of five bag filter housings will be incorporated into the system upstream of the carbon vessels to remove suspended solids from the raw water prior to entry into the GAC adsorbers. Suspended solids would create a greater load on the GAC which could significantly shorten the usable life and cause the GAC to compact within the vessel. This unit features quick opening covers and a large area cartridge and basket for greater product holding capacity. They will be constructed of stainless steel with a Buna O-ring seals. The bag filter system specifications are provided in Appendix C.




Influent and effluent plumbing will be provided to connect to 8 inch flange fittings. This will include 30 feet of influent and 30 feet of effluent hose and all between stage plumbing. A plumbing manifold will be utilized to allow for multiple flow patterns through the carbon adsorbers as well as the capability to backwash each of the GAC vessels. The influent hosing will connect to the bag filter housing. The effluent from the carbon adsorbers will be connected to the correct 8” effluent flange fitting. A design drawing of the carbon adsorbers and plumbing manifold is provided in Appendix D, as well as a general layout of the treatment system and the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead site. A detailed design outlining the installation of the equipment, piping, and connections to existing components is provided in the Engineering Design Report (Appendix B).

4.4 Wellhead Treatment System Mobilization and Installation The treatment system will be mobilized to the site by ProAct. The initial 40,000 pounds of carbon will be mobilized to the site and provided by Calgon Carbon. The carbon will be 8x30 Mesh, coconut base virgin activated carbon used for potable water. A specification sheet is provided in Appendix E. ProAct services will provide the complete set-up and installation of the treatment system. The treatment system will be installed adjacent to the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead on the upslope side of the site, which is along the northeast fence of the existing wellhead plant. The site for placing the treatment system will be graded with a 1 percent slope as shown on the drawings, and a 4-inch thick gravel pad will be placed to support the system equipment. The site will be fenced with a double gate, each 8 feet wide. The treatment system will be tied into the existing wellhead between the well and the City’s flow control shed, which contains the City’s Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (SCADA) equipment. At this location, the water supplied from the treatment system will be properly controlled and observed by the City of Cheyenne. The system will be connected directly to the existing wellhead using 8-inch diameter ductile iron pipe, and flow will be controlled using three gate valves. The valves will be set up to provide isolation of the GAC from the wellhead if necessary. A piping manifold with valves will route the water to the GAC units. The manifold can be changed using the valves to provide four different flow processes, two each for water treatment and for backwashing. The treated water will be routed directly back into the City’s wellhead piping upgradient of their flow controls and SCADA system.




After the installation and prior to bringing the system online, the system will be disinfected in accordance with the Wyoming Department of Agriculture Analytical Services Instructions for Disinfecting Wells and Water Systems (Appendix I). Well water will be used for conducting the disinfection. Once the treatment system is connected to the existing well system, water will be allowed to enter the vessels and associated piping. The water will then be chlorinated to a concentration of 50 ppm and allowed to sit for 24 hours. A sample will then be collected from the water and submitted to the Wyoming Public Health Laboratory in Cheyenne, WY for the Colilert Test for detection and confirmation of total coliforms and E. coli. This is an EPA approved method for determination of compliance with requirements of the National Primary Drinking Water Regulations for public water supplies and the Surface Water Treatment Rule promulgated under the Safe Drinking Water Act. The water will then be discharged from the treatment system into the frac tank where it will be de-chlorinated to a residual concentration of less than 50 ppb. Colorimetric testing will be conducted in the field to assess the residual chlorine concentration. The pH will also be analyzed to ensure a level between 6.5 and 9.0 standard units. Following receipt of the microbiology analytical results from the laboratory (pass / fail); the vessels will be filled with GAC. The system will be allowed to stand overnight for de-gassing and the following day the system will be placed in operation. The GAC units will be labeled as permit-required confined spaces to warn that there may be an oxygen-deficient atmosphere inside the GAC units. The water from the frac tank will then be circulated through the treatment system for removal of contaminants (VOCs including TCE) and discharged back to the frac tank. A sample will be collected from the water for VOC analysis, including TCE, and submitted to the analytical laboratory. Following receipt of the analytical results (indicating the absence of VOCs and TCE concentrations less than the 5 ug/L MCL) the water will be discharged to the ground surface in accordance with the discharge plan approved by the WYDEQ/WQD (Section 4.6) Each unit will be grounded by connecting the skid to a grounding rod using standard grounding practices in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Code 70 (National Electric Code), Article 250. No electrical pumps, controls, or other electrical systems are required for the operation of the treatment system. It is anticipated that one week of time will be required to get the system set-up, installed, and ready to operate from the time ProAct Services Corporation personnel and equipment arrive at the site.




4.5 Sample Collection and Analytical Testing Water samples will be collected to assess whether the interim treatment system is meeting the performance standards during the operational period. Water samples will be collected weekly for the first month and then monthly for up to an additional 5 month period of operation. At each sampling event, one influent and two effluent samples will be collected from the system sample ports. Influent samples will be collected of the raw water being pumped from the well, prior to entering the treatment system. Effluent samples will include one sample collected after the first carbon vessel and one collected after the second. Water sampling activities and analyses will be performed in accordance with the USACE Chemistry Scope of Services for Contracted Environmental Studies, June 2007. Analytical data obtained from the water samples will be used to assess the presence of volatile organic compounds. Primarily, analytical data will assess whether TCE levels are below the MCL of 5 μg/L for safe drinking water during the operational period of the GAC system. The Sampling and Analysis Plan (Section 8.0) provides detailed information regarding sampling procedures and analytical requirements for this project. Monthly Analytical Data Reports will be submitted to the USACE-RRPE summarizing the fieldwork and analytical results for each sampling event.

4.6 Wellhead Treatment System On-Site Service and Support Carbon servicing will be based on the analytical data of the between stage water samples. When the TCE concentration of the between stage reaches or exceeds 20% of the influent concentration the vessel should be considered "spent". When this occurs, the services of Calgon Carbon will be procured to perform a carbon exchange for the first stage vessel. The manifold configuration will be used to reroute the water so that the secondary vessel becomes the primary vessel and the vessel containing the new load of virgin carbon will become the secondary vessel. The following calculation of carbon usage is based on the EPA Isotherm for TCE:

EPA Isotherm indicates 1.8 mg of TCE/gram of carbon (Appendix F) 0.040 mg/L of TCE x 3.785 Liters/Gallon = 0.1514 mg/gallon

0.1514 gallons x 498 gallons/minute x 60 minutes/hour x 24 hours/day x 30 days/month = 3,257,159 mg/month

3,257,159 mg/month of TCE /1.8 mg of TCE/gram of carbon = 1,809,533 grams of carbon/month

1,809,533 grams/ 454 grams/pound = 3,986 pounds of carbon/30 days




According to the above data it is anticipated that 20,000 pounds of carbon will last approximately 5 months at an average of 498 gallons/minute. Based on Calgon Carbon’s Isotherm for TCE indicating 10 mg of TCE/gram of carbon (Appendix F), with a 50% equilibrium expected to be realized (5 mg TCE/gram of carbon), 20,000 pounds of carbon will last approximately 13 months with a usage of 1,435 pounds of carbon per 30 days. It should be noted that these calculations are theoretical and actual carbon usage may vary depending on total contaminant concentrations in the raw well water being treated. Maintenance activities on the treatment system will be performed when required. Bi-weekly visits will be conducted by PRI to obtain pressure readings from each of the gauges incorporated into the system. If there is an increase in pressure upstream of one of the 5 bag filter housings, the bag filter will be replaced. If an increase in pressure is noted upstream from one of the adsorbers, this may be an indication that the GAC within the vessel has compacted and backwashing of the GAC may be required. ProAct will provide backwashing of the vessels if required during the period of operation of the system. If backwashing is required, the plumbing and valve configuration within the manifold will allow water to be passed through one vessel and then utilized to backwash the second vessel. Backwashing involves running the water backwards through the vessel to “fluff” the GAC within the vessel. A 20% expansion area exists in the vessels to allow for expansion of the bed during backwashing. An upward pressure of up to 65 psi will be used when backwashing the GAC with a rate of 3 to 14 gpm/ft2 to ensure proper expansion of the bed. Backwashing will begin with a flow rate of approximately 230 gpm, which equates to approximately 3 gpm/ft2. The flow rate will be increased every 5 minutes until the maximum flow rate of the well is achieved. During backwashing operations, water being pumped from the well will be used for backwashing, and for approximately 30 minutes water will not be sent downstream. The backwash water will be discharged to the ground surface as per the method specified in the Engineering Design Report and Permit to Construct and the system will be brought back on-line. Per the request of the WDEQ, a water sample will be collected during the initial backwash event and submitted to the laboratory for analysis of total coliform, fecal coliform, e. coli, heterotrophic plate count (HPC), biological oxygen demand (BOD), and dissolved oxygen (DO). If the decision is made to leave the treatment system in place over the winter months, drain plugs will be used to allow gravity draining of all standing fluids in the system. The water that is drained from the system will have been treated by the GAC and meet the MCL of 5 ug/L for TCE. A sample of the effluent water from each vessel will be collected and analyzed by the




analytical laboratory to assess for the presence of TCE or VOCs before draining the vessels for winterization. The partially used GAC will then be removed from the system by ProAct and stored at their property in Denver, Colorado to be used the following season. The discharge of water from the system will be conducted in accordance with current allowed discharge operations conducted at the Finnerty No. 2 well and the discharge plan submitted to the WYDEQ/WQD. The following plan was submitted to and accepted for temporary discharges: “Normal operations conducted at the Finnerty No. 2 well result in temporary discharges of up to 550 gallons per minute (gpm) for periods of 1 or more hours for total discharges of 33,000 gallons or more. The raw water pumped from the well is discharged directly to the ground surface at the location of the existing rip rap at the site. Deleterious effects including erosion and/or surface runoff to Corlett Creek have not been observed as a result of these activities. In fact, the total volume of water discharged during these operations is absorbed into the subsurface soils and does not escape the work site”. “PRI intends to follow the same procedures for temporary discharges related to the treatment system installation and maintenance. Water used to disinfect and/or backwash the treatment system at the Finnerty No. 2 well will be discharged to the existing rip rap at the pump house. Maximum discharges related to these operations will involve up to 18,000 gallons discharged at a rate equal to or less than those conducted during normal operations. As this discharge will occur for a shorter duration and with significantly less volumes of water than those that occur during normal operations of the well, PRI does not anticipate that erosion or surface runoff to Corlett Creek will be an issue. The temporary discharges will be continually monitored as they occur to assess whether erosion or surface runoff is occurring. If these conditions are observed, the discharge rate (gpm) will be reduced to ensure absorption into the subsurface soils”. Operations and maintenance activities performed by PRI and/or ProAct on the treatment system will be coordinated with Victor Spencer, Well Field Lead Operator, CBOPU. During the period of operation of the treatment system, scheduled visits will be increased or decreased as needed based on the operation of the system. All activities conducted at the Finnerty No. 2 well site will be performed using the buddy system, including a PRI representative and Victor Spencer with the CBOPU.




4.7 Wellhead Treatment System Breakdown and Demobilization Upon completion of the period of operation, ProAct services will provide a complete disassembly and demobilization of the treatment system. If the well is operating, the three valve configuration installed in the existing wellhead piping during the system set-up will allow the treatment system to be isolated from the main line. The raw water being pumped from the well will then be routed through the main line, and the influent and effluent piping connections for the GAC treatment system will remain at the site for future use if required. Prior to disassembly of the treatment system, the used GAC will be removed from the vessels by Calgon Carbon. The used GAC will be transported and reactivated as detailed in the following Sections 4.8 and 7.0. The PRI project manager will be present on-site during these activities. At this time, it is the understanding of PRI that the gravel staging pad and perimeter fencing will be left at the site for future use by the CBOPU.

4.8 Handling and Environmental Protection Measures for Generated Waste The GAC treatment system will generate the following waste streams: used GAC and used bag filters. Each waste stream will be considered a listed waste (F002) under the USEPA RCRA regulations. Calgon Carbon is capable of transporting both RCRA hazardous and non-hazardous material and will provide the transportation of the spent carbon to their facility in Catlettsburg, KY for reactivation. Calgon Carbon’s reactivation furnaces at Catlettsburg are fully permitted to accept RCRA hazardous spent carbons as well as non-hazardous carbons. In either event, the spent carbons are stored under water with vent emissions treated by carbon adsorption until the spent carbon is conveyed to the furnace for reactivation. In the reactivation process, the spent activated carbon is heated in furnaces devoid of oxygen using steam as a selective oxidant. The adsorbed organics are either volatilized from the activated carbon or pyrolysed to a carbon char. The volatilized organics are destroyed in the furnace’s afterburner and acid gases are removed by means of a chemical scrubber. The high-temperature reaction with steam serves to restore the adsorptive capacity of the activated carbon. Through reactivation the spent activated carbon can be recycled for reuse, eliminating the costs and long-term liability associated with disposal. The environmental benefits of a reactivated product over a virgin carbon are an efficient, cost-effective alternative, where appropriate.




It is anticipated that the carbon bed in one unit may not need to be replaced until the end of the 6 month operation season, at which time 20,000 pounds would be replaced. The calculation of carbon usage provided in Section 4.6 indicates that somewhere between 1,435 and 3,986 pounds of carbon will be used over a period of 30 days. As the used bag filters are exchanged they will be stored in a 55-gallon drum. The drum will temporarily be staged at the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead site until it becomes full or within 90 days from the beginning of accumulation, at which time PRI will procure the services of a local permitted hazardous waste hauler. The bag filters will be transported to a local permitted hazardous waste landfill for disposal.

4.9 Time Critical Response Action Report Following completion of the operational period and the demobilization of the treatment system and used GAC, PRI will prepare a TCRA Report. The TCRA Report will summarize the activities conducted by PRI in accordance with the USACE Scope of Services and this Work Plan as well as the conclusions and recommendations for future actions. The TCRA Report will summarize the environmental protection measures used to handle each of the waste streams generated from the operation of the treatment system; including, used bag filters, used GAC, and backwash water and sediments (if required during the operation period of the system). A summary of the analytical results obtained from water samples collected during the operational period of the system will be included in the TCRA Report confirming that performance requirements were continually met. On-site service and support activities performed during the operational period will also be presented. This will include bag filter change out periods; as well as backwashing, replacement of GAC, or other system maintenance if required. The Operations and Maintenance Manual (O&MM) will be included as an appendix. A Quality Control Summary Report (QCSR) will be included as an appendix to the TCRA Report outlining the quality control (QC) practices employed by PRI in the field, including any problems and acceptable corrective actions that were taken. The QCSR will contain a consolidation and summary of the Daily Quality Control Reports (DQCRs).




5.0 PERMITS AND COORDINATION As noted previously, the following permits were submitted prior to the initiation of field work:

Wyoming Water Quality Application for Permit to Construct (Appendix B)

5.1 Permit Submittals The Wyoming Water Quality Application for Permit to Construct was submitted to:

Department of Environmental Quality-Water Quality Division Water and Wastewater Program / Construction Permitting Attention: Richard Cripe 122 West 25th Street Herschler Bldg., 4-W Cheyenne, WY 82002 Phone: (307) 777-7075

5.2 Coordination

During the execution of the work, PRI will coordinate all fieldwork with the USACE-RRPE and the CBOPU. The following are the points of contact:

Coordination Contacts Wally Shaheen, P.E. USACE-RRPE P.O. Box 13287 Bldg 525 Castle Hall Offutt AFB, NE 68113

Jeffery A. Skog USACE Omaha District-PM Attn: CENWO-PM-HA 1616 Capitol Avenue, Suite 9000 Omaha, NE 68102-4901

Bud Spillman Manager Water Treatment Division Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities P.O. Box 1469 Cheyenne, WY 82003

The USACE will obtain a Right of Entry (ROE) agreement with the CBOPU. The landowner’s contact information is:

Mr. Joseph M. Dyson 4216 Caminito Cassis San Diego, CA 92122-1977 (858)-457-0688




5.3 Utility Notifications PRI will coordinate with the Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities to locate on-site utilities in the vicinity of the proposed excavation locations. PRI will notify One-Call of Wyoming at 811 or 800-849-2476 a minimum of 72 hours prior to any excavation activities.




6.0 SITE MANAGEMENT 6.1 Daily Quality Control Reports

During field activities, PRI will provide DQCR’s to the USACE-RRPE, which will include information found in ER 1110-1-263. These reports will be sent to the USACE-RRPE on a daily basis. The DQCR includes the following information:

Fieldwork performed daily by PRI Fieldwork performed by subcontractors On-site conditions that resulted in delays (if any) QC inspections and their associated results (if any) Verbal instructions received from the USACE Site conditions Health and Safety information System equipment information Safety violations observed and corrective action(s) taken.

A blank copy of the DQCR form is included in Appendix G.

6.2 Material Handling Plan PRI will track the quantities of generated waste materials that are temporarily being stored at the Finnerty No. 2 well site until transported to an approved disposal facility. For this project, temporary storage of generated waste will include the spent bag filters used to pre-treat the influent water for suspended solids. In accordance 40 CFR § 262.34 a generator may accumulate as much as 55 gallons of hazardous waste or one quart of acutely hazardous waste listed in §261.33(e) in containers at or near any point of generation where wastes initially accumulate, which is under the control of the operator of the process generating the waste, without a permit or interim status and without complying with paragraph (a) of this section provided he:

(i) Complies with §§265.171, 265.172, and 265.173(a) of this chapter; and (ii) Marks his containers either with the words “Hazardous Waste” or with other words that identify the contents of the containers.

In accordance with §265.171, if the container holding the hazardous waste is not in good condition, or if it begins to leak, PRI will transfer the hazardous waste from the container to a container that is in good condition. In accordance with §265.172, PRI will use a container made of or lined with materials which will not react with, and are otherwise compatible with, the




hazardous waste to be stored, so that the ability of the container to contain the waste is not impaired. In accordance with §265.173(a), PRI will ensure that the container holding hazardous waste is always closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove waste. The drum will be marked with the words Hazardous Waste. In accordance with these regulations, the bag filters will be accumulated in a 55-gallon drum staged on site. The drum will be marked as Hazardous Waste and stored inside the locked well house for security. Within 90 days from the start of accumulation, or when the drum is full, it will be will be shipped off site or moved to a short-term hazardous waste storage area in accordance with § 262.34(a). Because the used bag filters will be classified as a listed waste under the USEPA RCRA regulations, the drums will be transported to a hazardous waste disposal facility utilizing a certified hazardous waste hauler. Drums will be labeled with a description of the contents and a hazardous waste notification. 7.0 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL The used GAC removed from the vessels will be considered a listed waste (F002) under the USEPA RCRA regulations. Calgon Carbon will transfer the waste to their reactivation furnaces at Catlettsburg, KY which are fully permitted to accept RCRA hazardous spent carbons as well as non-hazardous carbons. Calgon Carbon is permitted for transportation of both RCRA hazardous and non-hazardous material. The spent carbons will be stored under water with vent emissions treated by carbon adsorption until the spent carbon is conveyed to the furnace for reactivation. An Adsorbate Profile Document (Appendix H) will be completed and submitted to the Calgon Carbon Corporation for acceptance prior to transportation. Additionally, a Carbon Acceptance Kit will be used for submitting a sample of the carbon bed to Calgon Carbon. The kit contains a 1/2-gallon sample bottle and Information Packet with all of the required documents and a pre-labeled return shipping box. The shipment of used GAC will be RCRA manifested and also include a Certification of Generator Form and Chain of Custody Documentation. PRI will procure a permitted hazardous waste transporter to transport the drums containing the used bag filters to a permitted waste facility. The shipments of used bag filters will be RCRA manifested and also include a Certification of Generator Form and Chain of Custody Documentation. Prior to shipment of the bag filters, a sample will be collected and submitted to the analytical laboratory for total VOC analysis by EPA Method 8260 for disposal characterization.




Waste Material & Description Storage Disposal Facility & Transporter

(Tentative)

Used GAC N/A Calgon Carbon Corporation 15024 US Route 23 Catlettsburg, KY 41129 (606) 739-8681

Used bag filters 55-gallon Drums TBD

7.1 Security Plan for Hazardous Waste Disposal PRI will coordinate with Calgon Carbon on the safety of the transportation of the used GAC to the reactivation facility. Calgon Carbon is permitted for transportation of both RCRA hazardous and non-hazardous material. Disposal activities for the generated wastes will be tracked by hazardous waste manifests to verify shipments and receipt of wastes at the designated disposal facility.




8.0 SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN (SAP) This site-specific SAP has been incorporated into this Work Plan document and describes the overall objectives for data that will be collected during field activities. These objectives have determined the types of sampling, analytical, and QA/QC procedures that will be followed. This SAP includes a Field Sampling Plan (FSP) in Section 8.2. The CQCP is located in Section 9.0, with detailed Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) procedures detailed in Section 9.3.4. The FSP describes field activities, while the CQCP describes laboratory-related activities and analysis, laboratory quality control, and reporting. Regular field activities will include the collection of water samples to assess whether the interim treatment system is meeting the performance standards during the operational period. Water samples will be collected weekly for the first month to confirm and approve the installed treatment system, and then monthly for up to an additional 5 month period of operation. The operation of the treatment system may be extended beyond 2009 if it is determined to be necessary to do so. At each sampling event, one influent and two effluent samples will be collected from the system sample ports. Effluent samples will include one sample collected after the first carbon vessel and one collected after the second. Water sampling activities and analyses will be performed in accordance with the USACE Chemistry Scope of Services for Contracted Environmental Studies, June 2007.

8.1 Sampling and Analysis Objectives The overall objectives of this SAP are to ensure that the collected data are of sufficient quality to support their intended use in assessing the performance standards of the treatment system. Analytical data obtained from the water samples will be used to assess the presence of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), primarily whether TCE levels are below the MCL of 5 μg/L for safe drinking water during the operational period of the treatment system.

8.2 Field Sampling Plan (FSP) The objective of the sampling procedures outlined in this FSP is to obtain representative samples that yield results of consistent quality. The use of proper sampling technique, sampling equipment, strict sampling controls in the field, and appropriate chain of custody (COC) procedures will reduce the potential for non-representative samples and unreliable analytical data. The FSP describes the field activities associated with the sampling of the influent and effluent water of the treatment system.




8.2.1 Field Notes Daily field notes and DQCR’s will be completed and maintained during sampling activities. The DQCR and Quality Control Summary Report (QCSR) will be included in the TCRA Report as an appendix. A copy of the approved Work Plan and HSP will be kept on-site for reference during all field activities. 8.2.2 Sample Numbering Procedures The USACE sample numbering system will be implemented during water sample collection as “aaa-bbbbb-cccc”. The specific identification (ID) format consists of the following information:

aaa = Three-character designation of project name (i.e., ATL for former Atlas D Missile Site 4)

bbbbb = Five-character designation indentifying the sample port (e.g., INF01, EFF01, EFF02)

cccc = Four-character designation of the sample number for the designated sample port (e.g., 0001 – 0100 identifying samples collected from a designated port for the duration of the period of operation of the system).

For example, samples collected from the influent port of the treatment system over the period of operation may be designated as samples ATL-INF01-0001 through ATL-INF01-0100 while corresponding samples collected from the effluent port located after the second vessel would be designated ATL-EFF02-0001 through ATL-EFF02-0100. 8.2.3 Sample Analysis and Laboratory Requirements Water samples will be submitted to an analytical laboratory accredited by the NELAC and compliant with the Department of Defense (DOD) Quality Systems Manual (QSM). The laboratory will be approved for use on the project by the USACE Project Chemist. Reports from the laboratory will include Staged Electronic Data Deliverable (SEDD) 2A files of all laboratory data and Adobe Acrobat files of the laboratory reports. 8.2.3.1 Analytical Methods Collected water samples will be submitted for analysis of VOCs, including TCE, using EPA Method 524.2. EPA Method 524.2 is the required method for drinking water standards. The reporting limit for TCE must be less than ½ the MCL of 5.0 micrograms / liter. The Reporting Limit must be greater than or equal to 3 times the Level of Detection (MDL).




8.2.3.2 Sample Containers Sample containers and preservatives will be provided by the analytical laboratory. The following table is a list of sampling container types, preservatives, and holding times in accordance with each analytical method.

Parameter and Analytical Method

Sample Container Preservative Maximum Holding Time

VOC by EPA Method 524.2

Matrix – water 3 VOA* vials

HCL*

Ice to 4o Celsius (ºC)

14 days

*VOA – Volatile Organic Analysis *HCL – Hydrochloric Acid

Samples will be stored in bubble wrap, on ice, and in coolers in a secure location. Upon completion of the sampling event, samples will shipped for overnight delivery to the analytical laboratory via Federal Express or hand delivered by PRI sampling personnel. The water samples will be in the custody of PRI until shipment or delivery to the laboratory. 8.2.3.3 Sample Labeling Each sample label will include the following information:

Sample ID number (see Section 8.2.2) Sampler’s name Site location (i.e., ATL) Analysis required (i.e. VOCs including TCE) Date and time of collection Preservative (i.e., “HCL, ice”) Client (i.e., USACE).

8.2.3.4 Sample Packaging and Shipping The following steps will be followed during sample handling activities:

Each sample will be double-bagged in sealed Ziploc™ (or equivalent) plastic bags. The double-bagged samples will be placed in a cooler, which will have a bag liner and

ice. A cushion (e.g., bubble wrap) will line the interior of the cooler. The samples will be packed with ice contained in Ziploc™ (or equivalent) plastic bags.

Excess air will be removed from the bag liner. The top of the bag liner will be sealed with tape.




The completed Chain-of Custody (COC) will be placed in a Ziploc™ (or equivalent) plastic bag.

The COC will be taped to the inside lid of the cooler. A minimum of two signed and dated custody seals will be placed on the cooler

opening. The cooler will be sealed with packing tape as well as any drain spouts. Samples will be shipped via FedEx or hand deliver to the analytical laboratory for

analysis; specify Saturday morning delivery if shipping on a Friday. 8.2.3.5 Chain-of-Custody A COC form documents the transfer of sample custody from the time of sampling to laboratory receipt. The COC forms will be completed by the Project Scientist and will accompany the samples from the field to the analytical laboratory. The COC form will be completed using waterproof ink, pressing down hard enough to ensure legible copies. Corrections should be made by drawing a line through, initialing, and dating the error, and then entering the correct information. Erasures are not permitted. Unused space (rows) for sample/analysis information should be crossed out, initialed, and dated. All applicable information on the COC form, including signatures, should be filled out. Typical COC information includes:

• Reporting information (company name, address, contact, phone and fax numbers) • Invoicing information (company name, address, contact, phone and fax numbers) • Project name (Atlas) • Sampler name and signature • Purchase order number • Requested analyses (write-in: VOCs including TCE) along with EPA Method 524.2 • Sample ID number (see Section 8.2.2) • Sample port location (e.g., INF01, EFF01, EFF02) • Date collected • Time collected (use military time; e.g., “1300” for 1:00 pm) • Matrix (all will be water, or “W”) • Number of containers (three VOA viles for each sample ID) • Date shipped and carrier (i.e., FedEx) • Turn-around requested (“Expedited”, or 3 business days) • Sample disposal (select “by lab”)




• “Relinquished by sampler” signature, with date and time. The third copy of the COC form (which is typically pink) should be retained by the Project Scientist. 8.2.4 Water Sample Locations To assess whether the interim treatment is meeting performance standards, influent and effluent water samples will be collected from three separate sample ports located within the GAC treatment system design. The influent sample will be collected from a sample port located upstream from the GAC vessels. The water collected for this sample will indicate the concentrations of VOCs including TCE that are contained in the raw water being pumped from the well. The first effluent sample will be collected from a sample port located after the lead GAC vessel but prior to the secondary GAC vessel. This sample will contain water which has been treated by the GAC in the lead vessel and will help monitor for any performance issues which may lead to premature breakthrough of VOCs including TCE. The second effluent sample will be collected from a sample port located after the secondary GAC vessel. This sample will contain water which has passed through the entire treatment system and will monitor for potential breakthrough of VOCs including TCE that may be sent to the Sherard Water Treatment Plant where it would be blended with treated water and sent to the consumer. 8.2.5 Water Sampling Procedures Influent and effluent samples will be collected at weekly intervals for the first one (1) month of system operation to assess whether the interim treatment is meeting performance standards. After the first month of operation, influent and effluent samples will be collected at monthly intervals for the remaining period of operation. The following steps will be followed during water sampling: Sampling personnel should wear clean latex or Nitrile gloves. Open sample port spigot to be sampled. Slowly fill the pre-preserved 40 ml VOA vials taking care not to let it over flow and lose

preservative. Ensure that VOA contains zero head-space.




Place cap with Teflon septum on each vial as filled. Close sample port spigot. Turn the vial upside down and check for air bubbles. Tap the bottom of the VOA vials to dislodge any bubbles that may have formed around the

cap or sides. If bubbles are present, discard vial and re-sample using new VOA vial. Place a sample label on the sample container; see Section 8.2.3.3 for labeling instructions. Place labeled sample container(s) into a sample cooler with ice. A small plastic temperature blank will be filled with water and placed in the cooler with the

samples. The temperature of the samples will be determined at the laboratory by measuring the temperature of the temperature blank. The sample temperature should be a maximum of 4 degrees Celsius (°C).

Refer to Section 8.2.3.4 for sample packaging for subsequent shipment to the analytical laboratory.

8.2.6 Equipment Decontamination Sample supplies will be disposable. Only sterile, pre-preserved vials obtained from the analytical laboratory will be utilized for sample collection. Disposable latex or Nitrile gloves used for sampling will be placed in a dumpster to be disposed of along with the general waste stream.




9.0 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (CQCP)

9.1 Quality Control Organization 9.1.1 Quality Control Manager The QCM reports to and receives their authority directly from PRI executive management. The QCM shall review and oversee the written procedures and instructions contained in this CQCP. It should be noted that actual field practices are not strictly limited to this CQCP. If a deficiency exists between this CQCP and USACE contract requirements, the contract requirements shall override the CQCP. Additionally, the QCM consults with the Project Manager to assess compliance with the QC requirements of the USACE contract and the CQCP. The QCM also reviews the QC of subcontractors and suppliers relative to the requirements of this Work Plan. The QCM shall provide direct feedback and advise the USACE COR of the effectiveness of the QC requirements. The QCM may be present at the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead during the receipt, set-up, and installation of the GAC treatment system; or their duties may be delegated to an appropriately qualified professional. The QCM will also review project submittals, perform field tests (if any), and review subcontractor performance and deliverables, as required, to achieve the goals of the Work Plan and USACE SOS. During receipt, set-up, and installation of the treatment system, the QCM (or designate) will be responsible for ensuring that:

Equipment and materials provided agree with design specifications in the Engineering Design Report, USACE Scope of Services, and ProAct subcontract agreement

Set-up and installation of treatment system agree with design specifications in Engineering Design Report and ProAct design specifications submitted to PRI

During sampling activities, the QCM (or designate) will be responsible for ensuring that:

Field events and important conversations are recorded in field logbooks or DQCRs. Sampling techniques are correctly specified. Sample labeling instructions are correct and complete. Adequate sample containers are specified for the respective analytical method. Instructions are developed for properly sealing, packaging, and storing sample coolers. Holding times are specified and followed for the respective analytical method. COC forms are completed properly and in agreement with sample labels. Field instruments (if required) include manufacturer’s specifications for calibration and

maintenance.




9.1.2 Other On-site PRI Personnel During the initial site preparation activities, set-up, and installation of the treatment system at the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead, on-site PRI personnel will include the Project Manager and Project Foreman. During regular sampling events and GAC system maintenance, on-site PRI personnel will include a sampling technician. Each of the PRI personnel present on-site will carry out certain QC functions as delegated by the QCM. All assigned PRI personnel will assist the QCM to fully implement this Work Plan. The QCM may delegate such duties to other PRI personnel who may be assigned to the Former Atlas D Missile Site 4 project on a temporary basis.

9.2 Quality Control Management The QCM will perform sufficient control phases and performance assessments, including those for subcontractors, to confirm that field activities are conducted in accordance with this Work Plan and the USACE SOS. 9.2.1 Definable Features of Work A “definable feature of work” (DFOW) is an individual phase of the Former Atlas D Missile Site 4 project, and can be used to help define discrete QC measures. The following are the anticipated DFOW (the “field work”) for this project:

Site preparation activities to include grading of a staging area and receipt / placement of crushed aggregate

Mobilization of GAC system and heavy equipment required for set-up Set-up and installation of GAC system with existing wellhead; to include disinfection

and bacteriological analysis, GAC loading, system start-up, and training on the operation and maintenance of treatment system

Collection of influent and effluent water samples and receipt of analytical data results to verify performance standards of system are being met

Breakdown and demobilization of GAC system Handling, transportation, and disposal of used GAC, considered a RCRA listed waste

9.2.2 Three Phases of Inspection The QC program will perform three phases of inspection for each DFOW. These are described in the sections below.




9.2.2.1 Preparatory Phase The Preparatory Phase inspection is performed prior to beginning the DFOW. The Preparatory Phase inspection addresses project mobilization; the use of plans and documents; and appropriate preparation prior to the commencement of activities. In practice, the Preparatory Phase inspection entails a meeting between the Project Manager, Project Foreman, QCM, and senior subcontractor personnel. The USACE COR may also attend this meeting. This start-up meeting can be accomplished via telephone conference call, and may include the following items:

Review project goals, plans, and requirements. Confirm that all materials and/or equipment are available and have been tested or

calibrated, as required. Confirm that the site is accessible and ready for project activities. Review health and safety plan, including the location of the nearest hospital. Discuss QC requirements of the work. Discuss next control phase, Initial Phase.

9.2.2.2 Initial Phase The Initial Phase inspection is performed at the end of the DFOW. The QCM or the Project Manager will notify the USACE COR at least 24 hours prior to the start of the Initial Phase inspection. The Initial Phase inspection will be performed after field activities have been completed. This inspection will be performed in the presence of the Project Manager, USACE COR, and/or the senior subcontractor responsible for the DFOW. The initial inspection will include the following tasks:

Confirm that the field work is in compliance with the Work Plan. Verify contract and SOS compliance. Check for omissions, and resolve any differences of interpretation with the USACE

COR. Check health and safety compliance.

9.2.2.3 Follow-up Phase The Follow-Up Phase includes a follow-up inspection to confirm compliance with any outstanding issues identified during the Initial Phase inspection. This follow-up inspection can be unscheduled or scheduled, and it confirms that compliance with USACE contract requirements has been met.




9.2.3 Documentation The QCM will compile all records generated during field activities, and will include DQCRs, along with any documentation of quality issues, and corrective actions taken. Legible copies of these records will be furnished to the USACE as part of the TCRA Report. 9.2.4 Document Control Project documents, purchase orders, and change orders issued for field activities will be submitted to the QCM for storage in project files. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to issue all technical information to the QCM. It is the responsibility of the QCM to maintain this technical information, keep it current, and revise as necessary. No technical information will be replaced or revised without receipt of properly authorized change notice or revision. All documents will also be retained in the project files maintained by PRI on its server. 9.2.5 Materials Certification Copies of purchase orders or subcontracts that include a QC component (e.g., the analytical lab’s certification) will be given to the QCM for receiving and record purposes. When the purchase order or subcontract requires certification of services, materials, equipment, or supplies, such certification shall be verified as to applicability and conformance. Copies of certifications received will be maintained in the project files and will be available to the USACE upon request. 9.2.6 Calibration of Equipment If required, field measurement equipment shall be calibrated prior to use. Calibration will be recorded in the field logbook, and will be maintained in the project files. Field measurement equipment will be used per the following procedures:

Each piece of equipment will be operated by trained personnel that are directly responsible for the equipment, or personnel under their cognizance.

Each piece of equipment will be checked for accuracy as recommended by manufacturer. Required calibration will be conducted in accordance with appropriate project specifications, military specifications, or other agency guidance by properly trained technicians or the manufacturer (as appropriate).

Each piece of equipment that is damaged or malfunctioning will be tagged, removed from service, and serviced or replaced, as needed.




9.2.7 Final Inspection and Test Prior to final inspection or start of tests, systems being inspected or tested shall be fully completed and accepted by the QCM. After this acceptance, the final inspection and test may proceed in accordance with the following steps:

Verify the field personnel have a working knowledge of the special characteristics of the equipment.

Verify appropriate QC requirements (per the O&MM and vendor instructions) have been performed.

Upon satisfactory verification of these requirements, the preliminary test may proceed. Initial readings (pressures, flow, etc.) will be verified and documented by the QCM or Project Manger in the field logbook. Actual field measurements will not be accepted without successful completion of preliminary test.

The general requirement of final acceptance will include, but not be limited to, the following:

o General appearance o Workmanship and design meeting specifications of the Engineering

Design Report and USACE SOS o Cleanliness of areas and equipment o Identification of equipment o Removal of unused material and temporary facilities o Verification that performance requirements of the system are being

met (pressures, flow, etc.) o Completeness of field paperwork and vendor’s O&MM. o Collection of influent and effluent water samples and receipt of

analytical data verifying that water is being treated to a regulatory clean-up level for TCE of less than 5 μg/L.

9.2.8 Revision Policy Project activities and procedures revised or not covered in this CQCP shall be discussed with appropriate project management prior to implementation. At such times, the QCM may request acceptance from the USACE to incorporate the revisions or implement new procedures, as deemed necessary. These revisions or new procedures will be documented or recorded for tracking purposes and retained in the project files. Meetings may be held to implement the revisions, additions, or deletions. Accepted revisions shall be incorporated in the CQCP as first revision, second revision, etc., and a revised index page shall be used.




9.3 Quality Control Procedures 9.3.1 Field Audits of Subcontractors' Operations Field audits of the subcontractors’ operations are the responsibility of the QCM (or designate). Major deficiencies may warrant termination of field activities. Such major deficiencies will be documented and submitted to the noncompliant subcontractor. The QCM has authority to act directly with subcontractor representatives on routine QC activities. If a deficiency is identified, a corrective action will be identified and implemented prior to further field activities. A corrective action is not complete until the problem has been solved. Corrective actions will be monitored daily, recorded with the date of correction, and personnel responsible for correction. In addition to the PRI’s QCM, each subcontractor's superintendent will act as their QCM, who will communicate directly to the PRI’s QCM. 9.3.2 Inspection Procedures Field activities will be conducted in accordance with the USACE SOS, the Engineering Design Report, WDEQ Water Quality Rules and Regulations, and this Work Plan. Any modifications to the field procedures must be authorized by the appropriate party (i.e., USACE, WDEQ, or QCM). Field activities will be recorded daily in the DQCR. If deficiencies are observed, they will be handled in accordance with inspection deficiency procedures described below. 9.3.3 Inspection Deficiency Procedure All deficiencies in work quality, field procedures, equipment, supplies, and/or unauthorized deviations are to be reported to the QCM or Project Manager. The following steps are to be taken once a deficiency is observed:

A deficiency is recorded on the DQCR form, and is assigned a number. The deficiency will be documented with a description of it, the date and time it was observed, and the field personnel and/or equipment involved.

When material, equipment, supplies, or field procedures do not perform in accordance with project requirements, the QCM or Project Manager will terminate the associated field activities and initiate a deficiency report. A copy of the deficiency report will be provided to the Project Manager, and the subcontractor's representative, if relevant.

Upon reviewing the deficiency report, the Project Manager or the QCM will discuss the deficiency. If the observed deficiency can be immediately corrected, it will be recorded on the deficiency report. However, if the deficiency cannot be immediately corrected either from a practical or economical standpoint, then field activities will be suspended until a corrective action has been implemented.




Once the corrective action has been implemented, the QCM or the Project Manager will inspect the corrected action and document the findings in the deficiency report. If the corrective action is acceptable, the deficiency report will be so noted. From this point on, field activities will continue. However, if the corrective action is found to be unacceptable, the QCM or Project Manager will determine the appropriate course of action (e.g., termination of field activities, modification of the corrective action, etc.).

The Project Manager, as well as the QCM, will periodically review the deficiency report log to identify any unresolved deficiencies, and establish a timetable for their resolution.

9.3.4 Sampling Procedure Quality Control 9.3.4.1 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Samples PRI will collect duplicate water samples to be submitted for the same analytical methods as the parent samples at a rate of 10%. The duplicates will be submitted blind to the analytical laboratory. PRI will maintain the identification of the duplicate samples, typically by adding the suffix “D” onto the sample ID number. The duplicate samples will serve as a check on the field sampling and analytical laboratory procedures. A trip blank is used to detect contamination introduced during sample handling and shipment. Trip blanks are prepared by the laboratory using contaminant-free reagent-grade water and are shipped to the field together with sample containers. They are not opened in the field and are returned to the laboratory in every sample cooler containing samples to be analyzed for VOCs. An equipment rinsate blank is a sample of contaminant-free water that has been passed through or over recently decontaminated field sampling equipment. Because reusable sampling equipment and/or supplies will not be used for this project a rinsate blank is not anticipated. 9.3.4.2 Quality Control Elements Laboratory accuracy and precision will be evaluated through the analysis of laboratory duplicates, matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD), laboratory control samples (LCS), and surrogate compounds (when applicable). All laboratory QC samples will be prepared in accordance with the analytical method requirements. Samples submitted to the analytical laboratory for analysis will be used in the performance of the QC elements. Additional field samples will not be collected specifically for this purpose.




9.3.4.3 Sample Handling and Custody Requirements Samples will be packaged and preserved as discussed in the site-specific SAP (See Section 8.0). Documentation will follow procedures and guidelines as discussed in Section 8.2.3.5 (Chain-of-Custody) and Section 11.0 (Document Management). 9.3.4.4 Analytical Methods Requirements Water samples will be prepared and analyzed in accordance with the USEPA- approved analytical methods, specifically Method 524.2. Methods and laboratory reporting times will be designated on the COC forms. 9.3.4.5 Instrument Maintenance Requirements Analytical instrument maintenance will be performed in accordance with the laboratory’s standard operating procedures (SOPs) and the requirements of the analytical method, as well as the manufacturer’s operating manuals. Any field instrument (e.g., the PID) maintenance will be recorded in the field logbook. 9.3.4.6 Instrument Calibration and Frequency Calibration of field instruments (e.g., the PID) will be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating manuals. See Section 11.1 (Paper Records) and the SAP for further discussion of calibration procedures. Calibration of field instruments is not anticipated for this project. 9.3.4.7 Data Acquisition Requirements No data will be used from other sources. 9.3.4.8 Data Management Laboratory data will be reviewed, managed, and stored by the Project Manager. A scanned record of laboratory data will be stored in the project files contained in PRI’s server. 9.3.4.9 Non-Routine Occurrences Reports PRI will send written reports of significant non-routine field and/or laboratory occurrences to USACE within 48 hours of each occurrence. These reports will identify the problem, corrective action, and the effectiveness of the corrective action. Non-routine occurrences would include those that impact the cost, schedule, and/or quality of work or analytical data.




9.3.5 Assessment and Oversight 9.3.5.1 Assessment and Response Actions Field audits of system performance and sampling procedures will be performed with any deficiencies documented. If deficiency in sampling procedures is identified, sampling activities will be suspended until the appropriate corrective action is identified, implemented, and deemed acceptable. If a deficiency is identified with the performance of the treatment system, a temporary interruption in the system for maintenance will be coordinated with the USACE-RRPE and the Cheyenne BOPU a minimum of 7 working days prior to the scheduled interruption. Provisions and actions (i.e. redundancy in treatment units, excess capacity, and increasing the frequency of on-site inspection/performance monitoring) will be incorporated to prevent breakthrough of TCE and any resulting interruptions. All deficiencies will be documented as discussed in Section 9.3.3 (Inspection Deficiency Procedure). 9.3.5.2 Reports to Management All reports from the analytical laboratory will include SEDD 2A files of all laboratory data and Adobe Acrobat files of the laboratory reports. PRI will prepare the TCRA Report, which will include the laboratory data and their QC results. The TCRA Report will be submitted to the USACE, USEPA, WDEQ, and the CBOPU. 9.3.6 Data Validation and Usability One hundred percent of the analytical data will be validated according to the National Functional Guidelines (EPA, 2001) and the DOD QSM. The data validation process consists of a Level II technical review of the analytical data generated by the laboratory, and provides information on the analytical limitations of data based on specific QC criteria. The data validation process will be used to assess and document the performance of the field sampling process and the analytical process. Data validation will be conducted by a qualified staff professional, independent of the project, and will include an assessment of the results from field QC samples such as field duplicates and field blanks (e.g., trip blanks). The usability assessment process is used to assess and document the usability of the data by considering quality objectives, and whether the data are suitable as a basis for the decision. All QC documentation and assessments will be included in the TCRA Report.




9.4 Inspections 9.4.1 Site Inspections The QC Inspection process includes daily QC and completion inspections. Completion inspections consist of a “Punch-Out Inspection”, “Pre-Final Inspection”, and “Final Acceptance Inspection”. 9.4.2 Daily QC Inspections The QCM (or designee) will conduct daily QC inspections in order to maintain consistent and compliant work. Field activities will be inspected for adherence to the USACE SOS, Engineering Design Report, and Work Plan specifications. The QCM will ensure that daily QC inspections are properly performed. The results of these inspections will be documented in the DQCR. The DQCR will be prepared by the Project Manager, and overseen by the QCM. These reports will contain the following information:

Report Number (sequentially, beginning with 001) Date Project Number (213026.01) Contractor’s name (PRI) Name of the Superintendent or Foreman Subcontractors on-site Weather conditions (to include sky conditions, precipitation, and max/min

temperatures) Weather delay description (if any) Verbal instructions given by COR and whether USACE representative was on-site Any possible contract modifications or claims Record of safety inspection or meeting Workforce details: number of personnel, trade type, hours worked, and employer List of equipment on-site and hours operated Record of whether a Three Phase Inspection was held, and which one Listing of what activities were conducted (e.g., “water sampling”) QC testing performed and results (e.g., preparation of blanks and collection of

duplicates) Any special training (“schooling”) that was conducted Whether or not any property was installed or transferred




QA issues that were corrected (yes or no) Any general comments Contractor certification that the DQCR is complete and correct.

Completed DQCRs and any Attachments will be submitted to the USACE on a daily basis. Attachments to the DQCR may include the following:

o Safety meeting attendance sheets o Inspection checklists o Deficiency reports.

9.4.3 Completion Inspections Completion Inspections will be conducted when field activities have been completed, and while the field personnel are still present on-site. The USACE COR will be notified at least 24 hours before the completion of field activities. The conduction of inspections will be noted in the DQCR. Completion inspections include a Punch-Out Inspection, Pre-Final Inspection, and Final Inspection. After the inspection is completed, the QCM (or designate) will be responsible for resolving all deficiencies with the proper corrective action before demobilization can occur. The QCM will immediately notify the Project Manager if any deficiencies are discovered. 9.4.3.1 Punch-Out Inspection Once field activities have been completed, the QCM (or designate) will conduct an inspection of the project site, and develop a punch-list of items that do not conform to the Work plan. The punch-list will include the estimated date when the deficiencies will be corrected. A copy of the punch-list will be included in the DQCR. The QCM and subcontractor’s superintendent will make follow-up inspections to assess if deficiencies have been properly addressed. When follow-up inspections are complete and deficiencies have been addressed, PRI will notify USACE that the project site is ready for the USACE‘s Pre-Final Inspection. 9.4.3.2 Pre-Final Inspection USACE will perform the Pre-Final Inspection with the QCM (or designate) and subcontractor’s superintendent, to assess the completion of field activities site condition. A USACE “Pre-Final Punch List” may be developed as a result of this inspection. The QCM will ensure that all items on this punch list are properly addressed prior to the Final Inspection being scheduled. Any




discrepancies noted during the Pre-Final Inspection will be properly addressed in a timely manner, before demobilization from the site. 9.4.3.3 Final Inspection The purpose of the Final Inspection is to identify whether field activities were conducted in accordance with this Work Plan, the Engineering Design Report, and the USACE SOS; all discrepancies were properly addressed; and corrective actions were completed. The Project Manager and QCM will conduct an in-house inspection once all items are complete, and the project is ready for Final Inspection. Following the in-house inspection, the Project Manager will issue a Notice of Final Inspection to USACE. The QCM (or designate) and Project Manager, along with subcontractor’s superintendent, will accompany the USACE COR on the Final Inspection. Any deficiencies observed during the Final Inspection will be recorded as punch-list items. Every effort will be made to correct the punch-list items immediately. For any deficiencies that cannot be corrected immediately, a Deficiency Report will be completed. Appropriate action should be taken so that corrective actions are implemented immediately.




10.0 SPILL AND DISCHARGE PLAN The Project Foreman has the responsibility of responding to emergency spills or discharges. If the Project Foreman is not available, the Project Manager will fulfill these duties. The potential may exist for a release of petroleum hydrocarbons (e.g., gasoline, engine oil, diesel fuel) from the crane and/or other heavy equipment being used at Former Atlas D Missile Site 4. In the event of a spill or discharge of hazardous materials/waste the following procedures will be implemented:

Take appropriate measures to contain and secure the release area, including: setting up an exclusion zone, a contaminant reduction zone, contaminant reduction corridor, and support zone using physical barriers such as hazard tape and construction cones (as necessary).

Take appropriate measures to protect personnel, including: withdrawal from the exclusion zone, total evacuation and securing of the site, or up-grading or down- grading the level of protective clothing and respiratory protection.

Take appropriate measures to protect the public and the environment, including: isolating and securing the site, preventing run-off to surface waters, and ending or controlling the emergency to the extent possible.

Inform the appropriate federal, state, and local agencies, and coordinate the emergency response plans. In the event of fire or explosion, the USACE, CBOPU, and Fire Department should be summoned immediately. In the event of a release of toxic fumes, the local authorities should be informed in order to assess the need for evacuation. In the event of a spill, sanitary districts and drinking water systems may need to be alerted. See the HSP, “Phone Numbers for Emergency Responders” for the appropriate contacts.

Obtain the appropriate decontamination treatment or testing for exposed or injured personnel.

Identify the cause of the incident and make recommendations to prevent the recurrence.

Prepare the required reports. Additionally, PRI and its subcontractors will institute the following preventative measures to reduce the occurrence of a spill or discharge:

Identify, label, handle, store, and dispose of hazardous waste/debris in accordance to federal, state, and local regulations.




Store (suspected) hazardous wastes in Department of Transportation-approved drums or containers in accordance with 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 173 and 49 CFR 178.

Drums and containers will be inspected for leaks, cracks, or punctures prior to being moved. Drums and containers that are not inspected prior to being moved will be placed in an accessible location and inspected prior to further handling.

Field operations will be organized so that there is limited movement of any drums or containers.

Adequate quantities of spill containment materials (absorbent, pillows, etc.) will be made available if drummed liquids are to be used on-site.

Fire extinguishing equipment will be on hand and ready for use. Licensed waste haulers and disposal facilities will be used to transport and dispose of

identified hazardous waste. Provide the USACE Contracting Officer Representative (COR) a copy of the waste

determination documentation for any IDW streams that have a potential to be hazardous waste.

If during field activities a release or spill occurs, the CBOPU and WDEQ will be notified within 24-hours of discovery, as well as the USACE COR. See also the information in Appendix A, which is the site-specific HSP for this project.




11.0 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT Documentation of field activities will be properly stored and maintained within the project files, and may include: logbooks, field forms, COC forms, disposal manifests, photographs (either digital or conventional), analytical laboratory data reports, and electronic communiqués (e.g., emails).

11.1 Paper Records Documentation of field activities will be kept in a field logbook or on the appropriate field forms. The following information will be maintained in the field logbook:

Dates and times of site arrival and departure Weather conditions Personnel present on-site Times that key activities were performed Sample IDs with their collection date and time Photographic information (see Section 10.3, below) Unusual circumstances and corrective action (if necessary).

A field form (Sample Log) will be recorded for each sample obtained. The COC may be substituted for the Sample Log, since it contains the same information. The following information will be recorded:

Site identification Date and time collected Sample identification numbers Sample type (i.e. water) Sampler’s name Analysis to be performed.

11.2 Computer Records

Computer records will be stored on PRI’s computer server in San Diego, California. At the end of each business day, a backup of the server is performed. Computer files include: electronic laboratory data, emails, scanned documents, and original work documents.




11.3 Photographs Photographs may either be in conventional format or digital. Digital photographs will be backed up on field computers, and stored in PRI’s computer server. The following information will be recorded in the field logbook for each photograph:

Location and general direction of photograph with reference number Date and time.

FIGURE 1

Site Map

APPENDIX A

Site Specific Health and Safety Plan

FINAL SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN

(Accident Prevention Plan)

Time Critical Response Action for Wellhead Treatment F.E. Warren Air Force Base


Contract No. W9128F-04-D-0029

Task Order No. 0026

US Army Corps of Engineers Omaha District

Rapid Response Program Offutt AFB, NE 68113

Prepared by:

Project Resources, Inc. 3760 Convoy Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92111

June 2009

SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Former Atlas D Missile Site 4


i

Date: June 10, 2009

Version: Final

Revision Date: NA

Project Name F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Former Atlas D Missile Site 4

PRI Project Number: 213026.01

Plan Prepared By:

Jason Lynch – PRI Project Manager

Date:

Corporate Approval:

Michelle Smith – PRI Operations manager

Date:

Plan Concurrence: Waleed Shaheen, P.E. Rapid Response Project Engineer USACE Omaha District RR

Date:



ii

Table of Contents

1. SITE DESCRIPTION / BACKGROUND _______________________________________ 1 1.1. Brief Project Description ______________________________________________ 1 1.2. Brief Description of Work to be Performed ________________________________ 2 1.3. Project Location Map _________________________________________________ 2

2. SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY STATEMENT _______________________________ 3 3. RESPONSIBILITIES AND LINES OF AUTHORITIES ___________________________ 3

3.1. Corporate & General Employee Responsibilities____________________________ 3 3.1.1. President _______________________________________________________ 3 3.1.2. Project Managers ________________________________________________ 3 3.1.3. Supervisors / Foremen ____________________________________________ 3 3.1.4. Employees _____________________________________________________ 3 3.1.5. Safety Committees _______________________________________________ 4 3.1.6. Corporate Safety Director__________________________________________ 4 3.1.7. Contractors & Subcontractors ______________________________________ 4

3.2. Project Specific Staff Organization ______________________________________ 4 4. SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS ______________________________________ 5 5. TRAINING_______________________________________________________________ 6

5.1. Subjects to Be Discussed With Employees in Safety Indoctrination _____________ 6 5.2. Applicable Mandatory Training and Certifications __________________________ 6 5.3. Emergency Response Training Requirements ______________________________ 6 5.4. Daily Tool Box Safety Meetings ________________________________________ 7 5.5. Weekly Supervisor Safety Meetings _____________________________________ 7

6. SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTIONS ______________________________________ 8 6.1.1. Project Competent and/or Qualified Person ____________________________ 8 6.1.2. Daily Equipment Inspection ________________________________________ 8 6.1.3. Daily Site Safety Inspection ________________________________________ 8

6.2. Periodic Safety Inspections ____________________________________________ 9 6.3. External Inspections/Certifications that may be required (e.g., USCG)___________ 9

7. SAFETY & HEALTH EXPECTATIONS, INCENTIVE PROGRAMS, AND COMPLIANCE ______________________________________________________________ 10 8. ACCIDENT REPORTING _________________________________________________ 11

8.1. Exposure Data (staff-hours worked)_____________________________________ 11 8.2. Accident Investigations, Reports, and Logs _______________________________ 11

8.2.1. Fatal and Serious Incidents________________________________________ 11 8.2.2. Injury and Non-Serious Incidents___________________________________ 12

8.3. Incident Reporting Policy_____________________________________________ 13 8.3.1. Serious Accidents _______________________________________________ 13 8.3.2. Non-Serious Incidents ___________________________________________ 13



iii

9. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) _______________________________ 14 9.1. Level A Protection __________________________________________________ 14

9.1.1. Level A Protective Equipment _____________________________________ 14 9.2. Level B Protection __________________________________________________ 15

9.2.1. Level B Protective Equipment _____________________________________ 15 9.3. Level C Protection __________________________________________________ 16

9.3.1. Level C Protective Equipment _____________________________________ 16 9.4. Level D Protection __________________________________________________ 17

9.4.1. Level D Protection Equipment _____________________________________ 17 9.5. Decisions to Upgrade/Downgrade PPE __________________________________ 17

10. PLANS REQUIRED BY THE SAFETY MANUAL _____________________________ 18 11. HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES (HSOPS) _________________ 20 12. SITE-SPECIFIC HAZARDS AND CONTROLS ________________________________ 21

12.1. Activity Hazard Analysis ___________________________________________ 21 12.1.1. Mobilization/Demobilization ______________________________________ 21 12.1.2. Crane Operations _______________________________________________ 22 12.1.3. Trenching Operations ____________________________________________ 23 12.1.4. Installation of Treatment System ___________________________________ 24 12.1.5. Heavy Equipment Operation ______________________________________ 27 12.1.6. Severe Weather_________________________________________________ 27

12.2. Chemical Hazards_________________________________________________ 28 12.3. Physical Hazards _________________________________________________ 30

13. EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES _______________ 33 13.1. Pre-emergency Planning____________________________________________ 33 13.2. Personnel and Lines of Authority for Emergency Situations ________________ 33 13.3. Emergency Recognition and Site Evacuation ___________________________ 34

13.3.1. Medical Emergencies ____________________________________________ 34 13.3.2. Fire or Explosion _______________________________________________ 34 13.3.3. Spills, Leaks or Releases _________________________________________ 35 13.3.4. Site Evacuation_________________________________________________ 35

13.4. Decontamination and Medical Treatment ______________________________ 35 13.4.1. Procedures for Equipment Decontamination __________________________ 36 13.4.2. Procedure for Personnel Decontamination ____________________________ 36 13.4.3. Emergency Decontamination ______________________________________ 37 13.4.4. Required Decontamination Equipment ______________________________ 37 13.4.5. Disposition of Decontamination Wastes _____________________________ 37

13.5. Route Map to Emergency Medical Facilities ____________________________ 38 13.6. Phone Numbers for Emergency Responders ____________________________ 39

13.6.1. Emergency Contacts_____________________________________________ 39 13.6.2. Additional Emergency Numbers ___________________________________ 39

13.7. Individuals Trained in CPR and First Aid ______________________________ 39



iv

13.8. Criteria for Alerting the Local Community Responders ___________________ 40 13.9. Emergency Equipment Available On-Site ______________________________ 40

13.9.1. Communications Equipment ______________________________________ 40 13.9.2. Medical Equipment _____________________________________________ 40 13.9.3. Fire-Fighting Equipment _________________________________________ 41 13.9.4. Spill or Leak Equipment__________________________________________ 41 13.9.5. Additional Emergency Equipment __________________________________ 41

14. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE_______________________________________________ 42 14.1. Pre-Employment Physical __________________________________________ 42 14.2. Site-Specific Physical Examination ___________________________________ 42 14.3. Annual Physical Exam _____________________________________________ 42 14.4. Accidental/Suspected Exposure Physical_______________________________ 42 14.5. Contractor Physical Examination Requirements _________________________ 42 14.6. Site Documentation _______________________________________________ 42

15. MONITORING AND ACTION LEVELS______________________________________ 43 15.1. Routine Air Monitoring Requirements_________________________________ 43 15.2. Site Specific Air Monitoring Requirements _____________________________ 43

15.2.1. Personnel Air Monitoring_________________________________________ 43 15.2.2. Perimeter Air Monitoring _________________________________________ 43

15.3. Noise Monitoring _________________________________________________ 44 15.4. Heat/Cold Stress Monitoring ________________________________________ 44 15.5. Name(s) of Monitoring Technician(s) _________________________________ 44 15.6. Location of Monitoring Records _____________________________________ 44

16. SITE SPECIFIC CONTROLS _______________________________________________ 45 16.1. Work Zones _____________________________________________________ 45

16.1.1. Clean/Support Zone _____________________________________________ 45 16.1.2. Contamination Reduction Zone ____________________________________ 45 16.1.3. Exclusion /Hot Zone_____________________________________________ 45

16.2. General Field Safety Rules__________________________________________ 46 17. EM 385-1-1 SSHSP CHECKLIST____________________________________________ 48 18. INSPECTION OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ______________________ 49 19. SITE HASP ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM ___________________________________ 50 20. PERSONNEL CERTIFICATES _____________________________________________ 51 21. INVENTORY LIST OF CHEMICALS ON-SITE________________________________ 52 22. USACE ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT (FORM 3394) __________________ 53



1

This document describes Project Resources Inc. (PRI) safety and health guidelines developed for the F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Former Atlas D Missile Site 4 project, and is intended to protect on-site personnel, visitors, and the public from physical harm and exposure to hazardous materials or wastes. The procedures and guidelines contained herein were based upon available information at the time of the plan's preparation. Specific requirements will be revised when new information is received or conditions change. A written amendment will document significant changes made to the plan. Any amendments to this plan will be included in Attachment A. Where appropriate, specific OSHA standards or other guidance will be cited and applied. PRI’s Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) pertaining to this project are included as Appendix B.

Work practices and procedures implemented on site must be designed to reduce worker contact with hazardous materials and to reduce the possibility of physical injury. Work will be performed in accordance with applicable Federal 29CFR 1910 and 1926 Health and Safety Regulations; Federal 29CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Site Safety Regulations; USACE EM 385-1-1 Safety and Health Requirements Manual 15SEP08; ER 385-1-40/ER-690-1-792, Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Health Program; and Title 8, California Occupational Health and Safety Administration, Sacramento, CA.

1. SITE DESCRIPTION / BACKGROUND

1.1. Brief Project Description The Atlas "D" Missile Site 4 was one of three Atlas "D" missile sites operated by the U.S. Air Force (USAF) as part of the 565th Strategic Missile Squadron at F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Wyoming. On January 6, 2009, the USACE Omaha District Rapid Response was notified by the Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities (CBOPU) that in November 2008, water samples from their King II Finished Water Storage Reservoir had shown a 0.50 parts per billion (ppb) concentration level of trichloroethylene (TCE). The King II Finished Water Storage Reservoir holds treated surface water from the Sherard Water Treatment Plant blended with groundwater from several City wells including the Borie Well Field. The groundwater is currently aerated through a “Radon Removal” air stripping unit prior to blending in the King II Reservoir. At the time of the November 2008 sampling event, the City of Cheyenne was pumping groundwater from two of the four wells in the Borie Well Field. This particular well field has had historical detections of TCE contamination. As a follow-up to this sampling event, the CBOPU collected samples at the wellheads for the two wells that were operating in the Borie Well Field. Results from one of these wells, the Finnerty No. 2 well, indicated that the TCE levels had increased from a historical level of 22 ppb to 40 ppb. TCE was identified as a solvent that was used for flushing fuel tanks after defueling the missiles as part of the operational use of the site by the USAF during ownership of Site 4. Groundwater from Cheyenne’s Borie Well Field provides approximately 15 percent of the annual water supply for the City of Cheyenne. The Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (WDEQ) has requested the USACE

Contractor: Project Resources Inc.

Contract Number: W9128F-04-D-0029

Project Name: F.E. Warren Air Force Base, Former Atlas D Missile Site 4



2

provide temporary treatment at the Finnerty No. 2 well to address the City of Cheyenne’s need for immediate treatment of the groundwater contamination.

1.2. Brief Description of Work to be Performed Project Resources Inc. (PRI) has been contracted by the USACE, Contract No. W9128-04-D-0029, Task Order 026, to conduct a Time Critical Response Action (TCRA) to provide onsite wellhead treatment to reduce TCE levels to below the 5 micrograms per liters (μg/L) Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) for safe drinking water at the Finnerty No. 2 well. PRI will design, provide, install, operate and maintain the wellhead treatment system and conduct water sampling and chemical analysis to monitor treatment system performance. It is anticipated that the installation of the wellhead treatment system will involve the usage of a crane to off load the treatment system, a sky track forklift for loading Granular Activated Carbon (GAC) into the vessels, and an excavator for site preparation and trenching activities.

PRI has subcontracted to ProAct Services Corporation, a specialist and provider of GAC treatment systems, to provide the set-up and installation of the treatment system under the supervision of PRI. ProAct’s health and safety plan is incorporated into this document as Attachment C.

1.3. Project Location Map The Finnerty No. 2 wellhead located at 41°05’31.85” N., 104°58’40.22” W. in Laramie County, Wyoming.



3

2. SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY STATEMENT

As a condition of employment, employees are required to work safely, observe safety rules and practices, and follow the instructions of their supervisors. Employees should be alert to unsafe conditions and promptly report them to their supervisors. Employees must be qualified to perform work assignments safely and notify their supervisor when they are not qualified or do not understand the assignment. Violating safe work procedures or failing to report work hazards, incidents, injury or illness may be cause for disciplinary action, including termination.

It is the responsibility of supervisors to ensure that safe work procedures, equipment and resources are provided to employees and that information on hazards and protective measures are communicated through training and other methods.

---from PRI’s Corporate Health & Safety Program (June 2009)

3. RESPONSIBILITIES AND LINES OF AUTHORITIES

3.1. Corporate & General Employee Responsibilities Every employee plays a role in creating a safe environment for employees and our clients. Our success depends on each employee recognizing his or her authority and responsibilities and acting on them, as shown below:

3.1.1. President President provides the overall leadership for the promotion of safety and health of company employees, clients and the public at large. The president provides overall authority and responsibility for the Injury and Illness Prevention Program.

3.1.2. Project Managers Project Managers provide support and leadership for areas of responsibility to provide a safe work environment. They delegate authority and responsibility for program implementation and performance in their areas of responsibility.

3.1.3. Supervisors / Foremen Supervisors and Foreman are responsible for ensuring that safe work procedures, equipment and conditions are provided for and used by employees, as well as responsibilities for communicating on hazards and protective measures.

3.1.4. Employees Employees are responsible for working safely, complying with safety rules, other instructions received and immediately reporting injuries or newly identified hazards. Responsible for following the rules of a department to which they are temporarily assigned.



4

3.1.5. Safety Committees Safety Committees are responsible for creating and maintaining active interest in PRI’s health & Safety Program. This may include, but is not limited to, education and training programs, evaluating injury trends and recommending improvements. Safety committees provide a communication link between business units, management and other employees.

3.1.6. Corporate Safety Director The Corporate Safety Director provides support and leadership to the company to protect the health and safety of the employees and the public. This includes, but is not limited to, communicating on safety and health issues, providing training, establishing special hazard control programs, assisting or conducting incident investigations, making inspections and surveys, evaluating or developing new protective measures, accumulating and distributing accident statistics and identifying requirements of safety and health laws and regulations.

3.1.7. Contractors & Subcontractors As part of their obligation to PRI, contractors and subcontractors will verify prior to work that each has an effective Safety & Health Program, meeting the requirements of applicable laws. The Contract Administrator is responsible to ensure this verification is obtained.

3.2. Project Specific Staff Organization

The following listed individuals are assigned to the project and are responsible for the implementation and enforcement of this Site Specific Health & Safety Plan. They are authorized by Project Resources Inc. to take all necessary actions to maintain a safe working environment; including stopping work if they feel there is an immediate safety threat.

Employee Safety Position Reports To Employee Acknowledgement

Jason Lynch Project Manager Operations Manager

Harvey Fowler Site Superintendent, Site Safety & Health Officer (SSHO)

Project Manager

Mark Gupetz Corporate Safety Director President



5

4. SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS All subcontractors and suppliers are required by their contracts with PRI to adhere to the requirements of this Site Specific Health & Safety Plan. Subcontractors and suppliers are responsible to provide a) the necessary safety indoctrination to their employees and subcontractors, b) documentation that all employees and subcontractor have current training and clearances, and c) enforcement of a safe work environment. The following subcontractors and suppliers have been identified as providing services to this project.

COMPANY NAME ProAct

CONTACT NAME CRAIG NELSON

PHONE (231) 301-0498 OFFICE (231) 843-2711 CELL

ADDRESS 1140 CONRAD INDUSTRIAL DRIVE, LUDINGTON, MICHIGAN 49431

SCOPE OF WORK INSTALLATION OF WELLHEAD TREATMENT SYSTEM

TRAINING REQUIRED?

(CHECK ONE)

YES NO DESCRIBE:

CONTRACTOR PREQUALIFIED? YES NO

COMPANY NAME Test America, Savannah

CONTACT NAME Bernard Kirkland

PHONE (912) 354-7858

ADDRESS 5102 La Roche Avenue, Savannah, GA 31404

SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDE ANALYTICAL SERVICES

TRAINING REQUIRED?

(CHECK ONE)

YES NO DESCRIBE: NO SITE ACTIVITIES – LABORATORY WORK ONLY

CONTRACTOR PREQUALIFIED? YES NO



6

5. TRAINING

5.1. Subjects to Be Discussed With Employees in Safety Indoctrination • Project Scope of Work

• Known Site Hazards and Required PPE

• Clean Zones, Decontamination Zones, Hot Zones

• Location of First Aid and Emergency Supplies On-site

• Location of MSDS

• Hospital Location and Route

• Emergency Signals and Rally Points

• Review and Acknowledgment of this Site Specific Health & Safety Plan

5.2. Applicable Mandatory Training and Certifications

Training Standards/ Regulations Applicable To Periodic Retraining/

Recertification HAZWOPER 40HR 29, CFR, 1910 Field Staff 8 HR Refresher HAZWOPER 8HR Annual 29, CFR, 1910 Field Staff Annual Medical Clearance 29, CFR, 1910 Field Staff Annual

5.3. Emergency Response Training Requirements

Training Standards/ Regulations Applicable To Periodic Retraining/

Recertification First Aid American Red Cross All PRI Employees Yes CPR American Red Cross All PRI Employees Yes Blood-Borne Pathogens American Red Cross All PRI Employees Yes



7

5.4. Daily Tool Box Safety Meetings Before the start of work each morning all employees, subcontractor and supplier employees on-site will attend a Daily Tool Box Safety Meeting. Attendance to this meeting is mandatory and all attendees will sign the Daily Tool Box Safety Meeting form.

The site supervisor and the site safety & health officer will conduct the Tool Box Safety Meeting discussing the following topics:

• Review any safety incidents or concerns that arose from the previous days work. Talk about lessons learned and ways to correct or prevent the reoccurrence of the safety incident.

• Review the work tasks scheduled for the day and any specific safety requirements.

• Review any testing results received (personal air monitoring, blood lead, etc).

• Review any changes or amendments to the current Site Specific Health & Safety Plan.

• Discuss a specific health and safety topic related to the work to be performed (slip-trips-falls, tag-out procedures, heat stress, confined space, trench safety, etc).

All attendees will be encouraged to participate, ask questions, and to voice any concerns they may have with the site’s safety.

5.5. Weekly Supervisor Safety Meetings Once a week the senior staff on-site (at a minimum the Site Superintendent and Site Safety & Health Officer) will attend a meeting to review the previous weeks safety record and discuss any changes or improvements that need to be taken. These meetings will be documented in the Daily Quality Control Report.



8

6. SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTIONS

6.1.1. Project Competent and/or Qualified Person Employee Title Area(s) of

Competency/Qualifications Harvey Fowler Site Superintendent Heavy Equipment Operations,

Site Safety Health Officer Craig Nelson ProAct PM Treatment System Set-up and

Installation

6.1.2. Daily Equipment Inspection At the beginning of each shift all heavy equipment and vehicles will be inspected by the employee assigned to operate that piece of equipment. The employee will use an Equipment Check List to document his/her inspection, denoting any deficiencies that need to be addressed.

The filled out Equipment Check List will be given to the employee’s supervisor and will be included in the Daily Quality Control Report. Supervisors will review each Equipment Check List on a daily basis and take the appropriate action to rectify any noted deficiencies. The Supervisor will denote on his/her Daily Supervisor Report all corrective actions taken.

AT NO TIME WILL AN EMPLOYEE OPERATE A PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH A DEFICIENCY THAT COULD POSE AN UNSAFE SITUATION OR POTENTIALLY CAUSE AN ACCIDENT. EMPLOYEES WILL IMMEDIATELY RED TAG THE EQUIPMENT AND VERBALLY NOTIFY THEIR SUPERVISOR.

6.1.3. Daily Site Safety Inspection On a daily basis, the designated Quality Control Manager for the project (the designated on-site QCM for this project will be the PM due to the small crew and short duration) will tour and inspect the entire project site and denote any safety deficiencies. The Quality Control Manager will document his/her daily inspection in the Daily Quality Control Report and record any noted deficiencies in a Safety Deficiency Log.

The Safety Deficiency Log will record the following information, updated daily, and a copy posted on the Project Safety Bulletin Board.

• Date Deficiency Identified

• Description of Deficiency

• Person Responsible to Correct Deficiency

• Project Resolution Date

• Date Actually Resolved



9

On discovery of a safety deficiency the Quality Control Manger will notify the Site Safety Officer and Site Supervisor who will then take immediate action to correct the deficiency. The Quality Control Manager will conduct a follow-up inspection of the corrective action and document the inspection in the Daily Quality Control Report and Safety Deficiency Log.

6.2. Periodic Safety Inspections On a random basis the project is subject to an on-site safety inspection by PRI’s corporate office (Operation Manager, Corporate Safety Manager, Program Manager, or a Safety Professional). This inspection will be unannounced with the results reviewed with the project staff and a copy of the inspection included in the Daily Quality Control Report.

Any identified deficiencies will be noted by the Quality Control Manager on the Safety Deficiency Log. The Quality Control Manager will conduct a follow-up inspection of the corrective action and document the inspection in the Daily Quality Control Report, Safety Deficiency Log, and will notify PRI’s corporate office when the deficiencies are corrected.

6.3. External Inspections/Certifications that may be required (e.g., USCG) • None



10

7. SAFETY & HEALTH EXPECTATIONS, INCENTIVE PROGRAMS, AND COMPLIANCE

PRI’s vision is for a safe, healthful and incident-free work environment. The vision will be realized by faithfully adhering to these principles:

• Working safely and looking out for the safety of fellow employees, clients and subcontractors at our location is the responsibility of each PRI employee.

• Management is responsible for ensuring that proper systems, resources and training are provided and used.

• Incidents and near misses will be utilized as learning experiences.

• Safety performance (positive and negative) will be recognized.

• Safety awareness is the key to our success.

Award and recognition programs may be utilized by PRI business units to motivate and recognize employees for safe performance.

Enforcement of safety and health rules will comply with established guidelines. Verbal or written reprimand, suspension, termination or other action will be imposed based on the severity of unsafe acts.

Compliance with safety and health rules and requirements may be evaluated by inspections, observations, audits and incident investigations. Compliance deficiencies may indicate the need for additional employee training and/or retraining, revision of policies and procedures, review of equipment, etc.

---from PRI’s Corporate Health & Safety Program (June 2009)



11

8. ACCIDENT REPORTING

8.1. Exposure Data (staff-hours worked) Each month or at the end of the project, the Project Manager will report the total number of staff-hours worked on the project to the Program Manager. This will include not only PRI employees but also subcontractors that also worked.

The Program Manager will then submit to the USACE Contracting Officer Representative the information.

8.2. Accident Investigations, Reports, and Logs

In addition to the accident reporting requirements and forms specified below, in case of an accident or injury, USACE ENG Form 3394, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Accident Investigation Report must be completed and submitted to the USACE. (See Section 22 for copy of Form 3394)

8.2.1. Fatal and Serious Incidents Any incident resulting in a fatality, that occurs on the project or is related to the project through PRI employees, subcontractor employees, or PRI equipment, shall be investigated immediately and a detailed report prepared. This report will be signed by the Project Manager and be delivered to the Corporate Safety Director within 48 hours after the incident has occurred, and any follow-up information as soon as possible thereafter. Distribution of this report shall be restricted to the corporate office and the jobsite files.

The incident report shall include the name(s) of the victim(s), and of any known witnesses, date and time the incident occurred (as precisely as possible), exact location of incident, list of equipment and materials involved, and a detailed narrative of the events leading to the incident and a description of the incident itself.

Statements, written in full detail, shall be taken from those who witnessed the incident and those directly involved in the incident. Statements must be signed and dated by both the individual making the statement and a witness to his/her signature. The signed statement shall be attached to the incident report.

Photographs shall be taken of the incident scene and of all equipment or materials involved in the incident. Attention to detail in these photos is critical. Each photograph should have attached a description of the photo and the time the photo was taken as well as the name of the photographer. Photographs shall be incorporated into incident report.



12

A follow-up report shall be prepared immediately when new information or details become known about the incident after the initial report has been submitted. A follow-up report shall also be necessary when there is a later discovery or a change of condition in equipment or material has occurred. Any significant changes regarding the health status of any personnel injured during the incident shall be reported likewise.

The follow-up report signed by the Project Manager shall be forwarded to the Safety Director immediately.

8.2.2. Injury and Non-Serious Incidents Injury incidents shall be investigated by the appropriate Project Manager and or Project Safety Officer. Both shall complete the Employers First Report of Injury Form 1 and it will then be signed by the Project Manager. The completed incident report shall then be forwarded to the required offices (listed below) within five (5) calendar days.

Location code numbers are furnished by the corporate office at the outset of each project. This number must appear on each report.

The company wants its insurance carrier to award adequate compensation in legitimate cases and at the same time protect the company against unwarranted claims. To help insure this, the Safety Officer shall be selected by the foremen to investigate each incident along with the appropriate superintendent. How the incident occurred should be very specifically described on the incident report form.

In all cases of sprains and strains, the incident report should indicate that the employee alleges that he sprained, hurt or strained, etc. This will not be a reflection on the employee, but if the company makes the flat statement that the employee sprained or strained his back on the job, then the company undercuts the insurance company in its ability to protect the company from fraudulent claims.

Normal distribution of incident reports is as follows

• Corporate Safety Director

• Owner or representative (where applicable) insurance carrier’s local office

• Site field office

1 Employer’s first Report of Injury forms (E-1) are supplied by the insurance carrier and USACE ENG Form 3394, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Accident Investigation Report.



13

8.3. Incident Reporting Policy Accidents shall be promptly reported. Reporting procedure will vary, depending on the degree of seriousness of the incident. However, reporting must, in all cases, be prompt and in accordance with this section.

8.3.1. Serious Accidents Serious accidents are defined as those that result in:

• Death. • Serious injury requiring hospitalization. • Equipment damage in excess of $1,000. • Property damage in excess of $1,000.

Any serious accident that occurs on the project, or is related to the project through PRI employees and/or equipment, shall be reported to the Corporate Safety Director, President, and appropriate Project Manager via telephone with a following inter-office memo outlining specific details.

8.3.2. Non-Serious Incidents Non-serious incidents are those that result in the following:

• Injury treated by a physician where the employee is returned to work under full or limited duty status with no lost time.

• Injury resulting in lost time where the employee is not hospitalized, and the length of lost time does not exceed two working days.

• Equipment damage less than $1,000. • Property damage less than $1,000.

All non-serious incidents that occur on the project or are related to the project through PRI employees and/or equipment shall be reported to the Corporate Safety Director by the Project Manager in writing within five calendar days of the incident.

• The Corporate Safety Director shall be notified by the Project Manager or Project Safety Officer immediately.

• An incident report, outlining all the specific details of the accident, shall be prepared by the appropriate superintendent or safety Officer and signed by the Project Manager. This information shall be forwarded to the Corporate Safety Director within forty-eight (48) hours.

• The local/regional office of the Company’s Workers Compensation carrier will be notified immediately by the Corporate Safety Director.

It is important to note that lost time is only that time an employee is unable to report to work due to a job-related injury and the restricted work status is imposed by a licensed physician.



14

9. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) The following is a brief description of the personal protective equipment which may be required during various phases of the project. The U.S. EPA terminology for protective equipment will be used; Levels A, B, C and D. Respiratory protective equipment shall be NIOSH-approved and use shall conform to OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.134 Requirements. See HSOP 001 – Respiratory Program for written instruction on the requirements, selection and care of respiratory PPE.

9.1. Level A Protection (NOT ANTICIPATED FOR THIS PROJECT)

Level A shall be used when:

• The extremely hazardous substance requires the highest level of protection for skin, eyes and the respiratory system;

• Substances with a high degree of hazard to the skin are known or suspected;

• Chemical concentrations are known to be above IDLH levels; or,

• Biological hazards requiring Level A are known or suspected.

9.1.1. Level A Protective Equipment

Protective Gear - Level A List Required Type by Chemical or Task and Change Out Frequency

Air Supplying Respirator or SCBA

Escape Bottle

Chemical Resistant Fully Encapsulated Suit

Inner Gloves & Outer Gloves

Boot Covers

Basic Safety Equipment

Safety Shoes/Boots

Hard Hat

Safety Glasses

Hearing Protection

Modifications:



15

9.2. Level B Protection (NOT ANTICIPATED FOR THIS PROJECT)

Level B shall be used when:

• The substance(s) has been identified and requires a highest level of respiratory protection but a lesser degree of skin protection;

• Concentrations of chemicals in the air are IDLH or above the maximum use limit of an APR with full-face mask;

• Oxygen deficient or potentially oxygen deficient atmospheres (<19.5%) are possible; and/or,

• Confined space entry may require Level B.

• Incomplete identification of gases and vapors, but not suspected to be harmful to skin or skin absorbable.

9.2.1. Level B Protective Equipment

Protective Gear - Level B List Required Type by Chemical or Task and Change Out Frequency


Escape Bottle

Chemical Resistant/Protective Coveralls


Boot Covers


Safety Shoes/Boots

Hard Hat

Safety Glasses

Hearing Protection

Modifications:



16

9.3. Level C Protection (NOT ANTICIPATED FOR THIS PROJECT)

Level C shall be used when:

• The same level of skin protection as Level B, but a lower level of respiratory protection is required;

• The types of air contaminants have been identified, concentrations measured, and an air-purifying respirator is available that can remove contaminants; or,

• The substance has adequate warning properties and all criteria for the use of APR respirators have been met.

9.3.1. Level C Protective Equipment

Protective Gear - Level C List Required Type by Chemical or Task and Change Out Frequency


Escape Bottle

Chemical Resistant/Protective Coveralls


Boot Covers


Safety Shoes/Boots

Hard Hat

Safety Glasses

Hearing Protection

Modifications:



17

9.4. Level D Protection Level D shall be used when: Level D will be utilized for this project.

• The atmosphere is demonstrated to be within OSHA permissible limits

• Work functions preclude splashes, immersion or the potential for unexpected inhalation of, or contact with, hazardous concentrations of harmful chemicals.

9.4.1. Level D Protection Equipment

Protective Gear - Level D List Required Type by Chemical or Task and Change Out Frequency

Inner Gloves & Outer Gloves Work gloves with leather or synthetic material to protect the fingers and palms from sharper and abrasive objects.


Safety Shoes/Boots Full Work Boots

Hard Hat Required

Safety Glasses Required

Hearing Protection As required

Safety Vest ANSI – Type 3

Modifications:

9.5. Decisions to Upgrade/Downgrade PPE Decisions to downgrade from Level B to C or D must be accompanied by air monitoring results. The Corporate Health and Safety Director must be advised of on-site decisions to downgrade. Decisions must be documented with an Addendum to the Plan.

The following conditions will necessitate reevaluation of PPE use.

a) Commencement of a new work not previously identified

b) Change of job tasks during a work phase

c) Change of season/weather

d) Contaminants other than those identified in hasp

e) Change in ambient levels of contaminants

f) Change in work which affects degree of chemical contact



18

10. PLANS REQUIRED BY THE SAFETY MANUAL

Plans Applicable Page, Appendix , HSOP, or Stand Alone Document

a. Layout plans (04.A.01) No

b. Emergency Response Plans: Yes Page 33

(1) Procedures and tests (01.E.01) Yes Page 33

(2) Spill plans (01.E.01, 06.A.02) Yes Included in Work Plan

(3) Firefighting plan (09.A) Yes Page 36

(4) Posting of emergency telephone numbers (01.E.05) Yes Page 41

(5) Wild land fire prevention plan (09.K.01) No

(6) Man overboard/abandon ship (19.A.04) No

c. Hazard communication program (01.B.06). Provide the location of MSDS, records of Contractor employee training, and inventory of hazardous materials (including approximate quantities and a site map) that will be brought onto Government project by the Contractor and subcontractor.

Yes HSOP 010

d. Respiratory protection plan (05.G.03) No

e. Health hazard control program (06.A.02) No

f. Lead abatement plan (06.B.05 & specifications) No

g. Asbestos abatement plan (06.B.05 & specifications) No

h. Abrasive blasting (06.H.01) No

i. Confined space (34.A) No

j. Hazardous energy control plan (12.A.12) No

k. Critical lift procedures (16.H) No

l. Contingency plan for severe weather (6.I.01) Yes AHA 12.1.6



19

Plans Applicable Page, Appendix , HSOP, or Stand Alone Document

m. Access and haul road plan (8.D.1) No

n. Demolition plan (engineering and asbestos surveys) (23.A.01) No

o. Emergency rescue (tunneling) (26.A.05) No

p. Underground construction fire prevention and protection plan (26.D.01) No

q. Compressed air plan (26.I.01) No

r. Formwork and shoring erection and removal plans (27.B.02) No

s. Jacking plan (lift) slab plans (27.D.01) No

t. Safety and health plan and SSHP (for HTRW work, an SSHP must be submitted and shall contain all information required by the APP - two documents are not required (28.B.01)

Yes This Document

u. Blasting plan (29.A.01) No

v. Diving plan (30.A.13) No

w. Plan for prevention of alcohol and drug abuse (Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) Subpart 252.223-7004)

Yes HSOP 009

x. Fall protection plan (Section 21) Yes HSOP 008, ProAct HASP - Attachment 7

y. Steel Erection Plan (27.F.01) No

z. Night Operations Lighting Plan (16.C.19.d) No

aa. Site Sanitation Plan (Section 02) No

bb. Fire Prevention Plan (09.A.01) No

cc. Excavation/Trenching Plan (25.A.01) Yes HSOP 007, ProAct HASP - Attachment 22



20

11. HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES (HSOPS) The following Health & Safety Operating Procedures (HSOPs) are incorporated by reference to this Site Specific Health & Safety Plan (see attachments B). The Site Supervisor and Site Safety & Health Officer shall maintain electronic formats copies of the latest revised HSOPs on the jobsite. If revisions are issued during the project’s life, the revised HSOPs will be reviewed during a Daily Toolbox Safety Meeting.

HSOP # Title Current Revision Date

001 Respiratory Protection JUNE 2009 002 Flammable Liquid Transfers (Bonding and Grounding) JUNE 2009 003 Confined Space Entry JUNE 2009 004 Boom type Mobile Cranes and Pile Drivers JUNE 2009 005 Contamination Control / Decontamination JUNE 2009 006 Electrical Safety JUNE 2009 007 Excavation and Trenching JUNE 2009 008 Fall Protection JUNE 2009 009 Drug Awareness / Drug Free Workplace JUNE 2009 010 Hazard Communication JUNE 2009 011 Heat & Cold Stress JUNE 2009 012 Hoists and Rigging JUNE 2009 013 Hot Work JUNE 2009 014 Heavy Equipment Safety JUNE 2009 015 Lockout /Tag-out JUNE 2009 016 Drug Awareness Letter to Employees JUNE 2009 017 Ladders and Scaffolds JUNE 2009 018 Industrial Trucks and Forklifts JUNE 2009 019 Hand Power Tools JUNE 2009 020 Radiation Safety and Emergency Procedures JUNE 2009



21

12. SITE-SPECIFIC HAZARDS AND CONTROLS

12.1. Activity Hazard Analysis

12.1.1. Mobilization/Demobilization

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Level D HAZARD SOURCES CONTROL MEASURES

Vehicle & Equipment Collision with other vehicles

Only licensed drivers should operate a motor vehicle or equipment. Follow all traffic rules. Be alert and exercise defensive driving techniques. Adjust driving speed to compensate for road and surface conditions. Drivers should be capable and well rested before driving long distances. Take frequent breaks as necessary. Wear seat belts when driving or riding in vehicle. Keep within load limits of equipment hauling trailers.

Heavy Equipment Excavator, Crane, Sky Track Only allow experienced operators to load/unload heavy equipment to/from equipment trailers. Controlled work area.

Noise Heavy Equipment Wear proper hearing protection.

Topography Uneven terrain/debris

Survey the terrain and keep the work area organized. Beware of slips, trips and falls. Enforce buddy system while lifting to prevent loss of balance. Ensure footing prior to lifting or rotating.

Chemical Unleaded Gas, Diesel Avoid contact. Maintain proper spill control measures.

Wildlife Insect/Ticks/Reptiles Survey area. Avoid contact.

Ergonomics Lifting and bending Buddy system. Proper lifting and bending.

Punctures Sharp Objects Brush, Rocks Beware of sharp objects.

Fires, Flammable Vapor and Gases, Explosions

Fuel powered operating equipment and machinery

Evaluate all operations for fire and explosion potential. Define specific procedures for unique operations presenting unusual hazards such as flammable tank demolition. Ensure that employees are properly trained. Define requirements for handling and storage of flammable liquids on-site, need for hot work permits, and procedures to follow in the event of fire or explosion. Define the type and quantity of fire suppression equipment needed on site. Coordinate which local fire fighting agencies when required.



22

12.1.2. Crane Operations


Crane Hoisting Personnel in path of load movement or under the load

Be aware of all objects and personnel in the area. No one will be allowed under a suspended load or in the path of a load. Clear area of personnel and no casual observers allowed in the work area. Make sure there is plenty of room for maneuvering equipment and loads. Provide continuous safety oversight during operation.

Crane Hoisting Unexpected load movement Ensure correct rigging and protect slings from sharp edges. Ask for second opinion on challenging rigging situations.

Crane Hoisting Crushed extremities

Clear area of personnel and equipment and maintain communication with the operator. Use steel toed shoes and make sure people in work zone wear hard hats and other appropriate personnel protection equipment. Unessential personnel must avoid equipment when loads are suspended.

Crane Operation Operator error

Crane Operator shall be a SLAC-certified (EFD) rigger or pre-qualified crane operator. Assign the crane operator as the Person-in-Charge of the lift. Maintain strict controls of crane control box and rigging procedures.

Crane Potential rollover of equipment

Personnel must be qualified to operate the crane and keep within the load handling limits. Ensure proper equipment footings prior to suspending a load. Know the weight of the suspended load. Wear seat belt at all times to prevent falling off equipment.

Crane Equipment Failure Inspection of crane functions before attaching loads. Check for leeks and drips near machinery components and inspect equipment (including slings, shackles, etc.) before use.

Noise Heavy Equipment Wear proper hearing protection if exposed to prolonged high levels of noise (greater than 90 decibels).



23

12.1.3. Trenching Operations


Trenching Obstructions to trenching Path Check trenching path for tree stumps, abandoned concrete, and metal obstructions before commencing excavating operations.

Trenching No Egress Or Unsafe Egress From Excavation

Ladders must be accessible within 25 feet either direction of travel in all trenches 4 feet deep or greater. Use ladders When depth gets below standard stepping height.

Trenching Cave-ins, Unstable Trench Walls

Uses shoring, sloping or shielding per OSHA standards for all excavations 5 feet deep or greater. If working on knees in excavation less than 5 feet deep, may have to shore, slope or shield also. Never enter any excavation if you feel the dirt is unstable.

Trenching Underground utility Lines Cease the usage of heavy equipment when utility lines are located. Hand dig around buried lines

Trenching Damaging Buried Utilities

Ensure locates are in place and current, check terrain for excavation that may have been missed. Check the potential for private buried lines that would not be identified through a standard locate. If contact is made with energized equipment/cables while operating, jump from the equipment (Do Not Step Off) with both feet, clear and secure the work zone, and contact appropriate health and safety personnel and the owner of the line

Trenching Excavating Around Energized Cables

Use extreme caution around existing utilities, always use a lookout/spotter. While hand digging around energized cables use caution, wear FR clothing, “Hot Boots” and rubber goods for the voltage involved. Always have a partner standing by.

Excavator Potential rollover of equipment Person must be qualified to operate heavy equipment. Wear seat belt at all times to prevent falling off equipment. Ensure proper footings. Do not exceed the capacity of the machine.

Excavator Equipment failure Thoroughly inspect equipment before each use. Make sure all safety devices and guards are intact and operable.




24

12.1.4. Installation of Treatment System

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Level D

HAZARD SOURCES CONTROL MEASURES


Chemical Diesel Avoid contact with fumes.

Fires, Flammable Vapor and Gases, Explosions

Fuel powered operating equipment and machinery, cutting scrap metal

Evaluate all operations for fire and explosion potential. Define specific procedures for unique operations presenting unusual hazard such as flammable tank demolition. Ensure that proper employees are trained. Define requirements for handling and storage of flammable liquids on-site, need for hot work permits and procedures to follow in the event of fire or explosion. Define the type and quantity of fire suppression equipment needed on site. Coordinate which local fire fighting agencies when required.

Wildlife Insect/Ticks/Spiders Survey area and avoid contact

Ergonomics Muscle strain, crushed toes / fingers, back injury, muscle strain, hernia, etc.

Use legs to lift. Get help if item is too heavy. Keep hands and feet clear of large items. Wear steel toed work boots. Use mechanical device when possible and practical. Use proper lifting procedures, such as; keep back straight, keep weight of object close to your body, bend knees, lift with your legs, do not make sudden moves or twists. Know your safe lifting weight. Secure help if needed, or if in doubt of your safe lifting weight.

Use of tools or machinery

1. Improper blade or bit 2. Eyes 3. Hands 4. Ears 5. Feet 6. Shock (Electrical) 7. Head injuries

1. Check for correct saw blade. Match bits and blades to materials to be drilled and cut.

2. Use safety glasses, face shield or both and have available an eye wash and/or fountain/ shower.

3. Use proper guards and rests. 4. Use of ear plugs, muffs, or both. 5. Use of safety shoes (steel-toed boots) 6. Machinery checked periodically for proper ground,

ground-fault interruption protection, and any mechanical and/or electrical hazards.

7. Use of hard hat. Well stocked first-aid kit available. Working in tight spaces

Bumping into things with body or head, trip hazards, getting into each other’s way.

Avoid rushing, Wear hard hat/ wear bump hat. Practice good housekeeping and be aware of your surroundings



25




Ariel lift devices

1. Lift condition 2. Unsecured equipment 3. Operator competency 4. Falling 5. Stability 6. Electrical shock 7. Hydraulic fluid 8. Collision

1. A yearly inspection shall be performed and documents by a certified by an expert on this type of equipment. Prior to daily use of the aerial-lift device, a visual inspection and operational check shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s / owner’s manuals. Lift controls shall be tested prior to use to determine that they are in working order.

2. Prior to daily use of the aerial-lift device a visual inspection shall be conducted to insure that all externally stored tools, equipment, and moving parts are properly secured, including the bucket arm to its resting pad. Before moving the aerial device for travel, the boom shall be inspected to see that it is properly cradled and outriggers are in stowed position.

3. Only authorized persons shall operate the aerial device. 4. An approved safety belt and shock-absorbing lanyard

shall be worn at all time inside the bucket, and shall be securely fastened to the bucket. Both feet shall remain in contact with the floor of the bucket at all times. Operators shall not step from the bucket to any elevated platform or object. Climbers (gaffs) shall not be worn while performing work from an aerial device. An aerial truck shall not be moved when the boom is elevated. Belting off to an adjacent pole, structure, or equipment while working from an aerial device shall not be permitted. Personnel shall not sit or climb on the edges of the basket or use planks, ladders, or other devices to gain greater working height.

5. Combined load in the boom shall not exceed manufacturers rated capacity or posted capacity. The boom shall not be used as a crane. If truck mounted, the truck will be placed on a stable, hard surface. The trucks wheels will be chocked before operating the lift. The truck shall be parked on a slope of less than 5% with its long axis in line with the slope. The truck’s outriggers shall be extended and lock valves closed prior to operation of the aerial lift. On soft ground, 4” thick plywood pads measuring 2’ x 3’ shall be centered under the outrigger pads.

6. The aerial lift, at its furthest-most extension, shall not be within 100’ of any electrical power source. This includes electrically powered tools and cords used to operate them.

7. No part of the body shall be used to check or feel for hydraulic leaks. Visually check for leaks prior to using the lift. Check all hydraulic pressure gauges and reservoir levels prior to operating the device.

8. The operator shall look in the direction the boom is to be moved prior to activating the controls.



26




Welding Installation and tying in treatment system (if necessary)

1. Inspect equipment before each use to ensure that all required safety devices and ancillary equipment are in place and functioning.

2. Shield welding operations with noncombustible or flameproof screens that will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from direct rays of the arc, sparks, molten metal, spatter, and chipped slag.

3. Keep cable, hoses and other equipment clear of passageways, ladders, and stairways.

4. Welding to be performed by welders certified in accordance with AWS standards using qualified and approved practices.

5. Wear required respiratory, eye and face, noise, head, foot and skin protection as specified in the PPE requirements.

6. Ensure area is well ventilated to ensure that personnel exposure to hazardous concentrations or airborne contaminants are within acceptable limits.

7. Ensure suitable fire extinguishing equipment of sufficient capacity is available in the immediate vicinity of welding or cutting operations and is ready for immediate use.

8. Obtain required hot work permits prior to beginning welding operations.

9. Survey area for combustible materials, presence or possible generation of potentially explosive atmospheres, and the presence of an oxygen-enriched atmosphere.

10. Tightly cover openings or cracks in walls, floors, or ducts within 35 feet of the welding site to prevent the passage of sparks to adjacent areas.

11. Utilize fire resistant guards to prevent ignition of walls, partitions, ceilings, or roofs.

12. Do not permit welding leads to contact metal parts supporting suspended scaffolds.

13. Fully insulate all current carrying parts passing through the portion of the holder that is gripped by the welder and the outer surfaces of the jaws of the holder against the maximum voltage encountered to ground.

14. Ground the frames of arc welding and cutting machine by either a third wire in the cable connecting the circuit conductor of by a separate with that is grounded at the source of the current.

15. Shutdown equipment when the leads are unattended.



27

12.1.5. Heavy Equipment Operation



Excavator/Back hoe Potential rollover of equipment Person must be qualified to operate heavy equipment. Carry load low. Wear seat belt at all times to prevent falling off equipment. Try to stay on level ground.

Excavator/Back hoe Objects and personnel Be aware of all objects and personnel in the area. Make sure there is plenty of room for maneuvering equipment.

Excavator/Back hoe Crushing of feet or hands Personnel must avoid equipment when lowering outriggers and buckets.

Transporting Equipment Other Vehicles

Be sure that all hazard lights work. Wear seat belt at all times. It is good to have someone follow behind equipment in a vehicle. Be sure boom is in locked position.


12.1.6. Severe Weather



Land Operations Severe weather

Be alert to rapidly changing and dangerous weather situations such as windstorms, flash floods, and lightening. When there are warnings or indications of impending severe weather, conditions shall be monitored and appropriate precautions taken to protect personnel and property from the effects of severe weather. Seek protection and shelter as needed at designated locations. Increase vigilance when encountering adverse weather conditions to ensure that the work can be accomplished safely.

Land Operations Lightening Upon visual observation of lightening, field operations will cease. All personnel will seek shelter until it is determined by a competent individual that work activities can resume.

SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN F.E. Warren Air Force Base


28

12.2. Chemical Hazards

CHEMICAL TLV / PEL/IDLH PHYSICAL CHARACTER

ODOR THRESHOLD

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE

SYMPTOMS

ACUTE/CHRONIC FIRST AID

DIESEL FUELS 400 ppm (Rubber Solv.)

Liquid / Vapor

.11 ppm Dermal, Absorption, Inhalation, & Ingestion

Irritation to respiratory tract skin, and eyes, / suspected carcinogen with symptoms of: headaches, nausea, loss of appetite, weakness, confusion.

Eye; Flush with water 15 minutes. Get medical attention Skin; wash with soap and water Inhalation; Remove to fresh air. Resuscitate or give oxygen as needed. Get medical Help. Ingestion; Give milk or water but do not induce vomiting. Get medical help at once.

Motor Oil 5mg/m3 Liquid Not determined

Dermal, Absorption, Inhalation, & Ingestion

Irritation to respiratory tract, skin and eyes. / Prolonged or chronic inhalation of oil mist may result in respiratory and pulmonary irritations characterized by coughing and breathing difficulties.

Eye; Flush with water for 15 minutes. Get medical attention if irritation persists Skin; wash with soap and water, discard or thoroughly clean contaminated clothing. Inhalation; Remove to fresh air. Resuscitate or give oxygen as needed. Get medical help if breathing difficulties continue. Ingestion; do not induce vomiting. Get medical help at once if symptoms persist.

Unleaded Gasoline

300 ppm

Liquid/

Vapor

.3 ppm Dermal, Absorption, Inhalation, & Ingestion

Irritation to respiratory tract, skin, and eyes. / suspected carcinogen with symptoms of: headaches, nausea, loss of appetite, weakness, confusion.

Eye; Flush with water for 15 minutes. Get medical attention if irritation persists Skin; wash with soap and water, discard or thoroughly clean contaminated clothing. Inhalation; Remove to fresh air. Resuscitate or give oxygen as needed. Get medical help if breathing



29

difficulties continue. Ingestion; do not induce vomiting. Get medical help at once.

TCE 10/100/1000 ppm Liquid 110 ppm Dermal, Absorption, Inhalation, & Ingestion

Irritation of respiratory tract, mental confusion, loss of coordination, headache, nausea, euphoria, abdominal pains, diarrhea, pulmonary edema, blistering and redness of skin. / Liver and kidney failure, intolerance to alcohol, and loss of central nervous system and peripheral nervous system functions.

Eye; Flush with water 15 minutes. Get medical attention Skin; wash with soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical Help. Inhalation; Remove to fresh air. Resuscitate or give oxygen as needed. Get medical Help. Ingestion; induce vomiting immediately as directed by medical personnel; never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get medical help at once.

The above listing should not be taken as a complete assessment of the hazards posed by materials at the Finnerty No. 2 Well in Laramie County, WY. Further analytical testing and observations by site personnel may identify other material or chemical hazards. Therefore, personnel must be alert for symptoms of possible exposure such as unusual smells, stinging, burning eyes, nose and throat, skin irritation, as well as feeling extremely well, depressed, sleepy or tired. Symptoms must be immediately reported to the site supervisor or site safety officer.



30

12.3. Physical Hazards

HAZARD PRE PLANNING TO CONTROL HAZARD ACTIVE CONTROL MEASURES Heat Stress 1. Anticipate elevated temperatures (summer months).

2. Utilize lightweight/light-colored clothing.

1. Provide cool break area.

2. Provide cool drinks (i.e. Water or Gatorade).

3. Buddy system/awareness.

4. First aid on site.

5. Medical care if symptoms persist.

Electrical 1. Locate and mark existing energized lines. 2. De-energize lines if necessary to perform work safely. 3. All electrical circuits will be grounded. 4. All 120 volt single phase which are not a part of the permanent wiring will have a ground-fault interrupter in place. 5. Temporary wiring will be guarded, buried or isolated by elevation to prevent accidental contact by personnel or equipment. 6. Evaluate potential for high moisture/standing water areas and define special electrical wiring needs-typically requirement for low voltage lighting systems.

1. Cords are inspected prior to each use. 2. Damage cords are replaced. 3. GFCI devices shall be used. 4. LO/TO procedures shall be followed.

Existing Site Topography

1. Survey site prior to layout. Identify areas unsafe for personnel or equipment due to physical conditions. 2. Identify/locate existing utilities. 3. Determine impact of site operations on surrounding properties, communities, etc. 4. Identify mechanized equipment routes both on site and onto and off the site. 5. Layout site into exclusion and contamination reduction zones based on initial site evaluation.

1. Awareness to work environment - regular inspection/audits to identify changing conditions. 2. Shut down operations when unknown conditions encountered.

Fires & Explosions

1. Evaluate all operations for fire and explosion potential. 2. Define specific procedures for unique operations presenting unusual hazard such as flammable tank demolition. 3. Ensure that properly trained personnel and specialized equipment is available. 4. Define requirements for handling and storage of flammable liquids on site, need for hot work permits and procedures to follow in the event of fire or explosion. 5. Define the type and quantity of fire suppression equipment needed on site. 6. Coordinate which local fire fighting agencies to discuss unique fire hazards, hazardous materials, etc.

1. Inspect fire suppression equipment on a regular basis. 2. Store flammables away from oxidizers and corrosives. 3. Utilize Hot Work Permit for all hot work on site. 4. Follow any site specific procedures regarding work around flammables. 5. Review and practice contingency plans. Discuss on regular basis at scheduled safety

Flammable Vapor and Gases

1. Evaluate site to determine sources of likely flammable gas or vapor generation. 2. Develop specific procedures to be followed in the event of exposure to flammables. 3. Specify specialized equipment needs for inerting flammable atmospheres, ventilating spaces and monitoring flammable vapor concentrations. 4. Define requirements for intrinsically safe equipment. 5. Develop contingency plan to follow in the event of fire or

1. Calibrated monitoring equipment available and utilized by trained personnel whenever working where flammable gas or vapor is present. 2. Monitoring performed at regular frequency and in all areas where vapor could generate or pool. 3. Equipment and operations shut down when threshold levels are exceeded. 4. Contingency plans reviewed regularly by all involved personnel. 5. Work areas are carefully inspected to look for possible ignition sources. Sources are removed. 6. Operations shut down if specific task procedures can't be followed to the letter.



31

HAZARD PRE PLANNING TO CONTROL HAZARD ACTIVE CONTROL MEASURES

Heavy Equipment Operation

1. Define equipment routes and traffic patterns for site. 2. Ensure that operators are properly trained on equipment operation for all equipment required on project. 3. Define safety equipment requirements, including back up alarm and roll over, for all equipment on site. 4. Define equipment routes and traffic patterns for site. 5. Implement SOP of requiring operators to safety inspect equipment on a daily basis in accordance with manufacturer requirements. 6. Evaluate project requirements to ensure that equipment of adequate capacity is specified.

1. Equipment inspections are performed. Equipment repaired or taken out of service. 2. Ground spotters are assigned to work with equipment operators. Utilize standard hand signals and communication protocols. 3. Personnel wear the proper PPE, utilize hearing protection, gloves for handling rigging, etc. 4. Equipment safety procedures discussed at daily scheduled safety meetings. 5. Personnel do not exceed lifting capacities, load limits, etc. for equipment in question. 6. Personnel follow basic SOP's which prohibit passengers on equipment, activating brakes and grounding buckets, securing loads prior to movement, etc.

Illumination 1. Evaluate all operations and work areas to determine lighting requirements. 2. Specify specialized lighting requirements including explosion proof, intrinsically safe, lighting needs. 3. Determine if nighttime outdoor operations are necessary. Evaluate tasks to be performed and number of light plants necessary to allow operations.

1. Inspect specialized equipment and discard or replace as needed. 2. Add additional lighting to areas with lighting deficiencies. 3. Inspect drop cords and portable lights on regular basis. Replace or repair as necessary.

Noise 1. Local community noise standards examined. 2. Expected loud operations evaluated to determine compliance with community standards. 3. Noise level standards established for equipment brought onto site. 4.. Hearing protection requirements defined for personnel expected to have excessive exposures.

1. Personnel receive annual audiogram. 2. Personnel required to wear hearing protection. 3. Routine noise level monitoring and dosimetry performed. 4. Defective equipment repaired as needed.

Personal Injuries

1. Site operations will be evaluated for exposures with serious injury potential such as falling objects, pinch points, flying objects, falls from elevated surfaces, etc. 2. A written Fall Prevention Program will be developed if workers will be required to work at heights greater than 10 feet from unguarded work locations. 3. PPE requirements will be based on potential for injury.

1. Personnel will wear required PPE. 2. Specialized equipment such as rope grabs, winches, etc. will be inspected prior to each use. Defective equipment will be immediately replaced. 3. All injury and near miss incidents will be reported to the HSO. 4. First aid/CPR trained person on site at all times. 5. All injuries will be treated on site with advanced medical treatment being sought if doubt about severity.

Small Equipment Usage

1. Site operations evaluated to determine need for specialized intrinsically safe, explosion-proof and UL approved equipment and instruments. 2. Implement requirement for G.F.C.I. double insulated tool usage, or assured grounding program in all outdoor operations, will be utilized. 3. Specify equipment needs to ensure that equipment used only for the purpose for which it is designed and to prevent abuse or misuse of the equipment. 4. Specify requirements for the inspections and maintenance of specialized equipment. 5. Specify that all equipment utilized on the project meets all OSHA requirements.

1. First aid on site. 2. Transport for medical care if necessary.

Wildlife 1. Inspect work environment where tasks are being performed. 2. Awareness to snake, insect bites.

1. First aid on site. 2. Seek medical attention if symptoms-signs persist.



32

HAZARD PRE PLANNING TO CONTROL HAZARD ACTIVE CONTROL MEASURES

Trenching and Excavation

1. Implement PRI excavation procedures if entry required into any excavation greater than 4 feet depth. 2. Specify that Competent Person(s) assigned to project be present at all times personnel inside trench(s). 3. Specify that a Professional Engineer design specialized shoring systems for those that are > 20 ft. deep. 4. Specify special PPE and monitoring requirements for excavations in soils contaminated with hazardous materials or gases and vapors. 5. Ensure excavations comply with 29CFR 1926, Subpart P.

1. Competent person in the immediate area at all times that personnel are required to enter trenches. 2. Operations shut down if the excavation shows any sign of cave in, excessive water, unacceptable levels of toxic contaminants, changing weather, or shoring systems have visible defects. 3. Equipment operators keep all personnel inside excavation in sight. No suspended loads or movement of buckets over personnel. 4. Regular monitoring is performed in excavations where toxic gases or vapors are possible.

Weather Conditions

1. Evaluate prevailing weather conditions for the site. 2. Contingency plans developed for likely severe weather conditions such as tornado, lightening, extreme thunderstorms, heavy winds and rain. 3. Provide for daily weather forecast service in extreme weather areas. 4. Plan to weatherize safety systems, such as showers and eye washes, that would be impacted by extreme cold weather. 5. Order necessary specialized cold weather clothing. 6. Grounding and bonding requirements defined for thunderstorm areas. 7. Sheltered air conditioned break areas provided for extreme hot and cold weather zones.

1. Employees trained in contingency plan for severe weather conditions. 2. Emergency water sources inspected regularly in cold areas. 3. Weather service contacted regularly during storm conditions. 4. Supervisory personnel cease operations during extreme storm conditions (i.e., thunderstorms). Personnel evacuate to safe assembly area and take shelter.



33

13. EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES

13.1. Pre-emergency Planning Specific site conditions or hazards that emergency response personnel and medical facility staff need to be aware of before responding to an on-site emergency:

• None

Category of Responders Responsibilities During Emergency

Notified of Unusual Site Conditions or Hazards

(date & person contacted)

On-site Personnel

Provide Basic First-Aid, CPR, water, rescue, call 911, secure area, and assist Emergency Response Personnel as directed.

Through Site Specific Training

Emergency Response Personnel (Fire Department, EMTs, etc.)

Provide rescue and lifesaving services, advance medical/trauma care, and transport to medical facility.

n/a

Emergency Medical Facility Provide advance trauma and medical care. n/a

13.2. Personnel and Lines of Authority for Emergency Situations The Project Superintendent as the on-site administrator of the project has primary responsibility for responding to and correcting emergency situations. If the Project Supervisor is not available to perform these duties the SSHO will fulfill these duties. These responsibilities include:

• Take appropriate measures to protect personnel including: withdrawal from the exclusion zone, total evacuation and securing of the site or up-grading or down- grading the level of protective clothing and respiratory protection.

• Take appropriate measures to protect the public and the environment including isolating and securing the site, preventing run-off to surface waters and ending or controlling the emergency to the extent possible.



34

• Ensure that appropriate Federal, State and local agencies are informed, and emergency response plans are coordinated. In the event of fire or explosion, the local fire department should be summoned immediately. In the event of an air release of toxic materials, the local authorities should be informed in order to assess the need for evacuation. In the event of a spill, sanitary districts and drinking water systems may need to be alerted.

• Ensure that appropriate decontamination treatment or testing for exposed or injured personnel is obtained.

• Determine the cause of the incident and make recommendations to prevent the recurrence.

• Ensure that required reports have been prepared.

13.3. Emergency Recognition and Site Evacuation

13.3.1. Medical Emergencies Any person who becomes ill or injured in the exclusion zone must be decontaminated to the maximum extent possible. If the injury or illness is minor, full decontamination should be completed and first aid administered prior to transport. If the patient's condition is serious, at least partial decontamination should be completed (i.e., complete disrobing of the victim and redressing in clean coveralls or wrapping in a blanket). First aid should be administered while awaiting an ambulance or paramedics. Injuries and illnesses must be promptly reported to the site Health and Safety officer.

Personnel transporting an injured/exposed person to a clinic or hospital for treat-ment should take with them directions to the hospital and information on the chemical(s) they may have been exposed to. Vehicles used to transport contaminated personnel, will be cleaned or decontaminated as necessary.

13.3.2. Fire or Explosion In the event of a fire or explosion, the local fire department should be summoned immediately. Upon their arrival the Site Supervisor or designated alternate will advise the fire commander of the location, nature and identification of the hazardous materials on- site.

If it is safe to do so, site personnel may:

• Use fire fighting equipment available on site

• Remove or isolate flammable or other hazardous materials that may contribute to the fire.



35

13.3.3. Spills, Leaks or Releases In the event of a spill or a leak, site personnel will:

• Locate the source of the spillage and stop the flow if it can be done safely.

• Begin containment and recovery of the spilled materials.

13.3.4. Site Evacuation Evacuation routes have been established by work area locations for this site. All buildings and outside work areas have been provided with two designated exit points. Evacuation should be conducted immediately, without regard for equipment under condi-tions of extreme emergency. See site map for evacuation routes.

• Evacuation notification will be three blasts on an air horn, vehicle horn, or by verbal communication via radio.

• Keep upwind of smoke, vapors or spill location.

• Exit through the decontamination corridor if possible.

• If evacuation is not via the decontamination corridor, site personnel should remove contaminated clothing once they are in a location of safety and leave it near the exclusion zone or in a safe place.

• The Site Supervisor will conduct a head count to insure all personnel have been evacuated safely.

• In the event that emergency site evacuation is necessary, all personnel are to:

a) Escape the emergency situation;

b) Decontaminate to the maximum extent practical; and,

c) Meet at the command post.

• In the event that the command post is no longer in a safe zone, meet: (To Be Determined by SSHO upon mobilization to the site)

13.4. Decontamination and Medical Treatment In general, everything that enters the exclusion zone at this site must either be decontaminated or properly discarded upon exit from the exclusion zone. All personnel, including any state and local officials, must enter and exit the hot zone through the decon area. Prior to demobilization, contaminated equipment will be decontaminated and inspected before it is moved into the clean zone. Any material that is generated by decontamination procedures will be stored in a designated area in the exclusion zone until disposal arrangements are made.

NOTE: The type of decontamination solution to be used is dependent on the type of chemical hazards. The decontamination solution for this site is water. Decontamination solution will be changed daily (at a minimum) and collected and stored on-site until disposal arrangements are finalized.



36

13.4.1. Procedures for Equipment Decontamination Following decontamination and prior to exit from the hot zone, the Senior Project Superintendent shall be responsible for ensuring that the item has been sufficiently decontaminated. This inspection shall be included in the site log.

Equipment decontamination will consist of cleaning gross soil/sludge from equipment with water.

13.4.2. Procedure for Personnel Decontamination This decontamination procedure applies to personnel at this site wearing Level B and C protection. These are the minimum acceptable requirements.

Station 1: Equipment Drop

Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and monitoring instruments, radios, etc.) on plastic drop cloths. These items must be decontaminated or discarded as waste prior to removal from the exclusion zone.

Station 2: Outer Boot and Outer Glove Wash and Rinse

Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and/or splash suit with decontamination solution or detergent water. Rinse off using water.

Station 3: Outer Boot and Glove Removal

Remove outer boots and gloves. If outer boots are disposable, deposit in container with plastic liner. If non-disposable, store in a clean dry place.

Station 4: Outer Garment Removal

If applicable, remove SCBA back-pack and remain on air as long as possible. Remove Chemical Resistant Outer Garments and deposit in container lined with plastic. Decontaminate or dispose of splash suits as necessary. Station 5: Respiratory Protection Removal

Remove hard-hat, face-piece, and if applicable, deposit SCBA on a clean surface. APR cartridges will be discarded as appropriate. Wash and rinse respirator at least daily. Wipe off and store respiratory gear in a clean, dry location.

Station 6: Inner Glove Removal

Remove inner gloves. Deposit in container for disposal.

Station 7: Field Wash

Thoroughly wash hands and face with soap and water. Shower as soon as possible.

Eating, drinking, chewing gum/tobacco, smoking, or any practice that increases the probability of hand to mouth transfer and/or ingestion of materials is prohibited in any areas where the possibility of contamination exists, and is permitted only in the designated break area. Personnel will not wear or bring dirty/decontaminated clothing into the break areas.



37

13.4.3. Emergency Decontamination Will consist of the additional following steps

• Any blood contaminated material will be bagged, labeled and accompany the individual to the hospital.

13.4.4. Required Decontamination Equipment • Water source on site.

13.4.5. Disposition of Decontamination Wastes • Equipment and solvents used for decontamination shall be decontaminated or

disposed with the established waste streams.

• Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments that decontaminate or are used to launder contaminated clothing shall be informed of the presence and potentially harmful effects of the contaminants.



38

13.5. Route Map to Emergency Medical Facilities

Cheyenne Regional Medical Center 214 E 23rd St. Cheyenne, WY 82001 (307) 634-2273 Driving directions (9.9 miles, about 15 mins)

Finnerty No. 2 Well

1. Had east on Otto Rd / WY-225 toward Roundtop Rd 6.6 mi

2. Continue straight onto W Lincoln Way / US-30, Continue to follow US-30 2.8 mi

3. Turn Left at US-85 / Warren Ave 0.5 mi

4. Turn right at E 23rd St 52 ft

Cheyenne Regional Medical Center214 E 23rd St. Cheyenne, WY 82001



39

13.6. Phone Numbers for Emergency Responders

13.6.1. Emergency Contacts The emergency number 911 is in effect for Cheyenne, Wyoming. When 911 is dialed, a public safety operator will dispatch police, fire or ambulance units. Emergencies: 911

Cheyenne Police Department: (307) 637-6500

Laramie County Sheriff: (307) 633-4700

Fire Department: (307) 637-6320

Hospital: (307) 634-2273

Poison Control Center: (800) 256-9822

Emergency telephone numbers and reporting instructions for ambulance, physician, hospital, fire, and police will be posted at the work site. The posting locations will be determined once field operations commence; however, at a minimum they will be located in any office used for the project and at the location of the tub grinder operations. Other potential locations for posting may include the breakwater area and within the excavator.

13.6.2. Additional Emergency Numbers National Response Center 800-424-8802

Center for Disease Control 404-488-4100 (24 hr)

AT&F (Explosives Information) 800-424-9555

Chemtrec 800-424-9300

Project Resources Inc

PRI(24/7 Line) 800-552-8577

PRI (San Diego) 858-505-1000

13.7. Individuals Trained in CPR and First Aid

•

• _______________

• __________________________

• _________________________

(To be filled in once personnel are assigned to the field)



40

13.8. Criteria for Alerting the Local Community Responders The work covered by this SSHP does not entail work with physical, chemical, or biological hazards that could result in off-site releases where local community responders and the general public would need to be notified in the event of an emergency.

13.9. Emergency Equipment Available On-Site

13.9.1. Communications Equipment

Location

Public Telephones:

Private Telephones:

Mobile Telephones: The PRI On-site Supervisor will have a mobile telephone

Two-Way Radios:

Emergency Alarms:

(To be filled by SSHO during mobilization to the field)

13.9.2. Medical Equipment Location Checked

(by and date)

First Aid Kits: Company Vehicles and at Work Site

Stretcher/Backboard: N/A

Eye Wash Station: N/A

Safety Shower: N/A




41

13.9.3. Fire-Fighting Equipment Location Checked

(by and date)

Fire Extinguishers: Company Vehicles and at Work Site

Heavy Equipment


13.9.4. Spill or Leak Equipment Location Checked

(by and date)

Absorbent Boom/Pads:

Dry Absorbent:


13.9.5. Additional Emergency Equipment Location Checked

(by and date)




42

14. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

14.1. Pre-Employment Physical

a) Pre-employment and periodic update medical examinations are required for persons working at hazardous waste sites.

b) Physicals must be completed and documented prior to assignment to this site.

c) Physical exams will be conducted following parameters established by the respective employee's Corporate Physicians.

14.2. Site-Specific Physical Examination

There are no site-specific medical exam requirements for this site.

14.3. Annual Physical Exam

The medical examination must have been within a 12-month period prior to on-site activity and repeated annually.

14.4. Accidental/Suspected Exposure Physical

a) Following any accidental or suspected uncontrolled exposure to site contaminants, personnel

should be scheduled for a special physical examination.

b) The physical examination will be specific for the contaminants and the associated target organs or physiological system.

c) Questions regarding the type of physical can be directed to PRI’s Director of Health and Safety or the PRI Corporate Physician.

14.5. Contractor Physical Examination Requirements

Subcontractors entering the contamination reduction or exclusion zone will have adequate medical surveillance satisfying 29CFR 1910.120.10 (f).

14.6. Site Documentation

Personnel on-site must have the following documentation available on site:

a) Copy of 40 hour HAZWOPER certificate

b) Copy of Manager's/Supervisor's 8 hour certificate

c) Copy of 8 Hour Annual Refresher (if > 12 months since 40 hour)

d) CPR/First Aid Certificate (bi-annual)

e) Respirator Fit Test (annual)

f) Medical Fitness For Duty



43

15. MONITORING AND ACTION LEVELS According to 29 CFR 1910.120 (h) air monitoring shall be used to identify and quantify airborne levels of hazardous substances and health hazards in order to estimate the appropriate level of employee protection needed on-site.

15.1. Routine Air Monitoring Requirements

Air monitoring will consist at a minimum of the criteria listed below. Air monitoring data will be documented and available in the command post site files for review by appropriate personnel. Air monitoring instruments will be calibrated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

15.2. Site Specific Air Monitoring Requirements

INSTRUMENT COMPOUNDS TO DETECT FREQUENCY COMMENTS/ACTION LEVEL

Not anticipated for this project N/A N/A Air monitoring is not anticipated for this

project.

15.2.1. Personnel Air Monitoring • Explain strategy or why not required:

No exposure potential expected based on site conditions.

• Sampling Methods (media type, analyses, NIOSH Method Number, etc.):

n/a

• Describe calibration procedures:

n/a

• Analytical laboratory to be used:

n/a

15.2.2. Perimeter Air Monitoring • Explain strategy or why not required:

No exposure potential expected based on site analytical and conditions.


n/a


n/a


n/a

[ ] Yes [X] No

[ ] Yes [X] No



44

15.3. Noise Monitoring • Explain strategy or why not required:

No exposure potential expected based on site analytical and conditions.


n/a


n/a


n/a

15.4. Heat/Cold Stress Monitoring

Employees will work utilizing the buddy system. Each employee will be monitored for possible sings of heat stress and/or exhaustion.

Regular break intervals will be scheduled to ensure that all personnel remain unaffected from heat stress. The scheduled break intervals will be determined in the field based upon weather conditions and its effects on personnel.

15.5. Name(s) of Monitoring Technician(s)

• TBD _________

• _____________________

• _____________________

• _____________________

(To be filled in once field staff is assigned to the project)

15.6. Location of Monitoring Records

Copies of monitoring records will be retained on-site in the project files. Additional copies will be maintained in the Health and Safety Department.

[ ] Yes [X] No

[X] Yes [ ] No



45

16. SITE SPECIFIC CONTROLS

16.1. Work Zones The primary purpose for site controls is to establish the hazardous area perimeter, to reduce migration of contaminants into clean areas and to prevent access or exposure to hazardous materials by unauthorized persons. At the end of each workday, the site should be secured or guarded, to prevent unauthorized entry. Site work zones will include excavation, open excavations, and buildings.

Zone designation will follow normal hazardous waste site operational guidelines. The Clean/Support Zone, Contamination Reduction Zone and Exclusion/Hot Zone will be cordoned off as separate entities.

16.1.1. Clean/Support Zone This uncontaminated support zone or clean zone will be the area outside the exclusion and decontamination zones and within the geographic perimeters of the site. This area is used for staging of materials, parking of vehicles, office facilities, sanitation facilities, and receipt of deliveries. Personnel entering this zone may include delivery personnel, visitors, security guards, etc., who will not necessarily be permitted in the exclusion zone. All personnel arriving in the support zone will upon arrival, report to the command post and sign the site entry/exit log. There will be one controlled entry/exit point from the clean zone to the decontamination zone.

• Location of Clean Zone – TBD

16.1.2. Contamination Reduction Zone The contamination reduction zone (CRZ) will provide a location for removal of contaminated personal protective equipment and final decontamination of personnel and equipment. All personnel and equipment should exit via the decon area. A separate decontamination area will be established for heavy equipment.

• The CRZ is a buffer zone between contaminated and clean areas.

• Identified by yellow banner guard.

• Location of the CRZ – TBD

16.1.3. Exclusion /Hot Zone The exclusion zone (EZ) will be the "hot-zone" or contaminated area inside the site perimeter. Entry to and exit from this zone will be made through a designated point Appropriate warning signs to identify the exclusion zone should be posted (i.e. "DANGER - AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY", "PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BEYOND THIS POINT", etc.) Personnel exiting the EZ must complete personnel and equipment decontamination.

• Will be identified by red banner guard.



46

• Safety Rules for Exclusion Zone

a) wear the appropriate level of PPE defined in plan

b) do not remove any PPE or break the integrity to pick, scratch, or touch parts of your body

c) no smoking, eating or drinking

d) no horseplay

e) no matches or lighters in this zone

f) implement the communication and line of sight system

16.2. General Field Safety Rules

• Visitors must be sent to the Site Superintendent. • It is PRI policy to practice administrative hazard control for all site areas by

restricting entrance to exclusion zones to essential personnel and by using operational SOPs.

• Whenever possible, avoid contact with contaminated (or potentially contaminated) surfaces. Walk around (not through) puddles and discolored surfaces. Do not kneel on the ground or set equipment on the ground. Stay away from any waste drums unless necessary. Protect equipment from contamination by bagging.

• Eating, drinking, or smoking is permitted only in designated areas in the support zone.

• Hands and face must be thoroughly washed upon leaving the decon area.

• Beards or other facial hair that interferes with respirator fit will preclude admission to the hot zone.

• Equipment must be decontaminated or discarded upon exit from the exclusion zone.

• Personnel exiting the exclusion zone must go through the decontamination procedures described in Section 10.0.

• Safety Equipment described in Section 6.0 will be required for field personnel.

• Personnel will only travel in vehicles where individual seats (for each occupant are provided. Seat belts will be worn as required.

• Fire extinguishers will be available on site and in areas with increased fire danger such as the refueling area.

• A minimum of two personnel will always be on site whenever heavy equipment is operated. Only necessary personnel need to be on or around heavy equipment.

• Employees will not interfere with or tamper with air monitoring equipment.



47

• Backhoes or other equipment with booms shall not be operated within 10 feet of any electrical conductor.

• Visitor log will be maintained at the command post or with the security guard. Personnel coming on site will sign in and out on a daily basis.

• Security will be maintained at the site by closing all gates during normal work hours. Site will be locked up in the evening.

• If unauthorized members of the public are found on site, promptly contact PM and do not leave the individual unattended.

• Visitors are not allowed in the work areas without authorization. Visitors must sign in at the Command Post and receive authorization to enter the site.

• Buddy System

a) The buddy system is mandatory at anytime that personnel are working in the exclusion zone, remote areas, on tanks, or when conditions present a risk to personnel.

b) A buddy system requires at least two trained/experienced people who work as a team and maintain at a minimum audible and/or visual contact while operating in the exclusion zone.

• Communication Procedures

a) Cellular phones will be used for on site communications.

b) The crews should remain in constant verbal or visual contact while on site.

c) The site evacuation signal will be 3 blasts on the air or vehicle horn.



48

17. EM 385-1-1 SSHSP CHECKLIST

Item Reference

(1) Site Description And Contamination Characterization. Page 1

(2) Hazard/Risk Analysis Page 21

(3) Staff Organization, Qualifications, And Responsibilities. Page 4

(4) Training. Page 9

(5) Personal Protective Equipment Page 14

(6) Medical Surveillance. Page 42

(7) Exposure Monitoring/Air Sampling Program. Page 43

(8) Heat And Cold Stress. Page 44

(9) Standard Operating Safety Procedures, Engineering Controls And Work Practices. Page 20

(10) Site Control Measures Page 45

(11) Personal Hygiene And Decontamination. Page 35

(12) Equipment Decontamination. Page 36

(13) Emergency Equipment And First Aid. Page 40

(14) Emergency Response And Contingency Procedures. Page 33



49

18. INSPECTION OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING [1] Determine that clothing material is correct for specified task a. compatibility chart

b. chemical hazard chart in HASP

c. MSDS

[2] Visually inspect material for:

a. imperfect seams

b. non-uniform coatings

c. tears

d. discoloration/degradation

e. malfunctioning closures

[3] Hold up to light and check for pinholes.

[4] Flex material:

a. observe for cracks

b. other signs of shelf deterioration

[5] If the material has been used previously, inspect inside and out for signs of chemical penetration/degradation

a. discoloration

b. swelling

c. stiffness

[6] During the work task:

a. evidence of discoloration/degradation

b. closure failure

c. tears

d. punctures

e. seam discontinuities



51

20. PERSONNEL CERTIFICATES

The following individuals have been assigned to this project and their certifications follow. As other personnel are assigned to the project their certifications will be attached and available on site for inspection.

Harvey Fowler – Site Superintendent

TBD – Equipment Operators (ProAct)

TBD – Laborers (ProAct)



52

21. INVENTORY LIST OF CHEMICALS ON-SITE

This is the anticipated chemicals to be on site (see Attachment D for MSDS sheets). As site conditions change the list will be updated and the chemicals’ MSDS Sheets will be kept on-site.

Chemical Usage Diesel fuel Equipment Fuel; Residual Product in Tanks

Gasoline Equipment Fuel; Residual Product in Tanks

Engine Oil Equipment Maintenance

WD-40 Field Supplies

TCE Contaminant of concern in well water (Not Used)



53

22. USACE ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT (FORM 3394)

PROJECT RESOURCES INC.

SITE-SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

June 2009

MANDATORY ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT A SITE HASP AMENDMENT

ATTACHMENT B PRI STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES

ATTACHMENT C PROACT HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

ATTACHMENT D CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMATION



June 2009

ATTACHMENT A SITE HASP AMENDMENT FORM



June 2009

SITE HASP AMENDMENT # SITE NAME: DATE: TYPE OF AMENDMENT: REASON FOR AMENDMENT: ALTERNATE SAFEGUARD PROCEDURES: REQUIRED CHANGES IN PPE: PRI Program Manager (Date) ________________________________ PRI Project Manager (Date)



June 2009

ATTACHMENT B PRI STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES

Standard Operating Procedure H&S01 May, 2009 Revision 2 Page 1 of 1

Project Resources Inc.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S01 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 01 - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION 1.0 PURPOSE: The purpose of the Respiratory Protection Standard Operating Procedure is to ensure that All PRI personnel are protected properly and from air borne contaminants in compliance with OSHA 29 1910.134. 2.0 SCOPE All PRI personnel working in atmospheres requiring respiratory protection per OSHA regulations. References: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1000, ANSI Practices for

Respiratory Protection (Z88.2-1980), NIOSH Publication #87-116, A Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection.

3.0 SELECTION OF RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT The Corporate Health and Safety Manager will make the selection of proper respiratory protective equipment. The respirator used on a specific site will be based on the type of hazard. The decisions to select a certain type or brand of respirator will be based on the following: (a) Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Subpart I – Personal Protective Equipment,

29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Protection. (b) Available governmental agency approvals (NIOSH, MSHA). (c) evaluation of the degree of exposure to the contaminate in the work environment Based upon the above criteria, these types of respirators will be used by the employees of Project Resources Inc., when deemed necessary:

• Negative pressure full-face respirators will be used in conjunction with HEPA cartridges, acid gas/organic vapor cartridges, other chemical cartridges, or any appropriate combination of these cartridges when both the contaminant and its concentration are known, and when the oxygen concentration is greater than 19.5%. The atmosphere concentration shall not exceed the limitations of the cartridge.

• Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus’ (SCBA) will be used in the following in

accordance with 1910.134 and under the following situations:


• Oxygen deficient atmosphere

• IDLH concentrations of specific substances exist or are likely to exist

• Entry into an unventilated or confined area where the exposure conditions have not been characterized

• Presence or potential presence of unidentified contaminants

• Contaminant concentration are unknown or exceed designated maximum

use concentrations

• Identified gases or vapors having inadequate warning properties and the sorbent service life is not known and the unite has no end-of-service-life (ESLI) indicator.

• High relative humidity (may reduce the protection offered by the sorbent)

4.0 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Any employee who will be expected to wear respiratory protection will be required to pass a company physical which includes a pulmonary fitness test and certified as being capable to wear a respirator by a physician. This test shall be performed prior to respirator usage by the employee. 5.0 TRAINING The Corporate Health and Safety Manager or qualified designee, will provide initial training and annual follow-up training to all employee’s who will be expected to wear respiratory protective equipment. This training shall include:

• Identification and the application of the different types of respiratory protective equipment which the employee may be expected to wear.

• The specific instruction for safely using each different type of respirator in

dangerous atmospheres which may be encountered in an emergency.

• Specific fitting instructions for each type of device shall be administered. These instructions shall include: demonstrations and practice in how the respirator should be worn, adjusted to fit properly, cleaned and maintained.


• How an why to perform positive or negative pressure test each time the respirator is donned.

Specific documented records will be maintained of when and where training sessions took place, and who instructed and attended these sessions. These records will be written and maintained by the Corporate Health and Safety Manager. 6.0 FIT TESTING All employees who will be expected to use respiratory protective equipment will be required to undergo annual quantitative or qualitative fit testing procedures to determine the proper face piece size. Employees may only wear respirators for which they have been fit tested quantitatively or qualitatively. A face piece to face seal shall be demonstrated by each individual employee monthly. A record of this test shall be given to the Health and Safety Manager, who will be responsible for maintaining these records. Any employee who fails to obtain a tight leak-proof, face piece-to-face seal shall not be allowed to work in an area that requires the use of respiratory protective equipment. Examples of conditions which would prevent a good face piece-to-face seal are:

• Presence of facial hair • A skull cap that projects under the face or head straps • The absence of one or both dentures • Temple pieces on glasses

The company shall make every effort to provide equipment which allows for a proper seal. 7.0 SPECTACLE KITS Employees who wear prescription eyeglasses will be provided with a spectacle kit which allows for a good face piece-to-face seal. NOTE: 29 CFR 1910.134 (e)(5)(ii) “Wearing of contact lenses in contaminated atmosphere with a respirator shall not be allowed”. 8.0 PRE-DONNING PROCEDURES Routine tests shall be performed prior to each use to help ensure proper fit and seal. These tests include:


• Positive Pressure Test: Close the exhalation valve and exhale gently into the face piece. The face piece is sealed satisfactorily if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the face piece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal.

• Negative Pressure Test: On a full face air purifying respirator close off the inlet

opening of the cartridges by covering with the palm of the hand inhale gently so that the face piece collapses slightly and then hold breath for 10 seconds. If the face piece remains in a slightly collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected the tightness of the face piece is considered satisfactory. On an air supplied respirator, place the palm of the hand over the end of the breathing tube and inhale gently so that the face piece collapses slightly and then hold breath for 10 seconds. If the face piece remains in a slightly collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected the tightness of the face piece is considered satisfactory.

9.0 CLEANING AND STORAGE

• Respiratory equipment will be thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated after each use.

• Each piece of respiratory protective equipment is to be stored in a clean, sanitary

location. Respirators should be packed so the face piece and exhalation valve rest in a normal position. This usually means lens down and harness up to prevent warpage.

10.0 INSPECTION Respirators are to be inspected by the employee using the equipment before and after each use, monthly, after each routine test, and after cleaning. Defective respirators will not be warn and must be returned to the Corporate Health and Safety Manager. Inspections are to include checks for:

• Proper storage • Condition of the face piece (visibility) • Condition of the mask (crack, weak straps, faulty head straps, etc.) • An actual test of the mask to determine if the regulator and exhaltaion valves are

working properly. • Any other inspection checks that the manufacturer recommends which may be

peculiar to that piece of equipment that ensures the mask is in good working conditions.


11.0 PROGRAM REVIEW AND MAINTENANCE This Respiratory Protection Program and SOP will be audited and evaluated annually by the Corporate Health and Safety Manager.

Standard Operating Procedure H&S03 May, 2009 Revision 2

Page 1 of 10


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S03 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY


Page 2 of 10

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S03 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure describes minimum requirements for safe entry into confined spaces on PRI’s job sites. Use of this procedure complies with state and federal OSHA standards for confined space entry and hazardous waste operations. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all PRI operations involving entry into confined spaces, including subcontractor activities. Subcontractors must have their own confined space entry program and procedures that comply with OSHA requirements and are at least as effective as this procedure. Trenching and excavation operations are specifically excluded from this procedure. Those operations will be performed in accordance with PRI Safety and Health Procedures and state and federal OSHA standards. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Confined Space: Any enclosure with limited entrances and exits, that is not intended for human occupancy but is large enough for workers to enter and perform work. Confined spaces include, but are not limited to, tanks, process vessels, piping, bins, boilers, pits, sewers, ventilation and exhaust ducts, underground utility vaults, tunnels, manholes, pump lift stations and open top sumps. Oxygen Deficiency: Oxygen content less than 19.5% by volume. Lower Explosive Level (LEL): The minimum concentration of flammable gas or vapor, in air, that is required to produce an explosion and sustained fire. Concentrations below the LEL are too "lean" to support ignition. Upper Explosive Level (UEL): The maximum concentration of flammable gas or vapor, in air, that will produce an explosion and sustained fire. Concentrations greater than the UEL are too "rich" to support ignition. Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH): In the event of respirator failure, the concentration that is likely to cause death, or immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects, or prevent escape from such an environment. Severe eye irritation and breathing difficulty are


Page 3 of 10

examples of such symptoms. IDLH concentrations are determined by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) to aid in respirator selection. Permit-Required Confined Space: A confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics: · May contain less than 19.5 % or more than 23.5 % oxygen, · May contain flammable gas, vapor or dust at concentrations greater than 10% LEL, · May contain an IDLH atmosphere, · May contain toxic substances at concentrations greater than allowable occupational

exposure limits, · Contains or is connected to gases, liquids or solids that can flood the space and drown

or smother workers inside, · Is built with inward sloping walls, internal flanges or other structures that could trap or

smother workers, · Contains any other recognized safety or health hazard that could cause death, physical

injuries, immediate serious illness, or prevent workers from escaping the space. Project Resources Inc. will treat all confined spaces as permit-required. 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Project Supervisors The project supervisor and site safety officer will identify confined spaces present at each Project Resources Inc. work location. This activity will be performed during pre-bid site visits, prior to initial on-site operations, and at the start of any new work operations on-site. Identified confined spaces may include: · Existing spaces, such as utility vaults or tanks, · Spaces constructed during Project Resources Inc. operations, such as well vaults,

caissons, or leachate collection systems, · Process equipment required for Project Resources Inc. operations, such as temporary

storage tanks and thermal treatment units, The project supervisor will inform the site safety officer of the existence and location of confined spaces on-site as soon as they are identified. Project supervisors with confined space training may issue and approve confined space entry permits.


Page 4 of 10

4.2 Site Safety Officers

Site safety officers (SSOs) will issue and approve confined space entry permits. SSOs are responsible for maintaining permit records and for verifying that confined spaces are labeled with warning signs or equivalent identification. SSOs will also verify that site personnel and subcontractors are informed of the location of confined spaces in a timely manner, and are properly trained and equipped to perform confined space entries. 4.3 Entry Supervisors

Project supervisors, foremen, leadmen and/or site safety officers acting as entry supervisors must have current confined space training in accordance with state and federal OSHA standards.

Entry supervisors are responsible for the following:

· Knowing the hazards of each confined space and work operation, · Knowing the signs and symptoms of exposure to chemical and physical hazards within

the confined space, · Verifying the accuracy and completeness of entry permits, · Determining whether conditions are acceptable for confined space entry, · Overseeing entry operations, · Terminating confined space entries if unsafe conditions or injuries occur. 4.4 Standby Observers (Attendants

A standby observer or attendant is an individual stationed outside the confined space who monitors the authorized entrants (workers) inside. Site safety officers, foremen, leadmen or other supervisory personnel may act as standby observers or attendants. Standby observers must have current first aid and CPR training. Standby observers are responsible for the following tasks.

· Knowing the hazards of each confined space and work operation, · Knowing the signs and symptoms of exposure to chemical and physical hazards within

the confined space, · Maintaining continuous visual or voice communications with workers inside the

confined space, · Remaining outside the confined space until relieved by another standby observer, · Summoning emergency medical and rescue assistance, · Notifying workers of the need to evacuate the confined space if unsafe conditions or

injuries occur. 4.5 Authorized Entrants (Workers) Authorized entrants are personnel who enter the confined space to perform work or rescue activities. They are responsible for complying with OSHA requirements for confined space entry and for


Page 5 of 10

responding to instructions from the standby observer, entry supervisor and emergency personnel. Associates are prohibited from entering confined spaces for any reason for any length of time until they have received appropriate confined space training in accordance with this program. 5.0 IDENTIFICATION OF CONFINED SPACES 5.1 Site-Specific Health and Safety Plans

Confined spaces will be described in site-specific health and safety plans (SHSPs). A description of newly identified confined spaces will be added to the SHSP in a written amendment. The SHSP will also describe signs or other methods of recognizing confined spaces. 5.2 Personnel Information

Personnel will be informed of the existence and location of confined spaces during initial review of the SHSP. This information will be reviewed periodically during daily tailgate safety meetings. Personnel will be informed of newly identified confined spaces when the spaces are first recognized. 5.3 Signs

As soon as access to the confined space is available, a warning sign will be posted on the confined space. Signs will state, "DANGER - PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER". Where posting signs is not feasible, alternative means of recognizing confined spaces will be provided and described in the SHSP. 6.0 POTENTIAL HAZARDS Project Resources Inc. operations may involve a wide variety of confined spaces. Potential hazards will be identified in SHSPs. These hazards may include any or all of the following: · Oxygen deficiency or oxygen-rich atmosphere, · Toxic dusts, mists, fumes, smoke, vapor and gas · Flammable and explosive gases, liquids, vapors, and dusts, · Inadequate access opening for entry/egress and internal obstructions hampering

movement, · Process machinery such as agitators, tumblers, crushers, mixing blades, screw

conveyors, saws, etc, · Liquid or solid materials that may engulf and smother personnel, · Piping or feed lines containing hazardous chemicals, steam, water, gases, or other

substances hazardous to health, · Electrical devices such as plug-in lights, tools, or other portable equipment, · Temperature extremes capable of causing heat or cold stress or burns, · Pressurized lines containing hydraulic oil, gas, or other fluids, · Inadequate illumination,


Page 6 of 10

· Naturally occurring radioactive material (NORM) which can be found in storage tanks in the area of the Gulf of Mexico,

· Slippery surfaces. 7.0 CONTROL OF HAZARDS Detailed control measures will be described in SHSPs. These will include lockout and tagout of utilities, process lines, backup power sources, air movers, and other hazardous energy sources that could engulf or injure personnel during confined space entries. They will also include air monitoring with direct-reading instruments for oxygen deficiency, flammable atmospheres, and toxic gases and vapors prior to confined space entry. As a minimum, the following standard operating procedures will be applied to confined space entries. 7.1 Standby Observer

A trained stand-by observer is required for all confined space entries. The observer must be equipped with an air-supplied respirator and an air horn or other warning device to be used to summon emergency assistance. The observer must also be trained in first-aid and CPR.

Standby observers must be in continuous voice communication with personnel entering confined spaces. Such communication may be established by two-way radios or by voice provided that communications can be heard over noise caused by work activities inside the space. Specific communication measures will be described in the SHSP. 7.2 Emergency Alarms

In an emergency, the stand-by observer will sound the alarm. The observer is prohibited from entering the confined space for any reason, until and unless at least one other worker (properly trained and equipped) arrives on the scene to replace the observer. 7.3 Pre-Entry Air Monitoring A trained worker before entry, for oxygen deficiency, flammable gases and vapors, must monitor confined spaces and specific toxic gases and vapors suspected to be present. Specific monitoring procedures will be described in SHSPs. · Direct-reading instruments and/or detector tubes (for specific gases and vapors) will be

used for this testing. · Direct-reading instruments must be calibrated daily by the SSO or other trained worker.


Page 7 of 10

7.4 Action Levels and Prohibited Entry Conditions Project Resources Inc. prohibits confined space entry into the following atmospheres: · Oxygen content <19.5% or >21%; · Flammable vapor readings >10% LEL; · IDLH concentrations of any chemical. The source of these readings must be identified and removed or otherwise controlled. In addition, the confined space must be ventilated to bring oxygen levels to normal ambient concentrations and to remove flammables and IDLH atmospheres before personnel enter the space. Site-specific action levels will be defined in the SHSP for other chemical contaminants identified in confined spaces. 7.5 Ventilation Only clean air will be used for ventilating confined spaces. Personnel are prohibited from using oxygen gas for ventilation. Ventilation equipment must be bonded and grounded prior to operation. The exhaust of the ventilation equipment must be located downwind and away from personnel, other equipment, and any potential ignition sources. Ventilation equipment must be positioned so that it does not block worker exits from the confined space. Where mechanical ventilation is necessary, ventilation equipment must run continuously while personnel are inside the confined space. In addition, ongoing oxygen and toxic and flammable gas monitoring must be performed while the space is occupied. 7.6 Pre-Entry Lockout and Tagout Tanks, piping, valves and sewers connected to the confined space must be isolated, locked out and tagged prior to personnel entering the space. This will prevent accidental release of hazardous materials into the space. Removal of spool pieces or valves and insertion of blanks may be required. Double block and bleed valves may need to be locked out and tagged before work begins. All moving parts inside the confined space must be physically blocked in place and locked out to prevent unexpected movement and personnel injury. (See Project Resources Inc. Health and Safety Procedure SMTH55.) Mechanical and electrical energy control points and all potential ignition sources must be removed


Page 8 of 10

or locked out and tagged before work begins in the confined space 7.7 Emergency Equipment First-aid kits, fire extinguishers, and emergency rescue equipment must be present in the immediate work area and be in good operating condition before confined space entry begins. Eyewashes and safety showers are required if corrosive substances are involved in the work activities. Persons entering confined spaces must wear body harnesses and lifelines to permit emergency rescue. A tripod and hoist (or other man-lifting devices) are required where workers must enter the space from above rather than from the side. Such devices must remain in place during the confined space entry to facilitate emergency rescue. 7.8 First Aid/CPR and Emergency Rescue Where first-aid/CPR and emergency rescue are provided by Project Resources Inc. personnel, those personnel must have hands-on training in these topics before confined space work begins and at least annually thereafter. Such training must include practice in performing rescues from confined spaces typically encountered at Project Resources Inc. work sites and current certification in first aid/CPR. Personnel will perform a practice emergency drill at each site. First-aid/CPR and emergency rescue may be provided by off-site emergency services if response time to the site is adequate. Off-site emergency services must be contacted prior to confined space entry work to arrange a site visit and opportunity for hands-on rescue practice in specific confined spaces. 7.9 Electrical Equipment and Lighting Electrical equipment used in confined spaces must be heavy duty and be properly grounded. If any flammable vapors are detected in the space, intrinsically safe or explosion-proof equipment is required. Heavy duty, flexible electric cords with good insulation and connectors will be used. No splices are permitted. Cracked or worn insulation will be replaced.

Non-double insulated equipment will be run through a GFCI.

Lighting will not be suspended by electrical cords unless it is specifically designed for that purpose.

Generators will be grounded. 7.10 Hot Work Permits A Hot Work permit is required for burning, welding, cutting or other hot work activity inside a


Page 9 of 10

confined space. This includes spark-generating activities and those that may produce hot surfaces. (See Project Resources Inc. Health and Safety Procedure SMTH54.) 7.11 Welding, Cutting, or Burning Mechanical exhaust ventilation is required when burning, welding or torch cutting are performed in a confined space. Ventilation flow rates must be high enough to remove metal fume, gases, and vapors generated by these activities. A local exhaust hose placed as close as possible to the hot work is the preferred method of ventilation for such work.

Welding gas leaks can result in serious fire and explosion hazards in confined spaces. Compressed gas cylinders (other than breathing air) are prohibited in confined spaces. Attached welding gas hoses must be long enough to reach the work location inside the confined space.

Welding gases must be shut off at the cylinders, outside the confined space, when not in use. Welding torches and hoses must be removed from the confined space when not in use. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses must be immediately removed from the confined space when they are disconnected from the torch. Such hoses may contain sufficient residual gas to cause fires and explosions if ignited. 8.0 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMITS PRI will treat all confined spaces as "permit-required". A completed, signed Confined Space Entry permit is required before work begins and before anyone enters a confined space. 8.1 Duration Confined Space Entry permits are valid ONLY for the date and time period listed on the permit, and never for longer than a single shift. · The maximum time period for permits is one 8-hour work shift. · If work is interrupted for 1 hour or more, a new permit must be completed and signed. · If a worker becomes ill within a confined space or after a confined space entry, the

space must be evacuated and re-entry is prohibited until additional air monitoring is performed. In such cases, a new permit is required prior to re-entry.

8.2 Required Signatures Confined Space Entry permits must be signed by the site safety officer (SSO), the standby observer, the work crew supervisor and every worker who enters the space. If someone other than the SSO performs required air monitoring, that worker must also sign the permit. 8.3 Standby Observer Requirement


Page 10 of 10

The Site Safety Officer or another properly trained and equipped worker, must function as the standby observer. The standby observer will have no other duties during confined space entries. 8.4 Posting Permits and Record keeping Confined Space Entry permits must be attached to the entrance, to the space or be conspicuously posted in the immediate work area. When confined space work is completed, the permit must be placed in the project file and retained for at least one year or the duration of the project, whichever is longer. 9.0 TRAINING 9.1 Training Frequency and Content Personnel must be trained in confined space entry procedures before participating in such operations. Training must include at least the following subjects: · Definition of confined spaces, oxygen deficiency, LEL, UEL, and IDLH, · Air monitoring requirements for confined space entry, · Limitations, use and maintenance of air monitoring devices, · Use and maintenance of ventilation equipment, · Use and maintenance of respiratory equipment, · Procedures for obtaining and using Confined Space Entry permits, · Chemical and physical hazards associated with confined spaces, · Standby observer's responsibilities, · Communication procedures, · Limitations, use and maintenance of body harnesses, lifelines and emergency rescue

equipment, · Emergency response procedures for confined space entries. Training must be repeated at least annually. 9.2 Training Sources Training will be presented by the PRI Health and Safety staff or other qualified trainers approved by the Safety Committee. 9.3 Documentation Documentation of training must be included in the associate training files at PRI’s Corporate Office.


Page 1 of 13


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S04 CRANE OPERATIONS


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S04 BOOM-TYPE MOBILE CRANES AND PILEDRIVERS 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure describes minimum requirements and safe work practices for use of boom-type mobile cranes and piledrivers on PRI job sites. Use of this procedure complies with federal and state OSHA regulations in 29 CFR 1910 and 1926. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to use of crawler cranes, wheel-mounted cranes, truck-mounted cranes, and piledrivers at PRI work sites. Project Resources Inc. associates and subcontractors are also required to comply with this procedure as a minimum. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Boom-type Mobile Crane: A self-propelled crane equipped with a boom and mounted on a chassis which is supported by either rubber tires or crawler treads, or which is mounted on a truck bed. Crawler Crane: A self-propelled crane mounted on a chassis with crawler treads. Wheel-mounted Crane: A self-propelled crane mounted on a chassis with rubber tires. Truck-mounted Crane: A crane mounted on the bed of a truck that is specially designed for this purpose. Piledrivers: Piledrivers are cranes used to drive or extract piling. 4.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 Physical Examinations Crane operators must receive a physical examination prior to first operating cranes on Project Resources Inc. work sites and at least annually thereafter. Physical examinations must be performed by a licensed medical practitioner. Crane operators must be provided with a physician's statement of fitness-to-work stating that they


Page 3

are physically qualified to safely operate the equipment to which they will be assigned. Crane operators must be individually checked out by an experienced operator or supervisor to determine if they are adequately trained to safely operate the equipment to which they are assigned. This checkout must be documented in writing before the operator first uses a crane at Project Resources Inc. work sites. For Project Resources Inc. associates, documentation of equipment checkout will be placed in the associates' training files and in their individual field training notebooks. Subcontractor crane operators must provide equivalent documentation of training and medical qualification prior to using cranes at Project Resources Inc. work sites. 5.0 GENERAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 5.1 Brakes Cranes must be equipped with a load braking system capable of stopping, lowering, and holding a load of at least 110 percent of the rated maximum capacity. Truck-mounted and self-propelled cranes mounted on rubber tires, must be equipped with a service brake system, an emergency brake, and a parking brake. Crawler cranes must be provided with brakes or other locking devices that effectively hold the machine stationary on level grade while operating. The brake system must be capable of stopping and holding the machine on the maximum slope allowable during travel. Brakes or locks must be set up to engage or remain engaged if operating pressure or power is lost. 5.2 Boom-Angle Indicator Cranes must be equipped with a boom angle or radius indicator located within the operator's view. 5.3 Boom Stops Cranes with cable-supported booms must have a device attached between the gantry or A-frame, and boom chords to limit the elevation of the boom. The device must control the vertical motions of the boom with gradually increasing resistance starting from an angle of 83 degrees above horizontal. The device must completely stop the boom at 87 degrees above horizontal. 5.4 Boom Length Indicators Hoisting equipment with telescopic or extendible booms must have an indicator that shows the


Page 4

boom length from minimum to maximum and is visible to the operator from a seated position at the crane controls. 5.5 Level Indicators Cranes must have a sight gauge or other means for the operator to visually determine the levelness of the crane. 5.6 Jib Stops In addition to boom stops, jibs must have a positive stop installed to prevent overtopping. 5.7 Hoisting Ropes Hoisting ropes must be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Rotation-resistant and fiber core ropes are prohibited for hoisting unless specified by the manufacturer, and used in accordance with instructions and increased design safety factors required by the manufacturer. 5.8 Load Hooks, Hook Blocks, and Shackles Load hooks and hook blocks must be permanently labeled with their rated capacity. Hooks and blocks must be counterweighted to overhaul line from the highest hook position. All hooks and shackles must be equipped with safety catches. Shackles used on slings or hoist lines must be of the locking type or pin secured. 5.9 Load Drums Load drums on load-hoisting equipment must be equipped with dogs, pawls, or other positive holding devices. At least two full wraps of line must be maintained on hoisting drums. 5.10 Load Rating Charts A durable, legible load rating chart must be posted in the crane cab accessible to the operator while seated. This chart must show the manufacturer's recommended load rating at each operating radius. Load ratings must list the weight of auxiliary equipment such as load blocks, jibs, and boom extensions. The safe work area overside, over rear, and over front for each load rating; and a list of no-load areas must be included. The chart must also show requirements for optional equipment such as outriggers and counterweights that can affect safe operations. Load rating charts must provide additional ratings based on structural, hydraulic or other factors besides stability. 5.11 Cab Construction Seat belts must be installed and used in all crane cabs.


Page 5

Crane cab windows must be safety glass or equivalent with no visibility distortion which will interfere with safe operation of the crane. A windshield wiper is required for the front window. If the front window is of a type that can be held open, it must have a device to firmly secure the window in the open position and prevent the window from slamming closed. Visibility forward must include a vertical range adequate to cover the boom point at all times. Cab doors must have a restraining system to prevent accidental opening or closing while the crane is traveling or operating. The operator's door must swing outward or slide rearward to provide the operator with clear passage in and out of the cab. Walking surfaces on the cab must be skid-resistant. Platforms on cranes must be provided with guardrails. Access to cabs must incorporate hand-holds and steps that allow the operator to maintain three-point contact with the equipment when mounting and dismounting. Three-point contact means either one foot and two hands, or two feet and one hand must be in contact with the equipment at all times. 5.12 Fire Extinguishers A minimum 10 pound ABC-type fire extinguisher is required in each crane cab. Fire-extinguishers must be kept unobstructed and within reach of the seated crane operator. Fire extinguishers must be inspected at least monthly and serviced at least annually. Used extinguishers will be replaced before the crane is returned to service. 5.13 Audible Warning Device Cranes must be equipped with an effective, audible warning and operating signal device outside the crane. The signal device control levers must be within reach of the seated operator inside the cab. An automatic audible backup alarm must be installed and functional when the crane is placed in reverse gear or is moving backward. 5.14 Lights Highway-type equipment must have a minimum of two taillights, two stoplights, front and rear emergency flashers, and front and rear turn signals. Off-highway type equipment, such as a truck crane, must have two headlights, two combination stop and taillights, and backup lights. In restricted visibility situations floodlamps are required to illuminate work areas. 5.15 Fenders


Page 6

Truck-mounted cranes must be equipped with fenders. Self-propelled cranes must be equipped with manufacturer available fenders. 5.16 Guarding Exposed moving parts such as gears, chains, reciprocating, or rotating parts must be guarded or isolated to prevent unintentional contact. 5.17 Exhaust System Engine exhaust gases must be piped outside of the cab and/or discharged away from the operator. Exhaust pipes must be guarded or insulated to protect operating and maintenance personnel from contact with hot surfaces. 6.0 GENERAL OPERATING PROCEDURES Crane booms must be lowered to the ground or otherwise secured when not in use, to prevent movement by wind or other unintentional forces. 6.1 Riding Loads Riding on any type of load or device attached to hoist lines, booms, or other crane attachments is strictly prohibited. 6.2 Taglines Taglines will be used to control suspended loads for protection of personnel, equipment, and structures. 6.3 Swing Radius and Barricades The rear swing radius of rotating cabs on mobile cranes must be barricaded in a manner that physically prevents persons or equipment from being struck by the cab. 6.4 Operator Control of Cranes Crane operators are prohibited from performing any other work while running a crane or moving loads. Crane operators are prohibited from leaving the cab while a load is suspended above the ground. Personnel are prohibited from mounting cranes unless the machine is stopped and an exchange of


Page 7

signals has occurred to verify that the operator is aware of the person mounting the machine. 6.5 Uniform Signal System A signal person or spotter is required when the point of crane operation is not in full and direct view of the operator. The signal person or spotter will use a uniform signal system. Hand signals shown in Attachment 1 of this procedure must be used as a minimum. All crane operators and spotters must be adequately trained on these hand signals before operating or working with cranes at Project Resources Inc. work sites. A poster explaining the signal system must be conspicuously mounted in the vicinity of crane operations. 6.6 High-Voltage Lines High-voltage overhead power lines will be considered live and energized unless the utility company or line owner has been notified, lines have been de-energized and locked out and tagged prior to beginning work. Crane and heavy equipment operations near overhead power lines are prohibited from starting work until the line owner has been contacted and a safety measures are in place to either isolate or shut down the power lines. Booms and masts must be unloaded and lowered to transport position when crossing under overhead power lines. Crane cabs must have a copy of the minimum clearance distances for crossovers and stationary operations posted in the cab. 6.6.1 Required Clearance from Power lines at Crossovers Equipment, cranes, and other machinery must maintain at least the following minimum clearance distance when crossing under overhead power lines.

Normal Line Voltage Minimum Clearance Distance

Feet Meters

0 to 750 volts 4 1.2

751 to 50,000 volts 6 2

50,001 to 345,000 volts 10 3

345,001 to 750,000 volts 16 5

750,001 to 1,000,000 volts 20 6


Page 8

6.6.2 Crossovers All crossovers where equipment, cranes, or other machinery must move under overhead power lines must be posted with warning signs. These signs must be placed 50 feet (15 meters) from the line on each side of the line. Warning signs must include at least the statement "WARNING HIGH-VOLTAGE", the line voltage, and the maximum equipment height that can safely pass under the line. Maximum height must be low enough to safely clear the power lines even if the lines sag. 6.6.3 Required Minimum Clearance from Power lines During Stationary Operations Equipment, cranes, and other machinery must maintain at least the following minimum clearance distance during stationary operations under or adjacent to overhead power lines.


Page 9

Normal Line Voltage Minimum Clearance Distance

Feet Meters

50,000 volts or less 10 3

69,000 volts 11 3.4

115,000 volts 12 3.7

138,000 volts 13 4

161,000 volts 14 4.3

230,000 volts 16 5

345,000 volts 20 6

500,000 volts 25 8 For other voltages not listed in the above table, the minimum clearance distance must be 10 feet (3 meters) plus 0.4 inches (1 cm) for every 1000 volts over 50,000 volts. 6.7 Maximum Loading Operators are prohibited from loading cranes in excess of the manufacturer's maximum load ratings. In addition, the following table of safety factors must be followed to maintain equipment stability during operations. The tipping load is the weight that, when hung from the boom, will tip over the crane. Operators are prohibited from loading cranes in excess of the percentage of tipping load specified in the following table.

Type of Crane Maximum Allowable Load as % of Tipping Load

Crawler crane with no outrigger support 75 %

Crawler crane with Outriggers fully extended and set

85 %

Wheel-mounted crane with no outrigger support

75 %

Wheel-mounted crane with outriggers fully extended and set, with wheels off supporting surface

85 %


Page 10

Commercial truck vehicle-mounted crane with stabilizer extended and set

85 %

6.8 Travel Crane travel must be controlled to prevent collisions with people, structures, materials, and equipment. In transit, self-propelled cranes must have the cab positioned to give the operator the most unobstructed view in the direction of travel. Booms must be carried in line with the direction of travel. Cabs must be secured against rotation, unless there is an operator in the cab Empty hooks, balls, and blocks must be lashed or otherwise restrained to prevent free swinging during travel. 6.9 Refueling Open lights, flames, and other ignition sources are prohibited within 25 feet (8 meters) of refueling areas. Engines will be shut off during refueling unless the fueling system provides adequate safe refueling features. 6.10 Handling Loads Loads will be attached to hooks by means of slings or other suitable and effective means, properly rigged for safe handling. Slings must be free of kinks or twists. Hoist ropes must be free of kinks. Multiple part lines must be free of each other and not twisted together. Baskets, tubs, skips, or similar containers used for hoisting bulk materials must be loaded so as not to exceed their safe carrying capacity. Wrapping the hoist rope around the load is prohibited. Hooks must be properly positioned over the load to prevent swinging of the load when lifted. Sudden acceleration and deceleration of loads must be avoided. Personnel are prohibited from walking or working under crane loads.


Page 11

Crane operators are prohibited from passing loads over workers when hoisting or traveling. 6.11 Piledriving

6.11.1 Hoist Drums Dogs that automatically disengage by relieving the load or rotating the drum are prohibited on piledriver hoist drums. 6.11.2 Hose Connections Hose connections to piledriver hammers, ejectors, or jet pipes must be secured with at least a 0.25 inch chain (0.6 cm) having a minimum working load of 3,250 pounds (7,150 kg), or equivalent devices. 6.11.3 Driving Leads Hanging or swinging leads must have fixed ladders for access. Fixed leads must be provided with rings or attachment points for attaching safety belt lanyards. When fixed leads are provided with loft platforms, the platform must be protected with standard guardrails. Workers will use safety harnesses and lanyards when working on the leads. Personnel are prohibited from working on leads or ladders when pile driving is in progress. 6.11.4 Landings and Headblocks Fixed ladders or stairways must be installed for access to landings and headblocks. Piledriver leads will be provided with stopblocks to prevent the hammer from being raised into the headblock. 6.11.5 Guying Adequate guylines, outriggers, thrustboards, counterbalances, and/or rail clamps are required to stabilize piledrivers during operation. 6.11.6 Repositioning When piledrivers are moved or repositioned the hammer must be lowered to the bottom of the leads. 6.11.7 Blocking Devices When workers are required to work under the hammer, a blocking device capable of supporting the hammer shall be placed in the leads.


Page 12

6.11.8 Hoisting Piling Piling must be hoisted with closed shackles or similar positive means of attaching the loadline. Workers will be kept clear of the load and swing radius during hoisting. Taglines must be used to control unguided piles and "flying hammers". 6.11.9 Pulling Piling Extractors must be used to pull piling that cannot be pulled without exceeding the safe load rating of the pulling rig. The crane boom must be kept within 60 degrees above horizontal When pulling piling. 6.11.10 Overhead Protection for Operators Operators must be protected from falling hammers and piling by overhead cab protection equivalent to 2 inch (5 cm) planking. 6.11.11 Headblock Guards Guards are required to prevent the line from jumping out of the headblock. 6.11.12 Jacked Piles When driving jacked piles, excavation for access pits must conform to safety and health program SMTH58 Excavation and Trenching. Access ladders must be provided and bulkhead curbs erected to prevent material from falling into the excavation. 6.11.13 Cutting Piles A minimum safety zone of at least 2 times the length of the longest pile must be maintained between the crane and workers cutting or trimming the tops of driven piling.

7.0 TESTING 7.1 Certified Agents to Perform Testing Performance and proof load testing must be performed by personnel designated as certified agents who meet one of the following criteria: · Accredited by the U.S. Department of Labor for shore crane and derrick certification; · Registered by the state in which the crane will be used, as a professional civil,


Page 13

mechanical, or structural engineer. 7.2 Frequency In addition to prototype tests conducted by the manufacturer, each new crane must be performance tested, proof load tested, and inspected by a certified agent prior to its first operation. This same requirement applies to cranes that have been structurally altered by repairs, re-rigging, or modifications. Performance tests and inspections must be repeated at least every 12 calendar months thereafter. Proof load testing is required every 4 calendar years from the date of initial testing. 7.3 Certificates Owners must maintain certificates for each initial and annual test and inspection. Certificates must attest to the crane's compliance with manufacturer and OSHA requirements. As a minimum, certificates must include the information shown on the Certificate of Unit Test and/or Examination shown in Attachment 1 of this procedure. 7.4 Service, Emergency, and Parking Brake Tests All trucks and self-propelled cranes mounted on rubber tires must be subjected to brake performance tests prior to initial operation and at least every 12 calendar months thereafter. Brake performance tests must be documented in writing. As a minimum, this documentation must include the information shown on the Brake Performance Test Record provided in Appendix A of this procedure. 8.0 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE All cranes and optional equipment must be inspected for proper operation, excessive wear, damage, and defects before each work shift. Slings, hooks, shackles, and other hoisting accessories must be inspected for excessive wear, damage and defects before each lift. See safety and health program for inspection criteria for hoisting and rigging accessories. Damaged and defective equipment will be removed from service and repaired or replaced immediately. Equipment removed from service must be labeled with tags warning workers that the equipment is defective and not to be used. Cranes will be placed on a routine lubrication and maintenance schedule. Written records of all inspections, deficiencies, maintenance, and repairs must be available for review upon request by clients' representatives, PRI supervisory personnel, or OSHA compliance personnel.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S05 CONTAMINATION CONTROL / DECONTAMINATION


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S05 DECONTAMINATION MEASURES 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure describes minimum requirements for preventing the transfer of chemical contamination to uncontaminated materials and personnel. Specific decontamination methods and site zones will be covered in site safety and health plans. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all PRI operations where associates may come in contact with chemical contaminants. It does not address asbestos abatement, lead abatement or radiological materials. Decontamination requirements for these materials will be covered in separate policies.

Contractor decontamination measures must be at least as effective as PRI procedures. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Decontamination: The process of removing or neutralizing contaminants that have accumulated on personnel and equipment. Decontamination methods physically remove contaminants and/or inactivate them by chemical breakdown, neutralization or disinfection/sterilization.

Exclusion Zone: Areas of a field work site that are potentially contaminated with hazardous substances. Access to these zones is restricted to properly trained personnel with appropriate protective clothing, respirators and safety equipment.

Decontamination Zone: Areas of a field work site bordering exclusion zones, where personnel, tools and equipment are cleaned to prevent the spread of contamination into clean work locations. These areas can also be used to store respirators, protective clothing and other safety supplies, as well as first aid kits, fire extinguishers and other emergency equipment. Shower and locker room facilities are located in decontamination zones.

Support Zone: Clean areas of a field work site where no contamination exists. Clean break areas are located in the support zone, as well as necessary office trailers, toilets and drinking water supplies. Access to the support zone is generally unrestricted.


Page 3

4.0 CONTAMINATION CONTROL 4.1 Preventive Measures Associates will use the following work practices to prevent or minimize chemical contamination. · Avoid direct contact with potentially contaminated surfaces whenever possible. · Limit access to exclusion zone to essential personnel only. · Lay out traffic patterns and work areas on-site to minimize travel between clean and

contaminated areas. · Enter and exit exclusion zones through the decontamination zone. · Use tools and heavy equipment to avoid hand and body contact with contaminated

materials. · Use disposable personnel protective equipment (PPE) to minimize the need to clean

reusable items. · Cover potentially-exposed instruments and tools with polyethylene or other protective

materials whenever possible. Field work sites will establish clean, decon and exclusion zones appropriate to the site-specific work operations. Zones will be clearly marked with stakes and caution tape or other appropriate means. Site personnel will be informed of the zone locations and marking system at their initial site safety orientation. 4.2 Personal Hygiene As a minimum, personnel decontamination facilities at field work sites must include supplies for hand and face washing upon leaving contaminated work areas. Associates will wash hands and face prior to eating, chewing, drinking or smoking. Smoking, drinking, eating, chewing tobacco and gum are permitted in designated clean break areas only. Shower trailers and clean and dirty locker rooms are required for field work sites lasting six months or longer. Shower trailers will also be used on sites where contaminants are highly toxic, personal contamination is likely and/or OSHA regulations require them. Potentially contaminated tools and clothing are prohibited in clean locker rooms. Only clean drinking water will be used for showers and hand or face washing. 5.0 DECONTAMINATION METHODS Personnel, clothing, equipment, and samples leaving the contaminated areas of a site must be decontaminated to remove any harmful chemicals and biological waste that may have adhered to


Page 4

them. When documentation of decontamination is desired or required, the PRI Certificate of Equipment Decontamination will be used. The authorized PRI representative will inspect the equipment for signs of visible contamination. A wipe sample may be performed. 5.1 Physical Cleaning Gross contamination can be removed by physically brushing, scraping, water rinsing, or wiping off surfaces. Cleaning tools, rags and rinse water must be properly containerized for disposal as contaminated waste unless laboratory or field analyses are used to classify these materials in other waste categories. 5.2 Chemical Cleaning and Disinfections Detergent washing is a more aggressive cleaning method for removal of liquids and solids that stick to contaminated surfaces. Cleaning detergents used for PPE, respirators, hard hats and tools could include household laundry or dish soap, trisodium phosphate (TSP), or AlconoxTM. TSP is caustic and can cause severe skin irritation. Rubber or nitrile gloves and liquid-resistant aprons or coveralls are required to prevent skin contact while cleaning with TSP solutions. Diesel oil can be used to remove stubborn petroleum and heating oil contamination. This must be followed by detergent washing to remove the diesel oil. Solvent rinsing can be used to decontaminate sampling equipment such as split spoon samplers, soil triers and bailers. Solvent rinsing will only be performed in work locations that are at least 75 feet from any potential ignition source. PPE and respirators are required to prevent human exposure to solvent vapors and liquids during this type of decontamination. Solvent rinsing will not be used for personnel decontamination. All solvent, diesel, and detergent cleaning wastes and rinse water will be containerized for proper disposal. These wastes will be considered contaminated unless laboratory or field analysis classify them in other waste categories. 5.3 Pressure Washing and Steam Cleaning High-pressure washers and steam cleaners can be used to remove stuck-on materials from vehicles and heavy equipment. These methods are sometimes used in tank cleaning. Pressure washing and steam cleaning will only be performed by personnel adequately trained in the safe use and maintenance of these devices. These devices can peel paint off surfaces during cleaning


Page 5

and can cause serious injuries if aimed at humans or animals. Pressure washers and steam cleaners will not be used for personnel decontamination. Steam cleaning can build up static charges on surfaces that conduct electricity. Steam cleaning is prohibited with flammable liquids and solids and in any flammable atmosphere. Pressure washing and steam cleaning activities must be confined to a limited area separate from other vehicle and foot traffic. Screens may be required to prevent overspray and windblown spray during cleaning. All pressure washing and steam cleaning wastes will be properly containerized for disposal as contaminated wastes unless laboratory or field analysis classify them in other waste categories. 6.0 MEDICAL EMERGENCIES Contaminated clothing and safety equipment will be removed from injured or ill personnel prior to transporting them to off-site medical facilities. Protective clothing and exposed skin may be decontaminated prior to transport, if time permits and decontamination can be performed without aggravating the victim's injuries. In the event of eye contact with contaminated materials, clean drinking water or sterile eyewash solutions will be used to flush the exposed eyes for at least 15 minutes. Clean drinking water will also be used to flush skin exposed to contaminated materials. Associates are prohibited from applying solvents or chemical neutralizing agents to contaminated skin or eyes unless specifically instructed to do so by a national poison control center, paramedic, emergency medical technician, physician or other licensed medical personnel. 7.0 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLANS Site-specific safety and health plans (SSHPs) will include written procedures to prevent the spread of chemical contamination. These procedures must include at least the following: - Housekeeping requirements for job sites; - Means of separating clean, decon and exclusion zones at job sites; - Means of controlling access to decon and exclusion zones; - Methods for decontaminating personnel, vehicles and equipment when leaving the

exclusion zones; - Handling procedures for contaminated disposable clothing and tools; - Work practices that minimize the spread of contamination;


Page 6

- Emergency decon procedures; and - Provisions for updating decon procedures. 8.0 TRAINING General decontamination requirements and site zoning are covered in initial training for new associates assigned to field work. Site safety officers and site supervisors are responsible for informing associates, visitors and contractors of project-specific decontamination requirements and verifying compliance with those requirements. Site safety officers will also inspect decontamination activities periodically to verify the effectiveness of specific cleaning methods. Alternative cleaning methods will be implemented, if necessary. Affected personnel will be informed of changes in specific decontamination procedures prior to their implementation.


Page 1 of 15


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S07 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING


Page2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 07 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING 1.0 PURPOSE This program describes minimum requirements for safe work practices during excavation and trenching operations. It is intended to assure compliance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P. 2.0 SCOPE This program applies to all excavation and trenching operations performed or supervised by associates of PRI. Subcontractors will comply with the requirements of this program, as a minimum. 3.0 DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply specifically to excavation and trenching operations. Competent Person: A worker who is trained and capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards of excavations. Such workers must have the authority to shut down operations if new hazards are identified. OSHA does not accept a Professional Engineer (PE) license as qualification to be a "competent person" unless the PE can demonstrate appropriate training and work experience in at least the following topics:

· State and federal OSHA excavation standards, · OSHA-required methods of soil classification, · Potential hazards of excavation and trenching, · Methods for identifying and correcting hazards, · Methods for inspecting and verifying the design and use of sloping and shoring

systems.

OSHA consultation offices have suggested eight (8) to sixteen (16) hours of training in these topics to qualify an individual as a "competent person". Qualifications of competent persons must be documented in writing. Registered Professional Engineer (PE): A person who is registered as a PE in the state where the excavation work is to be performed. OSHA recommends using civil engineers or those with


Page3

licenses in a related discipline and experience in the design and use of sloping and shoring systems. PE qualifications must be documented in writing. Excavation: Any man-made cut, cavity, trench or depression in an earth surface, formed by dirt or rock removal. This includes landfills and piping trenches and openings caused by underground storage tank removal. Cave-In: Soil or rock falling into an excavation from the sides; soil or rock falling out from under a trench or support system. Cave-ins are usually sudden movements that can trap, bury, or crush workers in the excavation. Benching: A method of protecting workers from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form a series of horizontal levels or steps. Shoring: Wooden, metal, or hydraulic bracing systems that support the sides of an excavation to prevent cave-ins. Sloping: Flattening the sides of an excavation at an angle to maintain stability and prevent cave-ins. Sloping angles are stated as the horizontal distance back from the foot of the slope, versus the vertical height of the slope. For example, 1.5 feet horizontal to 1 foot vertical (1.5 to 1). Slopes may also be stated as the number of degrees in the angle formed by the slope. A 1.5 to 1 slope is also a 34° angle. The larger the angle, the steeper the slope. A vertical wall is a 90° angle. 4.0 REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Pre-Planning Excavation and trenching operations require pre-planning to determine whether sloping or shoring systems are required, and to develop appropriate designs for such systems. 4.1.1 Buried Utilities Are any underground installations or utility lines present in the area to be dug up? The estimated location of all underground installations must be determined before digging begins. The local Underground Services Alert (USA) or utility companies must be contacted and requested to locate such underground public utilities at least two business days prior to the start of work. Property owners and facility operators must also be contacted prior to project startup, to locate underground private utilities and installations. Ground-penetrating radar or other equipment may be useful in locating such utilities. When excavations approach the estimated location of the underground utilities, exact locations must


Page4

be determined by hand shoveling, poking wood or brass rods into the ground, or some other means of safely identifying and uncovering them. All underground installations must be protected, supported or removed in order to prevent injuries and damage during excavation. Where utilities or underground installations will be removed, they must be drained, flushed, de-energized, and locked out and tagged prior to removal. 4.1.2 Above Ground Structure and Landscaping If there are any nearby buildings, walls, sidewalks, trees, or roads that may be threatened or undermined by the excavation, where the stability of any of these items may be endangered by the excavation, they must be removed or supported by adequate shoring, bracing or underpinning. Excavations may not go below the base of footings, foundations, or retaining walls, unless they are adequately supported or a Registered Professional Engineer (PE) has determined that they will not be affected by the soil removal. (See definition of PE above.) 4.1.3 Personnel Entry into Excavations Personnel required to enter or work in the excavation at any time must be protected from the hazards of cave-ins. This requires the use of sloping and/or shoring systems that comply with state and federal OSHA standards. 4.1.4 Maximum Excavation Depths Excavations less than 5 feet deep do not require sloping or shoring IF a "competent person" examines the ground and finds no indication of a potential cave-in. (See the definition of "competent person" above.) Excavations greater than or equal to 5 feet deep must be sloped or shored to protect personnel working inside. Excavations deeper than 20 feet must be subjected to soil classification, regardless of whether workers enter the hole or not. Sloping and/or shoring systems for such excavations must be approved by a PE who is licensed in the state where the work will take place. The PE must be licensed in civil engineering or a related field. PEs licensed in disciplines such as electrical engineering are prohibited from certifying or designing sloping and shoring. 4.1.5 Personnel Entrance and Exit Ladders/Ramps Where personnel must enter excavations >4 feet deep, ladders or stairs must be provided so that workers are not required to travel more than 25 feet to reach an exit. 4.1.6 Vehicle Traffic


Page5

Personnel exposed to vehicle traffic must wear high-visibility warning vests. Measures must be put in place to route traffic away from or safely around excavations. This includes placing traffic barriers, traffic cones, and high-visibility warning signs. Vehicle traffic and heavy equipment can create vibration that may make the excavation unstable. Where such hazards exist, sloping and shoring systems must be designed to withstand these vibrations. 4.1.7 Oxygen Deficiency and Hazardous Atmospheres If there is any risk of oxygen deficiency or hazardous atmospheres (such as methane or hydrogen sulfide) accumulating in the excavation, air monitoring for oxygen deficiency and/or hazardous atmospheres is required before workers enter the excavation. If a hazardous atmosphere is present, ventilation or other control systems must be used to remove the hazard. In addition, where ventilation is used, air monitoring must be repeated every 15 minutes to verify that the excavation remains safe for workers to enter.

Emergency rescue equipment and a safety standby person must be present at the excavation whenever hazardous atmospheres exist or could reasonably develop. 4.1.8 Water Table Depths and Water Accumulation in Excavations The height of the local water table must be determined, if there is any possibility of water entering or accumulating in the excavation, and if there is any possibility of rain or snowfall occurring during excavation operations.

If rain or snow falls, or water enters the excavation between work shifts, the excavation must be thoroughly inspected and certified safe by the "competent person" on-site before anyone re-enters the hole.

Personnel are not permitted to work in excavations where water is accumulating or has accumulated, UNLESS the water is continuously pumped out and the sloping or shoring system has been designed to withstand exposure to water without cave-ins. Personnel working in such wet conditions will also wear safety harnesses and rescue lines attached to a stable tie-off point at the top of the excavation that is capable of withstanding 5000 pounds of force for each attached worker. Project Resources Inc associates are prohibited from using vehicles as tie-off points. 4.1.9 Spoils Piles, Equipment and Tool Storage Small equipment, tool storage, shoring supplies, and spoils piles must be placed at least 2 feet away from the top edge of the excavation. In addition, heavy equipment and vehicles must be positioned at least 2 feet from the top edge of the excavation. 4.1.10 Equipment Operator Visibility During Excavation Activities


Page6

Assess whether heavy equipment operators will be able to clearly see the excavation edge while working. When equipment operators do not have a clear and direct view of the edge, barricades, stop logs, or hand signals must be used to warn them of their positions. 4.1.11 Personnel Working on Excavation Face If personnel will be working on the excavation face at more than one level, they must be protected from falling rock or soil that may be generated by others working at levels above them. Protective barricades will be necessary at intervals along the face to provide this protection. The excavation face may also be scraped to remove loose materials. Personnel are prohibited from working, standing, or traveling below loads being lifted or moved. Such loads include the buckets of excavators, backhoes and loaders. Drivers of vehicles that are being loaded must remain in the vehicle cabs during loading. 4.1.12 Personnel and Equipment Crossover Points Where personnel or equipment will be required to cross over the excavation, walkways or bridges with standard 42-inch-high guardrails, midrails, and 6-inch-high toeboards must be provided across the excavation. These bridges must be strong enough to withstand the weight of people, objects and vehicles traveling across them. 4.1.13 Personnel Working in Proximity to Open Excavations Where personnel must work on an ongoing basis within 10 feet of the edge of an open excavation, they should be protected from falls by wearing a body harness and lifeline. Lifelines must be tied to a stationary object, away from the open excavation, that is capable of withstanding 5000 pounds of force for each attached worker. This practice is critically important where excavations have vertical sides or are potentially unstable. (Personnel are prohibited from using vehicles as tie-off points for fall protection.) 4.2 Soil Types OSHA classifies soils into one of three types: A, B, or C. OSHA sloping and shoring requirements are based on the types of soil present at each work site. Note that the definitions of these soil types are specific to compliance with OSHA excavation and trenching regulations. These definitions do not necessarily match terms used in geology or engineering soil studies. 4.2.1 Type A Soils


Page7

Type A soils are defined as cohesive. They stick together easily and resist breaking apart under pressure. Clay, silty clay, sandy clay, and clay loam are examples of cohesive soils. Type A soils must have an unconfined compressive strength greater than or equal to 1.5 tons per square foot. Soil cannot be classified as Type A if it is fissured, subject to vibration, or if it has been previously disturbed or backfilled. 4.2.2 Type B Soils Type B soils include cohesive soil that has an unconfined compressive strength between 0.5 and 1.5 tons per square foot. Soil that has an unconfined compressive strength greater than 1.5 tons per square foot and is fissured or subject to vibration, is also classified as Type B. Some other soils that are granular and exhibit poor cohesion may be included as Type B materials. Angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silty loam, and sandy loam are examples of these materials. 4.2.3 Type C Soils Type C soils include cohesive soil that has an unconfined compressive strength less than 0.5 tons per square foot. Loose granular soils such as gravel, sand and loamy sand are also classified as Type C. 4.3 OSHA Soil Classification Procedures Soil classification must be done in accordance with methods described in the OSHA excavation standard. Visual examination will be followed by at least one manual test until the material is classified as Type A, B, or C. A large chunk of soil, about the size of a backhoe bucket, should be used to make the classification. Samples must be collected in an undisturbed area before excavation begins. It may be necessary to examine multiple samples to address the possibility of layering or multiple soil types in the proposed excavation or trench. If layers are present, each layer must be classified separately. 4.3.1 Visual Examination Is the material entirely solid rock without cracks or fissures? YES: Type A. Verify this by testing the unconfined compressive strength as described

in 4.3.2 below.


Page8

Is the material submerged under water, saturated with water, or seeping water? YES: Type C. Does the excavated soil remain in clumps? NO: Type C. YES: Perform manual testing as described in 4.3.2 below. 4.3.2 Manual Testing Test the material for its unconfined compressive strength by one or both of the following methods. Method A Can a thumb be pressed into the soil several inches with very little effort? YES: Type C. Compressive strength is less than 0.5 tons per square foot (tsf). NO: Is the material fissured, cracked or subject to vibration? YES: Type C. NO: Type A or B. If the material is fissured, cracked, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or backfilled,

it drops a level in the hierarchy of stability. Method B (most accurate) Press a pocket penetrometer into a ball of soil. Less than 0.5 tsf, Type C. Between 0.5 and 1.5 tsf, Type B. Greater than 1.5 tsf, Type A. If the material is fissured, cracked, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or backfilled,

it drops a level in the hierarchy of stability. To confirm the decision to classify soil as Type B or C, perform a plasticity test. Roll a lump of soil into a rope that is no more than 1/8 inch thick and is at least 2 inches long. Does the rope break when it is lifted into the air by one end? YES: Type C. NO: Type B. 4.3.3 Documentation Soil classifications must be documented in writing. This may be done as part of the site's daily operating logs. Documentation must include, as a minimum:


Page9

· Date and time of sample collection and testing, · Location of soil sample collection, · Physical condition and description of sample and any layering observed, · Methods used for classifying soil types, · Results of soil classification, · Name of the "competent person" who performed the soil classification. 4.4 Layered Soils In situations where different soil layers are present, each layer must be classified separately as Type A, B, or C. Where unstable soil is present underneath a stable soil layer, the sloping or shoring system for the entire excavation must meet the requirements for the most unstable soil. For example, if Type C soil is present under a layer of Type B, the entire excavation or trench must use the sloping or shoring requirements for Type C soil. If Type B soil is present under Type C, the lower layer may be sloped or shored to meet Type B requirements and the upper layer to meet Type C. 4.5 Selection and Design of SLOPING Systems Sloping systems must be selected to meet the requirements of Appendix B of the OSHA excavation standard 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P. This Appendix provides detailed diagrams and specifications for the allowable angle of sloped excavations and trenches based on the types of soil present. Sloping designs for excavations greater than 20 feet deep must be prepared by a PE. OSHA allows four options for sloping excavations less than 20 feet deep. 4.5.1 One and One-Half to One Sloping Excavations may be sloped to a 34° angle or flatter, without classifying the soil types or consulting a PE. This angle is equal to cutting the excavation back 1.5 feet horizontally for every 1 foot of depth. This option may be impractical if the excavation is very deep or if the area around the excavation is restricted. Using the flattest slope, without classifying soil Types, may result in removing substantially more soil than necessary. For example, a 10 foot deep hole would require removal of at least 2,250 cubic feet using the 1.5 to 1 slope. If the soil is classified as Type B, with an allowable slope of 1 to 1; less than half as much soil (about 1,000 cubic feet) must be removed. This can provide significant savings in man hours and disposal costs for contaminated soils. 4.5.2 Steeper Slopes If soils are classified as Type A, B, or C, in accordance with the OSHA standard, steeper sloping


Page10

angles may be possible. In excavations less than 20 feet deep, Type A soils may be sloped at 0.5 foot horizontal to 1 foot vertical and Type B soils at 1-foot horizontal to 1-foot vertical. Type C soils must still use the 1.5-feet horizontal to 1-foot vertical slope. 4.5.3 Alternative Sloping Designs by PEs If soils are classified as Type A, B, or C, an alternative sloping system may be designed by a PE, based on other tabulated data or previous work experience. Where an alternative sloping system is used, at least one written copy of the design must be kept at the jobsite while the slope is being constructed. This copy must include the data or other information used to develop the design, a description of the soil classification procedure and results, the specified measurements for sloping, and the name of the PE who developed and approved the design. The written copy can be kept at the local Project Resources Inc.office after all sloping is completed. 4.5.4 Benching Benching is a method of protecting personnel from cave-ins by cutting a series of horizontal levels or steps in the sides of an excavation. Benching may only be used when soils have been classified as Type A or B according to the OSHA excavation standard. The benching design must meet the requirements of Appendix B of the standard. Any alternative benching systems must be approved by a PE with the same written documentation as described in Section 3.3.3, above. 4.6 Selection and Design of Shoring Systems Shoring systems must be selected to meet the requirements of Appendix C or D of the OSHA excavation standard 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P. This Appendix provides detailed specifications for the strength, physical size and number of timbers or other structural materials used to build shoring systems.

Shoring systems for excavations >20 feet deep must be designed by a PE. OSHA allows similar options to those described for sloping, when selecting shoring for excavations less than 20 feet deep. 4.6.1 Wood and Aluminum Shoring Specifications If soils are classified as Type A, B, or C in accordance with the standard, a wood or aluminum shoring system may be selected from Appendices C or D of the OSHA excavation standard 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P. Note that lumber used to construct shoring must be new, previously unused, and free of knots and cracks. The size of wooden timbers listed in Appendix C of 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P, is the actual size of the lumber, NOT the nominal size that is usually quoted when pre-cut timbers are sold. Timbers used


Page11

for shoring systems must usually be special ordered from a lumber yard or sawmill in the exact sizes listed in Appendix C of the OSHA excavation standard. 4.6.2 Pre-Manufactured Shoring Systems After classifying the soil types, OSHA also allows the employer to use pre-manufactured shoring systems. This involves using the manufacturer's specifications to determine which shoring system will be used. The manufacturer must approve any design changes in writing before there is any deviation from their original recommendations. A written copy of the manufacturer's specifications and any approved changes, must be kept at the jobsite while the shoring is constructed. After that, the copy may be sent to the local PRI office for storage. 4.6.3 Alternative Shoring Systems Designed by a PE If soils are classified as Type A, B, or C, an alternative shoring system may be designed by a PE, based on any other tabulated data or previous work experience.

Where an alternative shoring system is used, at least one written copy of the design must be kept at the jobsite while the shoring is being constructed.

This copy must include the data or other information used to develop the design, a description of the soil classification procedure and results, the specified measurements for shoring, and the name of the PE who developed and approved the design.

The written copy can be kept at the local Project Resources Inc. office after all shoring is completed. 4.6.4 Shoring Installation and Removal Shoring systems must be installed from the top down as excavation or trenching progresses. Removal must take place from the bottom up, with the hole being backfilled as the shoring is removed. Workers may not enter the excavation until adequate shoring is in place to prevent a cave-in. Workers will not remain in the excavation during removal of shoring unless an alternate means of support is provided to prevent cave-ins. 4.7 Trench Shields Trench shields are structures designed to prevent workers from being injured in a cave-in. These devices are reinforced metal boxes that are placed inside trenches using a crane. The boxes may be stacked or placed side by side in order to fill the depth and width of a trench.


Page12

The top of the trench shield must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the excavation. Workers are to remain within the trenchshield at all times in the excavation. Trench shields will not prevent cave-ins. They do not support the walls of the trench. They only protect workers inside the box, if the trench caves in. An arm or leg outside the trench shield may be torn off or crushed by falling soil if a cave-in occurs. All personnel will leave the excavation or trench while the trench shield is moved or repositioned. Stacked trench shields must be bolted together and ladders must be provided for workers to enter and exit the boxes. The ladders must be placed inside the trench shield, and must extend at least 3 feet above the top of the trench shield. Workers must have no more than 25 feet of travel to reach one of the ladders in an emergency. 4.8 Competent Person Inspections When personnel enter excavations, a “competent person” must inspect the excavations at the start of each workshift. (See the definition of "competent person" above.)

Inspections must include checking for any evidence of damage, defects or loose parts in the shoring system. Personnel may not enter the excavation until any such problems have been corrected.

Inspections must also include looking for any evidence of possible cave-ins, hazardous atmospheres, water accumulation, undermining, or material breaking off the sides of the excavation. Any changes or new hazards must be addressed before workers enter the excavation. Inspections must be repeated after rain or snowfall, after freezing or thawing, and after any other hazard-increasing occurrence. When a new hazard is identified while workers are in the excavation, all exposed personnel must be evacuated from the excavation until the situation is corrected. Daily inspections will be documented in writing in the site's daily operating logs. The monthly site safety inspection checklist may also be used as additional documentation. 4.9 Barricades and Warning Signs Unattended excavations and those in remote areas, require barricades or covers with warning signs to prevent persons and equipment from falling into them. Large excavations may require temporary fencing to prevent unauthorized access. Barriers with flashing warning lights will be used when excavations are left open after dark. 4.10 California OSHA (CalOSHA) Permits


Page13

CalOSHA requires employers to obtain an excavation permit for excavations performed within the state. One annual permit may be used for all excavations, providing that the employer notifies CalOSHA 5 business days before a new work location is opened. However, the excavation work must be the same as that specified in the original permit. The excavation work must also be performed by the exact same employer whose name is on the permit. If subcontractors are used, a new permit is required. Excavation permits are good for one calendar year. If a permit is obtained on August 31, a new one will be required on January 1. Applications for these permits must be completed at the local CalOSHA office before excavation work begins.


Page14

PROJECT RESOURCES INC. SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING CHECKLIST Project Name: Project Number: Location: Competent Person:

Conditions Yes No Corrective Actions

Soil Classified as type A, B, or C?

Sloping in place?

Angle of slope matches design & safety plan?

Shoring in place?

Shoring design matches safety plan & written design?

Shoring is tight?

Excavation guarded from traffic?

Utility lines and nearby structures are supported to prevent damage?

Stockpiles & equipment are at least 2 ft from edge of hole?

Cracks in soil or rock layers?

Notes: Sloping and shoring must match design specs exactly.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S09 DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY


Page 2

I. PURPOSE It is PRI's desire to provide a drug and alcohol-free, healthful, and safe workplace. To promote this goal, employees are required to report to work in appropriate mental and physical condition to perform their jobs in a satisfactory manner. As a contractor to the U.S. Government, PRI must also comply with the provisions of the Drug-Free Work Place Act of 1988 and regulations and recommendations for maintaining a drug-free workforce. II. SCOPE All employees are covered by this policy. III. POLICY While on PRI premises or while operating a Company owned, leased, or rented vehicle, no employee may use, possess, distribute, manufacture, cultivate, sell, or be under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs. The legal use of prescribed drugs is permitted on the job only if it does not impair an employee's ability to perform the essential functions of the job effectively and in a safe manner that does not endanger other individuals in the workplace. Violations of this policy may lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination of employment and required participation in a substance abuse rehabilitation or treatment program. Drug-Free Awareness Program PRI has established a drug-free awareness program. The program provides information on the dangers and effects of substance abuse in the workplace, resources available to employees, and consequences for violation of this policy. Self Referrals for Assistance Employees with questions or concerns about substance dependency or abuse are encouraged to use the resources of their health insurance plan. They may also wish to discuss these matters with their supervisor or the Human Resources Department to receive assistance or referrals to appropriate resources in the community without fear of reprisal. Employees with drug or alcohol problems that have not resulted in, and are not the immediate subject of, disciplinary action may request approval to take unpaid time off to participate in a rehabilitation or treatment program through their health insurance benefit coverage. Leave may be granted if the employee agrees to abstain from use of the problem substance and abides by all PRI policies, rules, and prohibitions relating to


Page 3

conduct in the workplace. Such leaves will follow the procedures of the Medical Leave of Absence Policy (Policy 5.130). Criminal Convictions Under the Drug-Free Workplace Act, an employee who performs work for a government contract or grant must notify PRI of a criminal conviction for drug-related activity. The report must be made within five days of the conviction. The Company is required to pose sanctions on a convicted employee which may include disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Drug and Alcohol Testing In an effort to maintain a work place that is safe and free from illegal drugs or alcohol, PRI maintains drug/alcohol testing in the following areas; pre-placement, random, post accident, when otherwise required by client contracts, or for reasonable suspicion. Refer to the Drug and Alcohol Program for details. A copy of the Drug and Alcohol Program can be obtained from the Human Resources Manager. Pre-Placement Testing All prospective employees must pass a pre-placement drug and alcohol test as prescribed by the Human Resources Manager. Job offers shall be extended contingent upon passing the drug screening process. An employee may not report for work or be considered employed until clearance from the Human Resources Department has been issued. Human Resources will notify in writing any applicant who failed the drug/alcohol test of the applicant’s ineligibility for employment with the Company for a period of two years following a failed drug/alcohol test. Post Accident In the event of an accident involving a PRI employee(s) and/or a worker(s) provided by a temporary labor service on Company time or Company property, the employee(s) or worker(s) will be required to submit to a drug/alcohol test as soon as possible, but no later than eight (8) hours following such an accident. Reasonable Cause Employees are subject to drug/alcohol testing whenever their work performance or behavior on the job creates reasonable cause that they are using, have recently used, or may be under the influence of a prohibited substance. Supervisors requesting a reasonable cause test are required to document the observable and verifiable behavior or performance which leads to reasonable cause. Documentation must be made available to the Human Resources Manager before the test can be performed. When reasonable cause has been documented, the Company will arrange for transportation of the employee to and from the drug/alcohol test and for transportation


Page 4

home. The employee will be discouraged from leaving the premises while operating a motor vehicle whether to obtain a drug/alcohol test or in connection with his/her termination of employment up to and including obtaining assistance from police authorities to do so. Random Testing Employees operating equipment, employees on construction/environmental remediation projects, and employees in positions classified as safety sensitive (employees who have the potential for field assignments and those who drive vehicles on company business) or as otherwise required by our clients, shall be placed in a random pool subject to drug and alcohol testing at a rate equal to 50 percent of the total number of individuals subject to random testing per annum. Testing shall be conducted on a monthly basis. Testing selections are made using a random number generator of social security numbers. Random numbers will be generated by Workcare, PRI’s “Designated Agent.” Employees selected for random testing are required to provide a specimen at the designated collection site within two (2) hours of notification. Fitness for Duty Due to the nature of our work, many employees may be asked to report to work at times other than their regular schedule. Any employee called and reporting for such work is expected to report for duty in drug and alcohol-free mental and physical condition with the ability to perform their work assignments in a safe and responsible manner, free from impairment. Positive Tests – Refusal to Submit – Non-Compliance An employee who produces a positive test result is subject to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination of employment and required participation in a substance abuse rehabilitation or treatment program. The test will not be repeated unless there is evidence of improper chain of custody with regard to the specimen. As a condition of continued employment for a first time positive drug screen, the employee may be offered one company-paid substance abuse counseling session with Mr. John Seaman, MA. Mr. Seaman is PRI’s designated Substance Abuse Counselor (SAP). In order to be considered for continued employment through this program, the employee must agree to immediately contact Mr. Seaman and follow his recommendations for any follow-up treatment and/or counseling. The cost of any follow-up treatment and/or counseling is the responsibility of the employee. In addition, the employee must agree to complete, comply, and cooperate with the recommendations of treatment and agree to share information regarding progress and compliance with the Company. Further, the employee must also agree to random testing for the 60-month period following program completion. A second positive drug/alcohol screen will result in termination of employment. Such disciplinary actions may also apply to any employee found to be


Page 5

engaged in the manufacturing, distribution, dispensing, or possession of illegal drugs and/or alcohol in the workplace. An employee’s failure to comply with such an agreement for continued employment will result in termination of employment. A refusal to submit to drug/alcohol testing or to comply with this policy or any provision of the Drug Free Work Place Act of 1988 will result in termination of employment. A refusal to consent to search or inspection as defined by this policy may result in disciplinary action as defined by this policy. An employee’s failure to report to the Company or the willful failure of a Company official to report a criminal conviction as covered by this policy within the specified timeframe will result in termination from employment for the employee or the Company official. Any employee who fails to report for a random screening within the specified time period will be considered to have failed the screening process. Training and Education The Company will provide training and education in support of a drug-free work place to all employees. Supervisors will receive awareness training as well as methods for detecting, observing, and documenting contemporaneous physical, behavioral, and performance indicators of potential drug and/or alcohol use. All employees will be provided with a copy of this policy in addition to training regarding mechanisms for self referral and awareness of the potential hazards created as a result of drug and alcohol use in the work place. Search and Inspections The Company reserves the right to conduct searches and inspections of Company facilities, Company-owned property, or any other area under the control and supervision of the Company including client facilities, worksites, and locations. Employee owned or leased vehicles, work areas, lockers, desks, files, tool boxes, lunch boxes, or any other container brought upon PRI premises including pockets, packages, purses, briefcases are also subject to inspection at the sole discretion of the Company.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S10 HAZARD COMMUNICATION


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 10 HAZARD COMMUNICATION 1.0 PURPOSE State and federal OSHA hazard communication standards require that workers be informed of chemicals in the workplace, their associated hazards and protective measures. This program describes minimum requirements to assure that these requirements are met for associates of Project Resources Inc. 2.0 SCOPE This program applies to all Project Resources Inc. operations involving hazardous chemicals. Subcontractors must comply with the requirements of this program as a minimum. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Hazardous Chemical: A chemical or mixture that is flammable, combustible, reactive, corrosive, toxic, radioactive, irritating to eyes or skin, or that can produce an oxygen deficient atmosphere in confined spaces.

Label: Any written, printed or graphic material, displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals.

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS): Written or printed material describing the chemical composition, physical characteristics, chemical properties, health effects, physical hazards, required protective clothing, safe work practices, and emergency response procedures for a hazardous chemical product. 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Managers and Supervisors

Project Resources Inc. managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for assuring participation in this program for the work activities they oversee. This includes verifying that required labels, MSDS, and storage requirements are met and that associates understand the hazards and safe work practices for chemicals in each specific workplace. Managers and supervisors are responsible for implementing appropriate corrective actions in a timely manner when non-compliance situations are identified.


Page 3

4.2 Safety Committee

The Safety Committee is responsible for overall implementation of the program for Project Resources. They will complete and update hazardous chemical inventories in fixed office location(s), verify that labels and MSDS for hazardous chemicals are in place and current and verify that associates in each office have received and understood required hazard communication training. They will ensure that site safety officers (SSOs) implement the hazard communication program on sites. 4.3 Office Managers and Administrators

Office managers and administrators will maintain copies of MSDSs for their specific locations. These individuals will provide copies of MSDSs to associates and contractors upon request. 4.4 Site Safety Officers (SSO)

Associates assigned to perform site safety officer duties are responsible for obtaining an MSDS for each hazardous chemical brought to a site by Project Resources Inc. or its subcontractors. Site safety officers will assure that all affected personnel are trained on the hazards and safe work practices for these chemicals. Site safety officers will also conduct audits for compliance with this program periodically. This includes verifying that MSDSs for their specific work sites are current and requesting new MSDSs as needed. Site safety officers will notify project supervisors and management of required corrective actions when non-compliance situations are identified. 4.5 All Associates

Project Resources Inc. associates are responsible for reading, understanding and following hazardous chemical labels and MSDSs. Associates will immediately notify their supervisors of unlabeled containers or labels that are illegible. Associates are prohibited from bringing hazardous chemicals into the workplace without notifying their supervisors. 5.0 CONTAINER LABELLING Containers of hazardous chemicals brought to or used at Project Resources Inc. work locations will be labeled, tagged or marked to identify their contents. These labels must also include appropriate physical and health hazard warnings, as well as the name and address of the shipper or manufacturer. When the specific chemical is regulated by OSHA in a substance-specific standard, additional health or safety warnings or labels may also be required. Associates are prohibited from removing, covering or damaging labels provided by manufacturers, importers or distributors. If a manufacturer's label is missing or inadequate,


Page 4

associates will contact their supervisor or safety professional for a replacement label.

Portable containers for hazardous chemicals will also be labeled with their chemical contents. Stationary process containers may be identified with placards, signs, operating procedures or labels, provided that those materials clearly identify the containers, hazardous chemicals and the appropriate hazard warnings.

Containers may also be labeled with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) diamonds. An explanation of the NFPA labeling system is attached to this program description.

All labels, signs and written hazard warnings will be legible, prominently displayed, and in English. Hazard warnings may be displayed as icons or pictures, providing all affected personnel are trained in the meaning of these symbols.

Where associates or subcontractors affected by a hazardous chemical do not speak or read English, project supervisors and managers are responsible for establishing other means of informing these workers of the chemical identities, hazards and protective measures. 6.0 PERSONNEL INFORMATION AND TRAINING Project Resources Inc. associates will receive hazard communication training prior to working with hazardous chemical products and at least annually thereafter. Hazard communication training will include an explanation of the following elements. · State and federal hazard communication regulations, · Rights and responsibilities of employers and employees, · Work operations where hazardous chemicals may exist, · Hazards associated with classes of chemical substances, such as flammables,

solvents, metals, acids, caustics, reactives and toxins, · Safe work practices and personal protective equipment required for handling

hazardous chemical products, · Methods and observations used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous

chemical, · How to obtain and read an MSDS, · NFPA labels and labelling programs for chemical products, · Location and availability of this written hazard communication program and

MSDSs. Records of hazard communication training will be maintained in the associate's training file.

Site-specific health and safety plans (SHSPs) will describe the hazardous chemicals present at each field work site. SHSPs will also include task-specific hazard assessments that describe methods and observations for detecting chemical releases and control measures to prevent associate exposures. Copies of relevant MSDSs will be attached to the SHSPs. Training on site-


Page 5

specific hazards and control measures will be provided prior to beginning work operations at each field site. 7.0 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS When a new chemical product is ordered, the person ordering that product or his/her supervisor will contact the health and safety staff to determine if an MSDS is required.

For the purpose of hazard communication, a "new" product is defined as one that has been purchased by Project Resources Inc. within one (1) year prior to the current date. New products will also include those that are being introduced at a work location for the first time.

If an MSDS is required, the purchasing agent or health and safety staff will request one from the product supplier. If the MSDS has not been received within 30 days of the date it is requested, the health and safety staff will notify OSHA in writing and request their assistance in obtaining the MSDS.

Copies of relevant MSDSs are attached to SHSPs for specific field projects. Copies of MSDSs for chemical products used at Project Resources Inc. offices may be obtained from the office manager.

When a new or revised MSDS for a specific product is received, the health and safety staff will provide this new information to affected employees within 30 days of its receipt. 8.0 NON-ROUTINE OPERATIONS Prior to beginning new or non-routine work operations, a safety meeting will be held for affected personnel. At this safety meeting, the site safety officer or project supervisor will explain the hazards associated with the new or non-routine operations, and safe work practices and protective measures required to control those hazards. Records of such safety meetings will be maintained in project-specific files and employee training files. 9.0 SUBCONTRACTOR EMPLOYEES Project Resources Inc. subcontractors will be informed of the identity, hazards and control measures for chemicals present in Project Resources Inc. operations affecting their employees. Subcontractors must have their own written hazard communication programs and are required to provide Project Resources Inc. with copies of MSDSs and other available safety information regarding hazardous chemicals used in subcontractor activities. The site safety officer or project supervisor responsible for the area where the subcontractor works, will complete this subcontractor notification.


Page 6

10.0 HAZARDOUS WASTES Hazardous wastes are not specifically covered by state or federal hazard communication regulations. Information on the hazards associated with these materials may be obtained from SHSPs. These plans are available at each job site. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) LABELLING SYSTEM The NFPA labeling system uses diamond-shaped labels to identify the hazards associated with various chemical substances. Each diamond is divided into four sections.

The top section is color coded red and contains a hazard rating from 0 to 4, indicating whether the material will burn readily if exposed to fire or other ignition sources. The degrees of flammability hazard are ranked as follows: 4 Very flammable gases, very volatile flammable liquids, and dusts or mists that readily form

explosive mixtures in air. This includes materials that will rapidly vaporize at normal ambient temperatures and pressures. This rating includes any liquid or gaseous material having a flash point below 73 degrees F and a boiling point below 100 degrees F. (Class IA flammables.)

3 Liquids that can be ignited under almost all normal temperature conditions. This rating

includes liquids having a flash point below 73 degrees F and a boiling point at or above 100 degrees F, and liquids having a flash point at or above 73 degrees F, but below 100 degrees F. (Class IB and IC flammables.) Water may be ineffective in fighting fires involving these liquids because of their low flash points. This rating also includes solids that form coarse dusts that may burn rapidly, solids in shredded or fibrous form that can create flash fires, solids that burn rapidly because they contain their own oxygen, and any material that ignites spontaneously at normal temperatures in air.

2 Liquids that must be moderately heated or exposed to relatively high ambient air

temperatures before ignition will occur, and solids that readily give off flammable vapors. Water spray may be used to extinguish fires involving these materials because they can be cooled to below their flash points. This rating includes liquids having a flash point above 100 degrees F but below 200 degrees F, and solids and semisolids that readily give off flammable vapors.


Page 7

1 Materials that in themselves are normally stable, but may become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressures, or may react with water with some non-violent release of energy. Materials that require considerable preheating before ignition can occur. This rating includes liquids, solids and semisolids having a flash point above 200 degrees F, and most ordinary combustible materials. It also includes materials that will burn in air when exposed to a temperature of 1500 degrees F for a period of 5 minutes or less.

0 Materials that will not burn. Materials that are normally stable even under fire conditions and are not reactive with water. This includes any material that will not burn in air when exposed to a temperature of 1500 degrees F for a period of 5 minutes.

The left-hand section is color coded blue and contains a hazard rating from 0 to 4, indicating whether the material can cause injury from contact with, or absorption into, the body. The degrees of health hazard are ranked as follow:

4 A very short exposure or a few whiffs of the gas or vapor could cause death; or the gas, vapor, or liquid could be fatal if it penetrates protective clothing designed for resistance to heat. For most chemicals having a Health Hazard Rating of 4, special chemical protective clothing must be worn to prevent exposures.

3 Materials extremely hazardous to health that could cause serious temporary or permanent

injury even if prompt medical treatment is given. Materials giving off highly toxic combustion products if burned. Materials corrosive to living tissue or toxic by skin absorption.

2 Materials that could cause temporary collapse or possible permanent injury from intense or

prolonged exposures. Materials that can cause irritation, without destruction of tissue, from skin contact.

1 Materials that will cause irritation or minor injury from exposures. Materials that give off

irritating combustion products if burned. Materials only slightly hazardous to health. 0 Materials that offer no health hazard under fire conditions beyond that of ordinary

combustible material. The right-hand section is color coded yellow and contains a hazard rating from 0 to 4, indicating if the material is unstable or highly reactive. The degrees of reactivity hazard are as follows: 4 Materials that in themselves are readily capable of detonation or of explosive

decomposition or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and pressures. This includes materials sensitive to mechanical or localized thermal shock.


Page 8

3 Materials that in themselves are capable of detonation or of explosive decomposition or of explosive reaction, but require a strong initiating source or that must be heated under confinement before they will react. This includes materials sensitive to thermal or mechanical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures or react explosively with water without heating or confinement.

2 Materials that in themselves are normally unstable and readily undergo violent chemical

change but do not detonate. This includes materials that can undergo chemical changes with rapid release of energy at normal temperatures and pressures or that can undergo violent chemical changes at elevated temperatures and pressures. It also includes those materials that may react violently with water or that may form potentially explosive mixtures with water.

1 Materials that in themselves are normally stable but may become unstable at elevated

temperatures and pressures or may react with water with some release of energy but not violently.

0 Materials that in themselves are normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and

are not water-reactive. The bottom section of the diamond is white and is used primarily to identify unusual reactivity with water. A W with a line through its center alerts personnel to the possible hazard in contact with water. A radiation symbol may be used in this bottom section of the diamond to indicate a radiation exposure hazard. Oxidizing chemicals are identified in this space by the letters OXY. Corrosives are identified in this space by the letters COR.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S11 HEAT STRESS


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 11 HEAT STRESS 1.0 PURPOSE Heat-related illness is a common occupational hazard in physically demanding work activities associated with hot weather and the use of impermeable, chemical-resistant clothing. This procedure describes minimum requirements for preventing occupational injury and illness due to heat stress in Project Resources Inc. work operations. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to work activities performed by Project Resources Inc. associates in temperatures greater than 70°F (21°C) with or without the use of impermeable, chemical-resistant clothing. 3.0 HEAT STRESS CONDITIONS Environmental factors - temperature, radiant heat (such as from the sun) and air velocity -affect the amount of stress a worker experiences in a hot work area. Also important to the level of stress a worker faces are personal factors such as age, weight, fitness, medical condition and acclimatization. The body reacts to high external temperature by circulating blood to the skin for release of heat. This is evidenced by increased pulse rate and dilation of peripheral blood vessels. However, if muscles are being used for labor, less blood is available to flow to the skin and release heat. Sweating is another means the body uses to maintain a stable internal body temperature. However, sweating is only effective if the humidity level is low enough to permit evaporation, if the lost fluids and salts are replaced and if permeable clothing is worn. If the body cannot release excess heat via the coping mechanisms listed above, it will store it. When this happens the body's core temperature rises. As the body continues to store heat, the individual is at increased risk for heat stress disorders. 4.0 HEAT STRESS DISORDERS 4.1 Heat Rash Heat rash, also called prickly heat, is caused by continuous exposure to heat and/or humidity. Profuse sweating while wearing impermeable clothing causes moisture to remain on the skin. This


Page 3

results in plugging of the sweat glands resulting in retention of sweat and inflammation. Signs and symptoms of heat rash include many tiny raised red blisters on affected areas with pricking sensations during heat exposure. Heat rash is usually mild and transitory in nature. The condition can be discouraged by resting in a cool area during break times to allow the skin to dry. Also taking frequent showers provides relief. 4.2 Heat Cramps Heat cramps are caused by depletion of body electrolytes during sweating. If lost fluid is replaced only with water, body electrolyte levels are diluted. This results in painful cramping of the large muscle groups such as the arms, legs and abdomen, during or after work hours. Cramps may be relieved or prevented by replacing lost fluids with fortified drinks such as Gatorade and eating a well balanced diet with foods containing sodium and potassium. The use of cooling devices reduces sweating and the need for fluid replacement. 4.3 Heat Exhaustion Heat exhaustion, or heat fatigue, occurs with sustained work in hot environments when the worker is not acclimatized and does not replace lost fluids. Dehydration and pooling of blood in the periphery causes decreased circulating blood volume to vital organs, particularly the brain and heart. The worker experiences fatigue, headache, nausea, moist and clammy skin, rapid heart rate, slightly elevated body temperature and fainting. While the condition is not life-threatening, if the worker faints while performing hazardous work, the injury could be serious. 4.4 Heat Stroke Heat stroke is a life-threatening heat stress disorder resulting from the body's inability to regulate its core body temperature. Heat stroke occurs with sustained exertion in hot environments, usually coupled with several other predisposing factors mentioned above. The worker stops sweating and hot dry skin, which may be reddish, mottled or bluish. The worker will also have elevated body temperature (in excess of 104 degrees Fahrenheit), mental confusion, loss of consciousness, seizures and/or coma. The worker will die unless treated promptly. Call 911 (or other appropriate emergency phone number) immediately for help. Rapid cooling is essential while awaiting the arrival of medical help. Remove the worker to a cool, shaded area and immerse the worker in cool water using a tub, hose or wetted material such as towels. Vigorously fan the worker to promote cooling. Prompt first aid can prevent permanent injury to the brain and other vital organs.


Page 4

5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Project Supervisors · Manage field operations to reduce heat stress and prevent heat strain. · Ensure that work schedules allow for work acclimatization and appropriate work/rest

regimens. · Provide adequate drinking water, electrolyte replacement fluids, and break areas. · Provide appropriate personnel protective equipment for protection against thermal

stresses. · Verify that at least two individuals are trained in First Aid/CPR. 5.2 Site Safety and Health Officers (SHO) · Notify project supervision when heat stress prevention measures should be

implemented. · Review heat stress prevention and treatment at a daily tailgate safety meetings for job

sites where heat stress may exist. · Ensure that contractor employees are given this information. · Ensure at least two associates on each shift are trained in first aid and CPR. · Document vital signs of all personnel that enter the exclusion zone wearing PPE. The

vital signs shall be taken before entry and directly after exiting the exclusion zone. All vital signs shall be taken by the SHO or assigned person.

· Monitor and document the ambient temperature in the work zone as needed. · Document notable physical appearance observations of personnel. 5.3 All Associates · Follow heat stress prevention procedures (See Sec. 6.0). · Be alert to self and coworkers' signs of heat stress. · Immediately notify the site supervisor or the site safety officer of any worker who

appears to be injured or ill. · Ensure that all vital sign data is documented. 6.0 PREVENTION AND TREATMENT 6.1 Prevention Preventative measures for heat stress will be implemented when the ambient air temperature is greater than 70 degrees Fahrenheit in the work zone. Preventative measures will reduce the risk of serious injury and loss of work productivity.


Page 5

All PRI field employees receive pre-employment and periodic medical examinations that include an evaluation of their ability to work under thermal stresses while wearing respirators and personal protective equipment. Associates will use the buddy system, always working in pairs or with at least one other associate within their line of sight at all times. New associates or those unaccustomed to working under thermal stresses will be allowed to become acclimatized. During the first seven (7) days of work in a hot environment, their work load is modified to begin at approximately 50 % of the expected work load, and is increased gradually each day. Associates can lose acclimatization in a few days. Therefore, those who have been away from the hot environment for more than four (4) days are allowed to re-acclimatize themselves as if they were new associates. The individual workloads will be based on the site safety officer's recommendations. Associates are permitted to take rest breaks as needed during high heat conditions when the associate feels affected by the heat in conjunction with SHO recommendations. However, all associates working under potential thermal stress conditions will take at least one 15-minute rest break every two hours, as a minimum. Work/rest cycles will be established on a site-specific basis in conjunction with health and safety management for projects requiring respirators, chemical-resistant coveralls, physically strenuous work activities, and/or potential exposure to radiant heat. Work/rest cycles will vary throughout the duration of the project based on site conditions and vital sign monitoring. Work periods may have to be decreased and rest periods increased during times of high heat stress. Cool shaded break areas will be provided. Under extreme heat stress conditions, consideration will be given to working in the cooler times of the day or at night. Associates are required to increase their fluid intake when working under heat stress conditions. Cool water and/or electrolyte replacement beverages are provided in designated lunch and/or break areas. Vehicles and heavy-equipment cabs are air-conditioned wherever possible. Mechanization of work tasks is used to reduce the need for manual labor, wherever possible. The use of cooling devices such as ice vests and cool deluge showers may be implemented on a site-specific basis. Workers will self-monitor for signs and symptoms of heat stress. Additional monitoring for body temperature, peripheral pulse, respiratory rate, blood pressure and/or body weight will be considered under special circumstances. 6.2 Vital Signs When vital signs are monitored, the following guidelines will be in place:


Page 6

1. Workers will not re-enter the exclusion zone in impermeable PPE when oral body

temperature exceeds 100.6oF. 2. If oral body temperature exceeds 99.6oF, the next work period will be shortened by

one-third (1/3). 3. Workers will not re-enter the exclusion zone in impermeable PPE when heart rate

(pulse) exceeds 110 beats per minute. 4. Workers may re-enter the exclusion zone once vital signs normalize. 6.3 First Aid Associates experiencing symptoms of heat exhaustion such as headache, nausea, vomiting, or muscle cramps will immediately decontaminate, remove chemical-resistant clothing and respirators, and move to a shaded break area. Associates should sit or lie down. On-site first aid personnel will be summoned to evaluate ill associates. If fully conscious, the associate will be encouraged to drink cool water and the associate's head, neck, and clothing may be moistened with water to increase evaporative cooling. Ill associates may also be placed in an air-conditioned vehicle to facilitate cooling. Medical personnel and emergency transport will be summoned immediately for any associate experiencing symptoms of heat stroke. The associate's respirator and chemical-resistant clothing will be removed immediately. The associate's clothing may be moistened with cool water to increase evaporative cooling. Fanning the associate and placing him/her in an air-conditioned vehicle will also facilitate cooling. Heat stroke is an immediate life-threatening condition. The ill associate will be transported to the nearest medical treatment facility as quickly as possible. 7.0 TRAINING Associates and supervisors working in potential heat stress conditions are trained in the following subjects: · How to identify potential heat stress situations, · Signs and symptoms of heat stress disorders, · First aid for heat illness and injuries, · Maintaining fluid and salt intake, · Acclimatization, · Heat stress prevention program, Initial training is performed at the time of hiring or placement in a potentially exposed work assignment. Subsequent training is provided as part of site-specific training in daily tailgate safety


Page 7

meetings. Training topics will also be reviewed during first aid/CPR classes. Copies of training documentation are maintained in the worker's heath and safety files.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S12 HOISTING AND RIGGING


Page 2

STRANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 12 HOISTS AND RIGGING 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure establishes minimum requirements for safe use of rigging and hoisting equipment used in material handling. The procedure is based on OSHA regulations in 29 CFR 1926.251 and on U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Safety and Health Requirements Manual EM385-1-1, Revised October 1987. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to PRI employees and subcontractors who perform work operations involving material handling with hoists, slings, ropes, chains, and other equipment used for lifting. 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES Project Managers and On-Site Supervision are responsible for selecting and purchasing or renting lifting equipment. They are also responsible for confirming that lifting operations are performed safety and in compliance with safety regulations and Project Resources Inc. policies and procedures. On-Site Supervision and Site Safety and Health Officers are responsible for inspecting lifting operations and verifying that operations are conducted in compliance with this procedure and other safety regulations and safe work practices. They are also responsible for identifying new hazards and developing control measures to prevent injuries and property damage. Regional/District Safety and Health Staff are responsible for reviewing the site-specific scope of work and incorporating safety and health hazards and control measures in the Site Safety and Health Plan. They are also responsible for updating this procedure to meet applicable regulations and Project Resources Inc. policies. Associates are responsible for complying with this procedure and for inspecting all rigging and hoisting equipment for damage and defects before each use. Associates must immediately report any damaged or defective equipment to their supervisor. 4.0 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES The use of ropes, slings, and chains must be in accordance with safe work practices recommended


Page 3

by their manufacturers. Rigging equipment for material handling must be inspected for damage and defects prior to each use. Damaged or defective equipment must be repaired or replaced immediately. Rigging equipment removed from service must be clearly tagged "DANGER - DO NOT USE" or else cut or damaged and disposed of to prevent reuse. Loading rigging equipment in excess of its recommended safe working load is prohibited. Safe working limits are defined in Tables H-1 through H-20 attached to this procedure. Rigging equipment must be removed from the immediate work area and properly stored when not in use to prevent trip and fall hazards. Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accessories are sometimes present on units such as modular panels, prefabricated structures, and similar materials. These lifting accessories must be marked with their safe working loads. They must also be proof-tested up to 125 percent of their rated load, prior to initial use. Only closed hooks with double locking will be used to support human loads or loads that must pass over personnel. Open hooks are prohibited if there is a possibility of catching or fouling the hook in a position that may relieve the tension on the hoisting line. Eye splices will be made in approved manner and rope thimbles of proper size must be fitted in the eye. Running lines located within 6.5 feet of the ground or working level must be boxed off, guarded, or the area restricted from unauthorized access. Drums, sheaves, and pulleys must be smooth and free of surface defects that could damage ropes and lines. Irregular shaped loads must be rigged so that the weight is evenly distributed between all of the pick points. Steel chains or wire rope slings should not be used to handle steel pipe unless timber cushion blocks are used to prevent them from slipping. Use of slings with knots or kinks is prohibited. Slings used in basket hitches must have the loads balanced to prevent slippage. The term basket hitch means loading with the sling passed under the load with both ends, end attachments, eyes, or


Page 4

handles on the hook or a single master link. Slings must be set to avoid slippage. Suspended loads must be kept clear of all obstructions. Personnel must be kept clear of suspended loads and those about to be lifted. Placing hands and fingers between the sling and its load is prohibited while the sling is being tightened or is under tension. Shock loading is prohibited. Pulling a sling from under a load while the load is resting on the sling may damage the sling. This action is prohibited. 4.1 Alloy Steel Chains Welded alloy steel chain slings must have permanently attached, durable identification showing their size, grade, rated capacity, and manufacturer. Chains must be inspected for damage and defects before each use. In addition, a formal annual inspection must be performed on each chain. Annual inspections must be documented in writing with copies kept at the job site. New, repaired, or reconditioned alloy steel chain slings must be proof-tested before initial use, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A certificate of the proof test must be retained for the service life of the sling. Copies of proof test certificates must be available at the job site. Chains must be normalized or annealed periodically as recommended by the manufacturer. Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear-shaped links, welded or mechanical coupling links, or other attachments used with alloy steel chains must have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. The use of job or shop hooks and links, makeshift fasteners, or other such attachments formed from bolts, rods, etc. is prohibited. Alloy steel chain slings must have a rated capacity (working load limit) at least equal to the values shown in Table H-1. Alloy steel chain assemblies must be replaced when wear at any point of any chain link exceeds the values shown in Table H-2.


Page 5

Chains must also be replaced if they are heated to 1000 degrees Fahrenheit and when they show cracks, nicks, lifting of any link weld, more than 10 percent elongation of any link or section, or when the diameter of any link is worn down 20 percent. Alloy steel chain slings must be replaced if they have cracked hooks; hooks opened more than 15 percent of the normal throat opening, measured at the narrowest point; or hooks twisted more than 10 degrees from the plane of the unbent hook. Use of mechanical coupling links or low carbon steel links to repair broken chains is prohibited. 4.2 Wire Rope Tables H-3 through H-14 must be used to determine the safe working load of improved plow steel wire rope and wire rope slings. For sizes, classifications, and grades not included in these tables, the safe working load recommended by the manufacturer for specific identifiable products must be followed. A minimum safety factor of five must be maintained at all times. Cable laid and 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 slings must have a minimum clear length of wire rope between splices, sleeves, or end fittings, that is at least 10 times the component rope diameter. Braided slings must have a minimum clear length of wire rope between the loops or end fittings, that is at least 40 times the component rope diameter. Cable laid grommets, strand laid grommets, and endless slings must have a minimum circumference length that is 96 times their body diameter. Fiber core wire rope slings of all grades must be removed from service if exposed to temperatures of 200 degrees Fahrenheit or higher. Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and bridles must be covered or blunted. Securing wire rope by knots is prohibited. An eye splice made in any wire rope must have at least three full tucks. Wire ropes used in hoisting, lowering, or pulling loads must be one continuous piece without knots or splices; except for endless rope slings and eye splices in the ends of wires. Forming eyes by wire rope clips or knots in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires is prohibited. Wire rope must be replaced if the total number of visible broken wires in any length of eight diameters, exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires.


Page 6

Wire rope must also be replaced if it shows any of the following conditions: Evidence of heat damage; Kinking, crushing, bird-caging, or other distortion in lines; Six randomly distributed broken wires in any one lay of running rope; Three broken wires in any one strand of running rope; More than two broken wires in any one lay of standing rope in sections beyond the end

connections; More than one broken wire in any one lay of standing rope at an end connection;

and Individual outside wires worn down to 2/3 or less of their original diameter. Wire ropes must be replaced if they are worn down more than the amounts specified below.


Page 7

Original Nominal Diameter Amount of Wear Requiring Replacement

5/16 inch 1/64 inch

3/8 - 1/2 inch 1/32 inch

9/16 - 3/4 inch 3/64 inch

7/8 - 1/8 inches 1/16 inch

1/4 - 1/2 inches 3/32 inch Table H-20 must be used to determine the number and spacing of clips when using U-bolt wire rope clips to form eyes. U-bolts used for eye splices must be applied so that the U section is in contact with the dead end of the rope. 4.3 Natural and Synthetic Fiber Rope Tables H-15 through H-18 prescribe safe working loads for natural rope and synthetic fiber slings. Use of wet frozen ropes and slings is prohibited. Dry, fiber rope slings may be used in a temperature range from minus 20 degrees to plus 180 degree Fahrenheit without decreasing the working load limit. Ropes that have been subjected to acids or excessive heat will not be used for load carrying. Fiber rope slings must be replaced if they show abnormal wear; powdered fiber between strands; broken or cut fibers; variations in the size or roundness of strands; discoloration or rotting; or distortion of hardware in the sling. Fiber rope must be protected from cuts and abrasion by padding where it is fastened or drawn over square corners or sharp or rough surfaces. Splices in rope slings must be made in accordance with fiber rope manufacturers' recommendations. Eye splices in manila rope must contain at least three full tucks. Short splices must contain at least six full tucks; three on each side of the centerline of the splice. Eye splices in layered synthetic fiber rope must contain at least four full tucks. Short splices must contain at least eight full tucks; four on each side of the centerline of the splice.


Page 8

Trimming strand end tails flush with the rope surface is prohibited immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. Tails must project at least 6 inches beyond the last full tuck in fiber ropes of 1 inch diameter and larger. Tails may be tapered and spliced into the body of the rope with at least two additional tucks if projecting tails are objectionable. However, this will require a tail length of about six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck. Eyes in all eye splices must be large enough to provide an included angle of 60 degrees or less at the splice, when the eye is placed over the load or support. Use of knots instead of splices is prohibited. 4.4 Synthetic Webbing (Nylon, Polyester, Polypropylene Synthetic web slings must be marked or coded to show the name or trademark of manufacturer; rated capacities for the type of hitch; and the type of material. Exceeding rated capacities is prohibited. Synthetic webbing must be of uniform thickness and width and salvage edges must not be split from the webbing's width. Fittings must be of a minimum breaking strength equal to the that of the sling and must be free of sharp edges that could damage the webbing. End fittings must be sewn onto the sling. Sewing must also be used to form eyes in webbing. Thread must be in an even pattern with enough stitches to develop the full breaking strength of the sling. Table H-19 must be used to determine the safe working loads of shackles. Higher safe working loads are permissible when recommended by the manufacturer for specific identifiable products. A safety factor of 5 or greater must be maintained at all times. Manufacturers' recommendations must be followed in determining safe working loads for hooks. Where no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available for specific hooks, those hooks must be tested to twice the intended safe working load before their initial use. Written records of this testing must be maintained at the job site. Use of nylon web slings is prohibited where acid or phenolic fumes, vapors, sprays, mists, or liquids are present.


Page 9

Use of polyester and polypropylene web slings is prohibited where caustic fumes, vapors, sprays, mists, or liquids are present. Aluminum fittings are also prohibited where caustics are present. Polyester and nylon web slings are prohibited at temperatures of 180 degrees Fahrenheit and higher. Polypropylene web slings are prohibited at temperatures of 150 degrees Fahrenheit and higher. Synthetic web slings must be replaced if they show acid or caustic burns; melting or charring of any part of the sling surface; broken or worn stitches; distortion of fittings; snags, punctures, tears, or cuts.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S14 HEAVY EQUIPMENT


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 14 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure describes minimum safety requirements for heavy equipment operations at PRI work locations. 2.0 SCOPE The requirements of this procedure apply to PRI employees and subcontractors involved in heavy equipment operations including, but not limited to; bulldozers, compactors, graders, scrapers, backhoes, excavators, quarry dumps, dump trucks, and cranes. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Roll Over Protection: Structurally designed bars, cages, or framework over the equipment cab that protect the operator from being crushed when a piece of heavy equipment rolls over. Swing Radius: The area within reach of a rotating cab, counterweight and operating attachments of a piece of heavy equipment. This includes the area within the reach of attachments such as the boom on a crane or the arm on an excavator, when the attachment is fully extended. It also includes the area within reach of a swinging load on a crane or hoist; and the area within reach of the back end of a heavy equipment cab when it moves from side to side. Clearance: The amount of open space required between heavy equipment and safety hazards such as electrical power lines. Suspended Loads: Materials lifted above the ground by a crane, hoist, excavator bucket or bulldozer blade. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 Regional/District Safety and Health Staff Regional/district safety and health staff are responsible for contacting state OSHA agencies to obtain copies of state-specific heavy equipment regulations, training and licensing requirements. Safety and health staff will coordinate training for equipment operators and assure that appropriate training


Page 3

certificates are placed in the corporate training files. Safety and health staff will assist site supervisors in enforcing safe work practices and training requirements for heavy equipment operations. 3.2 Site Supervisors Site supervisors are responsible for verifying that equipment operators have the required training and experience to perform their assigned work tasks. This may be done by reviewing training certificates, licenses and/or observing hands-on exercises with heavy equipment. Site supervisors will inspect heavy equipment operations for unsafe work practices and immediately correct unsafe situations. Inspections will be documented in writing at least monthly. Site supervisors are responsible for establishing a routine maintenance schedule for each piece of equipment and assuring that maintenance is completed on time. Site supervisors will also arrange for required repairs and major servicing and verify that such repairs and service have been properly completed before the equipment is returned to work operations. 3.3 Equipment Operators/Truck Drivers Heavy equipment operators and truck drivers are prohibited from running such equipment without authorization from the site supervisor. Operators and drivers will demonstrate adequate training and experience with each piece of equipment to the site supervisor before receiving authorization to begin work. Equipment operators and truck drivers will perform pre-startup equipment checks prior to running any heavy equipment. These must include verifying the safe operating condition of at least the following devices: · Lights, · Horn, · Brakes, · Steering, · Tires or tracks, · Turn signals, · Gauges, · Hydraulic systems, if applicable, · Backup alarms, · Windows and windshield wipers, · Windshield defrosters, · Seat belts, · Seat adjustments, · Guards covering moving parts and pinch points, and · Operating controls for booms, buckets and other applicable attachments.


Page 4

A heavy equipment inspection checklist is attached. Equipment operators and truck drivers will check and refill (if necessary) the fuel, oil and coolant levels in each unit at the beginning of their work shift, prior to job task startup. Equipment operators and truck drivers will also clean the windows of each cab to assure clear visibility. Broken or excessively scratched windows will be reported to the site supervisor for repair or replacement. Damaged or defective heavy equipment must be immediately tagged out-of-service until such problems are corrected. Equipment operators and truck drivers will maintain equipment cabs in a clean and orderly condition. Tools, trash and other debris must be removed or properly secured to prevent their falling under the driver's feet during operation. To prevent littering, trash will not be transported in the back of open trucks unless it is placed in a closed container. Equipment operators and truck drivers will remove trash and personal belongings from equipment at the end of each work shift. Equipment operators and truck drivers are responsible for either refueling or contacting on-site supervision to obtain refueling for heavy equipment, before turning over the units to another associate. Equipment operators and drivers are responsible for identifying safety hazards such as power lines and buildings that are present within the travel path or swing radius of their equipment. Equipment operators and truck drivers will position and operate their equipment with the required clearance to prevent contact with such hazards. 3.4 All Employees PRI employees are responsible for complying with this procedure and with state OSHA regulations for heavy equipment. Associates are prohibited from horseplay around heavy equipment and from running such equipment without authorization from the site supervisor. Employees are also prohibited from removing fire extinguishers, guards covering moving parts or pinch points, or other safety equipment. 4.0 MINIMUM SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4.1 Seat Belts

All heavy equipment will be equipped with seat belts. Seat belts will be worn at all times when operating or riding in heavy equipment. Riders are prohibited on heavy equipment unless a seat and seat belt are provided for their use.


Page 5

4.2 Backup Alarms

All heavy equipment with greater than 1.5 ton capacity must be equipped with backup alarms. 4.3 Fire Extinguishers

All heavy equipment will be equipped with an ABC-type portable fire extinguisher in the equipment cab. 4.4 Rollover Protection

Heavy equipment cabs must be equipped with rollover protection before working on PRI projects. 4.5 Lifting/Load Capacities

Heavy equipment must be marked with the maximum rated lifting or load capacity. Such markings may be present on lifting attachments or in the equipment cabs. Associates are prohibited from removing lifting and load rating signs. 4.6 Spotters

Spotters will be provided where high ambient noise levels or poor visibility interfere with a an equipment operator's or truck driver's ability to see objects on all sides of the equipment. High-visibility traffic vests will be worn by spotters and personnel working on the ground near heavy equipment traffic areas. 4.7 Personnel Protective Equipment

A hard hat, safety glasses with side shields, long pants, shirt with sleeves, and steel-toe safety shoes or boots with six inch high tops are the minimum protective clothing required for heavy equipment operations. Site safety and health plans will specify additional chemical-resistant clothing and respirators required for specific work tasks. Hearing protection will also be worn for work operations where noise levels have not been measured and where noise levels are known to exceed 85 dBA (decibels). Ground personnel within 10 feet of heavy equipment operations are required to wear hearing protection as well as the equipment operators. (Ten feet is approximately five adult strides.) 5.0 OPERATING SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Mounting and Dismounting Equipment Personnel will use three-point contact when mounting or dismounting from heavy equipment. This requires continuously facing the equipment and keeping either two hands and one foot, or one hand and two feet, in contact with the equipment at all times.


Page 6

Jumping out of cabs or off other surfaces of heavy equipment is prohibited. Equipment operators and truck drivers will remain properly seated while running heavy equipment, unless the equipment is specifically designed for the operator to stand. 5.2 Traffic Flow Heavy equipment has a much greater stopping distance than passenger vehicles and pedestrians. For this reason, heavy equipment will have the primary right of way on field work sites. Traffic patterns will be established to prevent or minimize pedestrian crossings and passenger vehicle traffic in heavy equipment work areas. Project Resources Inc. facilities and work sites will have a maximum speed limit of 15 miles per hour, unless otherwise designated by the client, property owner or contractual agreements. Heavy equipment will be shut off, with the parking brake set and attachments lowered to the ground when units are parked or left unattended. Engines may be left running if required to operate the loading or unloading equipment or if the equipment operator is dismounting temporarily to examine his work area. 5.3 Ground Personnel and Spotters Ground personnel and spotters will stand clear of the travel path and swing radius of heavy equipment, and avoid becoming boxed in between equipment and buildings or other structures. Personnel will stand clear of end-dump trucks when the bed is up. Personnel will remain in a position where they are clearly visible to the driver or operator and will obtain eye contact and an all clear signal from the operator before approaching the cab or entering the travel path or swing radius of the equipment. Ground personnel and spotters are also prohibited from standing or walking under suspended loads or lifted blades or buckets on heavy equipment. Spotters and ground personnel will wear high-visibility traffic vests. Spotters and equipment operators will discuss and agree on hand signals to be used during heavy equipment operations at each work site. These signals must be standardized and communicated to all affected personnel before work operations begin. Hand signals will be reviewed periodically during daily tailgate safety meetings to avoid confusion and accidents. 5.4 Repairs and Major Servicing Equipment repairs and major servicing will be performed by properly qualified personnel only. Project Resources Inc. associates will not perform repairs or major servicing on rented equipment without


Page 7

written authorization from the rental company. Guards covering moving parts and pinch points must be replaced before returning the equipment to work operations. Written records of repairs and major service will be maintained for each piece of heavy equipment at each Project Resources Inc. work location. 5.5 Fuel Storage Temporary fuel storage tanks at field work sites will be labeled with flammable hazard warnings. Tanks will be protected with traffic barriers and place away from the path of moving vehicles and equipment. Ignition sources are prohibited within 75 feet of fuel storage tanks. 5.6 Overhead Power Lines All overhead power lines and other overhead hazards must be identified in advance. If possible, overhead power lines must be de-energized, grounded, and locked out to prevent re-energizing while heavy equipment is working nearby. Contact the local utility or property owner responsible for each power line to request shutdown before drill rig setup begins. Where de-energizing power lines is impractical, the heavy equipment and booms, towers or other raised attachments must maintain the following minimum clearances from overhead power lines to prevent arcing and electrical shock.


Page 8

Power line Voltage Minimum Clearance for Operating Heavy Equipment

50,000 volts or less 10 feet

Greater than 50,000 volts 10 feet plus 0.4 inches for each additional 1,000 volts in the power line

In transit with buckets, booms and other attachments lowered, heavy equipment must maintain the following minimum safety clearances from overhead power lines.

Power line Voltage Minimum Clearance for Heavy Equipment in Transit

50,000 volts or less 4 feet

50,000 volts to 345,000 volts 10 feet

345,000 volts to 750,000 volts 16 feet

750,000 volts to 1,000,000 volts 20 feet A signalman or spotter is required when moving or positioning heavy equipment near overhead power lines. 5.7 Buried Utilities All underground utilities must be located before ground-breaking work with heavy equipment begins. This includes fiberoptic cables, water, natural gas, electrical, sewer, and process lines. Local utilities will be contacted to request location and marking of their lines. The property owner will be contacted or ground-penetrating radar or other equipment will be used to locate buried utilities on the client's property. Locations of buried utilities must be clearly marked with signal flags or paint before drilling begins. Initial ground-breaking may be done with heavy equipment. When work approaches the suspected depth of buried utility lines, hand shoveling or probing with glass or wooden stakes will be used to identify the exact location of utilities. Lines will be exposed by hand shoveling and protected against damage and breakage before heavy equipment operations continue.

HEAVY EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CHECK LIST Date of Inspection:

Equipment Name and Identification Number:

Inspected by:

Circle OK if equipment condition is acceptable. Explain any equipment damage or defects, and what action was taken to correct them.

Fire extinguisher OK

Back up alarm OK

Load/lifting capacity marked OK

Lights and signals OK

Horn OK

Brakes OK

Steering OK

Seat belts OK

Tire pressure and wear OK

Tracks clean OK

Windows clean OK

Windshield wipers OK

Fluid levels full OK

Battery charged OK

Engine belts OK

Gauges OK

Guards on moving parts OK

Steps and hand grips clean OK



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S17 LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDS


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 17 LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDS 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to prevent injuries related to the improper use of ladders at all PRI job locations. 2.0 PROCEDURES LADDERS

• Ladders must be in good condition, made of suitable material, of proper length, and of the correct type for the use intended.

• Damaged ladders must never be used; they should be repaired or destroyed.

• Ladders used near electrical equipment must be made of a nonconducting

material.

• Stored ladders must be easily accessible for inspection and service, kept out of the weather and away from excessive heat, and well supported when stored horizontally.

• A portable ladder must not be used in a horizontal position as a platform or

runway or by more than one person at a time.

• A portable ladder must not be placed in front of doors that open toward the ladder or on boxes, barrels, or other unstable bases.

• Ladders must not be used as guys, braces, or skids.

• The height of a stepladder should be sufficient to reach the work station without

using the top or next to the top steps.

• Bracing on the back legs of stepladders must not be used for climbing.

• The proper angle (75-1/2 degrees) for a portable straight ladder can be obtained by placing the base of the ladder a distance from the vertical wall equal to one quarter of the vertical distance from base to top of ladder's resting point.


Page 3

• Ladders must be ascended or descended facing the ladder with both hands free to grasp the ladder.

• Tools must be carried in a tool belt or raised with a hand line attached to the top

of the ladder.

• Extension ladders should be tied in place to prevent side slip. SCAFFOLDS

• All scaffolds, whether fabricated on site, purchased, or rented must conform with the specifications found in ANSI A10.8, Safety Requirements for Scaffolding.

• Rolling scaffolds must maintain a 3:1 height to base ratio (use smaller dimension

of base).

• The footing or anchorage for a scaffold must be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.

• Unstable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks must not

be used to support scaffolds or planks.

• No scaffold may be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered unless supervised by competent persons.

• Scaffolds and their components must be capable of supporting at least four times

the maximum intended load without failure.

• Guard rails and toe boards must be installed on all open sides and ends of scaffolds and platforms more than 10 ft above the ground or floor.

• Scaffolds 4 feet to 10 feet in height having a minimum horizontal dimension in

either direction of less than 45 inches must have standard installed on all open sides and ends of the platform.

• Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for suspended scaffolds must be capable of

supporting at least 6 times the rated load.

• No riveting, welding, burning, or open flame work may be performed on any staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope.


Page 4

• Treated fiber or approved synthetic ropes must be used for or near any work involving the use of corrosive substances.

• All scaffolds, bosun's chairs, and other work access platforms must conform with

the requirements set forth in the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, 29 CFR 1926.451, except where the specifications in ANSI A10.8 are more rigorous.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S18 INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND FORKLIFT


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 18 INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND FORKLIFT SAFETY References: 29 CFR 1910.178 and ANSI B56.1 1.0 PURPOSE: The purpose of this SOP is to outline safe Industrialized truck or forklift operation. 2.0 SCOPE: This standard is to be adhered to by all PRI employees operating these pieces of equipment.

• Forklift users must familiarize themselves with and comply with OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.178 and ANSI B56.1.

• The customer or user without manufacturer’s prior authorization or qualified

engineering analysis must not perform modifications and additions.

• Where such authorization is granted, capacity, operation and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals must be changed accordingly.

• If the forklift truck is equipped with front end attachments other than factory

installed attachments, the user must ensure that the truck is marked with a card or plate that identifies the current attachments, shows the approximate weight of the truck with current attachments and shows the lifting capacity of the truck with current attachments at maximum lift elevation with load laterally centered.

• The user must see that all nameplates and caution and instruction markings are in

place and legible.

• The user must consider that changes in load dimension may affect truck capacities.

• Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate industrial trucks

• Lift truck operating rules must be posted and will be strictly enforced

• When operating any industrial truck, substantial overhead protective equipment

will be provided on high lift rider equipment


Page 3

• Directional lighting is also provided on each industrial truck that operates in an are with less than 2 foot candles per square foot of general lighting.

• Each industrial truck must have a warning horn, whistle, gong or other device

which can be clearly heard above the normal noise in the area where operated.

• Before using a forklift, check that the brakes on each industrial truck are capable of bringing the vehicle to a complete and safe stop when fully loaded.

• The parking brake must effectively prevent the vehicle from moving when

unattended.

• When motorized hand and hand/rider truck are operated, and when the operator releases the steering mechanism, make sure that both the brakes are applied and power to the motor shut off.

• Maintenance records are available so that a driver can check on the servicing of

the truck in case of questions

• When an industrial truck operates in areas where flammable gases, vapors, combustible dust, or ignitable fibers may be present in the atmosphere, the vehicle must be approved by PRI’S Corporate Health and Safety Manager for such locations with a tag showing such approval posted on the vehicle itself.

• Industrial trucks with internal combustion engines, operated in building or

enclosed or enclosed areas, should be carefully checked to ensure that the operation of the vehicle does not cause harmful concentration of dangerous gases or fumes.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE TITLE: H&S19 HAND POWER TOOLS


Page 2

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE H&S 19 HAND POWER TOOLS 1.0 PURPOSE PRI provides hand and powered portable tools that meet accepted safety standards. A damaged or malfunctioning tool must not be used; it must be turned in for servicing and a tool in good condition obtained to complete the job. Employees must use the correct tool for the work to be performed; if they are unfamiliar with the operation of the tool, they must request instruction from their supervisor before starting the job. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that their subordinates are properly trained in the operation of any tool that they are expected to operate. An employee is not permitted to use a powder-actuated tool unless instructed and licensed by the manufacturer. GROUNDING

• Tools that are not double-insulated must be effectively grounded and tested.

• Testing must be accomplished before initial issue, after repairs, and after any incident that could cause damage, such as dropping or exposure to a wet environment.

• Grounded tools must always be used with an effectively grounded circuit.

• Any extension cord used with a grounded tool must be a three-wire, grounded

type.

• Electric-powered hand tools used on construction sites, on temporary wired circuits, or in wet environments will be used in conjunction with an approved ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI).

• The responsibility for implementing and maintaining this program rests with the

individual supervisors involved.

• Tool testing equipment will be maintained by the Corporate Health and Safety Officer.

• Documentation of tool testing will be maintained.

• Tools maintained in a tool crib and tested prior to issue are exempted from this

requirement.


Page 3

• Repairs of defective tools will only be made by qualified electrical personnel.



June 2009

ATTACHMENT C ProAct HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

1

ProAct Services Corporation

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

July 2007

Prepared by:

PROACT SERVICES CORPORATION 1140 Conrad Industrial Drive Ludington, Michigan 49431

(231) 843-2711 FAX (231) 843-4081

2


SAFETY PHILOSOPHY

Worker safety is the number one priority of all activities conducted by ProAct Services Corporation. ProAct management, supervision and staff are all responsible for making sure all work is carried out safely. It is the responsibility of each employee to work safely at all times and look out for the safety of their co-workers. No project or task will be performed if it cannot be done in a safe manner. All unsafe conditions will be reported to their supervisor or ProAct management immediately upon recognition. ProAct Services will provide its workers with the training and safety equipment to perform the jobs in a safe manner. It is the responsibility of all employees to use this equipment to protect themselves on the job. ProAct Services is committed to prevent accidents and property loss through its safety program, daily safety meeting and annual safety training. Safety will be a design aspect and consideration of every project performed by ProAct Services.

ProAct Services safety objective is to have zero injury and vehicle accidents. It is a job requirement to each employee wear seat belts while operating company vehicles or traveling on company business. All employees are required to obey traffic laws and drive defensively.

The continued cooperation of all employees is required to support and sustain our safety program and to meet our safety objectives. Frank Smiddy President ProAct Services Corporation

Table of Contents

3

PAGE Introduction 4 ProAct Personnel Organization and Responsibility 4 Treatment Equipment Hazards 4 Personnel Training 7 Personal Protective Equipment 8 Site Control 8 Decontamination 9 Waste Handling Procedures 9 ProAct Emergency Response/Contingency Plan 9 Site Emergencies 11 Site Contacts and Emergency Numbers 12 Safety Compliance Agreement Form 13 Attachment Benzene Program 1 Benzene Awareness 2 Blood Borne Pathogen Program 3 Confined Space Program 4 Disciplinary Program 5 Electrical Safety 6 Fall Protection 7 Fire Protection 8 First Aid 9 Grounding Conductor 10 Hand and Power Tools 11 Hazardous Material Communication Program 12 HAZWOPER Emergency Response 13 HAZWOPER-RCRA 14 Ladder Program 15 Lead Program 16 Lockout Tagout 17 Hearing Conservation 18 Personal Protective Equipment 19 Respiratory Protection 20 Rigging Material Handling 21 Trenching Shoring Excavation Program 22 Grounding Conductor 23 Process Safety Management 24 Introduction

4

This Health and Safety Plan (HASP) has been developed by ProAct Services Corporation for operation and maintenance remediation equipment, remediation site activities, and water treatment activities. This HASP describes possible physical hazards that ProAct and other personnel may encounter in the operations of the treatment system and hazards associated with remedial activities. The plan details decontamination procedures and the type of personal protective equipment site personnel may be required to use in order to minimize exposure through inhalation or direct contact to hazardous materials. This Health and Safety Plan prescribes workplace procedures which will be followed in order to protect personnel who may be exposed to chemicals present at the site. These requirements may change as work progresses due to changing conditions, but no revisions will be made without fully informing all applicable personnel on site. Additional site safety measures should be taken for site specific conditions. ProAct Personnel Organization and Responsibility Field Technician The Site field technician is responsible for the proper operation and routine maintenance of the treatment equipment. The technician will follow any specific site conditions and any other HASP’s prepared for the specific project site. The technician will follow any other site specific conditions required. Project Manager The Project Manager is responsible for confirming and obtaining any site safety information prior to the installation and start-up of the treatment equipment. The Project Manager will follow any specific site conditions and any other HASP’s prepared for the specific project site. The Project Manager will follow any other site specific conditions required. Service Mechanic The Service Mechanic is responsible for the proper maintenance of the treatment equipment. This includes any major repairs and confirming proper routine maintenance is performed to the pumps. The Mechanic will follow any specific site conditions and any other HASP’s prepared for the specific project site. The Service Mechanic will follow any other site specific conditions required. Treatment Equipment Hazards The following potential hazards have been identified in conjunction with treatment equipment: Chemical Hazard Assessment

5

During the installation and operation of the treatment equipment there may be chemical hazards present. Chemical hazards include inhalation and/or skin absorption of hazardous components of vapors, liquids or soils and decomposition compounds as methane, carbon dioxide, etc. that could be encountered on site. Chemical Hazard Communication In compliance with OSHA hazard communication standard (29 CFR 1910.120), ProAct will provide copies of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) for the hazardous chemicals that may be encountered and of the oils, lubricants, antifreeze that is used within the treatment equipment. MSDS books are located in each ProAct vehicle and in the corporate office. Physical Hazards Volatile organics may be encountered at any time during site operations. No smoking, open flame or activity that would generate sparks shall be conducted at any work site. Personnel will not remain in the vicinity of operating equipment unless it is required for their work responsibilities. When the treatment equipment is operating the following precautions should be taken: site personnel should always remain in sight of the equipment operators, establish hand signals to assist equipment operators, and always remain a safe distance from moving components. If applicable, be aware of vehicular traffic in the vicinity. Significant Hazards:

PUMP & ENGINES: Do not touch moving parts (fan blade and rotating components) on operating equipment. Long hair shall be restrained. The exhaust plumbing and muffler located on engine powered equipment are hot! Do not touch. Temperatures exceed 225 Degrees F and pose a risk of skin burns. A first aid kit is located in each ProAct vehicle and will be stocked with supplies to treat minor injuries, scrapes and first degree burns. GAC ADSORBER TRAILER: In gaining access to the top of the adsorber. All precautionary measures should be taken in utilizing a safety ladder. This is considered a two person job with one person supporting the ladder. While working on top of an adsorber higher than eight (8) feet above the ground a safety harness will be worn by the operator. If the adsorber is open to atmosphere care should be taken to not limit oxygen supply when working in the area. GAC will deplete oxygen in an enclosed area. Noise Hazards

6

Proper hearing protection is required when working on or in the near vicinity of operating engines/pumps. The noise level near the pump may be greater than 90 dB. Heat/Cold Stress

Adverse weather conditions are an important consideration when planning and conducting site operations. Hot or cold weather can cause physical discomfort, loss of efficiency, and personal injury. Whenever ambient air temperatures are above 70°F or below 50°F, the following protocols will be observed.

When air temperatures exceed 70°F, the following general practices will be

followed: • Site workers should consume sufficient fluids to remain hydrated; • In hot weather, activities which will require the use of protective clothing will be performed in the early morning or late afternoon, when practical; and • In hot weather, the number of workers required to wear protective clothing will be minimized, as practical.

Symptoms of heat stress are: cramping; pale or clammy skin; tiredness or weakness; headaches, nausea or dizziness; fainting; high body temperature; hot, red or dry skin; rapid, weak pulse; or unconsciousness. If symptoms of heat stress are noted for a worker, the worker will take a break in an air-conditioned building or shaded area and be given cooled drinks. The worker should rest for at least five minutes in an air-conditioned building or in the shade before resuming work.

When air temperatures are below 50°F, cold stress will be monitored for all workers. The most important factor in the prevention of cold stress is the wearing of adequate clothing. The PM will be responsible for informing all workers if their protective clothing is inadequate. In addition, when working in cold temperatures the following procedures will be observed: • Frequent breaks or rest periods will be provided and workers will have a shelter from wind and moisture; • Hot drinks may be provided; and • Opportunities to change out of wet clothing or to don additional clothing will be provided.

Workers will self-monitor themselves and their co-workers for signs of cold stress. Symptoms of cold stress are: shivering; numbness; low body temperature; drowsiness; and weakness. Workers with symptoms of cold stress will take at least a ten minute break in a heated building or vehicle and drink warmed liquids (i.e., hot cocoa, soup, etc.) before resuming work.

7

Insect Bites Insect bites are most common during the summer months. Personnel will bring insect repellent with them to the site. Extremities (arms, neck, hands and head) are usually the most affected. There are occasions when an insect bite causes an infection (the insect breaks the skin and bacteria enters the body). The following symptoms may occur as a result of an infection: - swelling - may or may not feel pain - affected area turns red, or in extreme cases, a red line travels from the affected area, upward towards the lungs. If this occurs, seek medical attention immediately. Personnel Training All work conducted on the treatment equipment will be conducted by trained technicians. 1. Safety and Health Officer and Site Management Responsibilities - personnel must understand Safety Officer and Site management responsibilities and authority. 2. Site-Specific Health and Safety Hazards - personnel must be informed of specific hazards related to site and site operations. 3. Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) - personnel must be trained in proper use of PPE used during site operations. 4. Safe Work Practices / Engineering Control - personnel must be trained in proper use of PPE used during site operations. 5. Safety Equipment Use - personnel must understand the use of monitoring instruments and other safety equipment. 6. Site Control Methods - personnel must understand site methods used to reduce exposure potential hazards on-site and off-site personnel and the general public. 7. Decontamination Procedure - personnel must be trained in proper decontamination operations and procedures. 8. Emergency Response - personnel must be trained in proper emergency response operations and procedures. Personal Protective Equipment

8

When sampling and remediation activities are conducted where atmospheric contamination is known or suspect to exist, personal protective equipment must be worn. Personal protective equipment is designed to prevent/reduce skin and eye contact, as well as inhalation or ingestion of the chemical substance. The anticipated operation to be conducted at the site assumes Level D working conditions. Should the SSO determine that Level C or higher PPE is required at any time, all field and service work shall cease and an amendment to this plan shall be developed and implemented prior to project continuation. Hard hats and safety glasses must be worn at all times. Eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco, smoking or any other practice that increases the probability of hand-to-mouth transfer and ingestion of hazardous materials is prohibited. Level D PPE Attire:

Blue jeans Shirts with 4” sleeves Work boots- steel toed Safety glasses

Hard Hat Site Control If necessary as determined by the SSO the Site Manager or Site Engineer will clearly define work zones in and around the site and the SSO will specify equipment, operations, and personnel requirements within the area. Decontamination procedures will be adjusted and the work site will be segregated into Exclusion, Contamination Reduction and Clean Zones. Exclusion Zone This zone includes areas of potential contamination which have the highest risk of inhalation and skin exposure potential to chemicals on site. Contamination Reduction Zone This zone includes the area immediately outside Exclusion Zone and will provide for the decontamination of equipment and personnel before crossing into the Clean Zone. Clean Zone This zone will consist of all areas outside the contamination Reduction Zone and is considered to have no air, water, or soil contamination. The Clean Zone provides a rest area for personnel. Visitors

9

No visitors will be permitted within the Exclusion or Contamination Reduction Zones without prior approval from the Site Manager, and successful completion of the training program. Decontamination Decontamination is required of all personnel and equipment before leaving the site. Personnel decontamination will be accomplished by following a systematic procedure of cleaning and removing PPE. All treatment equipment if necessary will be cleaned and decontaminated prior to removal from the Contamination Reduction Zone. Waste Handling Procedures A Supplementary Waste Analysis Plan has been developed and is under separate cover. All potentially hazardous wastes generated during operations on site will be appropriately contained and secured at the site to avoid personal exposure or release of contaminants to the surrounding air, water or soils. The method of contaminant (i.e., 55 gallon drums, plastic tarps, etc.) of such wastes and security procedures on site will be determined by the SSO, and wastes will be appropriately labeled for proper identification. All wastes contained on site will be properly transported by a licensed waste hauler and disposed at a licensed disposal facility, if applicable, off site. Waste manifest forms will be completed for all wastes and copies of the manifests will be documented in the projects permanent files. PROACT EMERGENCY RESPONSE/CONTINGENCY PLAN

The required elements of an emergency response plan as specified in 29 CFR 1910.120(1) are listed below. As described in the regulation, many of these items primarily pertain to emergency responses at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites, and thus are not entirely applicable to the tasks outlined in the Work Plan, which do not constitute an emergency response situation. The contractors will be responsible for providing emergency response plans for their activities. An explanation of how each plan element will be implemented at the Site is provided below:

1) Pre-emergency Planning - This emergency response plan will be provided to all personnel (including subcontractor personnel) working on the Site during the pre-entry briefing. In addition, emergency response actions will be reviewed with all personnel during the pre-entry briefing and the tailgate safety meetings.

2) Personnel roles, lines of authority, and communication - The SS will be

responsible for emergency coordination at all times. Any accidents and/or injuries shall immediately be reported to her. The SS will report any accidents to the Project Manager and Corporate Health and Safety Director within 24 hours.

3) Emergency recognition and prevention - Physical and chemical hazards at the

Site will be reviewed at the pre-entry briefing and the tailgate safety meetings. Air monitoring will be performed to provide early warning of potential emergency conditions.

10

4) Safe distances and places of refuge - Should emergency conditions arise requiring Site evacuation, the SS will notify all on-site personnel immediately through the use of hand signals and/or an alarm.

5) Site security and control - Site security will be provided by a chain-link fence on

the Site perimeter with a gate.

6) Evacuation routes and procedures - The SS will notify all on-site personnel of the need for immediate evacuation. Site evacuation will be performed in an orderly fashion under the direction of the SS. All site equipment, except for air monitoring instruments, will be left on-site.

7) Emergency decontamination procedures - In the event of a medical emergency,

personnel decontamination prior to medical treatment may be omitted. Whenever possible, MFG personnel will accompany contaminated victims to the hospital to advise on matters involving decontamination. If on-site first aid is rendered and the victim does not require transport to the hospital, clothing and equipment decontamination as described in Section 9.0 will be performed after first aid measures have been performed.

8) Emergency medical treatment and first aid - Based on the severity of the

injury/exposure, additional medical treatment will be obtained as described below.

9) Emergency alerting and response procedures - the procedures listed below will

be used in the event of any Site emergency:

a) Remove any injured person(s) from immediate danger and administer first aid as needed.

b) If a serious injury or life-threatening conditions exists, dial 911 from the

nearest phone so that appropriate response teams may be dispatched. The nearest phone is located at the Site and the SS will carry a cellular phone. Directions to the hospital are presented in Figure 1.

c) Notify the Project Manager before resuming work.

10) Critique of response and follow-up - Following any Site emergency, the SS will

prepare a written report for review by the Project Manger and the MFG Corporate Health and Safety Director. In addition, any accidents or emergency incidents shall be reported to the relevant local, state and federal agencies by the Project Manager. The report will include a summary of the emergency, a description of the conditions that led to the emergency, a review of the response actions implemented following the emergency and a discussion of steps that might have been taken to prevent a recurrence of the emergency. Following review of this report, the Project Manager and Corporate Health and Safety Director meet to discuss the emergency, the response to the emergency and possible changes to the Health and Safety Plans or Emergency Response Plans.

11) PPE and emergency equipment - All personnel will be required to have complete

Level D, modified Level D and Level C PPE ensembles (see Section 5.2) available for use when onsite. In addition, the MFG SS will have available a first aid kit, a fire extinguisher and possibly a portable eyewash fountain.

11

Site Emergencies All incidents will be dealt with in a manner to minimize adverse health risk to site workers. In the event an incident occurs, the following procedures will be followed; First aid or other appropriate initial action will be administered by properly trained personnel closest to the incidents. This assistance will be conducted in a manner that those rendering assistance are not placed in a situation of unacceptable risk. All incidents will be reported to the SSO, who is responsible for coordinating the emergency response in an efficient, rapid and safe manner. The SSO will decide if off-site assistance and medical treatment is required and arrange for assistance. All workers on site are responsible for conducting themselves in a mature, calm manner in the event of an incident. All personnel must conduct themselves in a manner to avoid spreading the danger to themselves and to surrounding workers. The following emergency equipment will be available at the site: - First Aid Kit - Fire Extinguisher - The SSO will document all incidents to the project manager.

Site Contacts and Emergency Numbers Date Prepared: Date:

12

Project Title: ProAct Project Number: Site Address:

Terminal Manager: ______________ _____________ ProAct Project Manager: Phone: ProAct Corporate Health and Safety Director:

ProAct Site Safety Officer: ProAct Services Corporation Corporate Manager: Mr. Gerald Skar (231) 843-2711 Nearest Hospital: See attached Police: 911 Sheriff Dept: State Police: ____________ Fire Department 911 Emergency Medical Service (ambulance): 911 National Response Center (800) 424-8802 Centers for Disease Control Day (404) 329-3311

Night (404) 329-2888 U.S. EPA Environmental Response Team (201) 321-6600 SAFETY COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT FORM ProAct Services Corporation Personnel Form PROJECT No.: PROJECT TITLE: PROJECT TASK:

13

I have received a copy of the Site Health and Safety Plan (the "HASP") for the above referenced project. I have read the HASP and agree to comply with all the health and safety requirements contained therein. I understand that I may be prohibited from working on the project for violating any of the HASP requirements. SIGNATURE: DATE: NOTE: This form must be submitted to the project manager

Section 1 Benzene Program

Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to provide a means to prevent or minimize employee exposures

to benzene. OSHA has implemented a standard regarding these exposures in 29 CFR 1910.1028. This procedure defines exposure control and monitoring tools including monitoring of those exposures, medical surveillance and respiratory protection requirements, communication, and measures to be taken to ensure compliance with the regulation. This written program is accessible and available to all affected employees, their designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary.

Definitions Action Level (AL): Airborne concentrations of benzene of 0.5 ppm calculated as an 8-hour time-

weighted average (TWA).

14

Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL): Exposures to benzene that shall not be exceeded. There are two PELs to benzene and these are as follows: a. TWA – no employee exposure to benzene shall exceed one ppm as an 8-hour TWA b. Short-term Exposure Limit (STEL) – no employee exposure to benzene shall exceed 5 ppm

as averaged over any 15 minute period of the work day. Regulated Area: Any area where airborne concentrations of benzene exceed or can reasonable be

expected to exceed either of the two PELs. Exposure Monitoring and Control

1. In all work areas where benzene exposure is suspected, personal monitoring shall be performed and continued to accurately assess those employee exposures to benzene.

a. Samples shall be collected from the breathing zone of the affected employees,

shall be representative of the employee’s exposure and shall be collected appropriately to be compared with the applicable PEL.

b. Samples shall be collected as necessary to accurately assess exposures on different work shifts in during different work conditions, if those exposures are suspected to be different from the ones previously evaluated.

c. Initial monitoring shall be conducted within 30 days after the introduction of benzene to the work area.

d. If the initial determinations reveal that employee exposures exceed the AL but are below the TWA, exposure determinations shall be repeated at least every year.

e. It the determinations reveal exposure above the TWA, monitoring shall be repeated at least every six months. If exposures again fall below to or below the TWA but is at or above the AL for at least 7 days apart, the monitoring frequency may be decreased to annually.

f. Monitoring may be terminated if the initial determinations reveal exposures below the AL or if two consecutive, periodic measurements taken at least 7 days apart are below the AL.

g. Any time process or operational changes are made in a process that may influence employee exposures, monitoring shall be again instituted to assess these exposures.

h. Employees shall be notified of the results of any monitoring with 15 days of the receipt of the results of those determinations in writing, either to the individual employee or through posting of the results in an appropriate location to the affected employees.

i. Notifications of exposures above the PEL shall also contain corrective actions that will be taken to reduce the exposures to or below the PEL.

j. Employees and their representatives shall be allowed to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposures. But during such observations, observers must comply with any personal protective equipment or clothing and respiratory protection requirements as defined by this program.

2. Where employee exposures to benzene are above the PEL, those exposures shall be

reduced to or below the PEL through the use of engineering controls or work practices where practical or feasible. A schedule for developing and implementing those controls and work practices shall be implemented. The plan shall be periodically reviewed and revised accordingly based on the most recent exposure monitoring data.

3. Where these controls or practices are not feasible, respiratory protection shall be required

to reduce these exposures. Respiratory Protection and Protective Clothing

15

1. Respirators shall be provided to affected employees:

a. while engineering or work practice controls are being installed or implemented b. where such controls are not feasible or practical c. in emergencies

2. A respiratory protection program shall be shall be established in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.134, Respiratory Protection. It shall be implemented to provide adequate protection against benzene and the respirators shall be selected according to the airborne concentrations or their condition of use.

3. Respirators provided shall be NIOSH approved.

4. Personal protective clothing and equipment shall be worn where and when appropriate to

prevent eye and dermal exposure to benzene. The clothing and equipment shall be provided at no cost to the employee and shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.

Medical Surveillance

1. A medical surveillance program shall be implemented and made available to all affected employees who are or may be exposed to benzene:

a. at or above the AL for 30 or more days or more per year b. at or above the PELs for 10 or more days per year c. at more than 10 ppm for more than 30 or more days in a year prior to the

effective date of the standard.

2. All examinations and procedures shall be performed under the supervision of a licensed physician and will be provided at no cost to the employee.

3. Before the time of initial assignment, each affected employee shall be provided a medical

examination, including a detailed occupational history and a complete physical examination.

4. Follow-up periodic examinations shall be administered annually

5. If an employee is exposed to benzene in an emergency situation, a urine sample of the

employee shall be collected at the end of the employee’s shift for a phenol determination, an indicator or benzene exposure.

6. All examining physicians shall be provided with pertinent information concerning the

employee and their job duties as related to benzene exposure, this program, exposure determination results, and any other information relevant to the examination.

7. Employees may be removed from areas where exposures may exceed the AL until such

time as determined by the physician. The decision for such removal shall be communicated to the employee in writing to the employee and shall contain the duration of the removal and the requirements for further medical examinations.

8. Any employee removed from exposure areas shall be provided with follow-up

examinations. During the interim, employees shall be transferred to a comparable job for which the employee is qualified and shall maintain current wage rate, seniority and benefits.

9. Records of all medical surveillance activities shall be maintained

16

Communication of Hazards

1. Signs and labels shall be posted at all entrances to regulated areas.

2. The signs shall contain the following information:

DANGER BENZENE

CANCER HAZARD FLAMMABLE – NO SMOKING

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

3. Labels shall be provided and affixed to containers of benzene within the workplace. The

labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200 (f) and shall include the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS BENZENE CANCER HAZARD

4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) which addresses benzene shall be developed and

accessible to affected employees

5. Employees shall receive information and training regarding benzene at the time of their initial assignment to the work area. If exposures are above the AL, refresher training must be provided at least annually thereafter.

Record Keeping

Accurate records of all elements of this program shall be maintained in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 and shall be available and accessible to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. 1. Employee exposure determination records shall be maintained for at least 30 years.

2. All records pertaining to medical surveillance activities of this program shall be

maintained for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years. Review Date: Reviewer: ISNetworld Reviewed:

17

Section 2 Benzene Awareness

Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to address potential locations where employees may be exposed to benzene. These include petroleum refining sites, tanks at producing, pipeline and refining operations, tank gauging, field maintenance and environmental remediation sites with petroleum product contamination.

Substance Identification and Characteristics

Permissible Exposure: Except as to the use of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals and other exemptions specified in 1910.1028(a)(2):

Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit is 1 part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (1 ppm) for an 8-hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5 ppm for any 15-minute period.

Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented and skin contact with liquid benzene shall be limited.

Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear, colorless liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor. The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning of its hazard.

Health Hazard Data

Ways in which benzene affects your health. Benzene can affect your health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you happen to swallow it.

Effects of overexposure. Short-term (acute) overexposure: If you are overexposed to high concentrations of benzene, well above the levels where its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable, euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract. You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures may lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness.

Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various blood disorders, ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease. Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms.

Protective Clothing and Equipment

Respirators. Respirators are required for those operations in which engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to reduce exposure to the permissible level. However, where employers can document that benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a year, respirators may be used in lieu of engineering controls. If respirators

18

are worn, they must have joint Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and cartridge or canisters must be replaced before the end of their service life, or the end of the shift, whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator from your employer. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer.

Protective Clothing. You must wear appropriate protective clothing (such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts of your body that could be exposed to liquid benzene.

Eye and Face Protection. You must wear splash-proof safety goggles if it is possible that benzene may get into your eyes. In addition, you must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with benzene liquid.

Emergency and First Aid Procedures

Eye and face exposure. If benzene is splashed in your eyes, wash it out immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists or vision appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible.

Skin exposure. If benzene is spilled on your clothing or skin, remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin with large amounts of water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you wear it again.

Breathing. If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of benzene, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the benzene concentration might be high without proper safety equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line should be used.

Swallowing. If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a doctor immediately.

Medical Requirements

If you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposed at or above 10 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally exposed to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available to you.

Observation of Monitoring

Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of your exposure to benzene and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the

19

monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

Access to Records

You or your representative are entitled to see the records of measurements of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage

Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It should be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor may form explosive mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Use nonsparking tools when opening or closing benzene containers. Fire extinguishers, where provided, must be readily available. Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored. Ask your supervisor where benzene is used in your area and for additional plant safety rules.

I. Physical and Chemical Data

A. Substance identification.

1. Synonyms: Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha, cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride, pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and Benzine do not contain benzene).

2. Formula: C(6)H(6) (CAS Registry Number: 71-43-2)

B. Physical data.

1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 deg. C (176 deg. F)

2. Specific Gravity (water = 1): 0.879

3. Vapor Density (air = 1): 2.7

4. Melting Point: 5.5 deg. C (42 deg. F)

5. Vapor Pressure at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 75 mm Hg

6. Solubility in Water: .06%

7. Evaporation Rate (ether = 1): 2.8

8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive sweet odor.

II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

A. Fire.

20

1. Flash Point (closed cup): - 11 deg. C (12 deg. F)

2. Autoignition Temperature: 580 deg. C (1076 deg. F)

3. Flammable limits in Air. % by Volume: Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5%

4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam.

5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not use solid stream of water, since stream will scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources must be controlled when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapor may be released, such areas shall be considered as hazardous locations. Benzene vapors are heavier than air; thus the vapors may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which benzene is handled.

7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable liquid for the purpose of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106. A concentration exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered a potential fire explosion hazard. Locations where benzene may be present in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures are considered Class I Group D for the purposes of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.309.

B. Reactivity.

1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat.

2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials.

3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide).

Spill and Leak Procedures

Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much benzene as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as dry sand or earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amounts of water. Do not flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, because of explosion danger. Remove all ignition sources. Ventilate enclosed places.

Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed of: (a) By absorbing it in dry sand or earth and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b) if small quantities, by removing it to a safe location from buildings or other combustible sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth and cautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in a suitable combustion chamber.

Miscellaneous Precautions

21

High exposure to benzene can occur when transferring the liquid from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated and good work practices must be established to avoid spills.

Use non-sparking tools to open benzene containers which are effectively grounded and bonded prior to opening and pouring. Employers must advise employees of all plant areas and operations where exposure to benzene could occur. Common operations in which high exposures to benzene may be encountered are: the primary production and utilization of benzene, and transfer of benzene. Employer should be aware of Owners contingency plan provisions. Employees must be informed where benzene is used in host facility and aware of additional plant safety rules. Review Date: Reviewer: ISNetworld Reviewed:

Section 3

22

Bloodborne Pathogen Program Purpose

An infection control plan must be prepared for all persons who handle, store, use, process, or disposes of infectious medical wastes. This infection control plan complies with OSHA requirement, 29 CFR 1910.1030, Bloodborne Pathogens and includes requirements for personal protective equipment, housekeeping, training, and a procedure for reporting exposures.

Responsibilities

• The Company Nurse or Physician will conduct the Bloodborne Pathogen Program and maintain records of training and inspections and all medical aspects of this program.

• Management will ensure proper conduct of the program though inspections, record keeping and periodic audits and has the overall responsibility for the effectiveness of this program.

Definitions

Biological Hazard. The term biological hazard or biohazard is taken to mean any viable infectious agent that presents a risk, or a potential risk, to the well-being of humans.

Medical Wastes/Infectious Wastes. All waste emanating from human or animal tissues, blood, blood products or fluids. This includes used first aid bandages, syringes, needles, sharps, material used in spill cleanup, and contaminated PPE or clothing.

Universal Precautions. Refers to a system of infectious disease control that assumes that every direct contact with body fluids is infectious and requires every employee exposed to be protected as though such body fluids were infected with blood-borne pathogens. All infectious/medical material must be handled according to Universal Precautions (OSHA Instruction CPL 2-2.44A)

Potential Hazards

Unprotected exposure to body fluids presents the possible risk of infection from a number of bloodborne pathogens, notably Hepatitis and HIV. In certain situations where no distinction can be made between body fluids, all such fluids will be considered to be potentially infectious.

23

Hazard Control

Engineering Controls - prevention of exposure to bloodborne pathogens engineering controls include proper storage facilities and containers, syringes designed to prevent accidental needle sticks, autoclaves and disinfectant equipment. Such equipment shall be inspected and adequately maintained to ensure its effectiveness. Any equipment found to be ineffective will be repaired or replaced.

Administrative Controls - prevention of exposure to bloodborne pathogen administrative controls include universal precautions, assignment of PPE, employee training, use of spill kits specifically designed for blood and body fluids, restricted access to waste collection points and waste disposal procedures.

Personal Protective Equipment - prevention of exposure to bloodborne pathogen personal protective equipment includes appropriate gloves, face shields, masks, etc., that are personally worn by the employee.

All necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be readily accessible, available in appropriate sizes, and provided at no cost to the employee. It should be cleaned, laundered and properly disposed of after use. Any PPE that may be reused must be inspected after use and maintained to ensure its safe continued use. Additionally, any PPE that can not be so cleaned and maintained must be replaced.

In certain situations, an employee is not required to use PPE to prevent exposures if, in the employee’s judgment, the use of such PPE would have prevented the delivery of the appropriate response and care of the source individual. Such situations shall be subsequently investigated and documented to determine preventative future occurrences.

Engineering and administrative controls shall be the first line of defense and shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee exposures. Only after all such measures have been investigated and implemented shall personal protective equipment be utilized to prevent exposures. (See table below for recommendations.)

Reporting and Record Keeping

Records shall be maintained of all employees with the potential for occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Vaccination records and exposure reports will be maintained for 30 years. Occupationally contracted HBV or HIV will be recorded on the OSHA 300 Log of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses as an illness. Exposures to bloodborne pathogens from contact with sharps will be recorded on the OSHA 300 Log of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses if treatment such as gamma globulin, Hepatitis B immune globulin or Hepatitis B vaccine is prescribed by a physician.

24

All records required by this program shall be made available upon request of the affected employees, the Assistant Secretary, and the Director of Examining and Copying. Before the release of an individual’s medical records, written consent for that release must be obtained by that individual, in accordance with the requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1020 (h).

Training

All personnel assigned duties as EMT, Paramedics, First Aid Station Staff, HAZMAT responders, Custodial Employees (those that clean rest rooms, etc.), and any other employees with occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens will receive training in this Bloodborne Pathogen Program. Additionally, personnel trained in First Aid shall be offered this annual training. Those employees trained in First Aid and the contents of this program are expected to provide emergency care and response as outlined in this program.

All new and current affected employees will be trained at the time of their initial assignment and annually thereafter. The training shall be conducted by a qualified medical practitioner and shall contain at a minimum the following:

1. Company Program

2. Types and transmission of Blood-Borne Pathogens

3. General Safety Rules

4. Universal Precautions

5. Use of Personal Protective Equipment

6. Medical Waste Disposal Procedures

7. Post Exposure Treatment and Procedures

8. HBV Vaccinations

Training shall be adequately documented, be provided at no cost to the employees and shall be given during normal working hours.

Records of all related training shall be retained for at least 3 years and shall contain the following:

1. Dates and contents of the training

2. Names and job titles of persons attending the training

3. Names and qualifications of individuals conducting the training

25

Hepatitis-B Virus (HBV) Vaccinations

The Hepatitis B vaccine shall be made available to all employees that have potentials for occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens and it shall be provided at no cost to the employee. Employees that transfer to a job or their job is reclassified to include exposure to blood-borne pathogens will be offered HBV vaccinations within 10 working days of their transfer or reclassification.

The choice for HBV vaccination is not mandatory. If an affected employee chooses not to have the vaccination at the initial offering, they will have the opportunity to be vaccinated when they are ready. The Company will document the offer, acceptance or declination, and vaccination dates with the Notice of HBV Vaccinations Form.

General Procedures

All affected employees must be trained in proper work practices, the concept of universal precautions, PPE, and in proper cleanup and disposal techniques.

Resuscitation equipment, pocket masks, resuscitation bags, or other ventilation equipment must be provided to eliminate the need for direct mouth-to-mouth contact in groups where resuscitation is a part of their responsibilities.

Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a potential for exposure to any health hazard. Food and drink must not be stored in refrigerators, freezers, or cabinets where blood or other potentially infectious material is stored or in other areas of possible contamination.

According to the level of risk, wearing laboratory or protective clothing may be required for persons entering infectious disease laboratories. Likewise, showers with a germicidal soap may be required before exit.

Gowns, aprons, or lab coats must be worn whenever there is a possibility that body fluids could splash on skin or clothing.

Gloves must be made of appropriate disposable material, usually intact latex or vinyl. They must be used in the following circumstances:

• When the employee has cuts, abraded skin, chapped hands, dermatitis, or similar conditions.

• When examining abraded or non-intact skin of a source individual with active bleeding.

• Anytime while handling blood or blood products or other body secretions.

Employees must wash their hands immediately, or as soon as possible, after removal of gloves or other PPE and after hand contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

26

All PPE must be removed immediately upon leaving the work area, and if this equipment is overtly contaminated, it must be placed in an appropriate area or container for storage, washing, decontamination, or disposal.

Contaminated clothing must not be worn in clean areas or outside the building.

All equipment and environmental surfaces must be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or any other infectious materials.

All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious agents must be performed in a manner that will minimize splashing, spraying, and aerosolization.

Medical Wastes

Medical/infectious waste must be segregated from other waste at the point of origin.

Medical/infectious waste, except for sharps (i.e., razor blades, broken glass, needles, etc.) capable of puncturing or cutting, must be contained in double disposable red bags conspicuously labeled with the words "INFECTIOUS WASTE" and "BIOHAZARD."

Used needles or other sharps (razor blades, broken glass, scalpels, etc.) must not be sheared, bent, broken, recapped, or resheathed.

Infectious sharps must be contained for disposal in leak-proof, rigid puncture-resistant containers. Infectious wastes contained as described above must be placed in reusable or disposable leak-proof bins or barrels that are conspicuously labeled with the words "INFECTIOUS WASTE" and "BIOHAZARD." These waste barrels are picked up regularly by an outside company licensed to handle infectious wastes.

All infectious agents, equipment, or apparatus must be disinfected in an autoclave or otherwise disinfected before being washed or disposed of. Each individual working with infectious bio-hazardous agents is responsible for disinfection and disposal of these agents.

Biological wastes that do not contain radioactive or hazardous substances may be disinfected by steam sterilization (autoclave) then disposed of in the regular trash.

Liquid bio-hazardous waste may be disposed of in the sewage system following chemical decontamination.

Reusable glassware must be decontaminated in sodium hypochlorite (household bleach) solution (1:9) prior to rinsing and acid washing. The glassware must then be sterilized in an autoclave.

To minimize the hazard to firefighters or emergency response personnel, at the close of each work day and before the building is closed, all infectious or toxic material must be placed in a refrigerator, placed in an incubator, or autoclaved or otherwise disinfected.

27

Infectious agents must not be placed in an autoclave and left overnight in anticipation of autoclaving the next day.

Floors, laboratory benches, and other surfaces in buildings where infectious agents are handled must be disinfected with a suitable germicide, such as 1:9 sodium hypochlorite solution (household bleach) as often as necessary as determined by the supervisor.

The surroundings must be disinfected after completion of operations involving planting, pipetting, centrifuging, and similar procedures with infectious agents.

Infectious agents must not be dumped into the building drainage system without prior disinfection.

Cuts

If an employee receives a needle stick, cut, or mucous membrane exposure to another persons body fluids, he/she must report the incident immediately to the Company Nurse.

Blood Exposure

All employees exposed to human blood and blood products must report to the Company Nurse for information and possible inclusion in the Hepatitis B Immunization Program.

Exposure Control Plan

The purpose of the Exposure Control Plan is to protect the health and safety of the persons directly involved in handling the materials, Company personnel and the general public by ensuring the safe handling, storage, use, processing, and disposal of infectious medical waste. This plan complies with OSHA requirement proposed for 29 CFR 1910.1030, Bloodborne Pathogens.

A written Exposure Control Plan shall be established and implemented to eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens. The Plan must include all employees who can reasonably be anticipated to be exposures to these agents and, at a minimum, must contain at least the following elements:

1. An exposure determination (see below)

2. Procedures that will be used to ensure compliance with the plan

3. A description of the methods to be used to investigate and evaluate exposure incidents

The Exposure Control Plan shall be reviewed and updated at least annually or any time tasks and/or procedures have been modified that may affect employee exposures. The Plan shall be accessible to all affected employees in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020(e).

Universal precautions: Refers to a system of infectious disease control which assumes that every direct contact with body fluids is infectious and requires every

28

employee exposed to be protected as though such body fluids were infected with bloodborne pathogens. All infectious/medical material must be handled according to Universal Precautions (OSHA Instruction CPL 2-2.44A).

The following universal precautions must be taken.

1. Gloves must be made of appropriate disposable material, usually intact latex or vinyl. They must be used:

a. when the employee has cuts, abraded skin, chapped hands, dermatitis, or the like.

b. when examining abraded or non-intact skin of a patient with active bleeding.

c. while handling blood or blood products or other body secretions during routine procedures.

2. Gowns, aprons, or lab coats must be worn when splashes of body fluid on skin or clothing are possible.

3. Mask and eye protection are required when contact of mucosal membranes (eyes, mouth or nose) with body fluids is likely to occur (e.g. splashes or aerosolization).

4. Resuscitation equipment, pocket masks, resuscitation bags, or other ventilation equipment must be provided to eliminate the need for direct mouth to mouth contact.

Hand washing facilities should be provided to be used following potential exposure situations. If such facilities are not feasible, appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction with cloth or paper towels or antiseptic towelettes shall be provided.

Exposure Determination

An exposure determination shall be performed on all employees with occupational exposures to bloodborne pathogens. This determination shall contain the following:

1. Lists of all job classifications with such exposures

2. Lists of job tasks in which these exposures might occur

This determination shall be made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment.

Post Exposure Treatment and Notification Procedures

29

Should an affected employee or an employee acting as a "Good Samaritan" be occupationally exposed to HIV/HAV/HBV, the affected employee will report the exposure to the Company Nurse. The Company will provide for the employee to be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV at company expense. Following the initial blood test at time of exposure, seronegative employees will be retested at 6 weeks, 12 weeks and 6 months to determine if transmission has occurred. During this period, the employee will follow the recommendations provided by the physician or the U. S. Public Health Service.

An "occupational exposure" is defined as blood or body fluid contact from an injured or ill employee to the affected employee or injury by a contaminated sharp object.

Following the report of exposure, ____________ will contact the exposure source and request that person be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV at company expense. Participation in this test is not mandatory and if refused will not effect that the employee's future employment.

The source individual's blood is tested as soon as possible and after consent is obtained to determine HBV and HIV infectivity. (Hepatitis B surface Antigen, Hepatitis C Antibody and HIV Screen) The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested for HBV (Hepatitis B Antibody, Hepatitis C Antibody) and HIV serological status after consent is obtained (employee consent for HIV antibody testing).

During all phases of post-exposure, the confidentiality of the affected employee and exposure source will be maintained on a "need to know basis". Proper documentation shall be maintained of the exposure incident and all subsequent follow-up activities. The results of any HIV/HAV/HBV tests conducted will be provided to the exposed and source employees within 5 business days of receipt.

Waste Disposal Plan

1. Medical/Infectious waste must be segregated from other waste at the point of origin.

2. Medical/Infectious waste, except for sharps (e.g. razor blades, broken glass, needles, etc.) capable of puncturing or cutting must be contained in double disposable, leak-proof red bags conspicuously labeled with the words, "INFECTIOUS WASTE -- BIOHAZARD."

3. Infectious sharps must be contained for disposal in leak-proof, rigid puncture resistant containers.

4. Infectious waste thus contained as described in procedures 2 and 3 above must be placed in reusable or disposable leak-proof bins or barrels which must be conspicuously labeled with the words, "INFECTIOUS WASTE -- BIOHAZARD." These waste barrels are be picked up regularly by an outside company licensed to handle infectious wastes.

30

5. Spills/Disinfectants: a solution of sodium hypochlorite (household bleach) diluted 1:9 with water must be used to disinfect, following initial cleanup of a spill with a chemical germicide approved as a hospital disinfectant. Spills must be cleaned up immediately.

6. After removing gloves, and/or after contact with body fluids, hands and other skin surfaces must be washed thoroughly and immediately with soap or other disinfectant in hot water.

7. Other biological wastes that do not contain radioactive or hazardous substances may be disinfected by steam sterilization (autoclave) and then disposed of in the regular trash.

8. Liquid biohazard waste may be disposed of in the sewage system following chemical decontamination.

9. Reusable glassware must be decontaminated in sodium hypochlorite (household bleach) solution (1:9) prior to rinsing and acid washing. Then the glassware must be sterilized in an autoclave.

31

Personal Protective Equipment for Worker Protection

Against HIV and HBV Transmission TASK GLOVES APRON MASK EYEWEARControl of Bleeding w/ spurting blood X X X XBleeding control with minimal bleeding X Emergency Child Birth X X X XBlood Drawing X Handling & Cleaning Instruments X Cleaning Bio Spills X Taking Temperature Giving Injection X Measuring Blood Pressure

The examples provided in this table are based on application of universal precautions. Universal precautions are intended to supplement rather than replace recommendation for routine infection control, such as hand washing and using gloves to prevent gross microbial contamination of hands (e.g., contact with urine or feces).

Review Date: Reviewer: ISNetworld Reviewed:

32

Blood-Borne Pathogen Control

Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules

For Posting

Exposure Determination: [Company], Inc., and its Divisions and Subsidiaries will not perform invasive medical treatment or provide intravenous medication. Therefore, the exposure to Blood-Borne Pathogens, as defined in item # 3 below, is determined to be from routine and emergency first aid treatment of common workplace injuries. The following Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules have been established to prevent the spread of viral and bacterial organisms (namely HIV/HAV/HBV). In all cases, the Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules should be followed.

1. Before and immediately after providing patient care, wash exposed areas (hands, arms, etc.) with antibacterial soap.

2. Don and use the required personal protective equipment for the medical care given as outlined in the Personal Protective Equipment for Worker Protection Poster.

3. Treat all human body fluids and items soiled with human body fluids (blood, blood products, seamen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, amniotic fluid, concentrated HIV/HAV/HBV, and saliva (in dental settings) as if contaminated with HIV/HAV/HBV. (Note: Feces, urine, nasal secretions, sputum, sweat, tears, or vomitus need not be treated as contaminated unless they contain visible blood)

4. No smoking, eating, drinking or storage of food products are permitted in patient treatment areas. Non-medical items, such as clothing and personal effects, should not be stored in the treatment facility.

5. Patient treatment areas will be maintained in a near sanitary condition at all times. Daily and at least once per shift, the Occupational Health Facility will be disinfected with antibacterial/viral solution (at least 10% Chlorine Bleach or equivalent). All medical and personal protective equipment contaminated with human body fluids will be disinfected before being returned for use again.

6. To avoid special handling, all clothing contaminated with human body fluid will be presoaked (sprayed on the affected areas) with the antibacterial/viral solution before being sent to the laundry. (Note: Gloves and eye protection should be worn when handling contaminated clothing until presoaked for 10 minutes)

7. Any spills of body fluid will be presoaked (sprayed on the affected area) with antibacterial/viral solution for 10 minutes before being removed. (Note: Gloves and eye protection should be worn when handling spills of body fluids)

33

8. Medical Wastes (those soiled with covered human body fluids) will be treated following the Medical Wastes Treatment and Disposal Procedures before being discarded as ordinary wastes.

9. Any suspected exposure to HIV/HAV/HBV by human body fluid contact (via broken skin, human bites, needle sticks, etc.) should be reported to your supervisor immediately.

34

Control of Blood-Borne Pathogens Program

Medical Waste Treatment and Disposal Procedures

For Posting

1. All Medical Wastes (those soiled with covered human body fluids) will be placed in a red leak-proof container marked either Biohazard or Medical Waste. All other wastes will be discarded following customary procedures. (Note: Soiled feminine hygiene/sanitary napkins, soiled facial tissues, etc. are not considered a biohazard or medical waste. Pretreatment is not necessary; however, employees should wear personal protective equipment and wash hands with antibacterial soap afterwards)

2. Don and use the required personal protective equipment when handling medical wastes as outlined in the Personal Protective Equipment for Worker Protection Poster.

3. At the end of each shift, all accumulated medical wastes will be treated to remove biohazards using the following procedure:

• Prepare a solution of 10 percent chlorine bleach to water (approximately 2 cups chlorine bleach to 1 gallon of water)

• Pour solution over the medical wastes and thoroughly saturate

• Let stand for 10 minutes and then drain into sink

• Discard as ordinary wastes

Caution: Sharp objects (broken glass, hypodermic needles, etc.) should not be handled by hand to prevent accidental punctures and lacerations

4. Rinse medical wastes container and return for use again.

5. Wash hands and exposed areas with antibacterial soap.

35

Section 4

Confined Space Entry Program

Purpose

This Confined Space Entry Program is provided to protect authorized employees that will enter confined spaces (see definitions below) and may be exposed to hazardous atmospheres, engulfment in materials, conditions which may trap or asphyxiate due to converging or sloping walls, or contains any other safety or health hazards. Reference: OSHA-Permit-Required Confined Spaces (29 CFR 1910.146).

Definitions

Confined space is defined by the following:

Is large enough or so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform work.

Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (i.e. tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, and pits are spaces that may have limited means of entry).

Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.

Permit required confined space (permit space), is a confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics:

1. Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere.

2. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant.

3. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly covering walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section.

4. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

Each Permit-Required Confined Space will be marked "Confined Space - Entry Permit Required".

Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH), refers to any atmospheric condition in which life or health may be endangered or threatened. Such conditions can be caused by oxygen deficiency or elevated chemical content.

36

Responsibilities

Management

• Ensure proper training for entry & rescue teams

• Provide proper equipment for entry & rescue teams

• Ensure confined space assessments have been conducted

• Ensure all permit required confined spaces are posted

• Annually review this program and all Entry Permits

• Evaluate Rescue Teams/Service to ensure they are adequately trained and prepared

• Ensure rescue team at access during entry into spaces with IDLH atmospheres

Employees

• Follow program requirements

• Report any previously un-identified hazards associated with confined spaces

Entry Supervisor

Entry supervisors are responsible for the overall permit space entry and must coordinate all entry procedures, tests, permits, equipment and other relevant activities. The following entry supervisor duties are required:

• Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure

• Verifies, by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, all test specified by the permit have been conducted and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin

• Terminate the entry and cancel the permit when the entry is complete and there is a need for terminating the permit

• Verify that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable

• Remove unauthorized persons who enter or attempt to enter the space during entry operations

• Determine whenever responsibility for a permit space entry operation is transferred and at intervals dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space that entry operations remain consistent with the permit terms and that acceptable entry conditions are maintained.

Entry Attendants

37

At least one attendant is required outside the permit space into which entry is authorized for the duration of the entry operation. The responsibilities of the entry attendant include:

• To know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure

• To be aware of possible behavioral effects of hazard exposure on entrants

• To continuously maintain an accurate count of entrants in the permit space and ensures a means to accurately identify authorized entrants

• To remain outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another attendant (once properly relieved, they may participate in other permit space activities, including rescue if they are properly trained and equipped).

• To communicate with entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status and alert entrants of the need to evacuate.

• To monitor activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for entrants to remain in the space and orders the entrants to immediately evacuate if: the attendant detects a prohibited condition, detects entrant behavioral effects of hazard exposure, detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the entrants; or if the attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the attendant duties.

• To summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines the entrants need assistance to escape the permit space hazards.

• To perform non-entry rescues as specified by that rescue procedure and entry supervisor

• Not to perform duties that might interfere with the attendants' primary duty to monitor and protect the entrants.

• To take the following action when unauthorized persons approach or enter a permit space while entry is under way:

9. Warn the unauthorized persons that they must stay away from the permit space,

10. Advise unauthorized persons that they must exit immediately if they have entered the space, and

11. Inform the authorized entrants and the entry supervisor if unauthorized persons have entered the permit space.

38

Entrants

All entrants must be authorized by the entry supervisor to enter permit spaces, have received the required training, used the proper equipment, and observes the entry procedures and permit. The following entrant duties are required:

• Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure;

• Properly use the equipment required for safe entry;

• Communicate with the attendant as necessary to enable the attendant to monitor the status of the entrants and to enable the attendant to alert the entrants of the need to evacuate the space if necessary;

• Alert the attendant whenever; the entrant recognizes any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation, or any prohibited condition is detected; and

• Exit the permit space as quickly as possible whenever the attendant or entry supervisor determines it is necessary to evacuate the permit space, the entrant recognized any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation, the entrant detects a prohibited condition, or an evacuation alarm activated.

Hazards

• Explosive / Flammable Atmospheres

• Toxic Atmospheres

• Engulfment

• Asphyxiation

• Entrapment

• Slips & falls

• Chemical Exposure

• Electric Shock

• Thermal / Chemical Burns

• Noise & Vibration

39

Hazard Control

Engineering Controls

• Locked entry points

• Temporary ventilation

• Temporary Lighting

Administrative Controls

• Signs

• Employee training

• Entry procedures

• Atmospheric Monitoring

• Rescue procedures

• Use of prescribed PPE

Entry Standard Operating Procedures

A Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) has been developed for each space to standardize the entry procedure. The SOP outlines:

• Hazards

• Hazard Control & Abatement

• Acceptable Entry Conditions

• Means of Entry

• Entry Equipment Required

• Emergency Procedures

Any personal protective equipment that is required to execute an entry will be provided to the employee at no cost to the employee.

While a confined space entry is in progress, provisions must be implemented and maintained to isolate pedestrian, vehicle, and other barriers from the confined space. These barriers may be in form of warning tape, fencing, guard rails, etc. and, additionally, signs should be affixed to the barrier indicating a confined space entry is in progress.

During confined space entry activities where employees from more than one employer is present, as in the case of multi-contractors, the activities to be performed by each group of employees shall be discussed prior to the entry by all employers involved. This

40

discussion will be performed to ensure that one group of employees does not present hazards or endanger the safety of employees of another group.

After the completion of an entry, all affected employees who may have recognized unexpected hazards or deficiencies in the entry operations that presented a potential danger to the entrants must notify the entry supervisor of those conditions. The entry supervisor will initiated a review of the entry and the procedure will be revised to prevent future occurrences.

Permit Required Confined Space Entry General Rules

During all Confined Space Entries, the following Safety Rules must be strictly enforced:

1. Only authorized and trained employees may enter a confined space or act as Entry Attendants.

2. Authorized positions MUST BE listed and specific for “authorized entrants”, “attendants”, and “entry supervisor” as well as who will test or monitor atmosphere.

3. Smoking is not permitted in a confined space or near entrance/exit area.

4. During confined space entries, an entry attendant must be present at all times.

5. Constant visual or voice communication will be maintained between the entry attendant and employees entering a confined space.

6. No bottom or side entry will be made or work conducted below the level any hanging material or material which could cause engulfment.

7. A determination of oxygen content, flammable and explosive gas mixtures and other chemical contaminants must be made prior to the entry.

• Oxygen levels in a confined space must be between 19.5 and 23.5 percent. Levels above or below will require the use of an SCBA or other approved supplied-air respirator. Additional ventilation and oxygen level monitoring is required when welding is performed. The monitoring will check oxygen levels, explosive gas levels and carbon monoxide levels.

• Entry will not be permitted if explosive gas is detected above one-half the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).

• The presence of other chemical contaminants must be determined and entry into the space will not be allowed if these concentrations exceed permissible levels.

All atmospheric monitoring must be performed by an individual that is knowledgeable and trained in the use of monitoring equipment and instrumentation. All equipment used shall be properly maintained and appropriately calibrated to ensure the accuracy of the monitoring results. The entry supervisor is responsible to ensure the atmospheric monitoring is performed prior to entry and the results of the monitoring reveals that acceptable conditions exist for the entry. For those spaces for which an entry permit is required, monitoring results shall be entered on the permit to document those concentrations and conditions.

41

These monitoring determinations must be repeated:

• if the space has been left for an extended period of time (e.g. employee lunch breaks)

• if it is suspected that the conditions within the space has changed

• at the termination of the permit prior to issuance of another permit for a subsequent work shift

• at the request of any entrant or their representatives at any time during the entry

A means for continuous ventilation will be provided before the entry and maintained while the entry is in progress.

All entrants and their representatives shall be given the opportunity to participate in and review the data resultant from all air monitoring determinations before entry into the space.

Confined Space Entry Procedures

Each employee who enters or is involved in the entry must:

1. Understand the procedures for confined Space Entry

2. Know the Hazards of the specific space

3. Review the specific procedures for each entry

4. Understand how to use entry and rescue equipment

This confined space entry program must be reviewed annually (unless no entries were made during the prior 12 months) and revised as necessary to protect employees from future confined space hazards.

Confined Space Entry Permits

Confined Space Entry Permits must be completed before any employee enters a Permit-Required Confined Space. The permit must be completed and signed by an authorized member of management before entry and must remain at the job site and posted, visible and accessible to all employees.

Permits are only valid for the specific job being performed and, at the latest, will expire before the completion of the shift or if any pre-entry conditions change. Upon cancellation of the permit, if it has not already, the work inside the space must cease.

Permits will be maintained on file for 12 months. All cancelled entry permits must be reviewed within one year to identify any deficiencies in the permit process. Those deficiencies will be used to modify the permit process to prevent any future occurrences of similar hazardous situations.

42

Contractor Entry

All work by non-company employees that involves the entry into confined spaces will follow the procedures of this program. The information of this program and specific hazards of the confined spaces to be entered will be provided to Contractor Management prior to commencing entry or work.

Emergency Situations

In the event of an emergency, all confined space entry activities must cease immediately and those spaces vacated. If an entry attendant is responsible for the monitoring of more that one confined space, the attendant must immediately summon assistance from employees outside the confined spaces to clear the spaces of all entrants and before responding to the emergency if the emergency occurs within one of the confined spaces.

Additionally, in the event of an emergency within a confined space, the entry attendant shall:

• have readily accessible a means of summoning rescue and emergency services personnel

• have available a means for rescuing the confined entrants

• provide emergency first aid as required, and

• prevent unauthorized personnel from attempting a rescue or entering the confined space

Entry into any confined space in which the atmosphere is known to be IDLH requires that emergency rescue services will be on site before the entry is made and will remain on site continually while the entry is in progress.

If an outside rescue service provider may be summoned in the event of an emergency, an agreement must exist with that provider for those services. The service provider must be given an opportunity to examine the entry site and practice a rescue from the site. Those service providers also have the latitude to decline the provision of their services if they so desire. If it is determined that the Company will be the primary rescue service provider, this decision will be communicated to the outside service and agreement to that decision must be stated in the contract.

Training

All employees involved with confined space entry activities shall be trained in the requirements of this program at no cost to the employees and that training shall include the following:

1. Duties of Entry Supervisor, Entrant and Attendants

2. Confined Space Entry permits

3. Hazards of Confined Spaces

4. Use of Air Monitoring Equipment

43

5. First Aid and CPR Training

6. Emergency Action & Rescue Procedures

7. Confined Space Entry & Rescue Equipment

8. Rescue training, including entry and removal from representative spaces

Additionally, as a part of the training of employees in effective rescue techniques, all effected employees must participate in practice rescues and/or drills at least every 12 months.

All affected employees shall be trained prior to their initial assignment involving confined space entry activities, prior to a change in their assigned duties, and when a new hazard has been created or special deviation in the entry activities have occurred.

All training relative to this procedure must be written and documented. Those training records must verify that the training has occurred, shall be available to all affected employees and their authorized representatives, and shall include the following elements:

• employee name

• signature or initials of the trainer

• dates of the training

Additional Information on Confined Space Hazards

44

(Non-Procedural) Flammable Atmospheres

A flammable atmosphere generally arises from enriched oxygen atmospheres, vaporization of flammable liquids, byproducts of work, chemical reactions, concentrations of combustible dusts, and desorption of chemical from inner surfaces of the confined space.

An atmosphere becomes flammable when the ratio of oxygen to combustible material in the air is neither too rich nor too lean for combustion to occur. Combustible gases or vapors will accumulate when there is inadequate ventilation in areas such as a confined space. Flammable gases such as acetylene, butane, propane, hydrogen, methane, natural or manufactured gases or vapors from liquid hydrocarbons can be trapped in confined spaces, and since many gases are heavier than air, they will seek lower levels as in pits, sewers, and various types of storage tanks and vessels. In a closed top tank, it should also be noted that lighter than air gases may rise and develop a flammable concentration if trapped above the opening.

The byproducts of work procedures can generate flammable or explosive conditions within a confined space. Specific kinds of work such as spray painting can result in the release of explosive gases or vapors. Welding in a confined space is a major cause of explosions in areas that contain combustible gas.

Chemical reactions forming flammable atmospheres occur when surfaces are initially exposed to the atmosphere, or when chemicals combine to form flammable gases. This condition arises when dilute sulfuric acid reacts with iron to form hydrogen or when calcium carbide makes contact with water to form acetylene. Other examples of spontaneous chemical reactions that may produce explosions from small amounts of unstable compounds are acetylene-metal compounds, peroxides, and nitrates. In a dry state, these compounds have the potential to explode upon percussion or exposure to increased temperature. Another class of chemical reactions that form flammable atmospheres arise from deposits of pyrophoric substances (carbon, ferrous oxide, ferrous sulfate, iron, etc.) that can be found in tanks used by the chemical and petroleum industry. These tanks containing flammable deposits will spontaneously ignite upon exposure to air.

Combustible dust concentrations are usually found during the process of loading, unloading, and conveying grain products, nitrated fertilizers, finely ground chemical products, and any other combustible material. High charges of static electricity, which rapidly accumulate during periods of relatively low humidity (below 50%), can cause certain substances to accumulate electrostatic charges of sufficient energy to produce sparks and ignite a flammable atmosphere. These sparks may also cause explosions when the right air or oxygen to dust or gas mixture is present.

45

Toxic Atmospheres

The substances to be regarded as toxic in a confined space can cover the entire spectrum of gases, vapors, and finely-divided airborne dust in industry. The sources of toxic atmospheres encountered may arise from the following:

1. The manufacturing process (for example, in producing polyvinyl chloride, hydrogen chloride is used as will as vinyl chloride monomer, which is carcinogenic).

2. The product stored [removing decomposed organic material from a tank can liberate toxic substances, such as hydrogen sulfide (H2S)].

3. The operation performed in the confined space (for example, welding or brazing with metals capable of producing toxic fumes).

During loading, unloading, formulation, and production, mechanical and/or human error may also produce toxic gases which are not part of the planned operation.

Carbon monoxide (CO) is a hazardous gas that may build up in a confined space. This odorless, colorless gas that has approximately the same density as air is formed from incomplete combustion of organic materials such as wood, coal, gas, oil, and gasoline; it can be formed from microbial decomposition of organic matter in sewers, silos, and fermentation tanks. Carbon monoxide is an insidious toxic gas because of its poor warning properties. Early stages of CO intoxication are nausea and headache. Carbon monoxide may be fatal at 1000 ppm in air, and is considered dangerous at 200 ppm, because it forms carboxyhemoglobin in the blood which prevents the distribution of oxygen in the body.

Carbon monoxide is a relatively abundant colorless, odorless gas, therefore, any untested atmosphere must be suspect. It must also be noted that a safe reading on a combustible gas indicator does not ensure that CO is not present. Carbon monoxide must be tested for specifically. The formation of CO may result from chemical reactions or work activities, therefore fatalities due to CO poisoning are not confined to any particular industry. There have been fatal accidents in sewage treatment plants due to decomposition products and lack of ventilation in confined spaces. Another area where CO results as a product of decomposition is in the formation of silo gas in grain storage elevators. In another area, the paint industry, varnish is manufactured by introducing the various ingredients into a kettle, and heating them in an inert atmosphere, usually town gas, which is a mixture of carbon dioxide and nitrogen.

In welding operations, oxides of nitrogen and ozone are gases of major toxicologic importance, and incomplete oxidation may occur and carbon monoxide can form as a byproduct.

Another poor work practice, which has led to fatalities, is the recirculation of diesel exhaust emissions. Increased CO levels can be prevented by strict control of the ventilation and the use of catalytic convertors.

46

Irritant (Corrosive) Atmospheres

Irritant or corrosive atmospheres can be divided into primary and secondary groups. The primary irritants exert no systemic toxic effects (effects on the entire body). Examples of primary irritants are chlorine, ozone, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, and sulfur dioxide. A secondary irritant is one that may produce systemic toxic effects in addition to surface irritation. Examples of secondary irritants include benzene, carbon tetrachloride, ethyl chloride, trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, and chloropropene.

Irritant gases vary widely among all areas of industrial activity. They can be found in plastics plants, chemical plants, the petroleum industry, tanneries, refrigeration industries, paint manufacturing, and mining operations.

Prolonged exposure at irritant or corrosive concentrations in a confined space may produce little or no evidence of irritation. This may result in a general weakening of the defense reflexes from changes in sensitivity. The danger in this situation is that the worker is usually not aware of any increase in his/her exposure to toxic substances.

Asphyxiating Atmospheres

The normal atmosphere is composed approximately of 20.9% oxygen and 78.1% nitrogen, and 1% argon with small amounts of various other gases. Reduction of oxygen in a confined space may be the result of either consumption or displacement.

The consumption of oxygen takes place during combustion of flammable substances, as in welding, heating, cutting, and brazing. A more subtle consumption of oxygen occurs during bacterial action, as in the fermentation process. Oxygen may also be consumed during chemical reactions as in the formation of rust on the exposed surface of the confined space (iron oxide). The number of people working in a confined space and the amount of their physical activity will also influence the oxygen consumption rate.

A second factor in oxygen deficiency is displacement by another gas. Examples of gases that are used to displace air, and therefore reduce the oxygen level are helium, argon, and nitrogen. Carbon dioxide may also be used to displace air and can occur naturally in sewers, storage bins, wells, tunnels, wine vats, and grain elevators. Aside from the natural development of these gases, or their use in the chemical process, certain gases are also used as inerting agents to displace flammable substances and retard pyrophoric reactions. Gases such as nitrogen, argon, helium, and carbon dioxide, are frequently referred to as non-toxic inert gases but have claimed many lives. The use of nitrogen to inert a confined space has claimed more lives than carbon dioxide. The total displacement of oxygen by nitrogen will cause immediate collapse and death. Carbon dioxide and argon, with specific gravities greater than air, may lie in a tank or manhole for hours or days after opening. Since these gases are colorless and odorless, they pose an immediate hazard to health unless appropriate oxygen measurements and ventilation are adequately carried out.

47

Oxygen deprivation is one form of asphyxiation. While it is desirable to maintain the atmospheric oxygen level at 21% by volume, the body can tolerate deviation from this ideal. When the oxygen level falls to 17%, the first sign of hypoxia is a deterioration to night vision which is not noticeable until a normal oxygen concentration is restored. Physiologic effects are increased breathing volume and accelerated heartbeat. Between 14-16% physiologic effects are increased breathing volume, accelerated heartbeat, very poor muscular coordination, rapid fatigue, and intermittent respiration. Between 6-10% the effects are nausea, vomiting, inability to perform, and unconsciousness. Less than 6%, spasmatic breathing, convulsive movements, and death in minutes.

Mechanical Hazards

If activation of electrical or mechanical equipment would cause injury, each piece of equipment should be manually isolated to prevent inadvertent activation before workers enter or while they work in a confined space. The interplay of hazards associated with a confined space, such as the potential of flammable vapors or gases being present, and the build-up of static charge due to mechanical cleaning, such as abrasive blasting, all influence the precautions which must be taken.

To prevent vapor leaks, flashbacks, and other hazards, workers should completely isolate the space. To completely isolate a confined space, the closing of valves is not sufficient. All pipes must be physically disconnected or isolation blanks bolted in place. Other special precautions must be taken in cases where flammable liquids or vapors may re-contaminate the confined space. The pipes blanked or disconnected should be inspected and tested for leakage to check the effectiveness of the procedure. Other areas of concern are steam valves, pressure lines, and chemical transfer pipes. A less apparent hazard is the space referred to as a void, such as double walled vessels, which must be given special consideration in blanking off and inerting.

Thermal Effects

Four factors influence the interchange of heat between people and their environment. They are: (1) air temperature, (2) air velocity, (3) moisture contained in the air, and (4) radiant heat. Because of the nature and design of most confined spaces, moisture content and radiant heat are difficult to control. As the body temperature rises progressively, workers will continue to function until the body temperature reaches approximately 102oF. When this body temperature is exceeded, the workers are less efficient, and are prone to heat exhaustion, heat cramps, or heat stroke. In a cold environment, certain physiologic mechanisms come into play, which tend to limit heat loss and increase heat production. The most severe strain in cold conditions is chilling of the extremities so that activity is restricted. Special precautions must be taken in cold environments to prevent frostbite, trench foot, and general hypothermia.

Protective insulated clothing for both hot and cold environments will add additional bulk to the worker and must be considered in allowing for movement in the confined space and exit time. Therefore, air temperature of the environment becomes an important consideration when evaluating working conditions in confined spaces.

Noise

48

Noise problems are usually intensified in confined spaces because the interior tends to cause sound to reverberate and thus expose the worker to higher sound levels than those found in an open environment. This intensified noise increases the risk of hearing damage to workers which could result in temporary or permanent loss of hearing. Noise in a confined space which may not be intense enough to cause hearing damage may still disrupt verbal communication with the emergency standby person on the exterior of the confined space. If the workers inside are not able to hear commands or danger signals due to excessive noise, the probability of severe accidents can increase.

Vibration

Whole body vibration may affect multiple body parts and organs depending upon the vibration characteristics. Segmental vibration, unlike whole body vibration, appears to be more localized in creating injury to the fingers and hands of workers using tools, such as pneumatic hammers, rotary grinders or other hand tools which cause vibration.

Other Hazards

Some physical hazards cannot be eliminated because of the nature of the confined space or the work to be performed. These hazards include such items as scaffolding, surface residues, and structural hazards. The use of scaffolding in confined spaces has contributed to many accidents caused by workers or materials falling, improper use of guard rails, and lack of maintenance to insure worker safety. The choice of material used for scaffolding depends upon the type of work to be performed, the calculated weight to be supported, the surface on which the scaffolding is placed, and the substance previously stored in the confined space.

Surface residues in confined spaces can increase the already hazardous conditions of electrical shock, reaction of incompatible materials, liberation of toxic substances, and bodily injury due to slips and falls. Without protective clothing, additional hazards to health may arise due to surface residues.

Structural hazards within a confined space such as baffles in horizontal tanks, trays in vertical towers, bends in tunnels, overhead structural members, or scaffolding installed for maintenance constitute physical hazards, which are exacerbated by the physical surroundings. In dealing with structural hazards, workers must review and enforce safety precautions to assure safety.


49

Section 5 Disciplinary Program

Purpose The purpose of this Disciplinary Program is to ensure that safe work practices are upheld by identifying and correcting (through disciplinary protocols) those actions which are deemed unsafe or hazardous and include willful violations, negligence, etc. Responsibilities Supervisors: Monitor and implement behavioral objectives at all sites whether mobile or stationary. This includes periodic, scheduled, and random inspections of employee’s compliance with safety protocols as stated in the associated safety procedures. Supervisors will make such inspections at all job sites to ensure compliance with the program and violations will be reported to management. Safety Officers: Implement and update regulations as needed; report violations and changes to the appropriate supervision. Physical inspections by company officials that indicate violations showing overall lack of commitment to company safety goals shall be under the same level of disciplinary actions. Disciplinary Program A safety violation is defined by the general safety rules as any other action deemed to be unsafe. These include but are not limited to not following applicable safety procedures, guidelines, or rules, horse play, failure to wear selected personal protective equipment, failure to maintain safety equipment and controls, and conduct that places employees at an increased risk of personal injury. Physical inspections by company officials that indicate violations showing lack of commitment to company safety goals shall be under the same level of disciplinary actions. Positive reinforcement is preferred rather than punitive discipline in cases of safety violations. However, at times, discipline is required. In these cases, the discipline will be implemented according to the following types and progressions.

1. Verbal Reprimand - A verbal statement made by the supervisor to an employee pointing out an unsafe action. The supervisor will document this verbal reprimand in writing which will be kept in the employee's file. 2. Written Reprimand – A written statement issued by the supervisor pointing out an unsafe action. A meeting will be held with the employee to discuss rules against which the violation occurred and the corrective action to be taken. A copy of this written statement will be placed in the employee's file.

3. Suspension - An employee may be suspended from work without pay for up to three (3) working days due to repeated unsafe work practices. Again, proper documentation is to be placed in the employee's file. 4. Discharge - Employees shall be informed that employment is conditional and is based on the continued conformance to the applicable rules and requirements. Recommendations to discharge an employee due to repeated unsafe acts are to be made by the supervisor.

50

Disciplinary Proceedings There shall be three (3) separate penalties applied when it is necessary to proceed with disciplinary actions. These are described as follows:

1. A reprimand approved by the Site Manager is to be applied in the case of minor offenses. If, after being informed of the written reprimand and the applicable reasons so such discipline, the employee desires to discuss the matter with the Manager, an appointment will be made with the Manager or his designated representative as soon as possible to do so and processing of the reprimand will be delayed until after such meeting occurs. If the employee desires, they may have up to two (2) representatives present.

2. Suspension from work (without pay) for periods varying from one (1) to fifteen (15) days, according to the gravity of the offense and the previous record of the employee concerned, is to be applied in cases of a first serious offense or continued or repeated minor offences, when in the judgment of the Site Manager or Supervisor proper conduct and discipline on the part of such employee can be secured without resorting to the penalty of dismissal. In these cases, the employee will be notified of the decision, and, if requested by the employee within (8) hours of the notification, the Manager or his designated representative will meet with the employee within twenty-four (24) hours of such request. If the employee desires, they may have up to two (2) representatives present.

3. The extreme penalty of discharge from employment is to be applied in all cases of flagrant or willful violations of the rules, or for continued unbecoming conduct which reflects adversely on the performance of the employee, where a thorough investigation proves the employee concerned to be guilty and the Manager is convinced dismissal is the only method by which discipline can be maintained. This extreme penalty shall also be applied in the case of an employee who persists in continued and repeated minor violations of the rules as shown by the discipline record of the employee. In these cases, the employee will be notified of the decision, and if requested by the employee within eight (8) hours of the notification, the Manager or designated representative will meet with the employee within twenty-four (24) hours of such request. Again if the employee desires, they may have up to two (2) representatives present.

Each Department Superintendent and Crew Manager shall have the authority to temporarily remove from service any employee under their supervision who violates the rules or for continued unbecoming conduct which reflects adversely on the performance of the employee. Whenever a Department Superintendent or Shift Manager exercises such authority, they shall furnish the Site Manager a report stating the reasons and such recommendations as are considered warranted by the circumstances. Prior to making recommendations to the Manager, the Department Superintendent will, if requested by the employee within eight (8) hours of the incident, meet with the employee within twenty-four (24) hours following the employee’s removal from the job. If the employee desires, they may have up to two (2) representatives present. During the term of this removal from service, the following procedure will be applied with regard to the appeal meeting with the Manager:

1. If it is expected that the employee will be suspended or discharged, the employee will be notified of this fact. If requested by the employee within eight (8) hours of the notification, the Manager will meet with the employee within twenty-four (24) hours of such request in order that the employee may present their position relative the cause of possible suspension or discharge prior to a final decision being made. If desired, the employee may have up to two (2) representatives present in this meeting.

2. The meeting will be with the Site Manager, or, in their absence from the site, with the person designated to act as Manager during their absence.

3. This procedure does not prevent the Department Superintendent or Crew Manager from temporarily removing from service any Employee.

51

Following the action taken when such employee is to be suspended without pay or discharged, the employee’s representative will be advised of the decision. Unless requested by the employee, the representative will be present when the employee is being informed of the penalty. The suspended employee has full right to appeal to the Manager. If the employee does appeal to the Manager, an appointment will be made as soon as possible to do so, and if the employee desires, may have a representative present in order that the cause of suspension may be investigated and properly administered. The Manager shall decide on the discipline to be implemented a thorough investigation of all the circumstances associated with the violation. When a statement against an employee is to be entered into the disciplinary record of the employee, the employee will be furnished with a copy of statement and will be required to sign a notice of receipt of the statement. The notice shall include verbage that the employee is simply acknowledging receipt of the statement and not necessarily agreeing to its contents. Disciplinary warnings of more than one year’s standing will not be used against an employee in consideration for promotion. When an employee has received no disciplinary action for a period of one year, prior disciplinary warnings for minor offenses will not be considered in future continued employment issues or advancement opportunities. However, reprimands and warnings which have been given through leniency in lieu of suspension or discharge for serious offenses justifying suspension or discharge will be considered in determining the disciplinary penalty to be applied in cases of subsequent serious offenses. Complaints arising out of the application of this discipline program may be initiated in writing at the Manager’s level of the grievance procedure in accordance with the applicable time provisions. CAUSES FOR DISCHARGE Any willful, wanton, and/or repeated violation of the following rules shall constitute just cause for discharge: (1) Reporting for duty or being on duty under the influence of liquor. (2) Smoking on the premises in violation of insurance regulations. (3) Destruction or removal of property. (4) Refusal to comply with applicable company rules, including safety procedures, including but not limited to failure to follow the provisions as set out in the following:

• Bloodborne Pathogen Program • First Aid/CPR Program • Hazard Communication Program • Lockout/Tag out Program • Noise Control and Hearing Conservation Program • PPE Program (Including Respiratory Protection) • Scaffolding Program • Workplace Harassment Program • RCRA Safety Program • Spill Response Program • Transportation Program • Any additional programs included in the Safety Manual

52

* All employees receive initial training in these programs and refresher training as required. Furthermore, safety & discipline plans are available to all employees for review. Contact representatives of the Human Resources or Safety Department with questions or concerns related to this Disciplinary Program.

(5) Giving or taking of a bribe of any nature as an inducement to obtaining work or retaining a position. (6) Gross disrespect. (7) Neglect of duty. (8) Disorderly conduct. (9) Dishonesty. (10) Deliberate sleeping on duty. (11) Sabotage. (12) Protracted absence from work without permission or proper explanation. (13) Failure to maintain reasonable performance standards. Any employee discharged shall be furnished immediately upon request, in writing, full and complete reason for said discharge. Review Date: Reviewer: ISNetworld Reviewed:

53

Section 6

Electrical Safety Program

Purpose

This Electrical Safety program is designed to prevent electrically-related injuries and property damage. It provides for proper training of maintenance employees to ensure they have the requisite knowledge and understanding of electrical work practices and procedures. Only employees qualified in this program may conduct adjustment, repair or replacement of electrical components or equipment. References: NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces, National Electrical Code (NEC) and OSHA Standard (Electrical Safety) 29 CFR 1910.331 to 1910.339

Definitions

Qualified Worker: An employee trained and authorized to conduct electrical work.

Unqualified: Employees who have not been trained or authorized by management to conduct electrical work.

Responsibilities

Management

Provide training for qualified and unqualified employees

Conduct inspections to identify electrical safety deficiencies

Guard and correct all electrical deficiencies promptly

Ensure all new electrical installations meet codes and regulations

Employees

Report electrical deficiencies immediately

Not work on electrical equipment unless authorized and trained

Properly inspect all electrical equipment prior to use

Hazard Control

54

Engineering and administrative controls are the primary means of preventing or minimizing exposures to electrical hazards. Only if they have been evaluated and determined to be impractical or unfeasible shall personal protective equipment be used to protect employees.


• All electrical distribution panels, breakers, disconnects, switches, junction boxes shall be completely enclosed

• Water tight enclosure shall be used where there is possibility of moisture entry either from operations or weather exposure

• Electrical distribution areas will be guarded against accidental damage by locating in specifically designed rooms, use of substantial guard posts and rails and other structural means

• A clear approach and 3 foot side clearance shall be maintained for all distribution panels.

• All conduit shall be fully supported throughout the length of the conduit. Non-electrical attachments to conduit are prohibited.

• All non-rigid cords shall be provided strain relief where necessary.

• All tools used for electrical work shall be properly insulated

• Electrically rated matting will be installed in front of all distribution panels in electric utility rooms


Safe work practices shall be employed to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits which are or may be energized.

• Only trained and authorized employees may conduct repairs to electrical equipment.

• Contractors performing electrical work must be hold a license for the rated work

• Areas under new installation or repair will be sufficiently guarded with physical barriers and warning signs to prevent unauthorized entry

• Access to electrical distribution rooms is limited to those employees who have a need to enter

• All electrical control devices shall be properly labeled

• Work on energized circuits is prohibited unless specifically authorized by senior facility management. Anytime employees enter spaces containing exposed energized parts the area must be adequately illuminated to enable the employee to work safely.

55

• All qualified employees will follow established electrical safety procedures and precautions

• Anytime employees are subject to handle long dimensional conductor objects, such as pipes, ducts, or other long metallic objects, additional employees will assist to ensure contact with sources of electrical energy is prevented.

• Conductive items of jewelry shall not be worn unless they are rendered non-conductive by covering, wrapping, or other insulating means.

Personal Protective Equipment

Employees working in areas where the potential contact with exposed electrical sources is present and likely, will be provided and shall use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The following rules apply to the use and care of PPEs:

1. PPE shall be used where contact with exposed electrical sources are present and likely.

2. PPE shall be designed for the work being performed and environment in which it is used.

3. PPE shall be visually inspected and/or tested before use. Any defects or damage shall be replaced, repaired or discarded.

4. In cases where the insulating capabilities of the PPE may be damaged during the work, a protective outer cover, such as leather, must be used.

5. Employees shall wear non-conductive head protection wherever there is a danger of injury from electrical burns or shock from contact with exposed energized parts.

6. Employee shall wear protective eye/face equipment whenever there is a danger from electrical arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from an electrical explosion.

7. Qualified employees will wear electrically rated safety shoed/boots.

8. Electrical rated gloves shall be available for work on electrical equipment

Electrical PPE Inspection Schedule

Type of equipment When to test

Rubber insulating line hose Upon indication that insulating value is suspect.

Rubber insulating covers Upon indication that insulating value is suspect.

Rubber insulating blankets Before first issue and every 12 months Rubber insulating gloves Before first issue and every 6 months Rubber insulating sleeves Before first issue and every 12 months

Electrical Equipment

56

Electrical equipment shall be free from recognized hazards that are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to employees. Safety of equipment shall be determined using the following considerations:

• Suitability for installation and use in conformity with the provisions of this subpart. Suitability of equipment for an identified purpose may be evidenced by listing or labeling for that identified purpose.

• Mechanical strength and durability, including, for parts designed to enclose and protect other equipment, the adequacy of the protection thus provided.

• Electrical insulation.

• Heating effects under conditions of use.

• Arcing effects.

• Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity, and specific use.

• Other factors which contribute to the practical safeguarding of employees using or likely to come in contact with the equipment.

Identification of Disconnecting Means and Circuits

Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. Each service, feeder, and branch circuit, at its disconnecting means or over-current device, shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. These markings shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved.

A disconnecting means is a switch that is used to disconnect the conductors of a circuit from the source of electric current. Disconnect switches are important because they enable a circuit to be opened, stopping the flow of electricity, and thus can effectively protect workers and equipment.

Each disconnect switch or over-current device required for a service, feeder, or branch circuit must be clearly labeled to indicate the circuit's function, and the label or marking should be located at the point where the circuit originates. For example, on a panel that controls several motors or on a motor control center, each disconnect must be clearly marked to indicate the motor to which each circuit is connected.

All labels and markings must be durable enough to withstand weather, chemicals, heat, corrosion, or any other environment to which they may be exposed.

Training

57

All employees shall be trained in the safety related work practices that pertain to their respective job assignments.

Training for Unqualified Employees

Training for Unqualified Employees is general electrical safety precautions to provide an awareness and understanding of electrical hazards and electrically related safety practices.

Electrical Safety Rules for Non-Qualified Workers

1. Do not conduct any repairs to electrical equipment

2. Report all electrical deficiencies to your supervisor

3 Do not operate equipment if you suspect and electrical problem

4. Water and electricity do not mix.

5. Even low voltages can kill or injure you

6. Do not use cords or plugs if the ground prong is missing

7. Do not overload electrical receptacles

Training for Qualified Employees

Training for Qualified Employees includes specific equipment procedures and requirements of Electrical Safety, 29 CFR 1910.331 to 1910.339. Only qualified employees may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that has not been de-energized, and only then in special circumstances and with specific authorization of senior facility management. Such persons shall be made familiar with the use of special precautionary techniques, PPE, insulating and shielding materials and insulated tools.

Electrical Lockout & Tagout Requirements

Lockout and Tagout is a process of specific actions to be taken to ensure all sources of energy are isolated to prevent exposure of employees to certain hazards. It is applicable to electrical energy and preventing exposure of employees to electrical hazards, but it also applies to any other source of energy, such as steam, gravity or falling hazards, chemical isolation in piping, etc.

In electrical Lockout and Tagout, a lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to de-energize circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided for below.

1. The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from operating the disconnecting means unless they resort to undue force or the use of tools.

2. Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag.

3. If a lock cannot be applied a tag may be used without a lock.

58

4. A tag used without a lock must be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra disconnecting device.

5. A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions:

A. Only one circuit or piece of equipment is de-energized, and

B. The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift, and

C. Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment are familiar with this procedure.

Working at Elevated Locations

Any person working on electrical equipment on a crane or other elevated must take necessary precautions to prevent a fall from reaction to electrical shock or other causes. A second person, knowledgeable as a safety watch, must assume the best possible position to assist the worker in case of an accident. Portable ladders shall have non-conductive side rails if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts.

General Protective Equipment and Tools

General Protective Equipment and Tools shall be used when in the proximity of, or working on, exposed energized parts. The following rules apply:

1. When working on or near exposed energized parts, Qualified Employees shall use insulated tools or handling equipment suitable for the voltage present and working environment. In cases where the insulation may be damaged, a protective outer layer should be employed.

2. Fuse handling equipment, insulated for the circuit voltage, shall be used to remove or install fuses when the terminal is energized.

3. Ropes and other hand lines used near exposed energized equipment shall be non-conductive.

Warnings and Barricades

Warnings and barricades shall be employed to alert unqualified employees of the present danger related to exposed energized parts. The following rules apply:

1. Safety signs, warning tags, etc., must be used to warn Unqualified Employees of the electrical hazards present, even temporarily, that may endanger them.

2. Non-conductive barricades shall be used with safety signs to prevent Unqualified Employees access to exposed energized parts or areas.

59

3. Where barricades and warning signs do not provide adequate protection from electrical hazards, an Attendant shall be stationed to warn and protect Employees.

Powered Equipment Safety Rules

Electrical equipment is defined as cord or plug-type electrical devices which include the use of flexible or extension cords. Examples of portable electrical equipment included powered hand tools, powered bench tools, fans, radios, etc. The following safety rules apply to portable electrical equipment (PEE):

1. PEE shall be handled in such a manner as to not cause damage. Power cords may not be stapled or otherwise hung in a way that may cause damage to the outer jacket or insulation.

2. PEE shall be visually inspected for damage, wear, cracked or spilt outer jackets or insulation, etc., before use or before each shift. PEE that remains connected once put in place need not be inspected until relocated. Any defects; such as cracked or split outer jackets or insulation must be repaired, replaced or placed out of service.

3. Always check the compatibility of cord sets and receptacles for proper use.

4. Ground type cord sets may only be used with ground type receptacles when used with equipment requiring a ground type conductor.

5. Attachment plugs and receptacle may not be altered or connected in a way that would prevent the proper continuity of the equipment grounding conductor. Adapters may not be used if they interrupt the continuity of the grounding conductor.

6. Only portable electrical equipment that is double insulated or designed for use in areas that are wet or likely to contact conductive liquids may be used.

7. Employees that are wet or have wet hands may not handle PEEs (plug-in, un-plug, etc.). Personal protective equipment must be used when handling PEEs that are wet or covered with a conductive liquid.

8. Locking-type connectors shall be properly secured after connection to a power source.

Electrical Circuit Safety Procedures

Electrical power and lighting circuits are defined as devices specifically designed to connect, disconnect or reverse circuits under a power load condition. When these circuits are employed, the following rules apply:

1. Cable connectors (not of load-break type) fuses, terminal plugs or cable splice connectors may not be used, unless an emergency, to connect, disconnect or reverse in place of proper electrical circuits.

2. After a protective circuit is disconnected or opened, it may not be connected or closed until it has been determined that the equipment and circuit can be safely energized.

3. Over-current protectors of circuits or connected circuits may not be modified, even on a temporary basis, beyond the installation safety requirements.

60

4. Only Qualified Employees may perform test on electrical circuits or equipment.

5. Test equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes and connectors shall be visually inspected for external damage before use. Any damage or defects shall be repaired before use or placed out of service.

6. Test equipment shall be rated to meet or exceed the voltage being tested and fit for the environment in which it is being used.

7. Where flammable or ignitable materials are stored, even occasionally, electrical equipment capable of igniting them may not be used unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous conditions from developing.

8. When working under overhead lines, the lines shall be de-energized and grounded or other protective measures shall be provided before the work is started.

9. When vehicular and mechanical equipment are used around or near electrical lines, all equipment shall be kept outside the minimum clearance distances from the lines.

Standard Operating Procedure

Working on or Near Exposed De-Energized Circuits

Except in extreme cases, work on electrical equipment will be done with all electrical circuits in the work area de-energized by following the Lockout/Tagout procedure. When working on or near energized electrical circuits with less than 30 volts to ground, the equipment need not be de-energized if there will be no increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion from electric arcs.

The only acceptable means of working on energized circuits is to do whatever is necessary to render the circuit de-energized first, performing the required maintenance to the circuit, then re-energizing. To prepare for work on electrical systems or components, the following procedure applies:

Caution: Treat all electrical circuits as "Live" until they have been Tagged and Locked Out and tested by the following procedure.

1. Obtain permission from supervisor to conduct work

2. Lockout and Tagout all sources of electrical power

3. Verify de-energized condition before any circuits or equipment are considered and worked as de-energized.

A. A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify that the equipment cannot be restarted.

B. Verify proper operation of the voltmeter at a live electrical source of the same rated voltage as the circuit to be worked.

C. Using the voltmeter, check all exposed circuits phase to phase and phase to ground for evidence of voltage/current in the circuit.

61

D. Conduct work on the circuit only after determining that there is no voltage in any of the exposed circuits.

E. If voltage is detected in any exposed circuit, STOP, inform supervisor and determine source and procedure to eliminate voltage.

4. Conduct work

5. Close up all exposed circuits, boxes, controls, equipment.

6. Remove Lockout/Tagout

7. Obtain supervisor permission to energize circuits

Working on or Near Exposed Energized Circuits

Unqualified persons.

When an unqualified person is working in an elevated position near overhead lines, the location shall be such that the person and the longest conductive object he or she may contact cannot come closer to any unguarded, energized overhead line than the following distances:

For voltages to ground 50kV or below - 10 feet (305 cm);

For voltages to ground over 50kV - 10 feet (305 cm) plus 4 inches (10 cm) for every 10kV over 50kV.

When an unqualified person is working on the ground in the vicinity of overhead lines, the person may not bring any conductive object closer to unguarded, energized overhead lines than the distances given in this section.

Note: For voltages normally encountered with overhead power line, objects which do not have an insulating rating for the voltage involved are considered to be conductive.

Caution: Unqualified Employees are prohibited from working on or near exposed energized circuits. Only Qualified Employees are allowed to perform these job tasks.

Qualified persons.

When a qualified person is working in the vicinity of overhead lines, whether in an elevated position or on the ground, the person may not approach or take any conductive object without an approved insulating handle closer to exposed energized parts than shown in Table S-5 unless:

The person is insulated from the energized part (gloves, with sleeves if necessary, rated for the voltage involved are considered to be insulation of the person from the energized part on which work is performed), or

The energized part is insulated both from all other conductive objects at a different potential and from the person, or

62

The person is insulated from all conductive objects at a potential different from that of the energized part. TABLE S-5 - APPROACH DISTANCES FOR QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES - ALTERNATING CURRENT ______________________________________________________________ | Voltage range (phase to phase) | Minimum approach distance __________________________________|___________________________ | 300V and less ....................| Avoid Contact Over 300V, not over 750V .........| 1 ft. 0 in. (30.5 cm). Over 750V, not over 2kV ..........| 1 ft. 6 in. (46 cm). Over 2kV, not over 15kV ..........| 2 ft. 0 in. (61 cm). Over 15kV, not over 37kV .........| 3 ft. 0 in. (91 cm). Over 37kV, not over 87.5kV .......| 3 ft. 6 in. (107 cm). Over 87.5kV, not over 121kV ......| 4 ft. 0 in. (122 cm). Over 121kV, not over 140kV .......| 4 ft. 6 in. (137 cm). __________________________________|___________________________

In the rare situation when energized equipment (or working in near proximity to energized equipment) cannot be de-energized and the work involves either direct contact or contact by means of tools or materials. The following work practices must be used to provide protection:

1. Obtain permission from Manager to work on or near energized electrical circuits

2. Lockout and Tagout all circuits possible

3. Treat all circuits as energized.

4. Remove all conductive clothing and jewelry (rings, watches, wrist/neck chains, metal buttons, metal writing instruments, etc.).

5. Use proper personal protective equipment, shields and/or barriers to provide effective electrical insulation from energized circuits. This may include electrically rated insulated gloves, aprons, rubber soled shoes, insulated shields, insulated tools, etc.

6. Provide adequate lighting. Do not enter areas with exposed energized parts unless illumination (lighting) is provided so that employee may work safely. Do not reach around obstructions of view or lighting (blindly) into areas where exposed energized parts are located.

7. Employees entering a Confined Space with exposed energized parts must use protective barriers, shields, or equipment or insulated materials rated at or above the present voltage to avoid contact.

8. Doors or other hinged panels shall be constructed and secured to prevent them from swinging into an Employee and causing contact with exposed energized parts.

9. Conductive materials and equipment. Conductive materials and equipment that are in contact with any part of an employee's body shall be handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting exposed energized conductors or circuit parts. If an employee must handle long dimensional conductive objects (such as ducts and pipes) in areas with exposed live parts, the employer shall institute work practices (such as the use

63

of insulation, guarding, and material handling techniques) which will minimize the hazard.

10. "Portable ladders." Portable ladders shall have nonconductive side rails if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts.

11. Housekeeping in areas of exposed energized parts may not be completed in areas with close contact unless adequate safeguards (insulation equipment or barriers) are present. Conductive cleaning material (Steel Wool, Silicon Carbide, etc.) or liquids may not be used unless procedures (Lock and Tag Out, etc.) are in place and followed.

12. Station a safety observer outside work area. The sole function of this person is to quickly de-energize all sources of power or pull worker free from electrical work area with a non-conductive safety rope if contact is made with an energized electrical circuit.

13. A person qualified in CPR must be readily available to the scene.

Re-energizing Electrical Circuits After Work Completed

These requirements shall be met, in the order given, before circuits or equipment are re-energized, even temporarily.

1. A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized.

2. Warn employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment to stay clear of circuits and equipment.

3. Remove each lock and tag. They shall be removed by the employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision. However, if this employee is absent from the workplace, then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified supervisor designated to perform this task provided that:

A. The supervisor ensures that the employee who applied the lock or tag is not available at the workplace, and

B. The supervisor ensures that the employee is aware that the lock or tag has been removed before he or she resumes work at that workplace.

4. Conduct a visual determination that all employees are clear of the circuits and equipment.


Section 7

64

Fall Protection Program

Purpose

Slips, trips, and falls constitute the majority of general industry accidents. They cause 15% of all accidental deaths, and are second only to motor vehicles as a cause of fatalities. This program provides requirements for all elevated work, elevated work platforms and surfaces, and ensures all such work will be performed safety to minimize the hazards associated with these types of work.

Responsibilities

Management

• Conduct routine inspections to ensure all walking and working surfaces are free from slip, trip and fall hazards.

• Conduct training for employees who use ladders, scaffolds or other elevated platforms

• Conduct training in use and inspection of fall prevention & arrest equipment

• Ensure proper ladders are used for specific tasks

• Provide adequate fall prevention & arrest equipment

Employees

• Maintain work areas free from slip, trip & fall hazards

• Correct or immediately report slip, trip and fall hazards

• Use proper ladders for assigned tasks

Hazard Control

Fall protection is required whenever employees are potentially exposed to falls from heights of six feet or greater to lower levels. This includes work near or around changes in elevation created by excavations. Use of guard rails, safety nets, or personal or fall arrest systems should be used when standard methods of protection are not feasible. However, they may not be used when their use would create a greater hazard.

The determinations of hazards present should be made with regards to the use of personal fall protection equipment. The methods to which elevated work, elevated work platforms, ladders, scaffolds, or vehicle mounted work platforms can be used shall be discussed with all affected employees.

Engineering and administrative controls shall be the primary measures implemented to provide fall protection. These shall include the following:


65

• Proper construction of elevated locations

• Use of hand, knee and toe rails where required

• Proper design of fixed ladders & stairs

• Adequate lighting in all areas


• Training for all employees who work at elevated location

• Routine inspections of ladders, stairs, walking and working surfaces

• Following Housekeeping Program requirements

• Immediate cleanup of material spills

When conventional fall protection measures are not used, these locations must be identified and classified as controlled access zones and appropriate warnings must be installed.

Prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall will occur or employees will rescue themselves if able.

Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, the employer shall implement a safety monitoring system in conformance with 1926.502(h).

All incidents, accidents, serious injuries, and near misses involving falls and fall hazards must be investigated and corrective changes to the program must be implemented as necessary to prevent the recurrence of such events and work conditions.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Competent Person

An individual must be designated as competent person to oversee this fall protection program. The person must be knowledgeable by training and experience to evaluate fall hazards that may be present in the work area and how to implement controls and protection measures to eliminate the hazards. The person will be responsible to:

• recognize fall hazards

• warn employees if they are unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner

• ensure that all purchased equipment for use in elevate work and fall protection systems comply with applicable ANSI and/or ASTM requirements

The person must implement a safety monitoring system while the work is in progress to ensure the job is being performed safely. The person or their designee must:

66

• be on the same working surface and in visual sight of the work in progress

• stay close enough for verbal communication

• not have any other assignments that would take their attention away from the monitoring function

Housekeeping

Simple Housekeeping methods can prevent slip-trip-fall hazards:

• All work areas, passageways, storerooms, and service rooms shall be kept clean and orderly and in a sanitary condition.

• The floor of every area shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, a dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained and gratings, mats, or raised platforms shall be provided.

• Every floor, work area and passageway shall be kept free from protruding nails, splinters, holes, or loose boards.

Training

A training program must be developed and implemented for all employees who might be exposed to fall hazards. The training shall enable each employee to recognize the hazards of falling and shall train each employee in the procedures to follow to minimize these hazards.

Training records shall be written and must include the following:

• Name of employee trained

• Dates the training occurred

• A signature of the person providing the training

• Date it was determined the training was deemed adequate

Retraining shall be performed for the employee(s) when the following was determined:

• Deficiencies in the training exist

• Work place changes occurred

• Fall protection systems or equipment changes exist that render the previous training obsolete or inadequate

Aisles and Passageways

• Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear and in good repair with no obstruction across or in aisles that could create a hazard.

• Permanent aisles and passageways shall be appropriately marked.

67

• Where mechanical handling equipment is used, aisles shall be sufficiently wide. Improper aisle widths coupled with poor housekeeping and vehicle traffic can cause injury to employees, damage the equipment and material, and can limit egress in emergencies.

Floor Loading Protection

Load rating limits shall be marked on plates and conspicuously posted. It shall be unlawful to place, or cause, or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of a building or other structure, a load greater than that for which such floor or roof is approved.

Guarding Floor & Wall Openings

Floor openings and holes, wall openings and holes, and the open sides of platforms may create hazards. People may fall through the openings or over the sides to the level below. Objects, such as tools or parts, may fall through the holes and strike people or damage machinery on lower levels.

Protection for Floor Openings

Standard railings shall be provided on all exposed sides of a stairway opening, except at the stairway entrance. For infrequently used stairways, where traffic across the opening prevents the use of a fixed standard railing, the guard shall consist of a hinged floor opening cover of standard strength and construction along with removable standard railings on all exposed sides, except at the stairway entrance.

A "standard railing" consists of top rail, mid rail, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of 42 inches nominal from the upper surface of top rail to floor, platform, runway, or ramp level. Nominal height of mid rail is 21 inches.

A "standard toeboard" is 4 inches nominal in vertical height, with not more than ¼-inch clearance above floor level.

Floor openings may be covered rather than guarded with rails. When the floor opening cover is removed, a temporary guardrail shall be in place, or an attendant shall be stationed at the opening to warn personnel.

Every floor hole into which persons can accidentally walk shall be guarded by either:

• A standard railing with toeboard, or

• A floor hole cover of standard strength and construction.

While the cover is not in place, the floor hole shall be constantly attended by someone or shall be protected by a removable standard railing.

Protection of Open-Sided Floors, Platforms, and Runways

Every open-sided floor or platform 4 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level shall be guarded by a standard railing on all open sides,

68

except where there is an entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a toeboard wherever, beneath the open sides:

• Persons can pass,

• There is moving machinery, or

• There is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard.

Every runway shall be guarded by a standard railing, or the equivalent, on all sides 4 feet or more above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, machine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toeboard shall also be provided on each exposed side.

Stairway Railings and Guards

Every flight of stairs with four or more risers shall have standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below. Stair width is measured clear of all obstructions except handrails.

• On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed, at least one handrail shall be affixed, preferably on the right side descending.

• On stairways less than 44 inches wide with one open side, at least one stair rail shall be affixed on the open side.

• On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, two stair rails shall be provided, one for each side.

• On stairways more than 44 inches wide, but less than 88 inches, one handrail shall be provided on each enclosed side and one stair rail on each open side.

• On stairways 88 inches or more in width, one handrail shall be provided on each enclosed side, one stair rail on each open side, and one intermediate stair rail placed approximately in the middle of the stairs.

A "standard stair railing" (stair rail) shall be of construction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from the upper surface of the top rail to the surface of the tread in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

Fixed Industrial Stairs

Fixed Industrial Stairs shall be provided for access to and from places of work where operations necessitate regular travel between levels. Requirements include:

• Fixed industrial stairs shall be strong enough to carry five times the normal anticipated live load.

• At the very minimum, any fixed stairway shall be able to carry safely a moving concentrated load of 1000 pounds.

• All fixed stairways shall have a minimum width of 22 inches.

69

• Fixed stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30o and 50o.

• Vertical clearance above any stair tread to an overhead obstruction shall be at least 7 feet measured from the leading edge of the tread.

Portable Ladders

The chief hazard when using a ladder is falling. A poorly designed, maintained, or improperly used ladder may collapse under the load placed upon it and cause the employee to fall.

A ladder is an appliance consisting of two side rails joined at regular intervals by crosspieces on which a person may step to ascend or descend.

The various types of portable ladders include:

• Stepladder - A self-supporting portable ladder, non-adjustable in length, having flat steps and hinged back.

• Single Ladder - A non self-supporting portable ladder, nonadjustable in length, consisting of but one section. Its size is designed by overall length of the side rail.

• Extension Ladder - A non self-supporting portable ladder adjustable in length.

Portable Ladder Requirements:

• Portable stepladders longer than 20 feet shall not be used.

• Stepladders shall be equipped with a metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size and strength to securely hold the front and back sections in open position.

• Single ladders longer than 30 feet shall not be used.

• Extension ladders longer than 60 feet shall not be used.

• Ladders shall be maintained in good condition at all times.

• Ladders shall be inspected frequently and those which have developed defects shall be withdrawn from service for repair or destruction and tagged or marked as "Dangerous, Do Not Use."

Proper use of ladders is essential in preventing accidents. Even a good ladder can be a serious safety hazard when used by workers in a dangerous way.

Portable Ladder Safety Precautions:

• Ladders shall be placed with a secure footing, or they shall be lashed, or held in position.

• Ladders used to gain access to a roof or other area shall extend at least 3 feet above the point of support.

70

• The foot of a ladder shall, where possible, be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is one-quarter of the working length of the ladder (the length along the ladder between the foot and the support). See figure above.

• The worker shall always face the ladder when climbing up or down.

• Short ladders shall not be spliced together to make long ladders.

• Ladders shall never be used in the horizontal position as scaffolds or work platforms.

• The top of a regular stepladder shall not be used as a step.

• Use both hands when climbing and descending ladders.

• Metal ladders shall never be used near electrical equipment.

Fixed Ladders

A fixed ladder is a ladder permanently attached to a structure, building or equipment. A point to remember is that fixed ladders, with a length of more than 20 feet to a maximum unbroken length of 30 feet shall be equipped with cages or a ladder safety device. A "cage" is a guard that is fastened to the side rails of the fixed ladder or to the structure to encircle the climbing space of the ladder for the safety of the person who must climb the ladder.

Cages shall extend a minimum of 42 inches above the top of a landing, unless other acceptable protection is provided.

Cages shall extend down the ladder to a point not less than 7 feet or more than 8 feet above the base of the ladder.

Scaffolding Safety

• The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, rigid and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Unstable objects, such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks.

• Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load.

• Scaffolds shall be maintained in a safe condition and shall not be altered or moved horizontally while they are in use or occupied.

• Damaged or weakened scaffolds shall be immediately repaired and shall not be used until repairs have been completed.

• A safe means must be provided to gain access to the working platform level through the use of a ladder, ramp, etc.

• Overhead protection must be provided for personnel on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards.

• Guardrails, midrails, and toeboards must be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Wire mesh must be

71

installed between the toeboard and the guardrail along the entire opening, where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffolds.

• Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds or when covered with ice or snow.

• As noted earlier, there are a number of scaffold types, and 1910.28 should be reviewed carefully for special requirements that apply to each type.

Manually Propelled Mobile Ladder Stands and Scaffolds (Towers)

• All exposed surfaces of mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be free from sharp edges, burrs, or other safety hazards.

• The maximum work height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension unless outriggers, guys or braces are added to provide stability.

• This standard requires guardrails and toeboards for work levels 10 feet or more above the ground or floor.

Other Working Surfaces

Portable dockboards (bridge plates) shall be secured in position, either by being anchored or equipped with devices which will prevent their slipping. Movement of the dockboard during material handling operations has resulted in forklifts overturning, or falling off the dock, often with serious injury or death to the driver and damage to equipment and material.

• Handholds shall be provided on portable dockboards to permit safe handling when the dockboard must be repositioned or relocated.

• Portable dockboards shall be inspected prior to use

• When not in use, portable dockboards will be stored in a manner to prevent damage


72

Section 8 Fire Protection/Extinguishers Program

Purpose The purpose of the Fire Protection Program is to define the placement, use, maintenance, and testing of portable fire extinguishers provided for the use of employees. General Requirements • Portable fire extinguishers are provided by the company and will be mounted, located and identified so

that they are readily accessible to employees without subjecting the employees to possible injury. • Only approved portable fire extinguishers shall be used to meet the requirements of this section. • Portable fire extinguishers using carbon tetrachloride or chlorobromomethane extinguishing agents

will not be provided or made available in the workplace. • Portable fire extinguishers will be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition and kept in

their designated places at all times except during use. Selection and Distribution Portable fire extinguishers are provided for employee use and selected and distributed based on the classes of anticipated workplace fires and on the size and degree of hazard which would affect their use. • Portable fire extinguishers will be distributed for use by employees on Class A fires so that the travel

distance for employees to any extinguisher is 75 feet (22.9 m) or less. • Portable fire extinguishers will be distributed for use by employees on Class B fires so that the travel

distance from the Class B hazard area to any extinguisher is 50 feet (15.2 m) or less. • Portable fire extinguishers used for Class C hazards will be distributed on the basis of the appropriate

pattern for the existing Class A or Class B hazards. Inspection, Maintenance and Testing The Operations Manager shall be responsible for the inspection, maintenance and testing of all portable fire extinguishers in the workplace. • Portable extinguishers shall be visually inspected monthly. • Portable fire extinguishers will be subjected to an annual maintenance check. Stored pressure

extinguishers do not require an internal examination. The employer shall record the annual maintenance date and retain this record for one year after the last entry or the life of the shell, whichever is less. The record shall be available to the Assistant Secretary upon request.

• Alternate equivalent protection will be provided when portable fire extinguishers are removed from service for maintenance and recharging.

Hydrostatic Testing Hydrostatic testing of portable fire extinguishers will be performed by trained persons with suitable testing equipment and facilities. Portable extinguishers will be hydrostatically tested at the intervals listed in Table 1 of this section, except under any of the following conditions: • When the unit has been repaired by soldering, welding, brazing, or use of patching compounds; • When the cylinder or shell threads are damaged; • When there is corrosion that has caused pitting, including corrosion under removable name plate

assemblies; • When the extinguisher has been burned in a fire; or • When a calcium chloride extinguishing agent has been used in a stainless steel shell. In addition to an external visual examination, the employer shall assure that an internal examination of cylinders and shells to be tested is made prior to the hydrostatic tests. TABLE 1

73

Type of extinguishers Test interval (years)

Soda acid (soldered brass shells) (until 1/1/82) Soda acid (stainless steel shell) Cartridge operated water and/or antifreeze Stored pressure water and/or antifreeze Wetting agent Foam (soldered brass shells) (until 1/1/82) Foam (stainless steel shell) Aqueous Film Forming foam (AFFF) Loaded stream Dry chemical with stainless steel Carbon Dioxide Dry chemical, stored pressure, with mild steel, brazed brass or aluminum shells Dry chemical, cartridge or cylinder operated, with mild steel shells Halon 1211 Halon 1301 Dry powder, cartridge or cylinder operated with mild steel shells

(1)

5555

(1)

55555

12

12121212

1Extinguishers having shells constructed of copper or brass joined by soft solder or rivets shall not be hydrostatically tested and shall be removed from service by January 1, 1982. (Not permitted) Portable fire extinguishers will be hydrostatically tested whenever they show new evidence of corrosion or mechanical injury. Hydrostatic tests will be performed on extinguisher hose assemblies which are equipped with a shut-off nozzle at the discharge end of the hose. The test interval shall be the same as specified for the extinguisher on which the hose is installed. Carbon dioxide hose assemblies with a shut-off nozzle will be hydrostatically tested at 1,250 psi (8,620 kPa). Dry chemical and dry powder hose assemblies with a shut-off nozzle will be hydrostatically tested at 300 psi (2,070 kPa). Hose assemblies passing a hydrostatic test do not require any type of recording or stamping. Hose assemblies for carbon dioxide extinguishers that require a hydrostatic test will be tested within a protective cage device. Air or gas pressure may not be used for hydrostatic testing. Extinguisher shells, cylinders, or cartridges which fail a hydrostatic pressure test, or which are not fit for testing shall be removed from service and from the workplace. The equipment for testing compressed gas type cylinders shall be of the water jacket type. The equipment shall be provided with an expansion indicator which operates with an accuracy within one percent of the total expansion or .1cc (.1mL) of liquid. The equipment for testing non-compressed gas type cylinders shall consist of the following: • A hydrostatic test pump, hand or power operated, capable of producing not less than 150 percent of

the test pressure, which shall include appropriate check valves and fittings; • A flexible connection for attachment to fittings to test through the extinguisher nozzle, test bonnet, or

hose outlet, as is applicable; and • A protective cage or barrier for personal protection of the tester, designed to provide visual

observation of the extinguisher under test.

74

The employer shall maintain and provide upon request to the Assistant Secretary evidence that the required hydrostatic testing of fire extinguishers has been performed at the time intervals shown in Table 1. Such evidence shall be in the form of a certification record which includes the date of the test, the signature of the person who performed the test and the serial number, or other identifier, of the fire extinguisher that was tested. Such records shall be kept until the extinguisher is hydrostatically retested at the time interval specified in Table 1 or until the extinguisher is taken out of service, whichever comes first. Training and Education. Where the employer has provided portable fire extinguishers for employee use in the workplace, the employer shall also provide an educational program to familiarize employees with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with incipient stage fire fighting. Employees will receive training in the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with incipient stage fire fighting upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter. The employer shall provide employees who have been designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan with training in the use of the appropriate equipment. The employer shall provide the training upon initial assignment to the designated group of employees and at least annually thereafter.

Section 9 First Aid and Occupational Health Program

Purpose

75

Occupational health concerns receive high priority. It is essential that the facility be able to adequately respond to first-aid events and resolve all other occupational health problems quickly. The health and wellness of each employee is a key element of the overall safety and success of the organization. Provisions shall be made prior to the commencement of a project for prompt medical attention in case of serious injury.

Responsibilities

Management

• Ensure there are a sufficient number of qualified first-aid providers.

• Proper equipment for prompt transportation or a communication system for contacting necessary ambulance service.

• Provide first aid training for all supervisors.

• Offer first aid training for all employees.

Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator and the Occupational Health Practitioner

• Ensure first-aid and health programs are adequate. • Post in a conspicuous place the telephone numbers of site-specific physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services. • Maintain all required records.

• Ensure First-Aid supplies are always well stocked.

• First Aid training will be conducted by the American Red Cross or other certified instructor.

• Administration of all medical management programs.

• Administration of the Return to Work Program.

• Maintain Employee Health/Medical Files.

• Provide all necessary services in a courteous and professional manner.

• Conduct Physical screenings.

• Maintain all clinic areas clean, neat, and well stocked.

• Follow accepted medical practices and procedures.

• Adhere to all standards of the Bloodborne Pathogen Program.

• Gerard Smiddy will also be responsible for inspecting all kits

76

Program Requirements

The OSHA requirements for medical services and first aid are found in 29 CFR 1926.50 and 29 CFR 1910.151. Implementation of this program includes the following requirements:

• Medical personnel for advice and consultation on matters of personal health shall be ready availability.

• In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a person or persons who have been appropriately trained and possess a valid certificate in first-aid training by the American Red Cross or equivalent shall be available to render emergency first aid.

• Provisions shall be made for the prompt transport of injured individuals to a physician, hospital, or other source of emergency medial treatment. If an ambulance service is not maintained on site, a communication system for contacting the necessary ambulance service of an outside servicer shall be provided.

• The telephone numbers of the physicians, hospitals, or ambulance companies shall be conspicuously posted.

• Prior to the commencement of a project, provisions shall be made for the prompt medical attention that may be needed in the event of a serious injury.

• Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious or corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for immediate emergency use. ProAct trains its employees in the proper flushing of their eyes and face in case of exposure. Employees keep portable eyewash stations in the work area and also on the mobile trailers at each site.

Records

Treatment Records are permanent records and will be completed for any of the following:

• All visits to the facility First-Aid Station w/exception of visits for minor cuts, comfort care, etc.

• All accidents that result in any injury.

• All Occupational Illnesses.

• Prior to referral to any medical provider.

Medical Appointment Log will be completed when any appointment for medical treatment, evaluation, or other medical service is made for an employee.

77

Confidentiality: Records of all first-aid and medical events shall be kept in each individual's medical file. All medical record information is confidential and shall not be released to third parties without written authorization by the employee involved or as authorized by law.

Minor Care

Comfort providing systems such as wraps, balms, hot-wax and other non-invasive, non-medicative procedures may be employed to provide comfort to the employee experiencing minor work related physiological stresses.

First Aid Kits

Well-stocked First-Aid kit(s) for employee use will be maintained and the following requirements apply to those kits:

• The contents of each kit shall be appropriate and must be approved by the company consulting physician. A listing of the items in each kit must be included with this program.

• The contents of each kit must be inventoried:

• prior to being sent out with each subsequent job

• at least weekly on each job to ensure the items are replaced as they are used

• These kits will be located so as to allow easy and quick access.

• First-aid kits and required contents are to be maintained in a serviceable condition and shall be stored in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages of each type of item.

• All items which must be kept sterile must be individually wrapped and sealed.

Post Accident Substance Abuse Evaluations

For all accidents that result in injuries, property damage, or that require off-site medical attention and/or evaluation, a DOT Drug and Alcohol screening will be conducted in accordance with procedures provided by the Louisiana State Worker's Compensation Program. This screening is part of the company Drug Free Workplace Program.

Return to Duty

When conditions have changed and improved to the extent that the employee no longer has limitations, the occupational health practitioner shall initiate Return To Duty actions. Proper documentation shall be recorded and maintained that authorizes the return of the employee back to their previously assigned duties. Proper execution of this return may involve the cooperation of the employee’s

78

personal physician, the company physician, the company nurse, and the employee’s supervision.

79

Additionally, the employee's supervisor may be consulted for guidance for any appropriate reconditioning program based on the employee's normal job functions. Examples of elements that would be considered are normal job functions, length of time away from normal job, type of limitation, etc. If the limitation was caused by physiological stress factors, the occupational health practitioner will provide the employee information to be used to minimize the chance of reoccurrence of the same or similar stress limitation.

All original forms shall be filed in the employee's Medical Record and copies provided to the employee, supervisor and manager.


80

Section 10 Hydrogen Sulfide Program

Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide a means to prevent or minimize employee exposures to hydrogen sulfide. These include drilling operations, recycled drilling mud, water from sour crude wells, blowouts, tank gauging (tanks at producing, pipeline & refining operations), field maintenance, tank batteries and wells, and environmental contamination sites, etc.

OSHA has implemented a standard regarding these exposures in 29 CFR 1910.1000 Table Z-1. This procedure defines exposure control and monitoring tools including monitoring of those exposures, medical surveillance and respiratory protection requirements, communication, and measures to be taken to ensure compliance with the regulation. This written program is accessible and available to all affected employees, their designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary. Substance Identification Permissible Exposure: 10 ppm air maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit for an 8 hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 15 ppm for any 15-minute period. Appearance and odor: clear colorless gas with characteristic odor of rotten eggs. Health Hazard Data Effects of overexposure: Headache. Dizziness. Cough. Sore throat. Nausea. Labored breathing. Unconsciousness. Symptoms may be delayed. Exposure Monitoring and Control In all work areas where hydrogen sulfide exposure is suspected, personal monitoring shall be performed and continued to accurately assess those employee exposures to benzene. • Personal or area monitors that alarm when PEL exceeds the preset level of 20

PPM. • When monitor alarms sound vacate the area and do not re-enter without proper

respiratory protection. • Samples shall be collected from the breathing zone of the affected employees,

shall be representative of the employee’s exposure and shall be collected appropriately to be compared with the applicable PEL.

• Samples shall be collected as necessary to accurately assess exposures on different work shifts in during different work conditions, if those exposures are suspected to be different from the ones previously evaluated.

• Initial monitoring shall be conducted within 30 days after the introduction of hydrogen sulfide to the work area.

81

• If the initial determinations reveal that employee exposures exceed the AL but are below the TWA, exposure determinations shall be repeated at least every year.

• It the determinations reveal exposure above the TWA, monitoring shall be repeated at least every six months. If exposures again fall below to or below the TWA but is at or above the AL for at least 7 days apart, the monitoring frequency may be decreased to annually.

• Monitoring may be terminated if the initial determinations reveal exposures below the AL or if two consecutive, periodic measurements taken at least 7 days apart are below the AL.

• Any time process or operational changes are made in a process that may influence employee exposures, monitoring shall be again instituted to assess these exposures.

• Employees shall be notified of the results of any monitoring with 15 days of the receipt of the results of those determinations in writing, either to the individual employee or through posting of the results in an appropriate location to the affected employees.

• Notifications of exposures above the PEL shall also contain corrective actions that will be taken to reduce the exposures to or below the PEL.

• Employees and their representatives shall be allowed to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposures. But during such observations, observers must comply with any personal protective equipment or clothing and respiratory protection requirements as defined by this program.

• Ask your supervisor where hydrogen sulfide is used in your area and for additional plant safety rules.

• When performing site work, supervisor should be aware of owners contingency plan provisions for hydrogen sulfide exposure.

Exposures to hydrogen sulfide can be reduced by providing adequate ventilation, local exhaust, or breathing protection. Protective Clothing and Equipment

Respirators. NIOSH-certified self-contained breathing apparatus or airline respirator with escape SCBA should be where hydrogen sulfide is detected above 30 ppm. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer.

Protective Clothing. You must wear appropriate protective clothing (such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts of your body that could be exposed to concentrated hydrogen sulfide.

Eye and Face Protection. You must wear splash-proof safety goggles. Emergency and First Aid Procedures

82

If exposure and symptoms occur provide employee with fresh air, rest. half-upright position. Artificial respiration may be needed. No mouth-to-mouth artificial respiration. Refer for medical attention. Medical Requirements

If you are exposed to hydrogen sulfide at a concentration at or above 10 ppm as an 8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposed at or above 15 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests within 60 days of the exposure and annually thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally exposed to hydrogen sulfide (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to hydrogen sulfide, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available to you.

Observation of Monitoring

Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of your exposure to hydrogen sulfide and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

Access to Records

You or your representative are entitled to see the records of measurements of your exposure to hydrogen sulfide upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

Extremely flammable. NO open flames, NO sparks, and NO smoking.

Shut off supply; if not possible and no risk to surroundings, let the fire burn itself out; in other cases extinguish with water spray, powder, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION

Gas/air mixtures are explosive.

Closed system, ventilation, explosion-proof electrical equipment and lighting. Prevent build-up of electrostatic charges (e.g., by grounding) if in liquid state. Do NOT use compressed air for filling, discharging, or handling.

In case of fire: keep cylinder cool by spraying with water.

EXPOSURE AVOID ALL CONTACT! IN ALL

83

CASES CONSULT A DOCTOR!

•INHALATION

Headache. Dizziness. Cough. Sore throat. Nausea. Laboured breathing. Unconsciousness. Symptoms may be delayed (see Notes).

Ventilation, local exhaust, or breathing protection.

Fresh air, rest. Half-upright position. Artificial respiration may be needed. No mouth-to-mouth artificial respiration. Refer for medical attention.

•SKIN

ON CONTACT WITH LIQUID: FROSTBITE.

Cold-insulating gloves. ON FROSTBITE: rinse with plenty of water, do NOT remove clothes. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES

Redness. Pain. Severe deep burns.

Safety goggles, or eye protection in combination with breathing protection.

First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contactlenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION Do not eat, drink, or smoke during work.

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING

Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Remove all ignition sources. Ventilation. Remove gas with fine water spray. Personal protection: gas-tight chemical protection suit including self-contained breathing apparatus.

Fireproof. Separated from strong oxidants. Cool. Keep in a well-ventilated room. Install continous monitoring system with alarm.

F+ symbol T+ symbol N symbol R: 12-26-50 S: 1/2-9-16-36-38-45-61 UN Hazard Class: 2.3 UN Subsidiary Risks: 2.1

SEE IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON BACK

ICSC: 0165 Prepared in the context of cooperation between the International Programme on Chemical Safety & the Commission of the European Communities (C) IPCS CEC 1994. No modifications to the International version have been made except to add the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.

84

International Chemical Safety Cards

HYDROGEN SULFIDE ICSC: 0165

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: COLOURLESS COMPRESSED LIQUEFIED GAS , WITH CHARACTERISTIC ODOUR OF ROTTEN EGGS. PHYSICAL DANGERS: The gas is heavier than air and may travel along the ground; distant ignition possible. As a result of flow, agitation, etc., electrostatic charges can be generated. CHEMICAL DANGERS: Heating may cause violent combustion or explosion. The substance decomposes on burning producing toxic gases (sulfur oxides). Reacts violently with strong oxidants, causing fire and explosion hazard. Attacks many metals and some plastics. OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: 10 ppm as TWA 15 ppm as STEL (ACGIH 2004). MAK: 10 ppm 14 mg/m³ Peak limitation category: II(2) Pregnancy risk group: IIc (DFG 2004). OSHA PEL†: C 20 ppm 50 ppm 10-minute maximum peak NIOSH REL: C 10 ppm (15 mg/m3) 10-minute NIOSH IDLH: 100 ppm See: 7783064

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation. INHALATION RISK: A harmful concentration of this gas in the air will be reached very quickly on loss of containment. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: The substance is irritating to the eyes and the respiratory tract The substance may cause effects on the central nervous system Exposure may result in unconsciousness. Exposure may result in death. Inhalation of gas may cause lung oedema (see Notes). The effects may be delayed. Medical observation is indicated. Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause frostbite. EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE:

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: -60°C Melting point: -85°C Solubility in water, g/100 ml at 20°C: 0.5 Relative vapour density (air = 1): 1.19

Flash point: Flammable Gas Auto-ignition temperature: 260°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 4.3-46

ENVIRONMENTAL

DATA

The substance is very toxic to aquatic organisms.

N O T E S

The symptoms of lung oedema often do not become manifest until a few hours have passed and they are aggravated by physical effort. Rest and medical observation are therefore essential. Specific treatment is

85

necessary in case of poisoning with this substance; the appropriate means with instructions must be available. The odour warning when the exposure limit value is exceeded is insufficient.

Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-20G2TF or 20S1053NFPA Code: H4; F4; R0;

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ICSC: 0165 HYDROGEN SULFIDE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:

Neither NIOSH, the CEC or the IPCS nor any person acting on behalf of NIOSH, the CEC or the IPCS is responsible for the use which might be made of this information. This card contains the collective views of the IPCS Peer Review Committee and may not reflect in all cases all the detailed requirements included in national legislation on the subject. The user should verify compliance of the cards with the relevant legislation in the country of use. The only modifications made to produce the U.S. version is inclusion of the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.

86

Section 11 Hand and Power Tools Program

Purpose

The purpose of the Hand and Power Tool Program is to define safe operation, use and maintenance of tools at the workplace.

Condition of tools.

All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. Any tool which is not in compliance with any applicable requirement of this part is prohibited. Such tool shall either be identified as unsafe by tagging or locking the controls to render them inoperable or shall be physically removed from its place of operation.

Guarding.

When power operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use.

Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements as set forth in American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code for Mechanical Power-Transmission Apparatus.

"Types of guarding."

One or more methods of machine guarding shall be provided to protect the operator and other employees in the machine area from hazards such as those created by point of operation, ingoing nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and sparks. Examples of guarding methods are - barrier guards, two-hand tripping devices, electronic safety devices, etc.

"Point of operation guarding."

Point of operation is the area on a machine where work is actually performed upon the material being processed.

The point of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee to injury, shall be guarded. The guarding device shall be in conformity with any appropriate standards therefor, or, in the absence of applicable specific standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator from having any part of his body in the danger zone during the operating cycle.

87

Special hand tools for placing and removing material shall be such as to permit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand in the danger zone. Such tools shall not be in lieu of other guarding required by this section, but can only be used to supplement protection provided.

The following are some of the machines which usually require point of operation guarding:

• Guillotine cutters.

• Shears.

• Alligator shears.

• Milling machines.

• Power saws.

• Jointers.

• Portable power tools.

• Forming rolls and calenders.

"Exposure of blades."

When the periphery of the blades of a fan is less than 7 feet (2.128 m) above the floor or working level, the blades shall be guarded. The guard shall have openings no larger than 1/2 inch (1.27 cm).

"Anchoring fixed machinery."

Machines designed for a fixed location shall be securely anchored to prevent walking or moving.

"Guarding of abrasive wheel machinery - exposure adjustment."

Safety guards of the types described in paragraphs (b)(8) and (9) of this section, where the operator stands in front of the opening, shall be constructed so that the peripheral protecting member can be adjusted to the constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel. The maximum angular exposure above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle as specified in paragraphs (b)(8) and (9) of this section shall never be exceeded, and the distance between the wheel periphery and the adjustable tongue or the end of the peripheral member at the top shall never exceed 1/4 inch (0.635 cm). (See Figures I-1 through I-6.) (For Figure I-1, I-2, Click Here) Correct Showing adjustable tongue giving required angle protection for all sizes of wheel used. (For Figure I-3, I-4, Click Here) Correct

88

Showing movable guard with opening small enough to give required protection for the smallest size wheel used. (For Figure I-5, I-6, Click Here) Incorrect Showing movable guard with size of opening correct for full size wheel but too large for smaller wheel.

Bench and floor stands.

The angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides for safety guards used on machines known as bench and floor stands should not exceed 90 deg. or one-fourth of the periphery. This exposure shall begin at a point not more than 65 deg. above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle. (See Figures I-7 and I-8 and paragraph (b)(7) of this section.)

(For Figure I-7, I-8, Click Here)

Whenever the nature of the work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the exposure shall not exceed 125 deg. (See Figures I-9 and I-10.)


Cylindrical grinders.

The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides for safety guards used on cylindrical grinding machines shall not exceed 180 deg.. This exposure shall begin at a point not more than 65 deg. above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle. (See Figures I-11 and I-12 and paragraph (b)(7) of this section.)


Personal protective equipment.

Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, flying, abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equipment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective equipment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to Subparts D and E of this part.

Switches.

All hand-held powered platen sanders, grinders with wheels 2-inch diameter or less, routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws, and jigsaws with blade shanks one-fourth of an inch wide or less may be equipped with only a positive "on-off" control.

All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical, and angle grinders with wheels greater than 2 inches in diameter, disc sanders, belt sanders, reciprocating saws, saber saws, and other similar operating powered tools shall be equipped with a momentary contact "on-off" control and may have a lock-on control

89

provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on.

All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive accessory holding means, shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure is released.

Exception: This paragraph does not apply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers, powered tampers, jack hammers, rock drills, and similar hand operated power tools.

90

Section 12 Hazardous Chemicals Communication Program

Purpose

This occupational safety and health standard is intended to address comprehensively the issue of evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate protective measures to employees, and to preempt any legal requirements of a state, or political subdivision of a state, pertaining to this subject. Evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate protective measures to employees, may include, for example, but is not limited to, provisions for: developing and maintaining a written hazard communication program for the workplace, including lists of hazardous chemicals present; labeling of containers of chemicals in the workplace, as well as of containers of chemicals being shipped to other workplaces; preparation and distribution of material safety data sheets to employees and downstream employers; and development and implementation of employee training programs regarding hazards of chemicals and protective measures. Under section 18 of the Act, no state or political subdivision of a state may adopt or enforce, through any court or agency, any requirement relating to the issue addressed by this Federal standard, except pursuant to a Federally-approved state plan.

"Scope and application."

Employers shall provide employees and new hires at their initial assignment effective information & training on hazardous chemicals in their work area. 1. Requirements of this program. 2. Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present. 3. Location of written hazard communication program, listing of hazardous chemicals present & MSDS. 1. Methods & observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of hazardous chemicals by use of monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor. 2. The physical & health hazards of chemicals in the work area. 3. Protection measures to be utilized to prevent exposure, appropriate work practices, emergency procedures & proper PPE to be used. 4. Details of the hazard communication program, explanation of the labeling system and the MSDS and how employees can obtain & use the appropriate hazard information.

This section requires employers to provide information to their employees about the hazardous chemicals to which they are exposed, by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and information and training. In addition, this section requires distributors to transmit the required information to employers.

This section applies to any chemical which is known to be present in the workplace in such a manner that employees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency.

91

This section does not require labeling of the following chemicals:

• Any pesticide as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

• Any chemical substance or mixture as such terms are defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

• Any food, food additive, color additive, drug, cosmetic, or medical or veterinary device or product, including materials intended for use as ingredients in such products (e.g. flavors and fragrances), as such terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) or the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21 U.S.C. 151 et seq.), and regulations issued under those Acts, when they are subject to the labeling requirements under those Acts by either the Food and Drug Administration or the Department of Agriculture;

• Any distilled spirits (beverage alcohols), wine, or malt beverage intended for nonindustrial use, as such terms are defined in the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) and regulations issued under that Act, when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms;

• Any consumer product or hazardous substance as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, when subject to a consumer product safety standard or labeling requirement of those Acts, or regulations issued under those Acts by the Consumer Product Safety Commission; and,

• Agricultural or vegetable seed treated with pesticides and labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act (7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq.) and the labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Agriculture.

This section does not apply to:

• Any hazardous waste as such term is defined by the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.), when subject to regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

• Any hazardous substance as such term is defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability ACT (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) when the hazardous substance is the focus of remedial or removal action being conducted under CERCLA in accordance with the Environmental Protection Agency regulations.

• Tobacco or tobacco products;

92

• Wood or wood products, including lumber which will not be processed, where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that the only hazard they pose to employees is the potential for flammability or combustibility (wood or wood products which have been treated with a hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood which may be subsequently sawed or cut, generating dust, are not exempted);

• Articles (as that term is defined in paragraph (c) of this section);

• Food or alcoholic beverages which are sold, used, or prepared in a retail establishment (such as a grocery store, restaurant, or drinking place), and foods intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace;

• Any drug, as that term is defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), when it is in solid, final form for direct administration to the patient (e.g., tablets or pills); drugs which are packaged by the chemical manufacturer for sale to consumers in a retail establishment (e.g., over-the-counter drugs); and drugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace (e.g., first aid supplies);

• Cosmetics which are packaged for sale to consumers in a retail establishment, and cosmetics intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace;

• Any consumer product or hazardous substance, as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, where the employer can show that it is used in the workplace for the purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer or importer of the product, and the use results in a duration and frequency of exposure which is not greater than the range of exposures that could reasonably be experienced by consumers when used for the purpose intended;

• Nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they do not pose any physical or health hazard covered under this section;

• Ionizing and nonionizing radiation; and,

• Biological hazards.

"Definitions."

"Article" means a manufactured item other than a fluid or particle: (i) which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture; (ii) which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or in part upon its shape or design during end use; and (iii) which under normal conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities, e.g., minute or trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined under paragraph (d) of this section), and does not pose a physical hazard or health risk to employees.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

93

"Chemical" means any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements and/or compounds.

"Chemical manufacturer" means an employer with a workplace where chemical(s) are produced for use or distribution.

"Chemical name" means the scientific designation of a chemical in accordance with the nomenclature system developed by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) or the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name which will clearly identify the chemical for the purpose of conducting a hazard evaluation.

"Combustible liquid" means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), but below 200 deg. F (93.3 deg. C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200 deg. F (93.3 deg. C), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

"Commercial account" means an arrangement whereby a retail distributor sells hazardous chemicals to an employer, generally in large quantities over time and/or at costs that are below the regular retail price.

"Common name" means any designation or identification such as code name, code number, trade name, brand name or generic name used to identify a chemical other than by its chemical name.

"Compressed gas" means:

(i) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 deg. F (21.1 deg. C); or

(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 deg. F (54.4 deg. C) regardless of the pressure at 70 deg. F (21.1 deg. C); or

(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C) as determined by ASTM D-323-72.

"Container" means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not considered to be containers.

"Designated representative" means any individual or organization to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise such employee's rights under this section. A recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization.

"Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Distributor" means a business, other than a chemical manufacturer or importer, which supplies hazardous chemicals to other distributors or to employers.

94

"Employee" means a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered.

"Employer" means a person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor.

"Explosive" means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature.

"Exposure or exposed" means that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard, and includes potential (e.g. accidental or possible) exposure. "Subjected" in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry (e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.)

"Flammable" means a chemical that falls into one of the following categories:

(i) "Aerosol, flammable" means an aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a flame projection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;

(ii) "Gas, flammable" means: (A) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of thirteen (13) percent by volume or less; or

(B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than twelve (12) percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit;

(iii) "Liquid, flammable" means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C) or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

(iv) "Solid, flammable" means a solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

"Flashpoint" means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:

(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z11.24-1979 (ASTM D 56-79)) for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or

95

(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7-1979 (ASTM D 93-79)) for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater than 45 SUS at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), or that contain suspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or

(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278-78)).

Organic peroxides, which undergo autoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified above.

"Foreseeable emergency" means any potential occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace.

"Hazardous chemical" means any chemical which is a physical hazard or a health hazard.

"Hazard warning" means any words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof appearing on a label or other appropriate form of warning which convey the specific physical and health hazard(s), including target organ effects, of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the definitions for "physical hazard" and "health hazard" to determine the hazards which must be covered.)

"Health hazard" means a chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. Appendix A provides further definitions and explanations of the scope of health hazards covered by this section, and Appendix B describes the criteria to be used to determine whether or not a chemical is to be considered hazardous for purposes of this standard.

"Identity" means any chemical or common name which is indicated on the material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. The identity used shall permit cross-references to be made among the required list of hazardous chemicals, the label and the MSDS.

"Immediate use" means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.

"Importer" means the first business with employees within the Customs Territory of the United States which receives hazardous chemicals produced in other countries for the purpose of supplying them to distributors or employers within the United States.

"Label" means any written, printed, or graphic material displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals.

"Material safety data sheet (MSDS)" means written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical which is prepared in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

96

"Mixture" means any combination of two or more chemicals if the combination is not, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical reaction.

"Organic peroxide" means an organic compound that contains the bivalent -O-O-structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical.

"Oxidizer" means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases.

"Physical hazard" means a chemical for which there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive.

"Produce" means to manufacture, process, formulate, blend, extract, generate, emit, or repackage.

"Pyrophoric" means a chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130 deg. F (54.4 deg. C) or below.

"Responsible party" means someone who can provide additional information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.

"Specific chemical identity" means the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.

"Trade secret" means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device, information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's business, and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. Appendix D sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets.

"Unstable (reactive)" means a chemical which in the pure state, or as produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure or temperature.

"Use" means to package, handle, react, emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, or transfer.

"Water-reactive" means a chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard.

"Work area" means a room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are present.

"Workplace" means an establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work areas.

"Hazard Determination."

Chemical manufacturers and importers shall evaluate chemicals produced in their workplaces or imported by them to determine if they are hazardous. Employers are not

97

required to evaluate chemicals unless they choose not to rely on the evaluation performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to satisfy this requirement.

Chemical manufacturers, importers or employers evaluating chemicals shall identify and consider the available scientific evidence concerning such hazards. For health hazards, evidence which is statistically significant and which is based on at least one positive study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles is considered to be sufficient to establish a hazardous effect if the results of the study meet the definitions of health hazards in this section. Appendix A shall be consulted for the scope of health hazards covered, and Appendix B shall be consulted for the criteria to be followed with respect to the completeness of the evaluation, and the data to be reported.

The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources as establishing that the chemicals listed in them are hazardous:

• 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA); or,

• "Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Work Environment," American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) (latest edition).

The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer is still responsible for evaluating the hazards associated with the chemicals in these source lists in accordance with the requirements of this standard.

Chemical manufacturers, importers and employers evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources as establishing that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen for hazard communication purposes:

• National Toxicology Program (NTP), "Annual Report on Carcinogens" (latest edition);

• International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) "Monographs" (latest editions); or

• 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Note: The "Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances" published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health indicates whether a chemical has been found by NTP or IARC to be a potential carcinogen.

The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer shall determine the hazards of mixtures of chemicals as follows:

• If a mixture has been tested as a whole to determine its hazards, the results of such testing shall be used to determine whether the mixture is hazardous;

• If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine whether the mixture is a health hazard, the mixture shall be assumed to present the same health hazards as do the components which comprise one percent (by weight or volume) or greater

98

of the mixture, except that the mixture shall be assumed to present a carcinogenic hazard if it contains a component in concentrations of 0.1 percent or greater which is considered to be a carcinogen under paragraph (d)(4) of this section;

• If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine whether the mixture is a physical hazard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may use whatever scientifically valid data is available to evaluate the physical hazard potential of the mixture; and,

• If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has evidence to indicate that a component present in the mixture in concentrations of less than one percent (or in the case of carcinogens, less than 0.1 percent) could be released in concentrations which would exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, or could present a health risk to employees in those concentrations, the mixture shall be assumed to present the same hazard.

Chemical manufacturers, importers, or employers evaluating chemicals shall describe in writing the procedures they use to determine the hazards of the chemical they evaluate. The written procedures are to be made available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. The written description may be incorporated into the written hazard communication program required under paragraph (e) of this section.

"Written hazard communication program."

Employers shall develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace, a written hazard communication program which at least describes how the criteria specified in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section for labels and other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and employee information and training will be met, and which also includes the following:

• A list of the hazardous chemicals known to be present using an identity that is referenced on the appropriate material safety data sheet (the list may be compiled for the workplace as a whole or for individual work areas); and,

• The methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards of non-routine tasks (for example, the cleaning of reactor vessels), and the hazards associated with chemicals contained in unlabeled pipes in their work areas.

"Multi-employer workplaces." Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at a workplace in such a way that the employees of other employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication programs developed and implemented under this paragraph (e) include the following:

• The methods the employer will use to provide the other employer(s) on-site access to material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical the other employer(s)' employees may be exposed to while working;

99

• The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of any precautionary measures that need to be taken to protect employees during the workplace's normal operating conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and,

The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of the labeling system used in the workplace.

The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication program to comply with these requirements, provided that it meets the criteria established in this paragraph (e).

The employer shall make the written hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1020 (e).

Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, the written hazard communication program may be kept at the primary workplace facility.

"Labels and other forms of warning."

The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with the following information:

• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s);

• Appropriate hazard warnings; and

• Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party.

For solid metal (such as a steel beam or a metal casting), solid wood, or plastic items that are not exempted as articles due to their downstream use, or shipments of whole grain, the required label may be transmitted to the customer at the time of the initial shipment, and need not be included with subsequent shipments to the same employer unless the information on the label changes;

The label may be transmitted with the initial shipment itself, or with the material safety data sheet that is to be provided prior to or at the time of the first shipment; and,

This exception to requiring labels on every container of hazardous chemicals is only for the solid material itself, and does not apply to hazardous chemicals used in conjunction with, or known to be present with, the material and to which employees handling the items in transit may be exposed (for example, cutting fluids or pesticides in grains).

Chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged, or marked in accordance with this section in a manner which does not conflict with the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) and regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Transportation.

100

If the hazardous chemical is regulated by OSHA in a substance-specific health standard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer shall ensure that the labels or other forms of warning used are in accordance with the requirements of that standard.

Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(6) and (f)(7) of this section, the employer shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals in the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with the following information:

• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s) contained therein; and,

• Appropriate hazard warnings, or alternatively, words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof, which provide at least general information regarding the hazards of the chemicals, and which, in conjunction with the other information immediately available to employees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards of the hazardous chemical.

The employer may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials in lieu of affixing labels to individual stationary process containers, as long as the alternative method identifies the containers to which it is applicable and conveys the information required by paragraph (f)(5) of this section to be on a label. The written materials shall be readily accessible to the employees in their work area throughout each work shift.

The employer is not required to label portable containers into which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled containers, and which are intended only for the immediate use of the employee who performs the transfer. For purposes of this section, drugs which are dispensed by a pharmacy to a health care provider for direct administration to a patient are exempted from labeling.

The employer shall not remove or deface existing labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals, unless the container is immediately marked with the required information.

The employer shall ensure that labels or other forms of warning are legible, in English, and prominently displayed on the container, or readily available in the work area throughout each work shift. Employers having employees who speak other languages may add the information in their language to the material presented, as long as the information is presented in English as well.

The chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer need not affix new labels to comply with this section if existing labels already convey the required information.

Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical shall revise the labels for the chemical within three months of becoming aware of the new information. Labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time shall contain the new information. If the chemical is not currently produced or imported, the chemical manufacturer, importers, distributor, or employer shall add the information to the label before the chemical is shipped or introduced into the workplace again.

"Material safety data sheets."

101

Chemical manufacturers and importers shall obtain or develop a material safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers shall have a material safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous chemical which they use.

Each material safety data sheet shall be in English (although the employer may maintain copies in other languages as well), and shall contain at least the following information:

• The identity used on the label, and, except as provided for in paragraph (i) of this section on trade secrets;

• If the hazardous chemical is a single substance, its chemical and common name(s);

• If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has been tested as a whole to determine its hazards, the chemical and common name(s) of the ingredients which contribute to these known hazards, and the common name(s) of the mixture itself; or,

If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has not been tested as a whole:

• The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise 1% or greater of the composition, except that chemicals identified as carcinogens under paragraph (d) of this section shall be listed if the concentrations are 0.1% or greater; and,

• The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise less than 1% (0.1% for carcinogens) of the mixture, if there is evidence that the ingredient(s) could be released from the mixture in concentrations which would exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, or could present a health risk to employees; and,

• The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to present a physical hazard when present in the mixture;

• Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous chemical (such as vapor pressure, flash point);

• The physical hazards of the hazardous chemical, including the potential for fire, explosion, and reactivity;

• The health hazards of the hazardous chemical, including signs and symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions which are generally recognized as being aggravated by exposure to the chemical;

• The primary route(s) of entry;

• The OSHA permissible exposure limit, ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, and any other exposure limit used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the material safety data sheet, where available;

102

• Whether the hazardous chemical is listed in the National Toxicology Program (NTP) Annual Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) or has been found to be a potential carcinogen in the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest editions), or by OSHA;

• Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and use which are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet, including appropriate hygienic practices, protective measures during repair and maintenance of contaminated equipment, and procedures for clean-up of spills and leaks;

• Any generally applicable control measures which are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet, such as appropriate engineering controls, work practices, or personal protective equipment;

• Emergency and first aid procedures;

• The date of preparation of the material safety data sheet or the last change to it; and,

• The name, address and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, employer or other responsible party preparing or distributing the material safety data sheet, who can provide additional information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.

If no relevant information is found for any given category on the material safety data sheet, the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall mark it to indicate that no applicable information was found.

Where complex mixtures have similar hazards and contents (i.e. the chemical ingredients are essentially the same, but the specific composition varies from mixture to mixture), the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer may prepare one material safety data sheet to apply to all of these similar mixtures.

The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard determination. If the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet becomes newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the material safety data sheet within three months. If the chemical is not currently being produced or imported the chemical manufacturer or importer shall add the information to the material safety data sheet before the chemical is introduced into the workplace again.

Chemical manufacturers or importers shall ensure that distributors and employers are provided an appropriate material safety data sheet with their initial shipment, and with the first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated;

103

The chemical manufacturer or importer shall either provide material safety data sheets with the shipped containers or send them to the distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;

If the material safety data sheet is not provided with a shipment that has been labeled as a hazardous chemical, the distributor or employer shall obtain one from the chemical manufacturer or importer as soon as possible; and,

The chemical manufacturer or importer shall also provide distributors or employers with a material safety data sheet upon request.

Distributors shall ensure that material safety data sheets, and updated information, are provided to other distributors and employers with their initial shipment and with the first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated;

The distributor shall either provide material safety data sheets with the shipped containers, or send them to the other distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;

Retail distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers having a commercial account shall provide a material safety data sheet to such employers upon request, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform them that a material safety data sheet is available;

Wholesale distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers over-the-counter may also provide material safety data sheets upon the request of the employer at the time of the over-the-counter purchase, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform such employers that a material safety data sheet is available;

If an employer without a commercial account purchases a hazardous chemical from a retail distributor not required to have material safety data sheets on file (i.e., the retail distributor does not have commercial accounts and does not use the materials), the retail distributor shall provide the employer, upon request, with the name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor from which a material safety data sheet can be obtained;

Wholesale distributors shall also provide material safety data sheets to employers or other distributors upon request; and,

Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors need not provide material safety data sheets to retail distributors that have informed them that the retail distributor does not sell the product to commercial accounts or open the sealed container to use it in their own workplaces.

The employer shall maintain in the workplace copies of the required material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical, and shall ensure that they are readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s). (Electronic access, microfiche, and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies of the material safety data sheets are permitted as long as no barriers to immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such options.)

Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, the material safety data sheets may be

104

kept at the primary workplace facility. In this situation, the employer shall ensure that employees can immediately obtain the required information in an emergency.

Material safety data sheets may be kept in any form, including operating procedures, and may be designed to cover groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area where it may be more appropriate to address the hazards of a process rather than individual hazardous chemicals. However, the employer shall ensure that in all cases the required information is provided for each hazardous chemical, and is readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in in their work area(s).

Material safety data sheets shall also be made readily available, upon request, to designated representatives and to the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1020(e). The Director shall also be given access to material safety data sheets in the same manner.

"Employee information and training."

Employers shall provide employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work area at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new physical or health hazard the employees have not previously been trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and training may be designed to cover categories of hazards (e.g., flammability, carcinogenicity) or specific chemicals. Chemical-specific information must always be available through labels and material safety data sheets.

"Information." Employees shall be informed of:

• The requirements of this section;

• Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and,

• The location and availability of the written hazard communication program, including the required list(s) of hazardous chemicals, and material safety data sheets required by this section.

"Training." Employee training shall include at least:

• Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.);

• The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area;

• The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and,

• The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and the material safety data sheet, and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.

105

"Trade secrets."

The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the chemical name and other specific identification of a hazardous chemical, from the material safety data sheet, provided that:

• The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be supported;

• Information contained in the material safety data sheet concerning the properties and effects of the hazardous chemical is disclosed;

• The material safety data sheet indicates that the specific chemical identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and,

• The specific chemical identity is made available to health professionals, employees, and designated representatives in accordance with the applicable provisions of this paragraph.

Where a treating physician or nurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical identity of a hazardous chemical is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical identity of a trade secret chemical to that treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may require a written statement of need and confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (i)(3) and (4) of this section, as soon as circumstances permit.

In non-emergency situations, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity, otherwise permitted to be withheld under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, to a health professional (i.e. physician, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, epidemiologist, or occupational health nurse) providing medical or other occupational health services to exposed employee(s), and to employees or designated representatives, if:

• The request is in writing;

• The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for the information:

• To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be exposed;

• To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;

• To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;

• To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;

• To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment for exposed employees;

106

• To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures for exposed employees; and,

• To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.

The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the following information to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, would not satisfy the purposes described in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section:

• The properties and effects of the chemical;

• Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical;

• Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

• Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

The health professional, and the employer or contractor of the services of the health professional (i.e. downstream employer, labor organization, or individual employee), employee, or designated representative, agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee, or designated representative, will not use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (i)(6) of this section, except as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.

The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this section:

• May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need;

• May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a breach of the agreement, including stipulation of a reasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and,

• May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty bond.

Nothing in this standard is meant to preclude the parties from pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.

If the health professional, employee, or designated representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there is a need to disclose it to OSHA, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health professional, employee, or designated representative prior to, or at the same time as, such disclosure.

If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the denial must:

107

• Be provided to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, within thirty days of the request;

• Be in writing;

• Include evidence to support the claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

• State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; and,

• Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the specific chemical identity.

The health professional, employee, or designated representative whose request for information is denied under paragraph (i)(3) of this section may refer the request and the written denial of the request to OSHA for consideration.

When a health professional, employee, or designated representative refers the denial to OSHA under paragraph (i)(8) of this section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:

• The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has supported the claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

• The health professional, employee, or designated representative has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health need for the information; and,

• The health professional, employee or designated representative has demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

• If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity requested under paragraph (i)(3) of this section is not a "bona fide" trade secret, or that it is a trade secret, but the requesting health professional, employee, or designated representative has a legitimate medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means to protect the confidentiality of the information, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.

• If a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer demonstrates to OSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not provide sufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue such orders or impose such additional limitations or conditions upon the disclosure of the requested chemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational health services are provided without an undue risk of harm to the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.

• If a citation for a failure to release specific chemical identity information is contested by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer, the matter will be adjudicated before the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission in accordance with the Act's enforcement scheme and the applicable Commission rules of procedure. In accordance with the Commission rules, when a chemical

108

manufacturer, importer, or employer continues to withhold the information during the contest, the Administrative Law Judge may review the citation and supporting documentation "in camera" or issue appropriate orders to protect the confidentiality of such matters.

Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information which this section requires the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer to make available. Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant Secretary so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be made and the necessary protections can be implemented.

Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is a trade secret.

Section 13 HAZWOPER/Emergency Response Program

Purpose

109

The purpose of this program is to provide a means of emergency response operations in the event of a release of, or a substantial threat of the release of, hazardous substances. It includes elements described in and complies with the OSHA Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Standard, 29 CFR 1910.120. Definitions Buddy system refers to a system of organizing responders into work groups of two or more with the purpose of providing rapid assistance to employees in the event of an emergency. Decontamination means the removal of hazardous substances from employees and their equipment to the extent necessary to preclude the occurrence of foreseeable adverse health effects. Hazardous substance refers to any substance to which an employee may be exposed that will result or may result in adverse effects on the health and safety of that employee. Qualified person means a person with specific training, knowledge and experience to perform specific actions as it relates to this program. Emergency Response Plan An emergency response plan shall be developed and implemented to provide a systemic means to respond to anticipated emergencies prior to the commencement of response operations. It shall be in writing and available for inspection and copying by all affected employee, their representative, and OSHA personnel. At a minimum, the ERP shall contain the following elements:

1. Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties 2. Personnel roles, lines of authority, training and communications 3. Emergency recognition and prevention 4. Safe distances and places of refuge 5. Site security and control 6. Evacuation routes and procedures 7. Decontamination procedures 8. Emergency medical treatment procedures 9. Emergency alerting and response procedures 10. Critiques of response and clean-up 11. Personal protective and emergency equipment 12. Use of local or state emergency plans to avoid duplications

Training The training required for an employee is to be based on the duties and functions that they as a responder will be required to perform. The skill and knowledge level of each responder shall be conveyed to them through training before they are permitted to participate in the actual emergency operations of an incident. The different levels of responders and the training required for each are progressive and are as follows: First Responder Awareness Level – individuals who are likely to witness or discover a hazardous substance release and initiate the response sequence by notifying the proper authorities. They take no further action beyond this notification. Training shall include the following:

• an understanding of what hazardous substances are and the risks associated with them • an understanding of the potential outcome of an incident • ability to identify hazardous substances • ability to realize the need for additional resources to make appropriate notification

110

First Responder Operations Level – individuals who respond to releases or potential releases of hazardous substances as part of the initial response for the purpose of protecting nearby person, property, or the environment from the effects of the release. Their response is to be a defensive approach without actually stopping the release and their function is to contain the release from a safe distance, keep it from spreading, and prevent exposures. These operational level responders shall have at least eight hours of training and they shall be able to demonstrate competency of the awareness level (above) in addition to the following:

• knowledge of basic hazard and risk assessment techniques • knowledge of how to select and use proper personal protective equipment • an understanding of basic hazardous materials terms • know how to perform basic control, containment, and/or confinement operations • know how to implement basic decontamination procedures

Hazardous Materials Technicians – individuals who respond to releases for the purpose of stopping the release with an aggressive approach. The shall receive at least 24 hours of training equal to the operations level (above) and in addition have the following competencies:

• know how to implement the emergency response plan • know how to use field survey instruments and equipment to identify hazards at the site • be able to function within an assigned role in the Incident Command System • know how to select and use proper personal protective equipment • understand hazard and risk assessment techniques • be able to perform advanced control, containment, and/or confinement operations • understand and implement decontamination procedures • understand basic chemical and toxicological terminology and behavior

Hazardous Materials Specialist – individuals who respond with and provide support to hazardous materials technicians. Their duties require a more direct and specific knowledge of the substances encountered. They also act as site liaison with governmental agencies. They shall receive at least 24 hours of training equal to the technician level (above) and in addition have the following competencies:

• know the state emergency plan • have the ability to develop a site safety and control plan

On Scene Incident Commander – individual who will assume control of the incident scene. They shall receive 24 hours of training equal to the first responder operations level (above) and in addition have the following competencies:

• know and be able to implement the Incident Command System • know how to implement the emergency response plan • know and understand the hazards and risks associated with employees working in chemical

protective clothing • know how to implement the local emergency response plan and those of the state and Federal

Regional Response Team NOTE: Certifications are required for all of the above levels of training. Trainers for the above training shall have the training and/or academic credentials and instructional experience to adequately present the required training and demonstrate the required skills. Refresher training shall be administered to all affected employees at least annually. The retraining shall contain sufficient content and be of the duration necessary for all employees to maintain competencies in their respective level(s) of training. Records of the training and competency shall be maintained along with the methods used to ensure that competency.

111

Emergency Response Procedures

1. The senior official at an emergency response is the most senior official on the site who has the responsibility for controlling operations at the site. Usually, an individual is assigned the responsibilities of Incident Commander and that individual shall be trained at that level.

2. All emergency responders and their communications shall be coordinated and controlled through the Incident Commander within an Incident Command System (ICS).

3. The individual in charge of the ICS shall identify all hazardous substances or conditions present and shall address as appropriate site analysis, use of engineering controls, maximum exposure levels, hazardous substance handling procedures, and use of any new technologies.

4. Based on the identified hazards and conditions present, the individual in charge shall implement appropriate emergency operations. In addition, the individual shall assure that the protective equipment and clothing by the responders are appropriate of the hazards involved.

5. If any of the substances involved pose respiratory hazards, positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus shall be used while engage in the response activities. Such respiratory protection equipment will be used until it is determined, through the use of air monitoring equipment and instrumentation, that a decreased level of protection may be used.

6. The number of emergency response personnel at the emergency site shall be limited. Only those actively involved in the response are to be allowed in the site.

7. Operations in the hazardous areas shall be performed using the buddy system in groups of two or more employees.

8. Back-up personnel shall be standing by with equipment ready to provide assistance or rescue. 9. A safety officer shall be designed who is knowledgeable in the operations with the specific

responsibility of identifying and evaluating the hazards and to provide direction with respect to the safety of the operations being performed.

10. If conditions at the site ever become IDLH or pose imminent danger to the responders, the safety officer shall have the authority to alter, suspend, or terminate those activities. The officer shall immediately inform the individual in charge of this determination.

11. Appropriate decontamination procedures shall be implemented after emergency operations have terminated.

12. Any other skilled support personnel are not required to meet the training requirements of this program. However, these personnel shall be given an initial briefing at the site prior to their participation in the response activities. The briefing shall include instruction in the wearing of appropriate PPE, what chemical hazards are involved, and what duties they are to perform

13. Other employees who, in the course of their regular job duties, are knowledgeable in the specific hazardous substances involved and who will be called upon to render technical advice and assistance shall receive training or demonstrate competency in the area of specialization annually.

Chemical Protective Clothing. Chemical protective clothing and equipment to be used by organized and designated HAZMAT team members, or to be used by hazardous materials specialists, shall meet the requirements of this section. Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be selected and used which will protect employees from the hazards and potential hazards they are likely to encounter as identified during the site characterization and analysis. Personal protective equipment selection shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the PPE relative to the requirements and limitations of the site, the task-specific conditions and duration, and the hazards and potential hazards identified at the site. Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or positive pressure air-line respirators equipped with an escape air supply shall be used when chemical exposure levels present will create a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape.

112

Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits (protection equivalent to Level A protection as recommended in Appendix B) shall be used in conditions where skin absorption of a hazardous substance may result in a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape. The level of protection provided by PPE selection shall be increased when additional information or site conditions show that increased protection is necessary to reduce employee exposures below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards. NOTE: The level of employee protection provided may be decreased when additional information or site conditions show that decreased protection will not result in hazardous exposures to employees. Personal protective equipment shall be selected and used to meet the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart I, and additional requirements specified in this section. Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits. Totally-encapsulating suits shall protect employees from the particular hazards which are identified during site characterization and analysis. Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of maintaining positive air pressure. Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of preventing inward test gas leakage of more than 0.5 percent. Personal protective equipment (PPE) program. A personal protective equipment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section or required in paragraph (p)(1) of this section and which is also a part of the site-specific safety and health plan shall be established. The PPE program shall address the elements listed below. When elements, such as donning and doffing procedures, are provided by the manufacturer of a piece of equipment and are attached to the plan, they need not be rewritten into the plan as long as they adequately address the procedure or element.

1. PPE selection based upon site hazards, 2. PPE use and limitations of the equipment, 3. Work mission duration, 4. PPE maintenance and storage, 5. PPE decontamination and disposal, 6. PPE training and proper fitting, 7. PPE donning and doffing procedures, 8. PPE inspection procedures prior to, during, and after use, 9. Evaluation of the effectiveness of the PPE program, and 10. Limitations during temperature extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate medical

considerations. Medical Surveillance All members of the organized HAZMAT team and hazardous materials specialist shall receive a baseline physical examination and be provided with medical surveillance as required. Any emergency response employees who exhibit signs or symptoms which may have resulted from an exposure to a hazardous substance during the course of an emergency incident shall be provided with medical consultation. These consultations will occur immediately after the incident or subsequent as follow-up consultations. Post-Emergency Response Operations Upon completion of the emergency response activities, if it is determined that the removal of hazardous substances, health hazards, and any materials contaminated with them (such as soil or other elements of the natural environment) is necessary, appropriate activities to fulfill those requirements must be performed.

113

1. Excavations shall be adequately shored or sloped as appropriate to prevent accidental

collapse. 2. Any employees involved in the clean-up activities must be appropriately trained as required

by this program. 3. Comprehensive work plans for the work to be performed shall be developed and address the

tasks and objectives of the site operations. 4. The site shall be evaluated as to the specific hazards present and the controls necessary to

protect employees from those hazards. 5. Appropriate personal protective equipment shall be provided and used during initial site entry

and the use of such equipment will continue as long as is necessary. 6. Monitoring shall be conducted at the site upon entry to the site and as long as is necessary to

assess exposure potentials. 7. A site control plan shall be developed during the planning stages of the clean-up operations

and modified as necessary. 8. All employees working on site who are exposed to hazardous substances shall receive

training in the requirements of this program before being permitted to engage in the assigned duties. All training shall be documented and shall be performed by qualified trainers.

9. A medical surveillance program shall be implemented for all response employees exposed to hazardous substances or health hazards at or above established permissible limits, without regard to the use of respirators, for 30 days or more a year. It shall also include any employees who are injured, become ill, or show signs or symptoms due to possible overexposures and HAZMAT team members.

10. Where practical and feasible, engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment, or a combination of these methods, will be implemented to prevent employee exposures to hazardous substances.

11. All PPE selected and used will protect employees from the hazards they are likely to encounter as identified in the site assessment.

12. Areas accessible to employees shall be lighted to not less than minimum illumination intensities to enable the employees to perform their work safely.

13. Sanitation facilities shall be provided for the response employees, including potable water and adequate toilet facilities and food handling, temporary sleeping quarters, washing facilities, and showers and change rooms as needed.

Decontamination Procedures for all phases of decontamination shall be developed and implemented.

1. The procedure shall be developed and communicated to all affected employees before equipment or employees enter the site where potential exposures may be encountered.

2. All employees, contaminated clothing, and equipment leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately decontaminated before leaving the area and all contaminated equipment and clothing must be adequately disposed of or decontaminated.

3. Decontamination procedures shall be monitored by the site safety and health supervisor to determine their effectiveness. If deficiencies are found, appropriate steps shall be taken to correct those deficiencies.

4. Decontamination shall be performed in geographical areas will away from the exposure site. 5. Unauthorized employees shall not remove protective clothing or equipment from change

rooms. 6. If commercial laundries or cleaning establishments are used to decontaminate protective

clothing or equipment, they shall be adequately informed of the potentially harmful effects of exposures to those substances.


114

Section 14

HAZWOPER/RCRA

Purpose This section covers the following operations, unless the employer can demonstrate that the operation does not involve employee exposure or the reasonable possibility for employee exposure to safety or health hazards:

• Clean-up operations required by a governmental body, whether Federal, state local or other involving hazardous substances that are conducted at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites

115

(including, but not limited to, the EPA's National Priority Site List (NPL), state priority site lists, sites recommended for the EPA NPL, and initial investigations of government identified sites which are conducted before the presence or absence of hazardous substances has been ascertained);

• Corrective actions involving clean-up operations at sites covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq);

• Voluntary clean-up operations at sites recognized by Federal, state, local or other governmental bodies as uncontrolled hazardous waste sites;

• Operations involving hazardous waste that are conducted at treatment, storage, disposal (TSD) facilities regulated by 40 CFR Parts 264 and 265 pursuant to RCRA; or by agencies under agreement with U.S.E.P.A. to implement RCRA regulations; and

• Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of releases of, hazardous substances without regard to the location of the hazard.

Definitions -- Buddy system means a system of organizing employees into work groups in such a manner that each employee of the work group is designated to be observed by at least one other employee in the work group. The purpose of the buddy system is to provide rapid assistance to employees in the event of an emergency. Clean-up operation means an operation where hazardous substances are removed, contained, incinerated, neutralized, stabilized, cleared-up, or in any other manner processed or handled with the ultimate goal of making the site safer for people or the environment. Decontamination means the removal of hazardous substances from employees and their equipment to the extent necessary to preclude the occurrence of foreseeable adverse health effects. Emergency response or responding to emergencies means a response effort by employees from outside the immediate release area or by other designated responders (i.e., mutual aid groups, local fire departments, etc.) to an occurrence which results, or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous substance. Responses to incidental releases of hazardous substances where the substance can be absorbed, neutralized, or otherwise controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate release area, or by maintenance personnel are not considered to be emergency responses within the scope of this standard. Responses to releases of hazardous substances where there is no potential safety or health hazard (i.e., fire, explosion, or chemical exposure) are not considered to be emergency responses. Facility means (A) any building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a hazardous substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product in consumer use or any water-borne vessel. Hazardous materials response (HAZMAT) team means an organized group of employees, designated by the employer, who are expected to perform work to handle and control actual or potential leaks or spills of hazardous substances requiring possible close approach to the substance. The team members perform responses to releases or potential releases of hazardous substances for the purpose of control or stabilization of the incident. A HAZMAT team is not a fire brigade nor is a typical fire brigade a HAZMAT team. A HAZMAT team, however, may be a separate component of a fire brigade or fire department. Hazardous substance means any substance designated or listed under (A) through (D) of this definition, exposure to which results or may result in adverse effects on the health or safety of employees: [A] Any substance defined under section 101(14) of CERCLA; [B] Any biologic agent and other disease causing agent which after release into the environment and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or assimilation into any person, either directly from the environment or indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will or may reasonably be anticipated to cause death, disease,

116

behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions (including malfunctions in reproduction) or physical deformations in such persons or their offspring. [C] Any substance listed by the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous materials under 49 CFR 172.101 and appendices; and [D] Hazardous waste as herein defined. Hazardous waste means -- [A] A waste or combination of wastes as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, or [B] Those substances defined as hazardous wastes in 49 CFR 171.8. Hazardous waste operation means any operation conducted within the scope of this standard. Hazardous waste site or Site means any facility or location within the scope of this standard at which hazardous waste operations take place. Health hazard means a chemical, mixture of chemicals or a pathogen for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. It also includes stress due to temperature extremes. Further definition of the terms used above can be found in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.1200. IDLH or Immediately dangerous to life or health means an atmospheric concentration of any toxic, corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an immediate threat to life or would interfere with an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere. Oxygen deficiency means that concentration of oxygen by volume below which atmosphere supplying respiratory protection must be provided. It exists in atmospheres where the percentage of oxygen by volume is less than 19.5 percent oxygen. Permissible exposure limit means the exposure, inhalation or dermal permissible exposure limit specified in 29 CFR Part 1910, Subparts G and Z. Published exposure level means the exposure limits published in "NIOSH Recommendations for Occupational Health Standards" dated 1986, which is incorporated by reference as specified in § 1910.6, or if none is specified, the exposure limits published in the standards specified by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists in their publication "Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 1987-88" dated 1987, which is incorporated by reference as specified in § 1910.6. Post emergency response means that portion of an emergency response performed after the immediate threat of a release has been stabilized or eliminated and clean-up of the site has begun. If post emergency response is performed by an employer's own employees who were part of the initial emergency response, it is considered to be part of the initial response and not post emergency response. However, if a group of an employer's own employees, separate from the group providing initial response, performs the clean-up operation, then the separate group of employees would be considered to be performing post-emergency response and subject to paragraph (q)(11) of this section. Qualified person means a person with specific training, knowledge and experience in the area for which the person has the responsibility and the authority to control. Site safety and health supervisor (or official) means the individual located on a hazardous waste site who is responsible to the employer and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the site safety

117

and health plan and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements. Small quantity generator means a generator of hazardous wastes who in any calendar month generates no more than 1,000 kilograms (2,205) pounds of hazardous waste in that month. Uncontrolled hazardous waste site means an area identified as an uncontrolled hazardous waste site by a governmental body, whether Federal, state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous substances creates a threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both. Some sites are found on public lands such as those created by former municipal, county or state landfills where illegal or poorly managed waste disposal has taken place. Other sites are found on private property, often belonging to generators or former generators of hazardous substance wastes. Examples of such sites include, but are not limited to, surface impoundments, landfills, dumps, and tank or drum farms. Normal operations at TSD sites are not covered by this definition. Safety and health program. General. Employers shall develop and implement a written safety and health program for their employees involved in hazardous waste operations. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate, and control safety and health hazards, and provide for emergency response for hazardous waste operations. The written safety and health program shall incorporate the following:

• An organizational structure; • A comprehensive workplan; • A site-specific safety and health plan which need not repeat the employer's standard operating

procedures; • The safety and health training program; • The medical surveillance program; • The employer's standard operating procedures for safety and health; and • Any necessary interface between general program and site specific activities.

Site excavation. Site excavations created during initial site preparation or during hazardous waste operations shall be shored or sloped as appropriate to prevent accidental collapse in accordance with Subpart P of 29 CFR Part 1926. Contractors and sub-contractors. An employer who retains contractor or sub-contractor services for work in hazardous waste operations shall inform those contractors, sub-contractors, or their representatives of the site emergency response procedures and any potential fire, explosion, health, safety or other hazards of the hazardous waste operation that have been identified by the employer's information program. Program availability. The written safety and health program shall be made available to any contractor or subcontractor or their representative who will be involved with the hazardous waste operation; to employees; to employee designated representatives; to OSHA personnel, and to personnel of other Federal, state, or local agencies with regulatory authority over the site. Organizational structure part of the site program. -- The organizational structure part of the program shall establish the specific chain of command and specify the overall responsibilities of supervisors and employees. It shall include, at a minimum, the following elements:

• A general supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to direct all hazardous waste operations.

• A site safety and health supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to develop and implement the site safety and health plan and verify compliance.

• All other personnel needed for hazardous waste site operations and emergency response and their general functions and responsibilities.

• The lines of authority, responsibility, and communication.

118

• The organizational structure shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to reflect the current status of waste site operations.

Comprehensive workplan part of the site program. The comprehensive workplan part of the program shall:

• address the tasks and objectives of the site operations and the logistics and resources required to reach those tasks and objectives.

• address anticipated clean-up activities as well as normal operating procedures which need not repeat the employer's procedures available elsewhere.

• define work tasks and objectives and identify the methods for accomplishing those tasks and objectives.

• establish personnel requirements for implementing the plan. • provide for the implementation of the training required in paragraph (e) of this section. • provide for the implementation of the required informational programs required in paragraph (i) of

this section. • provide for the implementation of the medical surveillance program described in paragraph (f) if

this section. Site-specific safety and health plan part of the program. -- General. The site safety and health plan, which must be kept on site, shall address the safety and health hazards of each phase of site operation and include the requirements and procedures for employee protection. Elements. The site safety and health plan, as a minimum, shall address the following:

• A safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation found in the workplan. • Employee training assignments to assure compliance with this section. • Personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the site tasks and operations

being conducted. • Medical surveillance requirements. • Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and environmental sampling

techniques and instrumentation to be used, including methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and sampling equipment to be used.

• Site control measures. • Decontamination procedures. • An emergency response plan for safe and effective responses to emergencies, including the

necessary PPE and other equipment. • Confined space entry procedures. • A spill containment program.

Pre-entry briefing. The site specific safety and health plan shall provide for pre-entry briefings to be held prior to initiating any site activity, and at such other times as necessary to ensure that employees are apprised of the site safety and health plan and that this plan is being followed. The information and data obtained from site characterization and analysis work shall be used to prepare and update the site safety and health plan. Effectiveness of site safety and health plan. Inspections shall be conducted by the site safety and health supervisor or, in the absence of that individual, another individual who is knowledgeable in occupational safety and health, acting on behalf of the employer as necessary to determine the effectiveness of the site safety and health plan. Any deficiencies in the effectiveness of the site safety and health plan shall be corrected by the employer. Site characterization and analysis -- General. Hazardous waste sites shall be evaluated in accordance with this paragraph to identify specific site hazards and to determine the appropriate safety and health control procedures needed to protect employees from the identified hazards.

119

Preliminary evaluation. A preliminary evaluation of a site's characteristics shall be performed prior to site entry by a qualified person in order to aid in the selection of appropriate employee protection methods prior to site entry. Immediately after initial site entry, a more detailed evaluation of the site's specific characteristics shall be performed by a qualified person in order to further identify existing site hazards and to further aid in the selection of the appropriate engineering controls and personal protective equipment for the tasks to be performed. Hazard identification. All suspected conditions that may pose inhalation or skin absorption hazards that are immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) or other conditions that may cause death or serious harm shall be identified during the preliminary survey and evaluated during the detailed survey. Examples of such hazards include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, potentially explosive or flammable situations, visible vapor clouds, or areas where biological indicators such as dead animals or vegetation are located. Required information. The following information to the extent available shall be obtained by the employer prior to allowing employees to enter a site:

• Location and approximate size of the site. • Description of the response activity and/or the job task to be performed. • Duration of the planned employee activity. • Site topography and accessibility by air and roads. • Safety and health hazards expected at the site. • Pathways for hazardous substance dispersion. • Present status and capabilities of emergency response teams that would provide assistance to on-

site employees at the time of an emergency. • Hazardous substances and health hazards involved or expected at the site and their chemical and

physical properties. Personal protective equipment. Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided and used during initial site entry in accordance with the following requirements: Based upon the results of the preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble of PPE shall be selected and used during initial site entry which will provide protection to a level of exposure below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels for known or suspected hazardous substances and health hazards and which will provide protection against other known and suspected hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation. If there is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure level, the employer may use other published studies and information as a guide to appropriate personal protective equipment. If positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus is not used as part of the entry ensemble, and if respiratory protection is warranted by the potential hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation, an escape self-contained breathing apparatus of at least five minute's duration shall be carried by employees during initial site entry. If the preliminary site evaluation does not produce sufficient information to identify the hazards or suspected hazards of the site an ensemble providing equivalent to Level B PPE shall be provided as minimum protection, and direct reading instruments shall be used as appropriate for identifying IDLH conditions. (See Appendix B for guidelines on Level B protective equipment.) Once the hazards of the site have been identified, the appropriate PPE shall be selected and used in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. Monitoring.

120

The following monitoring shall be conducted during initial site entry when the site evaluation produces information which shows the potential for ionizing radiation or IDLH conditions, or when the site information is not sufficient reasonably to eliminate these possible conditions:

• Monitoring with direct reading instruments for hazardous levels of ionizing radiation. • Monitoring the air with appropriate direct reading test equipment for (i.e., combustible gas meters,

detector tubes) for IDLH and other conditions that may cause death or serious harm (combustible or explosive atmospheres, oxygen deficiency, toxic substances.)

• Visually observing for signs of actual or potential IDLH or other dangerous conditions. An ongoing air monitoring program shall be implemented after site characterization has determined the site is safe for the start-up of operations. Risk identification. Once the presence and concentrations of specific hazardous substances and health hazards have been established, the risks associated with these substances shall be identified. Employees who will be working on the site shall be informed of any risks that have been identified. In situations covered by the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, training required by that standard need not be duplicated. Risks to consider include, but are not limited to: [a] Exposures exceeding the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels. [b] IDLH Concentrations. [c] Potential Skin Absorption and Irritation Sources. [d] Potential Eye Irritation Sources. [e] Explosion Sensitivity and Flammability Ranges. [f] Oxygen deficiency. Employee notification. Any information concerning the chemical, physical, and toxicologic properties of each substance known or expected to be present on site that is available to the employer and relevant to the duties an employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the affected employees prior to the commencement of their work activities. The employer may utilize information developed for the hazard communication standard for this purpose. Site control. -- General. Appropriate site control procedures shall be implemented to control employee exposure to hazardous substances before clean-up work begins. Site control program. A site control program for protecting employees which is part of the employer's site safety and health program shall be developed during the planning stages of a hazardous waste clean-up operation and modified as necessary as new information becomes available. Elements of the site control program. The site control program shall, as a minimum, include: A site map; site work zones; the use of a "buddy system"; site communications including alerting means for emergencies; the standard operating procedures or safe work practices; and, identification of the nearest medical assistance. Where these requirements are covered elsewhere they need not be repeated. Training. -- General. All employees working on site (such as but not limited to equipment operators, general laborers and others) exposed to hazardous substances, health hazards, or safety hazards and their supervisors and management responsible for the site shall receive training meeting the requirements of this paragraph before they are permitted to engage in hazardous waste operations that could expose them to hazardous substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training as specified in this paragraph.

121

Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until they have been trained to a level required by their job function and responsibility. Elements to be covered. The training shall thoroughly cover the following:

• Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health; • Safety, health and other hazards present on the site; • Use of personal protective equipment; • Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards; • Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site; • Medical surveillance requirements including recognition of symptoms and signs which might

indicate over exposure to hazards; and

• The contents of paragraphs (G) through (J) of the site safety and health plan set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section.

Initial training. General site workers (such as equipment operators, general laborers and supervisory personnel) engaged in hazardous substance removal or other activities which expose or potentially expose workers to hazardous substances and health hazards shall receive a minimum of 40 hours of instruction off the site, and a minimum of three days actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained experienced supervisor. Workers on site only occasionally for a specific limited task (such as, but not limited to, ground water monitoring, land surveying, or geophysical surveying) and who are unlikely to be exposed over permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. Workers regularly on site who work in areas which have been monitored and fully characterized indicating that exposures are under permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits where respirators are not necessary, and the characterization indicates that there are no health hazards or the possibility of an emergency developing, shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. Workers with 24 hours of training who become general site workers or who are required to wear respirators, shall have the additional 16 hours and two days of training. Management and supervisor training. On-site management and supervisors directly responsible for, or who supervise employees engaged in, hazardous waste operations shall receive 40 hours initial training, and three days of supervised field experience and at least eight additional hours of specialized training at the time of job assignment on such topics as, but not limited to, the employer's safety and health program and the associated employee training program, personal protective equipment program, spill containment program, and health hazard monitoring procedure and techniques. Qualifications for trainers. Trainers shall be qualified to instruct employees about the subject matter that is being presented in training. Such trainers shall have satisfactorily completed a training program for teaching the subjects they are expected to teach, or they shall have the academic credentials and instructional experience necessary for teaching the subjects. Instructors shall demonstrate competent instructional skills and knowledge of the applicable subject matter. Training certification. Employees and supervisors that have received and successfully completed the training and field experience shall be certified by their instructor or the head instructor and trained supervisor as having completed the necessary training. A written certificate shall be given to each person

122

so certified. Any person who has not been so certified or who does not meet the requirements of this section shall be prohibited from engaging in hazardous waste operations. Emergency response. Employees who are engaged in responding to hazardous emergency situations at hazardous waste clean-up sites that may expose them to hazardous substances shall be trained in how to respond to such expected emergencies. Refresher training. Employees, managers and supervisors shall receive eight hours of refresher training annually, any critique of incidents that have occurred in the past year that can serve as training examples of related work, and other relevant topics. Equivalent training. Employers who can show by documentation or certification that an employee's work experience and/or training has resulted in training equivalent to that training required of this section shall not be required to provide the initial training requirements of those paragraphs to such employees and shall provide a copy of the certification or documentation to the employee upon request. However, certified employees or employees with equivalent training new to a site shall receive appropriate, site specific training before site entry and have appropriate supervised field experience at the new site. Equivalent training includes any academic training or the training that existing employees might have already received from actual hazardous waste site experience. Medical surveillance -- General. Employees engaged in operations specified in this section and not covered by exceptions shall participate in a medical surveillance program in accordance with this paragraph. Employees covered. The medical surveillance program shall be instituted by the employer for the following employees:

• All employees who are or may be exposed to hazardous substances or health hazards at or above the established permissible exposure limit, above the published exposure levels for these substances, without regard to the use of respirators, for 30 days or more a year;

• All employees who wear a respirator for 30 days or more a year or as required by 1910.134; • All employees who are injured, become ill or develop signs or symptoms due to possible

overexposure involving hazardous substances or health hazards from an emergency response or hazardous waste operation; and

• Members of HAZMAT teams. Frequency of medical examinations and consultations. Medical examinations and consultations shall be made available by the employer to each employee on the following schedules:

• Prior to assignment; • At least once every twelve months for each employee covered unless the attending physician

believes a longer interval (not greater than biennially) is appropriate; • At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where the employee would not be

covered if the employee has not had an examination within the last six months. • As soon as possible upon notification by an employee that the employee has developed signs or

symptoms indicating possible overexposure to hazardous substances or health hazards, or that the employee has been injured or exposed above the permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels in an emergency situation;

• At more frequent times, if the examining physician determines that an increased frequency of examination is medically necessary.

For all employees who may have been injured, received a health impairment, developed signs or symptoms which may have resulted from exposure to hazardous substances resulting from an emergency incident, or exposed during an emergency incident to hazardous substances at concentrations above the permissible

123

exposure limits or the published exposure levels without the necessary personal protective equipment being used:

• As soon as possible following the emergency incident or development of signs or symptoms; • At additional times, if the examining physician determines that follow-up examinations or

consultations are medically necessary. Content of medical examinations and consultations. Medical examinations shall include a medical and work history (or updated history if one is in the employee's file) with special emphasis on symptoms related to the handling of hazardous substances and health hazards, and to fitness for duty including the ability to wear any required PPE under conditions (i.e., temperature extremes) that may be expected at the work site. The content of medical examinations or consultations made available to employees pursuant to paragraph (f) shall be determined by the attending physician. The guidelines in the Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities (See Appendix D, reference # 10) should be consulted. Examination by a physician and costs. All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, preferably one knowledgeable in occupational medicine, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place. Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide one copy of this standard and its appendices to the attending physician and in addition the following for each employee:

• A description of the employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposures, • The employee's exposure levels or anticipated exposure levels. • A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used. • Information from previous medical examinations of the employee which is not readily available to

the examining physician. • Information required by §1910.134.

Physician's written opinion. The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy of a written opinion from the examining physician containing the following:

• The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from work in hazardous waste operations or emergency response, or from respirator use.

• The physician's recommended limitations upon the employees assigned work. • The results of the medical examination and tests if requested by the employee. • A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical

examination and any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment. The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure. Recordkeeping. An accurate record of the medical surveillance required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be retained. This record shall be retained for the period specified and meet the criteria of 29 CFR The record shall include at least the following information:

• The name and social security number of the employee; • Physicians' written opinions, recommended limitations and results of examinations and tests;

124

• Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to hazardous substances; • A copy of the information provided to the examining physician by the employer, with the

exception of the standard and its appendices. Engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment for employee protection. Engineering controls, work practices and PPE for substances regulated in Subpart Z. (i) Engineering controls, work practices, personal protective equipment, or a combination of these shall be implemented in accordance with this paragraph to protect employees from exposure to hazardous substances and safety and health hazards. Engineering controls, work practices and PPE for substances regulated in Subparts G and Z. Engineering controls and work practices shall be instituted to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits for substances regulated by 29 CFR Part 1910, to the extent required by Subpart Z, except to the extent that such controls and practices are not feasible. Engineering controls which may be feasible include the use of pressurized cabs or control booths on equipment, and/or the use of remotely operated material handling equipment. Work practices which may be feasible are removing all non-essential employees from potential exposure during opening of drums, wetting down dusty operations and locating employees upwind of possible hazards. Whenever engineering controls and work practices are not feasible, or not required, any reasonable combination of engineering controls, work practices and PPE shall be used to reduce and maintain to or below the permissible exposure limits or dose limits for substances regulated by 29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart Z. The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with permissible exposure limits or dose limits except when there is no other feasible way of complying with the airborne or dermal dose limits for ionizing radiation. The provisions of 29 CFR, subpart G, shall be followed. Engineering controls, work practices, and PPE for substances not regulated in Subparts G and Z. An appropriate combination of engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment shall be used to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards not regulated by 29 CFR Part 1910, Subparts G and Z. The employer may use the published literature and MSDS as a guide in making the employer's determination as to what level of protection the employer believes is appropriate for hazardous substances and health hazards for which there is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure limit. Personal protective equipment selection. Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be selected and used which will protect employees from the hazards and potential hazards they are likely to encounter as identified during the site characterization and analysis. Personal protective equipment selection shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the PPE relative to the requirements and limitations of the site, the task-specific conditions and duration, and the hazards and potential hazards identified at the site.

125

Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or positive pressure air-line respirators equipped with an escape air supply shall be used when chemical exposure levels present will create a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape. Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits (protection equivalent to Level A protection as recommended in Appendix B) shall be used in conditions where skin absorption of a hazardous substance may result in a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape. The level of protection provided by PPE selection shall be increased when additional informationor site conditions show that increased protection is necessary to reduce employee exposures below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards. (See Appendix B for guidance on selecting PPE ensembles.) The level of employee protection provided may be decreased when additional information or site conditions show that decreased protection will not result in hazardous exposures to employees. Personal protective equipment shall be selected and used to meet the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart I, and additional requirements specified in this section. Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits. Totally-encapsulating suits shall protect employees from the particular hazards which are identified during site characterization and analysis. Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of maintaining positive air pressure. (See Appendix A for a test method which may be used to evaluate this requirement.) Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of preventing inward test gas leakage of more than 0.5 percent. (See Appendix A for a test method which may be used to evaluate this requirement.) Personal protective equipment (PPE) program. A personal protective equipment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section or required in paragraph (p)(1) of this section and which isalso a part of the site-specific safety and health plan shall be established. The PPE program shall address the elements listed below. When elements, such as donning and doffing procedures, are provided by the manufacturer of a piece of equipment and are attached to the plan, they need not be rewritten into the plan as long as they adequately address the procedure or element.

• PPE selection based upon site hazards, • PPE use and limitations of the equipment, • Work mission duration, • PPE maintenance and storage, • PPE decontamination and disposal, • PPE training and proper fitting, • PPE donning and doffing procedures, • PPE inspection procedures prior to, during, and after use, • Evaluation of the effectiveness of the PPE program, and • Limitations during temperature extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate medical

considerations. Monitoring. -- General. Monitoring shall be performed in accordance with this paragraph where there may be a question of employee exposure to hazardous concentrations of hazardous substances in order to assure proper selection

126

of engineering controls, work practices and personal protective equipment so that employees are not exposed to levels which exceed permissible exposure limits, or published exposure levels if there are no permissible exposure limits, for hazardous substances. Air monitoring shall be used to identify and quantify airborne levels of hazardous substances and safety and health hazards in order to determine the appropriate level of employee protection needed on site. Initial entry. Upon initial entry, representative air monitoring shall be conducted to identify any IDLH condition, exposure over permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels, exposure over a radioactive material's dose limits or other dangerous condition such as the presence of flammable atmospheres, oxygen-deficient environments. Periodic monitoring. Periodic monitoring shall be conducted when the possibility of an IDLH condition or flammable atmosphere has developed or when there is indication that exposures may have risen over permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels since prior monitoring. Situations where it shall be considered whether the possibility that exposures have risen are as follows:

• When work begins on a different portion of the site. • When contaminants other than those previously identified are being handled. • When a different type of operation is initiated (e.g., drum opening as opposed to exploratory well

drilling.) • When employees are handling leaking drums or containers or working in areas with obvious

liquid contamination (e.g., a spill or lagoon.) Monitoring of high-risk employees. After the actual clean-up phase of any hazardous waste operation commences; for example, when soil, surface water or containers are moved or disturbed; the employer shall monitor those employees likely to have the highest exposures to those hazardous substances and health hazards likely to be present above permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels by using personal sampling frequently enough to characterize employee exposures. The employer may utilize a representative sampling approach by documenting that the employees and chemicals chosen for monitoring are based on the criteria stated in the first sentence of this paragraph. If the employees likely to have the highest exposure are over permissible exposure limits or published exposure limits, then monitoring shall continue to determine all employees likely to be above those limits. The employer may utilize a representative sampling approach by documenting that the employees and chemicals chosen for monitoring are based on the criteria stated above. It is not required to monitor employees engaged in site characterization operations covered by paragraph (c) of this section. Informational programs. Employers shall develop and implement a program which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section to inform employees, contractors, and subcontractors (or their representative) actually engaged in hazardous waste operations of the nature, level and degree of exposure likely as a result of participation in such hazardous waste operations. Employees, contractors and subcontractors working outside of the operations part of a site are not covered by this standard. Handling drums and containers -- General. Hazardous substances and contaminated, liquids and other residues shall be handled, transported, labeled, and disposed of in accordance with this paragraph. Drums and containers used during the clean-up shall meet the appropriate DOT, OSHA, and EPA regulations for the wastes that they contain. When practical, drums and containers shall be inspected and their integrity shall be assured prior to being moved. Drums or containers that cannot be inspected before being moved because of storage conditions

127

(i.e., buried beneath the earth, stacked behind other drums, stacked several tiers high in a pile, etc.) shall be moved to an accessible location and inspected prior to further handling. Unlabeled drums and containers shall be considered to contain hazardous substances and handled accordingly until the contents are positively identified and labeled. Site operations shall be organized to minimize the amount of drum or container movement. Prior to movement of drums or containers, all employees exposed to the transfer operation shall be warned of the potential hazards associated with the contents of the drums or containers. U.S. Department of Transportation specified salvage drums or containers and suitable quantities of proper absorbent shall be kept available and used in areas where spills, leaks, or ruptures may occur. Where major spills may occur, a spill containment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be implemented to contain and isolate the entire volume of the hazardous substance being transferred. Drums and containers that cannot be moved without rupture, leakage, or spillage shall be emptied into a sound container using a device classified for the material being transferred. A ground-penetrating system or other type of detection system or device shall be used to estimate the location and depth of buried drums or containers. Soil or covering material shall be removed with caution to prevent drum or container rupture. Fire extinguishing equipment meeting the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart L, shall be on hand and ready for use to control incipient fires. Opening drums and containers. The following procedures shall be followed in areas where drums or containers are being opened: Where an airline respirator system is used, connections to the source of air supply shall be protected from contamination and the entire system shall be protected from physical damage. Employees not actually involved in opening drums or containers shall be kept a safe distance from the drums or containers being opened. If employees must work near or adjacent to drums or containers being opened, a suitable shield that does not interfere with the work operation shall be placed between the employee and the drums or containers being opened to protect the employee in case of accidental explosion. Controls for drum or container opening equipment, monitoring equipment, and fire suppression equipment shall be located behind the explosion-resistant barrier. When there is a reasonable possibility of flammable atmospheres being present, material handling equipment and hand tools shall be of the type to prevent sources of ignition. Drums and containers shall be opened in such a manner that excess interior pressure will be safely relieved. If pressure cannot be relieved from a remote location, appropriate shielding shall be placed between the employee and the drums or containers to reduce the risk of employee injury. Employees shall not stand upon or work from drums or containers. Material handling equipment. Material handling equipment used to transfer drums and containers shall be selected, positioned and operated to minimize sources of ignition related to the equipment from igniting vapors released from ruptured drums or containers.

128

Radioactive wastes. Drums and containers containing radioactive wastes shall not be handled until such time as their hazard to employees is properly assessed. Shock sensitive wastes. As a minimum, the following special precautions shall be taken when drums and containers containing or suspected of containing shock-sensitive wastes are handled: All non-essential employees shall be evacuated from the area of transfer. Material handling equipment shall be provided with explosive containment devices or protective shields to protect equipment operators from exploding containers. An employee alarm system capable of being perceived above surrounding light and noise conditions shall be used to signal the commencement and completion of explosive waste handling activities. Continuous communications (i.e., portable radios, hand signals, telephones, as appropriate) shall be maintained between the employee-in-charge of the immediate handling area and both the site safety and health supervisor and the command post until such time as the handling operation is completed. Communication equipment or methods that could cause shock sensitive materials to explode shall not be used. Drums and containers under pressure, as evidenced by bulging or swelling, shall not be moved until such time as the cause for excess pressure is determined and appropriate containment procedures have been implemented to protect employees from explosive relief of the drum. Drums and containers containing packaged laboratory wastes shall be considered to contain shock-sensitive or explosive materials until they have been characterized. Caution: Shipping of shock sensitive wastes may be prohibited under U.S. Department of Transportation regulations. Employers and their shippers should refer to 49 CFR 173.21 and 173.50. Laboratory waste packs. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the following precautions shall be taken, as a minimum, in handling laboratory waste packs (lab packs): Lab packs shall be opened only when necessary and then only by an individual knowledgeable in the inspection, classification, and segregation of the containers within the pack according to the hazards of the wastes. If crystalline material is noted on any container, the contents shall be handled as a shock-sensitive waste until the contents are identified. Sampling of drum and container contents. Sampling of containers and drums shall be done in accordance with a sampling procedure which is part of the site safety and health plan developed for and available to employees and others at the specific worksite. Shipping and transport. Drums and containers shall be identified and classified prior to packaging for shipment. Drum or container staging areas shall be kept to the minimum number necessary to safely identify and classify materials and prepare them for transport. Staging areas shall be provided with adequate access and egress routes.

129

Bulking of hazardous wastes shall be permitted only after a thorough characterization of the materials has been completed. Tank and vault procedures. Tanks and vaults containing hazardous substances shall be handled in a manner similar to that for drums and containers, taking into consideration the size of the tank or vault. Appropriate tank or vault entry procedures as described in the employer's safety and health plan shall be followed whenever employees must enter a tank or vault. Decontamination -- General. Procedures for all phases of decontamination shall be developed and implemented in accordance with this paragraph. Decontamination procedures. A decontamination procedure shall be developed, communicated to employees and implemented before any employees or equipment may enter areas on site where potential for exposure to hazardous substances exists. Standard operating procedures shall be developed to minimize employee contact with hazardous substances or with equipment that has contacted hazardous substances. All employees leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately decontaminated; all contaminated clothing and equipment leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately disposed of or decontaminated. Decontamination procedures shall be monitored by the site safety and health supervisor to determine their effectiveness. When such procedures are found to be ineffective, appropriate steps shall be taken to correct any deficiencies. Location. Decontamination shall be performed in geographical areas that will minimize the exposure of uncontaminated employees or equipment to contaminated employees or equipment. Equipment and solvents. All equipment and solvents used for decontamination shall be decontaminated or disposed of properly. Personal protective clothing and equipment. Protective clothing and equipment shall be decontaminated, cleaned, laundered, maintained or replaced as needed to maintain their effectiveness. Employees whose non-impermeable clothing becomes wetted with hazardous substances shall immediately remove that clothing and proceed to shower. The clothing shall be disposed of or decontaminated before it is removed from the work zone. Unauthorized employees. Unauthorized employees shall not remove protective clothing or equipment from change rooms. Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments. Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments that decontaminate protective clothing or equipment shall be informed of the potentially harmful effects of exposures to hazardous substances. Showers and change rooms. Where the decontamination procedure indicates a need for regular showers and change rooms outside of a contaminated area, they shall be provided and meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.141. If temperature conditions prevent the effective use of water, then other effective means for cleansing shall be provided and used.

130

Section 15

Ladder Program

Purpose

131

General. The following requirements apply to all ladders as indicated, including job-made ladders. Ladders shall be capable of supporting the following loads without failure:

• Each self-supporting portable ladder: At least four times the maximum intended load, except that each extra-heavy-duty type 1A metal or plastic ladder shall sustain at least 3.3 time the maximum intended load. The ability of a ladder to sustain the loads indicated in this paragraph shall be determined by applying or transmitting the requisite load to the ladder in a downward vertical direction. Ladders built and tested in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A of this subpart will be deemed to meet this requirement.

• Each portable ladder that is not self-supporting: At least four times the maximum intended load, except that each extra-heavy-duty type 1A metal or plastic ladders shall sustain at least 3.3 times the maximum intended load. The ability of a ladder to sustain the loads indicated in this paragraph shall be determined by applying or transmitting the requisite load to the ladder in a downward vertical direction when the ladder is placed at an angle of 75 1/2 degrees from the horizontal. Ladders built and tested in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A will be deemed to meet this requirement.

• Each Fixed ladder: At least two loads of 250 pounds (114 kg) each, concentrated between any two consecutive attachments (the number and position of additional concentrated loads of 250 pounds (114 kg) each, determined from anticipated usage of the ladder, shall also be included), plus anticipated loads caused by ice buildup, winds, rigging, and impact loads resulting from the use of ladder safety devices. Each step or rung shall be capable of supporting a single concentrated load of a least 250 pounds (114 kg) applied in the middle of the step or rung. Ladders built in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A will be deemed to meet this requirement.

Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced when the ladder is in position for use. Rungs, cleats, and steps of portable ladders (except as provided below) and fixed ladders (including individual-rung/step ladders) shall be spaced not less than 10 inches (25 cm) apart, nor more than 14 inches (36 cm) apart, as measured between center lines of the rungs, cleats and steps. Rungs, cleats, and steps of step stools shall be not less than 8 inches (20 cm) apart, nor more than 12 inches (31 cm) apart, as measured between center lines of the rungs, cleats, and steps. Rungs, cleats, and steps of the base section of extension trestle ladders shall be not less than 8 inches (20 cm) nor more than 18 inches (46 cm) apart, as measured between center lines of the rungs, cleats, and steps. The rung spacing on the extension section of the extension trestle ladder shall be not less than 6 inches (15 cm) nor more than 12 inches (31 cm), as measured between center lines of the rungs, cleats, and steps. The minimum clear distance between the sides of individual-rung/step ladders and the minimum clear distance between the side rails of other fixed ladders shall be 16 inches (41 cm). The minimum clear distance between side rails for all portable ladders shall be 11 1/2 inches (29 cm). The rungs of individual-rung/step ladders shall be shaped such that employees' feet cannot slide off the end of the rungs. The rungs and steps of fixed metal ladders manufactured after March 15, 1991, shall be corrugated, knurled, dimpled, coated with skid-resistant material, or otherwise treated to minimize slipping. The rungs and steps of portable metal ladders shall be corrugated, knurled, dimpled, coated with skid-resistant material, or otherwise treated to minimize slipping.

132

Ladders shall not be tied or fastened together to provide longer sections unless they are specifically designed for such use. A metal spreader or locking device shall be provided on each stepladder to hold the front and back sections in an open position when the ladder is being used. When splicing is required to obtain a given length of side rail, the resulting side rail must be at least equivalent in strength to a one-piece side rail made of the same material. Except when portable ladders are used to gain access to fixed ladders (such as those on utility towers, billboards, and other structures where the bottom of the fixed ladder is elevated to limit access), when two or more separate ladders are used to reach an elevated work area, the ladders shall be offset with a platform or landing between the ladders. (The requirements to have guardrail systems with toeboards for falling object and overhead protection on platforms and landings are set forth in subpart M of this part.) Ladder components shall be surfaced so as to prevent injury to an employee from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing. Wood ladders shall not be coated with any opaque covering, except for identification or warning labels which may be placed on one face only of a side rail. The minimum perpendicular clearance between fixed ladder rungs, cleats, and steps, and any obstruction behind the ladder shall be 7 inches (18 cm), except in the case of an elevator pit ladder for which a minimum perpendicular clearance of 4 1/2 inches (11 cm) is required. The minimum perpendicular clearance between the center line of fixed ladder rungs, cleats, and steps, and any obstruction on the climbing side of the ladder shall be 30 inches (76 cm), except as provided in paragraph (a)(15) of this section. When unavoidable obstructions are encountered, the minimum perpendicular clearance between the centerline of fixed ladder rungs, cleats, and steps, and the obstruction on the climbing side of the ladder may be reduced to 24 inches (61 cm), provided that a deflection device is installed to guide employees around the obstruction. Through fixed ladders at their point of access/egress shall have a step-across distance of not less than 7 inches (18 cm) nor more than 12 inches (30 cm) as measured from the centerline of the steps or rungs to the nearest edge of the landing area. If the normal step-across distance exceeds 12 inches (30 cm), a landing platform shall be provided to reduce the distance to the specified limit. Fixed ladders without cages or wells shall have a clear width to the nearest permanent object of at least 15 inches (30 cm) on each side of the centerline of the ladder. Fixed ladders shall be provided with cages, wells, ladder safety devices, or self-retracting lifelines where the length of climb is less than 24 feet (7.3 m) but the top of the ladder is at a distance greater than 24 feet (7.3 m) above lower levels. Where the total length of a climb equals or exceeds 24 feet (7.3 m), fixed ladders shall be equipped with one of the following:

• Ladder safety devices; or • Self-retracting lifelines, and rest platforms at intervals not to exceed 150 feet (45.7 m); or

133

A cage or well, and multiple ladder sections, each ladder section not to exceed 50 feet (15.2 m) in length. Ladder sections shall be offset from adjacent sections, and landing platforms shall be provided at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15.2 m). Cages for fixed ladders shall conform to all of the following:

• Horizontal bands shall be fastened to the side rails of rail ladders, or directly to the structure, building, or equipment for individual-rung ladders;

• Vertical bars shall be on the inside of the horizontal bands and shall be fastened to them; • Cages shall extend not less than 27 inches (66 cm), or more than 30 inches (76 cm) from the

centerline of the step or rung (excluding the flare at the bottom of the cage), and shall not be less than 27 inches (68 cm) in width;

• The inside of the cage shall be clear of projections; • Horizontal bands shall be spaced not more than 4 feet (1.2 m) on center vertically; • Vertical bars shall be spaced at intervals not more than 9 1/2 inches (24 cm) on center

horizontally; • The bottom of the cage shall be at a level not less than 7 feet (2.1 m) nor more than 8 feet (2.4 m)

above the point of access to the bottom of the ladder. The bottom of the cage shall be flared not less than 4 inches (10 cm) all around within the distance between the bottom horizontal band and the next higher band;

• The top of the cage shall be a minimum of 42 inches (1.1 m) above the top of the platform, or the point of access at the top of the ladder, with provision for access to the platform or other point of access.

Wells for fixed ladders shall conform to all of the following:

• They shall completely encircle the ladder; • They shall be free of projections; • Their inside face on the climbing side of the ladder shall extend not less than 27 inches (68 cm)

nor more than 30 inches (76 cm) from the centerline of the step or rung; • The inside clear width shall be at least 30 inches (76 cm); • The bottom of the wall on the access side shall start at a level not less than 7 feet (2.1 m) nor more

than 8 feet (2.4 m) above the point of access to the bottom of the ladder. Ladder safety devices, and related support systems, for fixed ladders shall conform to all of the following:

• They shall be capable of withstanding without failure a drop test consisting of an 18-inch (41 cm) drop of a 500-pound (226 kg) weight;

• They shall permit the employee using the device to ascend or descend without continually having to hold, push, or pull any part of the device, leaving both hands free for climbing;

• They shall be activated within 2 feet (.61 m) after a fall occurs, and limit the descending velocity of an employee to 7 feet/sec. (2.1 m/sec.) or less;

• The connection between the carrier or lifeline and the point of attachment to the body belt or harness shall not exceed 9 inches (23 cm) in length.

The mounting of ladder safety devices for fixed ladders shall conform to the following:

• Mountings for rigid carriers shall be attached at each end of the carrier, with intermediate mountings, as necessary, spaced along the entire length of the carrier, to provide the strength necessary to stop employees' falls;

• Mountings for flexible carriers shall be attached at each end of the carrier. When the system is exposed to wind, cable guides for flexible carriers shall be installed at a minimum spacing of 25 feet (7.6 m) and maximum spacing of 40 feet (12.2 m) along the entire length of the carrier, to prevent wind damage to the system.

134

The design and installation of mountings and cable guides shall not reduce the design strength of the ladder. The side rails of through or side-step fixed ladders shall extend 42 inches (1.1 m) above the top of the access level or landing platform served by the ladder. For a parapet ladder, the access level shall be the roof if the parapet is cut to permit passage through the parapet; if the parapet is continuous, the access level shall be the top of the parapet. For through-fixed-ladder extensions, the steps or rungs shall be omitted from the extension and the extension of the side rails shall be flared to provide not less than 24 inches (61 cm) nor more than 30 inches (76 cm) clearance between side rails. Where ladder safety devices are provided, the maximum clearance between side rails of the extensions shall not exceed 36 inches (91 cm). For side-step fixed ladders, the side rails and the steps or rungs shall be continuous in the extension. Individual-rung/step ladders, except those used where their access openings are covered with manhole covers or hatches, shall extend at least 42 inches (1.1 m) above an access level or landing platform either by the continuation of the rung spacings as horizontal grab bars or by providing vertical grab bars that shall have the same lateral spacing as the vertical legs of the rungs. Use. The following requirements apply to the use of all ladders, including job-made ladders, except as otherwise indicated:

• When portable ladders are used for access to an upper landing surface, the ladder side rails shall extend at least 3 feet (.9 m) above the upper landing surface to which the ladder is used to gain access; or, when such an extension is not possible because of the ladder's length, then the ladder shall be secured at its top to a rigid support that will not deflect, and a grasping device, such as a grabrail, shall be provided to assist employees in mounting and dismounting the ladder. In no case shall the extension be such that ladder deflection under a load would, by itself, cause the ladder to slip off its support.

• Ladders shall be maintained free of oil, grease, and other slipping hazards. • Ladders shall not be loaded beyond the maximum intended load for which they were built, nor

beyond their manufacturer's rated capacity. • Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed. • Non-self-supporting ladders shall be used at an angle such that the horizontal distance from the

top support to the foot of the ladder is approximately one-quarter of the working length of the ladder (the distance along the ladder between the foot and the top support).

• Wood job-made ladders with spliced side rails shall be used at an angle such that the horizontal distance is one-eighth the working length of the ladder.

• Fixed ladders shall be used at a pitch no greater than 90 degrees from the horizontal, as measured to the back side of the ladder.

• Ladders shall be used only on stable and level surfaces unless secured to prevent accidental displacement.

Ladders shall not be used on slippery surfaces unless secured or provided with slip-resistant feet to prevent accidental displacement. Slip-resistant feet shall not be used as a substitute for care in placing, lashing, or holding a ladder that is used upon slippery surfaces including, but not limited to, flat metal or concrete surfaces that are constructed so they cannot be prevented from becoming slippery. Ladders placed in any location where they can be displaced by workplace activities or traffic, such as in passageways, doorways, or driveways, shall be secured to prevent accidental displacement, or a barricade shall be used to keep the activities or traffic away from the ladder. The area around the top and bottom of ladders shall be kept clear.

135

The top of a non-self-supporting ladder shall be placed with the two rails supported equally unless it is equipped with a single support attachment. Ladders shall not be moved, shifted, or extended while occupied. Ladders shall have nonconductive siderails if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized electrical equipment, except as provided in 1926.951(c)(1) of this part. The top or top step of a stepladder shall not be used as a step. Cross-bracing on the rear section of stepladders shall not be used for climbing unless the ladders are designed and provided with steps for climbing on both front and rear sections. Ladders shall be inspected by a competent person for visible defects on a periodic basis and after any occurrence that could affect their safe use. Portable ladders with structural defects, such as, but not limited to, broken or missing rungs, cleats, or steps, broken or split rails, corroded components, or other faulty or defective components, shall either be immediately marked in a manner that readily identifies them as defective, or be tagged with "Do Not Use" or similar language, and shall be withdrawn from service until repaired. Fixed ladders with structural defects, such as, but not limited to, broken or missing rungs, cleats, or steps, broken or split rails, or corroded components, shall be withdrawn from service until repaired. The requirement to withdraw a defective ladder from service is satisfied if the ladder is either:

• Immediately tagged with "Do Not Use" or similar language; • Marked in a manner that readily identifies it as defective; • Or blocked (such as with a plywood attachment that spans several rungs).

Ladder repairs shall restore the ladder to a condition meeting its original design criteria, before the ladder is returned to use. Single-rail ladders shall not be used. When ascending or descending a ladder, the user shall face the ladder. Each employee shall use at least one hand to grasp the ladder when progressing up and/or down the ladder. An employee shall not carry any object or load that could cause the employee to lose balance and fall.

Section 16

Lead Program

136

Purpose Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational exposure to lead, except as provided. This section does not apply to the construction industry or to agricultural operations covered by 29 CFR Part 1928. Definitions. "Action level" means employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 ug/m(3)) averaged over an 8-hour period. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, or designee. "Lead" means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps. Excluded from this definition are all other organic lead compounds. Permissible exposure limit (PEL). The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 ug/m(3)) averaged over an 8-hour period. If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any work day, the permissible exposure limit, as a time weighted average (TWA) for that day, shall be reduced according to the following formula: Maximum permissible limit (in ug/m(3))=400 divided by hours worked in the day. When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work practice controls to comply with the PEL and all the requirements have been met, employee exposure, for the purpose of determining whether the employer has complied with the PEL, may be considered to be at the level provided by the protection factor of the respirator for those periods the respirator is worn. Those periods may be averaged with exposure levels during periods when respirators are not worn to determine the employee's daily TWA exposure. Exposure monitoring - General. Employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area. Full shift personal samples shall be representative of the monitored employee's regular, daily exposure to lead. Initial determination.

137

Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall determine if any employee may be exposed to lead at or above the action level. Basis of initial determination. The employer shall monitor employee exposures and shall base initial determinations on the employee exposure monitoring results and any of the following, relevant considerations:

• Any information, observations, or calculations which would indicate employee exposure to lead; • Any previous measurements of airborne lead; and • Any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to lead.

Monitoring for the initial determination may be limited to a representative sample of the exposed employees who the employer reasonably believes are exposed to the greatest airborne concentrations of lead in the workplace. Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months may be used to satisfy the requirement to monitor under paragraph (d)(3)(i) if the sampling and analytical methods used meet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section. Positive initial determination and initial monitoring. Where a determination shows the possibility of any employee exposure at or above the action level, the employer shall conduct monitoring which is representative of the exposure for each employee in the workplace who is exposed to lead. Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months may be used to satisfy this requirement if the sampling and analytical methods used meet the accuracy and confidence levels of this section. Negative initial determination. Where a determination is made that no employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the action level, the employer shall make a written record of such determination. The record shall include at least the information in this section and shall also include the date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and social security number of each employee monitored. Frequency. If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to be below the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as otherwise provided in this section. If the initial determination or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring in accordance with this paragraph at least every 6 months. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level at which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided in this section. If the initial monitoring reveals that employee exposure is above the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring quarterly. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the PEL but at or above the action level at which time the employer shall repeat monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in this section.

138

Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, process, control or personnel change which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures to lead, additional monitoring in accordance with this paragraph shall be conducted. Employee notification. The employer must, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, notify each affected employee of these results either individually in writing or by posting the results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees. Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators, exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 20 percent for airborne concentrations of lead equal to or greater than 30 ug/m(3). Methods of compliance - Engineering and work practice controls. Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limit for more than 30 days per year, the employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls (including administrative controls) to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead in accordance with the implementation schedule in Table I below, except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of this section. Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limit, but for 30 days or less per year, the employer shall implement engineering controls to reduce exposures to 200 ug/m(3), but thereafter may implement any combination of engineering, work practice (including administrative controls), and respiratory controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below 50 ug/m(3) TABLE I

Industry

Compliance dates(1):

(50 UG/M(3)) Lead chemicals, secondary copper smeting. Nonferrous foundries. Brass and bronze ingot manufacture.

July 19, 1996. July 19, 1996(2). 6 years(3).

Footnote(1) Calculated by counting from the date the stay on implementation of paragraph (e)(1) was lifted by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, the number of years specified in the 1978 lead standard and subsequent amendments for compliance with the PEL of 50 ug/m(3) for exposure to airborne concentrations of lead levels for the particular industry. Footnote(2) Large nonferrous foundries (20 or more employees) are

139

required to achieve the PEL of 50 ug/m(3) by means of engineering and work practice controls. Small nonferrous foundries (fewer than 20 employees) are required to achieve an 8-hour TWA of 75 ug/m(3) by such controls. Footnote(3) Expressed as the number of years from the date on which the Court lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for this industry for employers to achieve a lead in air concentration of 75 ug/m(3). Compliance with paragraph (e) in this industry is determined by a complance directive that incorporates elements from the settlement agreement between OSHA and representatives of the injury. are required to comply within five years. Respiratory protection. Where engineering and work practice controls do not reduce employee exposure to or below the 50 ug/m(3) permissible exposure limit, the employer shall supplement these controls with respirators. Compliance program. Each employer shall establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, and interim levels if applicable, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls in accordance with the implementation schedule in this section. Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following:

• A description of each operation in which lead is emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

• A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance, including engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected for controlling exposure to lead;

• A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit; • Air monitoring data which documents the source of lead emissions; • A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies

of purchase orders for equipment, construction contracts, etc.; • A work practice program; • An administrative control schedule, if applicable;

Other relevant information. Written programs shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives. Written programs must be revised and updated at least annually to reflect the current status of the program. Mechanical ventilation. When ventilation is used to control exposure, measurements which demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shall be made at least every 3 months. Measurements of the system's effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made

140

within 5 days of any change in production, process, or control which might result in a change in employee exposure to lead. Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into the workplace, the employer shall assure that (A) the system has a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filter; and (B) controls to monitor the concentration of lead in the return air and to bypass the recirculation system automatically if it fails are installed, operating, and maintained. Administrative controls. If administrative controls are used as a means of reducing employees TWA exposure to lead, the employer shall establish and implement a job rotation schedule which includes:

• Name or identification number of each affected employee; • Duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where each affected employee is located;

and • Any other information which may be useful in assessing the reliability of administrative controls

to reduce exposure to lead. Respiratory protection. General. For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

• Periods necessary to install or implement engineering or work-practice controls. • Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are not sufficient to reduce

employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit. • Periods when an employee requests a respirator.

Respirator program. The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m). If an employee has breathing difficulty during fit testing or respirator use, the employer must provide the employee with a medical examination to determine whether or not the employee can use a respirator while performing the required duty. Respirator selection. Employers must:

• Select, and provide to employees, the appropriate respirators specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of 29 CFR 1910.134.

• Provide employees with full facepiece respirators instead of half mask respirators for protection against lead aerosols that cause eye or skin irritation at the use concentrations.

• Provide HEPA filters for powered and non-powered air-purifying respirators. Employers must provide employees with a powered air-purifying respirator (PAPR) instead of a negative pressure respirator when an employee chooses to use a PAPR and it provides adequate protection to the employee. Protective work clothing and equipment - Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators or where the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to

141

the employee and assure that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to:

• Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing; • Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and • Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment which complies with

1910.133 of this Part. Cleaning and replacement. The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly, and daily to employees whose exposure levels without regard to a respirator are over 200 ug/m(3) of lead as an 8-hour TWA. The employer shall provide for the cleaning, laundering, or disposal of protective clothing and equipment. The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms provided for that purpose. The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of lead outside the container. The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead. The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment are labeled as follows: CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS. The employer shall prohibit the removal of lead from protective clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means which disperses lead into the air. Housekeeping - Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead. Cleaning floors. Floors and other surfaces where lead accumulates may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air. Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and found not to be effective. Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of lead into the workplace. Hygiene facilities and practices.

142

The employer shall assure that in areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators, food or beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except in change rooms, lunchrooms, and showers required under paragraphs (i)(2) - through (i)(4) of this section. Change rooms. The employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators. The employer shall assure that change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination. Showers. The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators, shower at the end of the work shift. The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(3) of this part. The employer shall assure that employees do not leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift. Lunchrooms. The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators. The employer shall assure that lunchroom facilities have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to employees. The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL without regard to the use of a respirator wash their hands and face prior to eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics. The employer shall assure that employees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface lead dust has been removed by vacuuming, down draft booth, or other cleaning method. Lavatories. The employer shall provide an adequate number of lavatory facilities. Medical surveillance - General. The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days per year. The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician. The employer shall provide the required medical surveillance including multiple physician review without cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place.

143

Biological monitoring - Blood lead and ZPP level sampling and analysis. The employer shall make available biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels to each employee on the following schedule:

• At least every 6 months to each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section; • At least every two months for each employee whose last blood sampling and analysis indicated a

blood lead level at or above 40 ug/100 g of whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samples and analyses indicate a blood lead level below 40 ug/100 g of whole blood; and

• At least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level.

Follow-up blood sampling tests. Whenever the results of a blood lead level test indicate that an employee's blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A), of this section, the employer shall provide a second (follow-up) blood sampling test within two weeks after the employer receives the results of the first blood sampling test. Accuracy of blood lead level sampling and analysis. Blood lead level sampling and analysis provided pursuant to this section shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95 percent) within plus or minus 15 percent or 6 ug/100 ml, whichever is greater, and shall be conducted by a laboratory licensed by the Center for Disease Control, United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare (CDC) or which has received a satisfactory grade in blood lead proficiency testing from CDC in the prior twelve months. Employee notification. Within five working days after the receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify in writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 ug/100 g: of that employee's blood lead level and (B) that the standard requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection benefits when an employee's blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section. Medical examinations and consultations - Frequency. The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee on the following schedule:

• At least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling test conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 ug/100 g;

• Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area in which airborne concentrations of lead are at or above the action level;

• As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication, that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on the employee's ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting test or during use; and

• As medically appropriate for each employee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination.

Content. Medical examinations shall include the following elements:

• A detailed work history and a medical history, with particular attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non-occupational), personal habits (smoking, hygiene), and past gastrointestinal, hematologic,renal, cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological problems;

144

• A thorough physical examination, with particular attention to teeth, gums, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and neurological systems. Pulmonary status should be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used;

• A blood pressure measurement; • A blood sample and analysis which determines:

o Blood lead level; o Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination of

peripheral smear morphology; o Zinc protoporphyrin; o Blood urea nitrogen; and, o Serum creatinine;

• A routine urinalysis with microscopic examination; and • Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical

practice. The content of medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph (j)(3)(i)(C) - (D) of this section shall be determined by an examining physician and, if requested by an employee, shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of male fertility.

Multiple physician review mechanism. If the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a second physician:

• To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physician; and • To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems

necessary to facilitate this review. The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician's written opinion, whichever is later: The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a second medical opinion, and The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician. If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve any disagreement. If the two physicians have been unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician: To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior physicians; and To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians. The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians. Information provided to examining and consulting physicians.

145

The employer shall provide an initial physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under this section with the following information:

• A copy of this regulation for lead including all Appendices; • A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; • The employee's exposure level or anticipated exposure level to lead and to any other toxic

substance (if applicable); • A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; • Prior blood lead determinations; and • All prior written medical opinions concerning the employee in the employer's possession or

control. The employer shall provide the foregoing information to a second or third physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under this section upon request either by the second or third physician, or by the employee. Written medical opinions. The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy of a written medical opinion from each examining or consulting physician which contains the following information:

• The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to lead;

• Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to the employee, or limitations to be placed upon the employee's exposure to lead;

• Any recommended limitation upon the employee's use of respirators, including a determination of whether the employee can wear a powered air purifying respirator if a physician determines that the employee cannot wear a negative pressure respirator; and

• The results of the blood lead determinations. The employer shall instruct each examining and consulting physician to:

• Not reveal either in the written opinion, or in any other means of communication with the employer, findings, including laboratory results, or diagnoses unrelated to an employee's occupational exposure to lead; and

• Advise the employee of any medical condition, occupational or non-occupational, which dictates further medical examination or treatment.

Alternate Physician Determination Mechanisms. The employer and an employee or authorized employee representative may agree upon the use of any expeditious alternate physician determination mechanism in lieu of the multiple physician review mechanism provided by this paragraph so long as the alternate mechanism otherwise satisfies the requirements contained in this paragraph. Chelation. The employer shall assure that any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controls does not engage in prophylactic chelation of any employee at any time. If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation is to be performed by any person, the employer shall assure that it be done under the supervision of a licensed physician in a clinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that the employee is notified in writing prior to its occurrence. Medical Removal Protection -

146

Temporary medical removal and return of an employee - Temporary removal due to elevated blood lead levels - The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a periodic and a follow-up blood sampling test conducted pursuant to this section indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 60 ug/100 g of whole blood; and, The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that the average of the last three blood sampling tests conducted pursuant to this section (or the average of all blood sampling tests conducted over the previous six (6) months, whichever is longer) indicates that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 50 ug/100 g of whole blood; provided, however, that an employee need not be removed if the last blood sampling test indicates a blood lead level at or below 40 ug/100 g of whole blood. Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

• For the purposes of this section, the phrase "final medical determination" shall mean the outcome of the multiple physician review mechanism or alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

• Where a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee's exposure to lead, the employer shall implement and act consistent with the recommendation.

Return of the employee to former job status. The employer shall return an employee to his or her former job status:

• For an employee removed due to a blood lead level at or above 60 ug/100 g, or due to an average blood lead level at or above 50 ug/100 g, when two consecutive blood sampling tests indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or below 40 ug/100 g of whole blood;

• For an employee removed due to a final medical determination, when a subsequent final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

• For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

Removal of other employee special protective measure or limitations. The employer shall remove any limitations placed on an employee or end any special protective measures provided to an employee pursuant to a final medical determination when a subsequent final medical determination indicates that the limitations or special protective measures are no longer necessary. Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where the multiple physician review mechanism, or alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section, has not yet resulted in a final medical determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as follows:

147

Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to lead, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee's health status. Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her former job status, end any special protective measures provided to the employee, and remove any limitations placed upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee's health status, with two exceptions. If - the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employee resulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician or The employee has been on removal status for the preceding eighteen months due to an elevated blood lead level, then the employer shall await a final medical determination. Medical removal protection benefits - Provision of medical removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee up to eighteen (18) months of medical removal protection benefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to lead or otherwise limited pursuant to this section. Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall maintain the earnings, seniority and other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited. Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee removal or limitation. During the period of time that an employee is removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited, the employer may condition the provision of medical removal protection benefits upon the employee's participation in follow-up medical surveillance made available pursuant to this section. Workers' compensation claims. If a removed employee files a claim for workers' compensation payments for a lead-related disability, then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer's medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by such amount. The employer shall receive no credit for workers' compensation payments received by the employee for treatment related expenses. Other credits. The employer's obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program, or receives income from employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal. Employees whose blood lead levels do not adequately decline within 18 months of removal. The employer shall take the following measures with respect to any employee removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level whose blood lead level has not declined within the past eighteen (18) months of removal so that the employee has been returned to his or her former job status: The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical determination with respect to the employee; The employer shall assure that the final medical determination obtained indicates whether or not the employee may be returned to his or her former job status, and if not, what steps should be taken to protect the employee's health;

148

Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, or once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to his or her former job status, the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the employee is returned to former job status, or a final medical determination is made that the employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job status. Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical determination which permits the return of the employee to his or her former job status despite what would otherwise be an unacceptable blood lead level, later questions concerning removing the employee again shall be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need not automatically remove such an employee pursuant to the blood lead level removal criteria provided by this section. Voluntary Removal or Restriction of An Employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section to do so, removes an employee from exposure to lead or otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of lead exposure on the employee's medical condition, the employer shall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to that required by paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section. Employee information and training - Training program. Each employer who has a workplace in which there is a potential exposure to airborne lead at any level shall inform employees of the content of Appendices A and B of this regulation. All affected employees are required to attend training programs. The training shall be provided prior to the time of initial job assignment. The employer shall institute a training program for and assure the participation of all employees who are subject to exposure to lead at or above the action level or for whom the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists. The training program shall be repeated at least annually for each employee. The employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

• The content of this standard and its appendices; • The specific nature of the operations which could result in exposure to lead above the action level; • The purpose, proper selection, fitting, use, and limitations of respirators; • The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program, and the medical removal

protection program including information concerning the adverse health effects associated with excessive exposure to lead (with particular attention to the adverse reproductive effects on both males and females);

• The engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job assignment; • The contents of any compliance plan in effect; and • Instructions to employees that chelating agents should not routinely be used to remove lead from

their bodies and should not be used at all except under the direction of a licensed physician; Access to information and training materials. The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and its appendices.

149

The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. The employer shall include as part of the training program, and shall distribute to employees, any materials pertaining to the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the regulations issued pursuant to that Act, and this lead standard, which are made available to the employer by the Assistant Secretary. Signs - General. The employer may use signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs required by this paragraph. The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign. Signs. The employer shall post the following warning signs in each work area where the PEL is exceeded:

WARNING LEAD WORK AREA

POISON NO SMOKING OR EATING

The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. Recordkeeping - Exposure monitoring. The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required in this section. This record shall include:

• The date(s), number, duration, location and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

• A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; • The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; • Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other

employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and • The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of employee exposure.

The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. Medical surveillance. The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (j) of this section. This record shall include:

150

• The name, social security number, and description of the duties of the employee; • A copy of the physician's written opinions; • Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that employee and the representative

exposure levels supplied to the physician; and • Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead.

The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records:

• A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (j) of this section;

• A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references to that information;

• A copy of the results of biological monitoring. The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician maintains those medical records for at least 40 years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. Medical removals. The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removed from current exposure to lead pursuant to paragraph (k) of this section. Each record shall include:

• The name and social security number of the employee; • The date on each occasion that the employee was removed from current exposure to lead as well

as the corresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her former job status; • A brief explanation of how each removal was or is being accomplished; and • A statement with respect to each removal indicating whether or not the reason for the removal was

an elevated blood lead level. The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for at least the duration of an employee's employment. Availability. The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. Environmental monitoring, medical removal, and medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 (a)-(e) and (2)-(i). Medical removal records shall be provided in the same manner as environmental monitoring records. Transfer of records. Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (n) of this section. Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director.

151

At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Director if requested within the period. The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1020(h). Observation of monitoring. Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to lead conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Observation procedures. Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to lead requires entry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators, clothing and such equipment, and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled to: Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures; Observe all steps related to the monitoring of lead performed at the place of exposure; and Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory.

Section 17

152

Lockout/Tagout Program Purpose

The purpose of the Lockout/Tagout program is to provide a systemic means of providing for and ensuring the control of hazardous energy. This program establishes the requirements for isolation of both kinetic and potential electrical, chemical, thermal, hydraulic, pneumatic, and gravitational energy prior to equipment repair, adjustment or removal. Reference: OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910. 147, The Control of Hazardous Energy.

Definitions

Authorized (Qualified) Employees are the only ones certified to lock and tagout equipment or machinery. Whether an employee is considered to be qualified will depend upon various circumstances in the workplace. It is likely for an individual to be considered "qualified" with regard to certain equipment in the workplace, but "unqualified" as to other equipment. An employee who is undergoing on-the-job training and who, in the course of such training, has demonstrated an ability to perform duties safely at his or her level of training and who is under the direct supervision of a qualified person, is considered to be "qualified" for the performance of those duties.

Affected Employees are those employees who operate machinery or equipment upon which lockout or tagging out is required under this program. Training of these individuals will be less stringent in that it will include the purpose and use of the lockout procedures.

Lockout Devices are devices that utilizes a lock, either key or combination, to hold an energy isolating device in a safe position.

Other Employees are identified as those that do not fall into the authorized, affected or qualified employee category. Essentially, it will include all other employees. These employees will be provided instruction in what the program is and not to touch any machine or equipment when they see that it has been locked or tagged out.

Tagout Devices are warning tags that are both weather and chemical resistant, standardized in size and color with word warnings of hazardous energies. Examples include:

Do Not Start

Do Not Open

Do Not Close

Do Not Energize

Do Not Operate

Hazards - Improper or failure to use Lockout/Tagout procedures may result in:

153

• Electrical shock

• Chemical exposure

• Skin burns

• Lacerations & amputation

• Fires & explosions

• Chemical releases

• Eye injury

• Death

Hazard Controls

• Only authorized and trained employees may engage in tasks that require use of lockout-tagout procedures

• All equipment has single sources of electrical power

• Lockout procedures have been developed for all equipment and processes

• Restoration from Lockout is a controlled operation

Training

Authorized Employees Training

All Maintenance Employees, Department Supervisors and Janitorial employees will be trained to use the Lockout/Tagout Procedures. The training will be conducted by the Maintenance Supervisor or Safety Coordinator at time of initial hire. The training will consist of the following:

1. Review of General Procedures

2. Recognition of hazardous energy sources

3. Types and magnitude of energy available

4. Methods and means necessary for energy isolation and control

5. Review of Specific Procedures for machinery, equipment and processes

6. Location and use of Specific Procedures 7. Limitations of tags and other warning devices, that they do not provide physical restraint, and

that tags should not be removed without authorization

8. Procedures when questions arise Each authorized employee shall receive adequate training. The training should address that all

affected employees are instructed in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure.

Affected Employee Training

154

Training should also be provided for employees whose work operations are or may be in an area where energy control procedures may be utilized.

1. Only trained and authorized employees will repair, replace or adjust machinery, equipment or processes.

2. Affected employees may not remove locks, locking devices or tags from machinery, equipment or circuits.

3. Purpose and use of the lockout procedures.

Other Employee Training

1. Only trained and authorized employees will repair, replace or adjust machinery or equipment.

2. Other Employees may not remove Locks, locking devices or tags from machinery, equipment or circuits.

Retraining

Retraining shall be provided at least annually but must be provided: 1. When there is a change in job assignments or in equipment 2. When there is a change in the energy control procedures 3. When a new hazard has been introduced

Records of all training must be established and maintained and must be signed and certified.

Preparation for Lock and Tag Out Procedures

A Lockout/Tagout survey has been conducted to locate and identify all energy sources to verify which switches or valves supply energy to machinery and equipment. Dual or redundant controls have been removed.

A Tagout Schedule has been developed for each piece of equipment and machinery. This schedule describes the energy sources, location of disconnects, type of disconnect, special hazards and special safety procedures. The schedule will be reviewed each time to ensure employees properly lock and tag out equipment and machinery. If a Tagout Schedule does not exist for a particular piece of equipment, machinery and process, one must be developed prior to conducting a Lockout/Tagout. As repairs and/or renovations of existing electrical systems are made, standardized controls will be used.

Routine Maintenance & Machine Adjustments

Lockout/Tagout procedures are not required if equipment must be operating for proper adjustment. This rare exception may be used only by trained and authorized employees when specific procedures have been developed to safely avoid hazards with proper training. All consideration shall be made to prevent the need for an employee to break the plane of a normally guarded area of the equipment by use of tools and other devices.

155

Locks, Hasps and Tags

All Qualified Maintenance Personnel will be assigned a lock with one key, hasp and tag. All locks will be keyed differently, except when a specific individual is issues a series of locks for complex lockout-tagout tasks. In some cases, more than one lock, hasp and tag are needed to completely de-energize equipment and machinery. Additional locks may be checked out from the Department or Maintenance Supervisor on a shift-by-shift basis. All locks and hasps shall be uniquely identifiable to a specific employee.

General Lockout/Tagout Procedures

Before working on, repairing, adjusting or replacing machinery and equipment, if the energy source can be locked out, lock out and/or tag out devices shall be utilized. The following procedures will be utilized to place the machinery and equipment in a neutral or zero mechanical state.

Preparation for Shutdown.

Before authorized or affected employees turn off a machine or piece of equipment, the authorized employee will have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the means to control the energy.

Notify all affected employees that the machinery, equipment or process will be out of service

Machine or Equipment Shutdown.

The machine or equipment will be turned off or shut down using the specific procedures for that specific machine. An orderly shutdown will be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazards to employees as a result of equipment de-energization.

If the machinery, equipment or process is in operation, follow normal stopping procedures (depress stop button, open toggle switch, etc.).

Move switch or panel arms to "Off" or "Open" positions and close all valves or other energy isolating devices so that the energy source(s) is disconnected or isolated from the machinery or equipment.

Machine or Equipment Isolation.

All energy control devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment will be physically located and operated in such a manner as to isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source.

Lockout or Tagout Device Application.

Lockout or tagout devices will be affixed to energy isolating devices by authorized employees. Lockout devices will be affixed in a manner that will hold the energy isolating devices from the "safe" or "off" position.

156

Where tagout devices are used they will be affixed in such a manner that will clearly state that the operation or the movement of energy isolating devices from the "safe" or "off" positions is prohibited.

The tagout devices will be attached to the same point a lock would be attached. If the tag cannot be affixed at that point, the tag will be located as close as possible to the device in a position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the device.

Lock and tag out all energy devices by use of hasps, chains and valve covers with an assigned individual locks.

Stored Energy

Following the application of the lockout or tagout devices to the energy isolating devices, all potential or residual energy will be relieved, disconnected, restrained, and otherwise rendered safe.

Where the re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous energy level is possible, verification of isolation will be continued until the maintenance or servicing is complete.

Release stored energy (capacitors, springs, elevated members, rotating fly wheels, and hydraulic/air/gas/steam systems) must be relieved or restrained by grounding, repositioning, blocking and/or bleeding the system.

Verification of Isolation

Prior to starting work on machines or equipment that have been locked or tagged out, the authorized employees will verify that isolation or de-energization of the machine or equipment have been accomplished.

After assuring that no employee will be placed in danger, test all lock and tag outs by following the normal start up procedures (depress start button, etc.).

Caution: After test has been performed, the controls shall be placed in the neutral position.

If, while the equipment is isolated, it must be re-energized for some reason to test the equipment, all tools and employees must be cleared, the isolation is to be removed, and the equipment is energized and tested. After the testing is completed, all control measures must be reapplied.

Extended Lockout - Tagout

Should the shift change before the machinery or equipment can be restored to service, the lock and tag out must remain. If the task is reassigned to the next shift, those Employees must lock and tag out before the previous shift may remove their lock and tag.

157

Release from LOCKOUT/TAGOUT

Before lockout or tagout devices are removed and the energy restored to the machine or equipment, the following actions will be taken:

1. The work area will be thoroughly cleared and inspected to ensure that nonessential items have been removed and that machine or equipment components are operational.

2. The work area will be checked to ensure that all employees have been safely positioned or removed. Before the lockout or tagout devices are removed, the affected employees will be notified that the lockout or tagout devices are being removed.

3. Each lockout or tagout device will be removed from each energy isolating device by the employee who applied the device.

SOP: LOTO Procedure for Electrical Plug-Type Equipment

This procedure covers all Electrical Plug-Type Equipment such as Battery Chargers, some Product Pumps, Office Equipment, Powered Hand Tools, Powered Bench Tools, Lathes, Fans, etc.

When working on, repairing, or adjusting the above equipment, the following procedures must be utilized to prevent accidental or sudden startup:

1. Unplug electrical equipment from wall socket or in-line socket.

2. Attach "Do Not Operate" Tag and Plug Box & Lock on end of power cord.

An exception is granted to not lock & tag the plug is the cord & plug remain in the exclusive control of the Employee working on, adjusting or inspecting the equipment.

3. Test Equipment to assure power source has been removed by depressing the "Start" or On" Switch.

4. Perform required operations.

5. Replace all guards removed.

6. Remove Lock & Plug Box and Tag.

7. Inspect power cord and socket before plugging equipment into power source. Any defects must be repaired before placing the equipment back in service.

NOTE: Occasionally used equipment may be unplugged from power source when not in use.

LOTO Procedures Involving More Than One Employee

158

In the preceding procedures, if more than one employee or employees of different crafts or departments are assigned to a task requiring a lock and tag out, each must also place their own lock and/or tag on the energy isolating device(s). Each employee directly involved shall attach a personal lockout or tagout device to the isolation while the work is being performed. The authorized employee should ascertain the exposure status of individual group members. Then each respective employee is to remove their own lock and/or tag upon completion of the work.

During shift change or personnel changes, respective locking and tagging devices shall be removed and installed to ensure isolation of the energy sources.

Management's Removal of Lock and Tag Out

Only the employee that locks and tags out machinery, equipment or processes may remove their lock and tag. However, should the employee leave the facility before removing their lock and tag, the Maintenance Manager may remove the lock and tag. The Maintenance Manager must be assured that all tools have been removed, all guards have been replaced and all employees are free from any hazard before the lock and tag are removed and the machinery, equipment or process are returned to service. Notification of the employee who placed the lock is required prior to lock removal.

Inspection

An inspection program must be developed and maintained to ensure compliance with the requirements of this program. Representatives of the safety, maintenance, or operations departments must perform and document these inspections and their results. The records of the inspections must contain the following information:

• date of the inspection

• equipment that was isolation and inspected

• employees involved in the work requiring the Lockout/Tagout

• identity of the individual performing the inspection

These inspections must be conducted and documented at least annually and more often if deficiencies are noted or if for any reason non-compliance with this program is suspected.

Contractors

Contractors working on company property and equipment must use this Lockout/Tagout procedure while servicing or maintaining equipment, machinery or processes.


159

Section 18

Hearing Conservation Program

Purpose

Hearing conservation can be achieved through preventative measures. To reduce occupational-induced hearing loss, all employees who work in potentially noisy areas are provided hearing protection, training, and annual hearing tests. Engineering controls are applied to reduce noise from equipment and operations.

160

This program outlines the procedures that will be implemented and maintained to ensure optimal hearing faculties of all employees.

Responsibilities

Management

• Use engineering and administrative controls to limit employee exposure

• Provide adequate hearing protection for employees

• Post signs and warnings for all high noise areas

• Conduct noise surveys annually or when new equipment is added

• Conduct annual hearing tests for all employees

• Conduct hearing conservation training as required for all new employees

• Administer a hearing conservation program for all employees with excessive noise exposures

Employees

• Use provided, approved hearing protection in designated high noise areas

• Request new hearing protection when needed

• Exercise proper care in issues of hearing protection

Definitions

Action Level: An 8-hour time-weighted average of 85 dBA (decibels measured on the A-scale of a standard sound level meter at slow response). This average may be adjusted for different lengths of time of exposure, for instance 82 dBA for a 12-hour work shift.

Audiogram: A chart, graph, or table resulting from an audiometric test showing an individual’s hearing threshold levels as a function of frequency.

Standard Threshold Shift: A change in the hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of an average of 10 decibels or more at 2000, 2000, and 4000 Hz in either ear.

Hearing Conservation Program

All work areas shall be evaluated to determine the extent of noise exposures to employees. This may be accomplished through the use of area sound level meters or personal noise dosimetry. All employees with exposures above the Action Level shall be included in a Hearing Conservation Program. This necessitates the following:

• Continued monitoring of noise exposures of those employees

161

• Denoting of those areas with excessive exposure with appropriate signs and labels

• Audiometric evaluations of those employees with those exposures and associated follow-up procedures as required

• Annual refresher training in the OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure Standard (29 CFR 1920.95) and this Hearing Conservation Program

• Communication of noise exposures in those areas

• Posting of the OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure Standard

• Availability of hearing protectors for the use of affected employees

• Appropriate record keeping of all documents related to the Standard and this program as required

All of the elements of this program shall be maintained by the company and will be provided at no cost to the employee.

Training

At time of hire and annually thereafter, all employees incorporated in the Hearing Conservation Program must attend Hearing Conservation Training. The initial training is conducted as part of the New Hire Orientation Program by the Human Resource Department and consists of:

12. Rules and procedures

13. Where hearing protection is required

14. How to use and care for hearing protectors

15. How noise affects hearing and hearing loss

The training shall be updated as appropriate to include changes in work practices and the required PPE. Copies of this program shall be made available to all employees and it shall be posted in the work place. As necessary, it shall also be available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director of Labor.

Engineering and Administrative Controls

If it is determined that noise exposures above 85 dBA are present, engineering controls should be evaluated and implemented to reduce the noise exposure before administrative controls are initiated. Some examples of engineering controls include:

5. Noise reducing baffles

6. Compartmentalization

7. Installing noise reducing gears

8. Installing rubber pads under machinery

162

When new equipment or machinery is evaluated for purchase, the Safety Manager should be consulted to conduct an evaluation from a safety and health standpoint. One criteria of the evaluation should include the amount of noise the equipment will produce and how it will affect the overall noise exposure.

After engineering controls are evaluated for effectiveness or feasibility, administrative controls should be considered to reduce noise exposure. Administrative controls include adjusting the lengths of time that an individual is assigned to a particular noisy environment thereby restricting exposure time.

Audiometric Testing

Audiometric testing shall be made available to all employees with noise exposures equal to or above the Action Level.

Audiometric testing shall be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist, an otolaryngologist, or other physician who meets the qualifications in the Standard. Related requirements to this audiometric testing are as follows:

• Within 6 months of an employee’s first exposure at or above the action level, a baseline audiogram shall be obtained against which subsequent audiograms can be compared. EXCEPTION: When a mobile test van is used, the requirement for this baseline audiogram may be extended to one year.

• This baseline audiogram must be immediately preceded by at least 14 hours of no exposure to workplace noise. As an alternative to accomplishing this, hearing protectors may be worn by the individual to achieve these 14 hours of no exposure. The employee shall be notified of this requirement in advance.

• At least annually after obtaining the baseline audiogram, each employee in the Hearing Conservation Program shall have a follow-up annual audiogram. It shall be compared to the employee’s baseline audiogram to determine if the audiogram is valid and if a standard threshold shift (STS) has occurred in the employee’s hearing faculties.

• If as STS is suspected, a retest may be obtained within 30 days at the request of the physician.

• If the STS is confirmed:

• the employee shall be informed of the STS in writing within 21 days of that determination.

• employees not wearing hearing protectors shall be fitted with such protectors, trained in their use, and required to use them

• employees already using hearing protectors shall be refitted and retrained in the use of the protectors

163

• the employee may be referred to additional medical professionals to determine the type and extent of damage to the ear(s)

• An annual audiogram may be substituted for the baseline audiogram if deemed necessary by the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician.

Hearing Protectors

Hearing protectors are the first line of defense against noise in environments where engineering and administrative controls have not reduced employee exposure to safe levels. Hearing protectors can prevent significant hearing loss, but only if they are used properly. The most popular hearing protectors are earplugs which are inserted into the ear canal to provide a seal against the canal walls. Earmuffs enclose the entire external ears inside rigid cups. The inside of the muff cup is lined with acoustic foam and the perimeter of the cup is fitted with a cushion that seals against the head around the ear by the force of the headband.

Use of Hearing Protectors

PPE, such as ear plugs or muffs, may be used to reduce the amount of noise exposure. Each protector has a noise reduction rating (NRR) as evaluated by ANSI Standards (S3.19 - 1974 or Z24.22 - 1957). For example, if a work area has an ambient noise exposure of 96 dBA, the hearing protectors should be rated 6 NRR or better to be effective.

Hearing protectors will be made available to all employees with noise exposures equal to or exceeding the Action Level. Hearing protector use is mandatory by all employees with noise exposures at 90 dBA or above. A variety of hearing protectors will be available from which employees may choose (both a variety of plug and muff type hearing protectors) and they will be made available at no cost to the employee.

All employees shall properly wear the prescribed hearing protectors while working in or traveling through any work area that is designated a High Noise Area. (excluding offices, break rooms, and rest facilities). Additional requirements are as follows:

• Personal stereos, such as Walkmans, etc., will not be permitted in any operating area of company property.

• Employees will be able to select their hearing protectors from a variety of protectors and they shall be properly trained in the use, care, and fitting of those protectors.

• Hearing protectors will be properly worn at all times, except in offices, break rooms, rest facilities.

• Preformed earplugs and earmuffs should be washed periodically and stored in a clean area, and foam inserts should be discarded after each use. It is important to wash hands before handling pre-formed earplugs and foam inserts to prevent contaminants from being placed in the ear which may increase the risk of developing infections.

164

• Hearing protectors shall be replaced as often as necessary.

• Hearing protector usage and its efficacy shall be periodically evaluated and appropriate adjustments modifications shall be made to ensure its effectiveness.

Record Keeping

A record keeping system shall be developed and maintained to comply with the requirements of the Standard and this program. Requirement of this system shall include the following:

• Exposure determinations and assessments shall be retained for a minimum of two years.

• Audiometric test records shall be retained for the duration of the affected employee’s employment.


Section 19

Personal Protective Equipment Program

Purpose

All employees with be required to use the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to suit the task and to protect against the hazards. This procedure addresses the requirements for that PPE with the exception of PPE used for hearing conservation, respiratory protection, and that required for hazardous material response to spills or releases, which are covered under separate programs.

165

General Policy

Engineering controls shall be the primary methods used to eliminate or minimize hazardous exposures in the workplace. When such controls are not practical or applicable, PPE shall be employed to reduce or eliminate personnel exposure to those hazards. PPE will be provided, used, and maintained when it has been determined that its use is required and that such use will lessen the likelihood of occupational injuries and/or illnesses, such as from exposure to inhalation, absorption, or physical hazards.

Responsibilities

Management

• Conduct hazard assessments to identify specific PPE for specific tasks

• Train employees in the selection, use, inspection, storage, cleaning, and limitations of specific PPE

Supervisors

• Monitor use of PPE

• Provide replacement PPE when needed

• Identify any new hazards that would require the use of PPE

Employees

• Properly use and care for assigned PPE

• Immediately inform supervisor if PPE is damaged or ineffective

166

General Rules

Design

All personal protective clothing and equipment will be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed. Only those items of protective clothing and equipment that meet National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) or American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards will be procured or accepted for use.

Hazard assessment and equipment selection

Hazard analysis procedures shall be used to assess the workplace to determine if hazards are present, or are likely to be present, which necessitate the use of PPE. If such hazards are present, or likely to be present, the following actions will be taken:

• Select and have each affected employee use the proper PPE

• Communicate selection decisions and reasons for those decisions to each affected employee

• Select PPE that properly fits each affected employee

The hazard assessment shall be written and documented and contain the assessor’s name and signature, dates of the assessment, and the conclusions of the assessment.

Defective and damaged equipment

Defective or damaged personal protective equipment shall not be used.

Employee owned/supplied

Any PPE that is owned and/or supplied by the employee must be adequate for the appropriate protection and must maintained similarly to provided equipment. Area supervision is responsible to ensure that this requirement is met.

Training

All employees who are required to use PPE shall be trained to know at least the following:

• when PPE is necessary

• what PPE is necessary

• how to properly don, remove, adjust, and wear PPE

• the limitations of the PPE

• the proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE

167

Each affected employee must be retrained:

• if conditions in the workplace changes

• when the type of PPE used changes

• when the employee demonstrates lack of use, improper use, or insufficient skill or understanding of the use of the PPE

Records of the training of an employee in the use of PPE must include the employee’s name, the dates of the training and the subject of the training.

Each affected employee shall demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use PPE properly before being allowed to perform work requiring the use of PPE.

Certification of training for PPE is required by OSHA and shall be accomplished by using the Job Safety Checklist to verify that each affected employee has received and understood the required PPE training.

PPE Selection

Controlling hazards

PPE devices alone should not be relied upon to provide protection against hazards, but should be used in conjunction with guards, engineering controls, administrative controls, and sound manufacturing practices.

Selection guidelines

The general procedure for selection of protective equipment is to:

a) become familiar with the potential hazards and the type of protective equipment that is available, and what it can do; i.e., splash protection, impact protection, etc.

b) compare the hazards associated with the environment; i.e., impact velocities, masses, projectile shape, radiation intensities, with the capabilities of the available protective equipment

c) select the protective equipment which ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect employees from the hazards

d) fit the user with the protective device and give instructions on care and use of the PPE. It is very important that end users be made aware of all warning labels for and limitations of their PPE.

168

Fitting the Device

Careful consideration must be given to comfort and fit. PPE that fits poorly will not afford the necessary protection. Continued wearing of the device is more likely if it fits the wearer comfortably. Protective devices are generally available in a variety of sizes. Care should be taken to ensure that the right size is selected.

Devices with adjustable features

Adjustments should be made on an individual basis for a comfortable fit that will maintain the protective device in the proper position. Particular care should be taken in fitting devices for eye protection against dust and chemical splash to ensure that the devices are sealed to the face. In addition, proper fitting of helmets is important to ensure that it will not fall off during work operations. In some cases, a chin strap may be necessary to keep the helmet on an employee's head. (Chin straps should break at a reasonably low force, however, so as to prevent a strangulation hazard). Where manufacturer's instructions are available, they should be followed carefully.

Eye and Face Protection

The majority of occupational eye injuries can be prevented by the use of suitable/approved safety spectacles, goggles, or shields. Approved eye and face protection shall be worn when there is a reasonable possibility of personal injury.

• Each employee shall use appropriate eye or face protection when exposed to eye or face hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation.

• Each employee shall use eye protection that provides side protection when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable side protectors are acceptable.

• Each employee who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses.

• Eye and face PPE shall be distinctly marked to facilitate identification of the manufacturer.

• Each employee shall use equipment with filter lenses that have a shade number appropriate for the work being performed for protection from injurious light radiation.

169

Typical hazards that can cause eye and face injury are:

• Splashes of toxic or corrosive chemicals, hot liquids, and molten metals;

• Flying objects, such as chips of wood, metal, and stone dust;

• Fumes, gases, and mists of toxic or corrosive chemicals; and

• Aerosols of biological substances.

Prevention of eye accidents requires that all persons who may be in eye hazard areas wear protective eyewear. This includes employees, visitors, contractors, or others passing through an identified eye hazardous area. To provide protection for these personnel, activities shall procure a sufficient quantity of heavy duty goggles and/or plastic eye protectors which afford the maximum amount of protection possible. If these personnel wear personal glasses, they shall be provided with a suitable eye protector to wear over them.

Eye/Face Protection Specifications

Eye and face protectors procured, issued to, and used by employees, contractors and visitors must conform to the following design and performance standards:

a) Provide adequate protection against the particular hazards for which they are designed

b) Fit properly and offer the least possible resistance to movement and cause minimal discomfort while in use.

c) Be durable.

d) Be easily cleaned or disinfected for or by the wearer.

e) Be clearly marked to identify the manufacturer.

f) Persons who require corrective lenses for normal vision, and who are required to wear eye protection, must wear goggles or spectacles of one of the following types:

1) Spectacles with protective lenses which provide optical correction.

2) Goggles that can be worn over spectacles without disturbing the adjustment of the spectacles.

3) Goggles that incorporate corrective lenses mounted behind the protective lenses.

170

Eye & Face Protector Use Safety Spectacles. Protective eye glasses are made with safety frames, tempered glass or plastic lenses, temples and side shields which provide eye protection from moderate impact and particles encountered in job tasks such as carpentry, woodworking, grinding, scaling, etc. Single Lens Goggles. Vinyl framed goggles of soft pliable body design provide adequate eye protection from many hazards. These goggles are available with clear or tinted lenses, perforated, port vented, or non-vented frames. Single lens goggles provide similar protection to spectacles and may be worn in combination with spectacles or corrective lenses to insure protection along with proper vision. Welders/Chippers Goggles. These goggles are available in rigid and soft frames to accommodate single or two eye piece lenses.

1) Welders goggles provide protection from sparking, scaling or splashing metals and harmful light rays. Lenses are impact resistant and are available in graduated shades of filtration.

2) Chippers/grinders goggles provide eye protection from flying particles. The dual protective eye cups house impact resistant clear lenses with individual cover plates.

Face Shields. These normally consist of an adjustable headgear and face shield of tinted/transparent acetate or polycarbonate materials, or wire screen. Face shields are available in various sizes, tensile strength, impact/heat resistance and light ray filtering capacity. Face shields will be used in operations when the entire face needs protection and should be worn to protect eyes and face against flying particles, metal sparks, and chemical/ biological splash. Welding Shields. These shield assemblies consist of vulcanized fiber or glass fiber body, a ratchet/button type adjustable headgear or cap attachment and a filter and cover plate holder. These shields will be provided to protect workers' eyes and face from infrared or radiant light burns, flying sparks, metal spatter and slag chips encountered during welding, brazing, soldering, resistance welding, bare or shielded electric arc welding and oxyacetylene welding and cutting operations.

Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant Energy Operations Electrode Size 1/32 in Arc Current Protective Shade

Shielded metal arc welding Less than 3 Less than 60 7

3-5 60-160 8 5-8 160-250 10 More than 8 250-550 11 Torch brazing 3 Torch soldering 2 Note: as a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the minimum. In oxy-fuel gas welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of the (spectrum) operation.

Selection chart guidelines for eye and face protection The following chart provides general guidance for the proper selection of eye and face protection to protect

against hazards associated with the listed hazard "source" operations.

Source Hazard Protection IMPACT - Chipping, grinding machining, masonry work, woodworking, sawing, drilling,

Flying fragments, objects, large chips, particles, sand, dirt, etc.

Spectacles with side protection, goggles, face shield For severe exposure, use face

171

chiseling, powered fastening, riveting, and sanding

shield

HEAT-Furnace operation and arc welding Hot sparks

Face shields, spectacles with side. For severe exposure use face shield.

CHEMICALS-Acid and chemical handling, degreasing, plating Splash

Goggles, eyecup and cover types. For severe exposure, use face shield.

DUST - Woodworking, buffing, general buffing, general dusty conditions.

Nuisance dust Goggles, eye cup and cover type

Head Protection

Hats and caps have been designed and manufactured to provide workers protection from impact, heat, electrical and fire hazards. These protectors consist of the shell and the suspension combined as a protective system. Safety hats and caps will be of nonconductive, fire and water resistant materials. Bump caps or skull guards are constructed of lightweight materials and are designed to provide minimal protection against hazards when working in congested areas.

Head protection will be furnished to, and used by, all employees and contractors engaged in construction and other miscellaneous work in head-hazard areas. Head protection will also be required to be worn by engineers, inspectors, and visitors at construction sites. Bump caps/skull guards will be issued to and worn for protection against scalp lacerations from contact with sharp objects. They will not be worn as substitutes for safety caps/hats because they do not afford protection from high impact forces or penetration by falling objects.

Selection guidelines for head protection

All head protection is designed to provide protection from impact and penetration hazards caused by falling objects. Head protection is also available which provides protection from electric shock and burn. When selecting head protection, knowledge of potential electrical hazards is important.

Class A helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provide electrical protection from low-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 2,200 volts).

Class B helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provide electrical protection from high-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 20,000 volts).

Class C helmets provide impact and penetration resistance (they are usually made of aluminum which conducts electricity), and should not be used around electrical hazards.

Where falling object hazards are present, helmets must be worn. Some examples include:

172

• working below other workers who are using tools and materials which could fall;

• working around or under conveyor belts which are carrying parts or materials;

• working below machinery or processes which might cause material or objects to fall; and

• working on exposed energized conductors.

Foot Protection

General requirements

Each affected employee shall wear protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where employee's feet are exposed to electrical hazards.

Selection guidelines for foot protection

Safety shoes and boots provide both impact and compression protection. Where necessary, safety shoes can be obtained which provide puncture protection. In some work situations, metatarsal protection should be provided, and in other special situations electrical conductive or insulating safety shoes would be appropriate. Safety shoes or boots with impact protection would be required for carrying or handling materials such as packages, objects, parts or heavy tools, which could be dropped; and, for other activities where objects might fall onto the feet. Safety shoes or boots with compression protection would be required for work activities involving skid trucks (manual material handling carts) around bulk rolls (such as paper rolls) and around heavy pipes, all of which could potentially roll over an employee's feet. Safety shoes or boots with puncture protection would be required where sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on by employees causing a foot injury.

Hand Protection

General Requirements

Hand protection is required when employees' hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes.

Skin contact is a potential source of exposure to toxic materials; it is important that the proper steps be taken to prevent such contact. Gloves should be selected on the basis of the material being handled, the particular hazard involved, and their suitability for the operation being conducted. One type of glove will not work in all situations.

Most accidents involving hands and arms can be classified under four main hazard categories: chemicals, abrasions, cutting, and heat. There are gloves

173

available that can protect workers from any of these individual hazards or combination of hazards.

Gloves should be replaced periodically, depending on frequency of use and permeability to the substance(s) handled. Gloves overtly contaminated should be rinsed and then carefully removed after use.

Gloves should also be worn whenever it is necessary to handle rough or sharp-edged objects, and very hot or very cold materials. The types of glove materials to be used in these situations include leather, welder's gloves, aluminum-backed gloves, and other types of insulated glove materials.

Careful attention must be given to protecting your hands when working with tools and machinery. Power tools and machinery must have guards installed or incorporated into their design that prevent the hands from contacting the point of operation, power train, or other moving parts. To protect the hands from injury due to contact with moving parts, it is important to:

• Ensure that guards are always in place and used.

• Always lock out machines or tools and disconnect the power before making repairs.

• Treat a machine without a guard as inoperative; and

• Do not wear gloves around moving machinery, such as drill presses, mills, lathes, and grinders.

Selection guidelines for hand protection

Selection of hand PPE shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the hand protection relative to the task(s) to be performed, conditions present, duration of use, and the hazards and potential hazards identified. Gloves are often relied upon to prevent cuts, abrasions, burns, and skin contact with chemicals that are capable of causing local or systemic effects following dermal exposure. There is no glove that provides protection against all potential hand hazards, and commonly available glove materials provide only limited protection against many chemicals. Therefore, it is important to select the most appropriate glove for a particular application and to determine how long it can be worn, and whether it can be reused. It is also important to know the performance characteristics of gloves relative to the specific hazard anticipated; e.g., chemical hazards, cut hazards, flame hazards, etc. Before purchasing gloves, request documentation from the manufacturer that the gloves meet the appropriate test standard(s) for the hazard(s) anticipated. Other factors to be considered for glove selection in general include:

(A) As long as the performance characteristics are acceptable, in certain circumstances, it may be more cost effective to regularly change cheaper gloves than to reuse more expensive types.

(B) The work activities of the employee should be studied to determine the degree of dexterity required, the duration, frequency,

174

and degree of exposure of the hazard, and the physical stresses that will be applied.

Selection of gloves for chemical hazards

The first consideration in the selection of gloves for use against chemicals is to determine, if possible, the exact nature of the substances to be encountered. Read instructions and warnings on chemical container labels and MSDSs before working with any chemical. Recommended glove types are often listed in the section for personal protective equipment.

All glove materials are eventually permeated by chemicals. However, they can be used safely for limited time periods if specific use and glove characteristics (i.e., thickness and permeation rate and time) are known. The safety office can assist is determining the specific type of glove material that should be worn for a particular chemical.

(A) The toxic properties of the chemical(s) must be determined; in particular, the ability of the chemical to cause local effects on the skin and/or to pass through the skin and cause systemic effects.

(B) Generally, any "chemical resistant" glove can be used for dry powders;

(C) For mixtures and formulated products (unless specific test data are available), a glove should be selected on the basis of the chemical component with the shortest breakthrough time, since it is possible for solvents to carry active ingredients through polymeric materials.

(D) Employees must be able to remove the gloves in such a manner as to prevent skin contamination.


175

Section 20

Respiratory Protection Program

Purpose

In the Respiratory Protection program, hazard assessment and selection of proper respiratory protective equipment (RPE) is conducted in the same manner as for other types of personal protective equipment (PPE). In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used. References: OSHA Standards Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134)

Responsibilities

All employees shall follow the requirements of this Respiratory Protection Program.

Management

• implement the requirements of this program and provide respiratory protection equipment to employees as required at no cost to the employees

• provide a selection of respirators as required

• enforce all provisions of this program

• appoint a specific designated individual to conduct the respiratory protection program

Program Administrator

• ensure respirators are properly, stored, inspected and maintained

• monitor compliance for this program

• provide training for affected employees

• review compliance and ensure monthly inspection of all respirators

• provide respirator fit testing

Designated Occupational Health Care Provider

Program Administrator

176

Each facility will designate a Program Administrator who is qualified by appropriate training or experience that is commensurate with the complexity of the program to administer or oversee the respiratory protection program and conduct the required evaluations of program effectiveness.

Voluntary Use of Respirators is Prohibited OSHA requires that voluntary use of respirators, when not required by the company, must be controlled as strictly as under required circumstances. To prevent violations of the Respiratory Protection Standard, employees are not allowed voluntary use of their own or company supplied respirators of any type.

Exception: Employees whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering (non-sealing) face pieces (dust masks).

Program Evaluation

Evaluations of the workplace are necessary to ensure that the written respiratory protection program is being properly implemented; this includes consulting with employees to ensure that they are using the respirators properly.

Evaluations shall also be conducted as necessary to ensure that the provisions of the current written program are being effectively implemented and that it continues to be effective. Program evaluation will include discussions with employees required to use respirators to assess the employees' views on program effectiveness and to identify any problems. Any problems that are identified during this assessment shall be corrected. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

• Respirator fit (including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with effective workplace performance);

• Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the employee is exposed;

• Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the employee encounters; and

• Proper respirator maintenance.

Record Keeping

Written records shall be retained regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program. This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program, assist in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for compliance determinations by regulatory agencies.

• Medical Department representatives shall maintain all records pertaining to the medical aspects required by this program.

• The Program Administrator shall maintain all records relating to fit testing, hazard evaluations, respirator selections, training, and program evaluations.

177

Training and Information

Effective training for employees who are required to use respirators is essential. The training must be comprehensive, understandable, and recur annually and more often if necessary. Training will be provided prior to requiring the employee to use a respirator in the workplace. The training shall ensure that each employee can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following:

• Why the respirator is necessary and how improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect of the respirator

• Limitations and capabilities of the respirator

• How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including situations in which the respirator malfunctions

• How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator

• What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator

• How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators

• The general requirements of this program

Retraining shall be conducted annually and when:

• changes in the workplace or the type of respirator render previous training obsolete

• inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the respirator indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill

• other situation arises in which retraining appears necessary to ensure safe respirator use

Training will be conducted by instructors certified by _________________________. Training is divided into the following sections:

1. Classroom Instruction, which shall include the following:

9. Overview of the Company Respiratory Protection Program & OSHA Standard

10. Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures

11. Respirator Selection

12. Respirator Operation and Use

13. Why the respirator is necessary

14. How improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect.

178

15. Limitations and capabilities of the respirator.

16. How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including respirator malfunctions

17. How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator.

18. What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator.

19. How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators.

20. Change out schedule and procedure for air purifying respirators.

21. Fit-Testing

2. Hands-On Respirator Training, which shall include the following:

4. Respirator Inspection

5. Respirator cleaning and sanitizing

6. Record Keeping

7. Respirator Storage

8. Respirator Fit Check

9. Emergencies

Basic Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures

1. Only authorized and trained employees may use respirators. Those employees may use only the respirator that they have been trained on and properly fitted to use.

2. Only physically qualified employees may be trained and authorized to use respirators. A pre-authorization and annual certification by a qualified physician will be required and maintained. Any changes in an employee’s health or physical characteristics will be reported to the Occupational Health Department and will be evaluated by a qualified physician.

3. Only the proper prescribed respirator or self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be used for the job or work environment. Air purifying respirators (APR) may be worn in work environments when oxygen levels are between 19.5 percent to 23.5 percent and when the appropriate air cleansing canister, as determined by the Manufacturer and approved by the National Institute for Occupational Health (NIOSH) or the Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA), for the known hazardous substance is used. SCBAs will be worn in oxygen deficient and oxygen rich environments (below 19.5 percent or above 23.5 percent oxygen).

179

4. Employees working in environments where a sudden release of a hazardous substance is likely will wear an appropriate respirator for that hazardous substance (example: Employees working in an ammonia compressor room will have an ammonia APR respirator on their person.).

5. Only SCBAs will be used in oxygen deficient environments, environments with an unknown hazardous substance or unknown quantity of a known hazardous substance or any environment that is determined "Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health" (IDLH).

6. Employees with respirators loaned on "permanent check out" will be responsible for the sanitation, proper storage and security. Respirators damaged by normal wear will be repaired or replaced by the Company when returned.

7. The last employee using a respirator and/or SCBA that are available for general use will be responsible for proper storage and sanitation. Monthly and after each use, all respirators will be inspected with documentation to assure their availability for use.

8. All respirators will be located in a clean, convenient and sanitary location.

9. In the event that employees must enter a confined space, work in environments with hazardous substances that would be dangerous to life or health should an RPE fail (a SCBA is required in this environment), and/or conduct a hazardous material (HAZMAT) entry, a "buddy system" detail will be used with a Safety Watchman with constant voice, visual or signal line communication. Employees will follow the established Emergency Response Program and/or Confined Space Entry Program when applicable.

10. Management will establish and maintain surveillance of jobs and work place conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress to maintain the proper procedures and to provide the necessary RPE.

11. Management will establish and maintain safe operation procedures for the safe use of RPE with strict enforcement and disciplinary action for failure to follow all general and specific safety rules. Standard Operation Procedures for General RPE use will be maintained as an attachment to the Respiratory Protection Program and Standard Operation Procedures for RPE use under emergency response situations will be maintained as an attachment to the Emergency Response Program.

Respirator User Policies

Adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the proper and safe use of respiratory equipment:

180

• Wear only the respirator you have been instructed to use. For example, do not wear a self-containing breathing apparatus if you have been assigned and fitted for a half-mask respirator.

• Wear the correct respirator for the particular hazard. For example, some situations, such as chemical spills or other emergencies, may require a higher level of protection than your respirator can handle. Also, the proper cartridge must be matched to the hazard ( a cartridge designed for dusts and mists will not provide protection for chemical vapors)

• Check the respirator for a good fit before each use. Positive and negative fit checks should be conducted.

• Check the respirator for deterioration before and after use. Do not use a defective respirator.

• Recognize indications that cartridges and canisters are at their end of service. If in doubt, change the cartridges or canisters before using the respirator.

• Practice moving and working while wearing the respirator so that you can get used to it.

• Clean the respirator after each use, thoroughly dry it and place the cleaned respirator in a sealable plastic bag.

• Store respirators carefully in a protected location away from excessive heat, light, and chemicals.

Selection of Respirators

The respiratory hazard(s) in each workplace will continually be evaluated and relevant workplace and user factors will be identified and respirator selection will be based on these factors. Also included will be estimates of employee exposures to respiratory hazard(s) and an identification of the contaminant's chemical state and physical form. Respirator selection will include appropriate protective respirators for use in IDLH atmospheres, and will limit the selection and use of air-purifying respirators.

NOTE: Any atmosphere in which the hazards or concentrations of contaminants are unknown shall be classified as IDLH and only SCBAs shall be used in those situations.

All selected respirators shall be NIOSH-certified.

Filter Classifications - These classifications are marked on the filter or filter package

N-Series: Not Oil Resistant

• Approved for non-oil particulate contaminants

• Examples: dust, fumes, mists not containing oil

R-Series: Oil Resistant

181

• Approved for all particulate contaminants, including those containing oil

• Examples: dusts, mists, fumes

• Time restriction of 8 hours when oils are present

P-Series: Oil Proof

• Approved for all particulate contaminants including those containing oil

• Examples: dust, fumes, mists

• See Manufacturer's time use restrictions on packaging

Respirators for IDLH atmospheres.

• The following respirators will be used in IDLH atmospheres:

• A full face piece pressure demand SCBA certified by NIOSH for a minimum service life of thirty minutes, or

• A combination full face piece pressure demand supplied-air respirator (SAR) with auxiliary self-contained air supply.

• Respirators provided only for escape from IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH-certified for escape from the atmosphere in which they will be used.

Respirators for atmospheres that are not IDLH.

The respirators selected shall be adequate to protect the health of the employee and ensure compliance with all other OSHA statutory and regulatory requirements, under routine and reasonably foreseeable emergency situations. The respirator selected shall be appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant.

Identification of Filters & Cartridges

All filters and cartridges shall be labeled and color coded with the NIOSH approval label and that the label is not removed and remains legible. A change-out schedule for filters and canisters has been developed to ensure these elements of the respirators remain effective.

182

Respirator Filter & Canister Replacement

An important part of the Respiratory Protection Program includes identifying the useful life of canisters and filters used on air-purifying respirators. Each filter and canister shall be equipped with an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) certified by NIOSH for the contaminant; or

If there is no ESLI appropriate for conditions a change schedule for canisters and cartridges that is based on objective information or data that will ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the end of their service life.

Filter & Cartridge Change Schedule

Stock of spare filers and cartridges shall be maintained to allow immediate change when required or desired by the employee

Cartridges shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below:

• Prior to expiration date

• Manufacturer's recommendations for use and environment

• After each use

• When requested by employee

• When contaminate odor is detected

• When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally

• Cartridges shall remain in their original sealed packages until needed for immediate use

Filters shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below

• Prior to expiration date

• Manufactures recommendations for the specific use and environment

• When requested by employee

• When contaminate odor is detected

• When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally

• When discoloring of the filter media is evident

• Filters shall remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use.

183

Respiratory Protection Schedule by Job and Working Condition

Respiratory Protection Schedule shall be developed and maintained by job and working condition. This schedule is provided to each authorized and trained employee. The schedule provides the following information:

1. Job/Working Conditions

2. Work Location

3. Hazards Present

4. Type of Respirator or SCBA Required

5. Type of Filter/Canister Required

6. Location of Respirator or SCBA

7. Filter/Cartridge change out schedule

The schedule will be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever any changes are made in the work environments, machinery, equipment, or processes or if respirator different respirator models are introduced or existing models are removed.

Permanent respirator schedule assignments are:

Each person who engages in welding will have their own company provided dust-mist-fume filter APR. This respirator will be worn during all welding operations.

Physical and Medical Qualifications

Records of medical evaluations must be retained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

Medical evaluation required

Using a respirator may place a physiological burden on employees that varies with the type of respirator worn, the job and workplace conditions in which the respirator is used, and the medical status of the employee. A medical evaluation shall be conducted to determine the employee's ability to use a respirator, before the employee is fit tested or required to use the respirator in the workplace. This evaluation must be confidential, be conducted during normal working hours, be convenient and understandable, and the employee must be given an opportunity to discuss the results with the Primary Licensed Health Care Provider.

Medical evaluation procedures

The employee will be provided a medical questionnaire by the designated Occupational Health Care Provider.

184

Follow-up medical examination

A follow-up medical examination shall be provided for an employee who gives a positive response to any question among questions in Part B of the questionnaire or whose initial medical examination demonstrates the need for a follow-up medical examination. The follow-up medical examination shall include any medical tests, consultations, or diagnostic procedures that the physician deems necessary to make a final determination.

Administration of the medical questionnaire and examinations

The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially during the employee's normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the employee. The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that ensures that the employee understands its content. The employee shall have an opportunity to discuss the questionnaire and examination results with the physician.

Supplemental information for the Physician

The following information must be provided to the physician before the physician makes a recommendation concerning an employee's ability to use a respirator

• The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the employee

• The duration and frequency of respirator use (including use for rescue and escape)

• The expected physical work effort

• Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn

• Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered

• Any supplemental information provided previously to the physician regarding an employee need not be provided for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the physician remain the same

The physician shall be provided a copy of this written respiratory protection program and a copy of the OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.134.

Medical Determination

In determining the employee's ability to use a respirator, the following shall be performed:

• Obtain a written recommendation regarding the employee's ability to use the respirator from the physician. The recommendation shall provide only the following information:

o Any limitations on respirator use related to the medical condition of the employee, or relating to the workplace conditions in which the respirator will be used, including whether or not the employee is medically able to use the respirator

185

o The need, if any, for follow-up medical evaluations

o A statement that the physician has provided the employee with a copy of the physician's written recommendation

• If the respirator is a negative pressure respirator and the physician finds a medical condition that may place the employee's health at increased risk if the respirator is used, the a Powered Air-Purifying Respirator (PAPR) shall be provided the employee if the physician's medical evaluation finds that the employee can use such a respirator. If a subsequent medical evaluation finds that the employee is medically able to use a negative pressure respirator, provisions for the PAPR is no longer required..

Additional Medical Evaluations

At a minimum, additional medical evaluations that comply with the requirements of this section shall be performed if:

• An employee reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to ability to use a respirator

• A physician, supervisor, or the respirator program administrator informs the Company that an employee needs to be reevaluated

• Information from the respiratory protection program, including observations made during fit testing and program evaluation, indicates a need for employee reevaluation

• A change occurs in workplace conditions (e.g., physical work effort, protective clothing, and temperature) that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden placed on an employee

Respirator Fit Testing

Before an employee is required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting face piece, the employee must be fit tested with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be used. All affected employees shall be fit tested prior to initial use of the respirator, whenever a different respirator face piece (size, style, model or make) is used, and at least annually thereafter. This fit testing requirement also applies to the use of all supplied-air respirators.

A record of the qualitative and/or quantitative fit tests administered to employees will be developed and maintained and will include the following:

• The name or identification of the employee tested

• Type of fit test performed

• Specific make, model, style, and size of respirator tested

• Date of test

186

• The pass/fail results for Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) or the fit factor and strip chart recording or other recording of the test results for Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT)

Additional fit tests will be conducted whenever the employee reports, or the physician, supervisor, or program administrator makes visual observations of changes in the employee's physical condition that could affect respirator fit. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, facial scarring, dental changes, cosmetic surgery, or an obvious change in body weight.

If after passing a QLFT or QNFT, the employee notifies the Program Administrator, supervisor, or physician that the fit of the respirator is unacceptable, the employee shall be given a reasonable opportunity to select a different respirator face piece and to be retested.

Types of Fit Tests

The fit test shall be administered using an OSHA-accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol. The OSHA-accepted QLFT and QNFT protocols and procedures are contained in Appendix A of OSHA Standard 1910.134.

• QLFT may only be used to fit test negative pressure air-purifying respirators that must achieve a fit factor of 100 or less.

• If the fit factor, as determined through an OSHA-accepted QNFT protocol, is equal to or greater than 100 for tight-fitting half face pieces, or equal to or greater than 500 for tight-fitting full face pieces, the QNFT has been passed with that respirator.

• Fit testing of tight-fitting atmosphere-supplying respirators and tight-fitting powered air-purifying respirators shall be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in the negative pressure mode, regardless of the mode of operation (negative or positive pressure) that is used for respiratory protection.

• Qualitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by temporarily converting the respirator user's actual face piece into a negative pressure respirator with appropriate filters, or by using an identical negative pressure air-purifying respirator face piece with the same sealing surfaces as a surrogate for the atmosphere-supplying or powered air-purifying respirator face piece.

• Quantitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by modifying the face piece to allow sampling inside the face piece in the breathing zone of the user, midway between the nose and mouth. This requirement shall be accomplished by installing a permanent sampling probe onto a surrogate face piece, or by using a sampling adapter designed to temporarily provide a means of sampling air from inside the face piece.

• Any modifications to the respirator face piece for fit testing shall be completely removed, and the face piece restored to NIOSH approved configuration, before that face piece can be used in the workplace.

187

Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered. Written materials required to be retained shall be made available upon request to affected employees.

Respirator Operation and Use

Respirators will only be used following the respiratory protection safety procedures established in this program. The Operations and Use Manuals for each type of respirator will be maintained by the Program Administrator and be available to all qualified users.

Surveillance by the direct supervisor shall be maintained of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress. When there is a change in work area conditions or degree of employee exposure or stress that may affect respirator effectiveness, the continued effectiveness of the respirator shall be reevaluated.

For continued protection of respirator users, the following general use rules apply:

• Users shall not remove respirators while in a hazardous environment

• Respirators are to be stored in sealed containers out of harmful atmospheres

• Store respirators away from heat and moisture

• Store respirators such that the sealing area does not become distorted or warped

• Store respirator such that the face piece is protected

Face piece seal protection

Respirators with tight-fitting face pieces are not permitted to be worn by employees who have:

• Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the face piece and the face or that interferes with valve function; or

• Any condition that interferes with the face-to-face piece seal or valve function.

If an employee wears corrective glasses or goggles or other personal protective equipment, such equipment is to be worn in a manner that does not interfere with the seal of the face piece to the face of the user.

Continuing Effectiveness of Respirators

Employees must the respirator use area:

• To wash their faces and respirator face pieces as necessary to prevent eye or skin irritation associated with respirator use

• If they detect vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face piece

• To replace the respirator or the filter, cartridge, or canister elements.

188

If the employee detects vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face piece, the respirator must be replaced or repaired before the employee is allowed to return to the work area.

Procedures for IDLH atmospheres

For all IDLH atmospheres, the following requirements shall be met:

• One employee or, when needed, more than one employee is located outside the IDLH atmosphere

• Visual, voice, or signal line communication is maintained between the employee(s) in the IDLH atmosphere and the employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere

• The employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere are trained and equipped to provide effective emergency rescue

• The Program Administrator or designee is notified before the employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere enter the IDLH atmosphere to provide emergency rescue

• The Program Administrator or designee, once notified, provides necessary assistance appropriate to the situation

Employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmospheres will be equipped with:

• Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs, or a pressure demand or other positive pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary SCBA; and either

• Appropriate retrieval equipment for removing the employee(s) who enter(s) these hazardous atmospheres where retrieval equipment would contribute to the rescue of the employee(s) and would not increase the overall risk resulting from entry; or

• Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required.

Cleaning and Disinfecting

Employees with be provided with the proper respiratory protection equipment that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. All respirators shall be kept clean and disinfected.

The respirators shall be cleaned and disinfected when:

• Respirators issued for the exclusive use of an employee shall be cleaned and disinfected as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition.

189

• Respirators issued to more than one employee shall be cleaned and disinfected before being worn by different individuals.

• Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use.

• Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use.

Cleaning and storage of respirators assigned to specific employees is the responsibility of that employee.

Respirator Inspection

All respirators/SCBAs, both available for "General Use" and those on "Permanent Check-out", will be inspected after each use and at least monthly. Should any defects be noted, the respirator/SCBA will be taken to the Program Administrator. Damaged respirators will be either repaired or replaced. The inspection of respirators loaned on "Permanent Check-out" is the responsibility of that trained employee.

Respirators shall be inspected as follows:

• All respirators used in routine situations shall be inspected before each use and during cleaning.

• All respirators maintained for use in emergency situations shall be inspected at least monthly and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be checked for proper function before and after each use.

• Emergency escape-only respirators shall be inspected before being carried into the workplace for use.

Respirator inspections include the following:

• A check of respirator function, tightness of connections, and the condition of the various parts including, but not limited to, the face piece, head straps, valves, connecting tube, and cartridges, canisters or filters

• check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration

Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be maintained in a fully charged state and shall be recharged when the pressure falls to 90% of the manufacturer's recommended pressure level. Appropriate measures shall be taken to determine that the regulator and warning devices function properly.

For Emergency Use Respirators, the following additional requirements apply:

• Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed, the name (or signature) of the person who made the inspection, the findings, required remedial action, and a serial number or other means of identifying the inspected respirator.

190

• Provide this information on a tag or label that is attached to the storage compartment for the respirator, is kept with the respirator, or is included in inspection reports stored as paper or electronic files. This information shall be maintained until replaced following a subsequent certification.

Respirator Storage

Respirators are to be stored as follows:

• All respirators shall be stored to protect them from damage, contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals, and they shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the face piece and exhalation valve.

• Emergency Respirators shall be:

• Kept accessible to the work area,

• Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators, and

• Stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer instructions.

Repair of Respirators

Respirators that fail an inspection or are otherwise found to be defective will be removed from service to be discarded, repaired or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures:

• Repairs or adjustments to respirators are to be made only by persons appropriately trained to perform such operations and shall use only the respirator manufacturer's NIOSH-approved parts designed for the respirator;

• Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for the type and extent of repairs to be performed; and

• Reducing and admission valves, regulators, and alarms shall be adjusted or repaired only by the manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer.

Breathing Air Quality and Use

All compressed air and oxygen to be used in respiratory protective equipment shall comply with the following specifications:

• Compressed and liquid oxygen shall meet the United States Pharmacopoeia requirements for medical or breathing oxygen.

191

• Compressed breathing air shall meet at least the requirements for Grade D breathing air described in ANSI/Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air, G-7.1-1989, to include:

1. Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5-23.5%;

2. Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less;

3. Carbon monoxide (CO) content of 10 ppm or less;

4. Carbon dioxide content of 1,000 ppm or less; and

5. Lack of noticeable odor.

• Compressed oxygen will not be used in atmosphere-supplying respirators that have previously used compressed air.

• Oxygen concentrations greater than 23.5% are used only in equipment designed for oxygen service or distribution.

• Cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators meet the following requirements.

• Cylinders are tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49 CFR part 173 and part 178).

• Cylinders of purchased breathing air have a certificate of analysis from the supplier that the breathing air meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air.

• Moisture content in breathing air cylinders does not exceed a dew point of -50 deg. F (-45.6 deg. C) at 1 atmosphere pressure.

• Breathing air couplings are incompatible with outlets for non-respirable worksite air or other gas systems. No asphyxiating substance shall be introduced into breathing air lines.

• Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with the NIOSH respirator certification standard, 42 CFR Part 84.

• Compressors shall be located in a “clean” atmosphere with in-line purification. The appropriate elements of that purification shall be tagged to indicate installation date or replacement date. Carbon monoxide monitor shall be in-line with an alarm set to activate at 10 ppm. In lieu of this requirement, the carbon monoxide concentration of the supplied air must be appropriately monitored frequently.


192

Section 21

Rigging Material Handling Program

Purpose

193

Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as necessary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service.

Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load, as prescribed in Tables H-1 through H-20 in this subpart.

Rigging equipment, when not in use, shall be removed from the immediate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees.

Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accessories, for such units as modular panels, prefabricated structures and similar materials, shall be marked to indicate the safe working loads and shall be proof-tested prior to use to 125 percent of their rated load.

Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition.

Hooks on overhaul ball assemblies, lower load blocks, or other attachment assemblies shall be of a type that can be closed and locked, eliminating the hook throat opening. Alternatively, an alloy anchor type shackle with a bolt, nut and retaining pin may be used.

All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended loads.

Scope. This section applies to slings used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material by hoisting, in employments covered by this part. The types of slings covered are those made from alloy steel chain, wire rope, metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber rope (conventional three strand construction), and synthetic web (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene).

Inspections. Each day before being used, the sling and all fastenings and attachments shall be inspected for damage or defects by a competent person designated by the employer. Additional inspections shall be performed during sling use, where service conditions warrant. Damaged or defective slings shall be immediately removed from service.

Alloy steel chains. Welded alloy steel chain slings shall have permanently affixed durable identification stating size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer.

Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear-shaped links, welded or mechanical coupling links, or other attachments, when used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain.

Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used.

Rated capacity (working load limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the values shown in Table H-1.

Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that shown in Table H-2, the assembly shall be removed from service.

Inspections.

In addition to the inspection required by other paragraphs of this section, a thorough periodic inspection of alloy steel chain slings in use shall be made on a regular basis, to be determined on the basis of (A) frequency of sling use; (B) severity of service conditions; (C) nature of lifts being made; and (D)

194

experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar circumstances. Such inspections shall in no event be at intervals greater than once every 12 months.

The employer shall make and maintain a record of the most recent month in which each alloy steel chain sling was thoroughly inspected, and shall make such record available for examination.

Wire rope.

Tables H-3 through H-14 shall be used to determine the safe working loads of various sizes and classifications of improved plow steel wire rope and wire rope slings with various types of terminals. For sizes, classifications, and grades not included in these tables, the safe working load recommended by the manufacturer for specific, identifiable products shall be followed, provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained.

Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and bridles shall be covered or blunted.

Wire rope shall not be secured by knots, except on haul back lines on scrapers.

The following limitations shall apply to the use of wire rope:

• An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have not less than three full tucks. However, this requirement shall not operate to preclude the use of another form of splice or connection which can be shown to be as efficient and which is not otherwise prohibited.

• Except for eye splices in the ends of wires and for endless rope slings, each wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, or in pulling loads, shall consist of one continuous piece without knot or splice.

• Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. • Wire rope shall not be used if, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken

wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of excessive wear, corrosion, or defect.

• When U-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes, Table H-20 shall be used to determine the number and spacing of clips.

• When used for eye splices, the U-bolt shall be applied so that the "U" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope.

• Slings shall not be shortened with knots or bolts or other makeshift devices. • Sling legs shall not be kinked. • Slings used in a basket hitch shall have the loads balanced to prevent slippage. • Slings shall be padded or protected from the sharp edges of their loads. • Hands or fingers shall not be placed between the sling and its load while the sling is being

tightened around the load. • Shock loading is prohibited. • A sling shall not be pulled from under a load when the load is resting on the sling.

Minimum sling lengths.

Cable laid and 6 X 19 and 6 X 37 slings shall have minimum clear length of wire rope 10 times the component rope diameter between splices, sleeves or end fittings.

Braided slings shall have a minimum clear length of wire rope 40 times the component rope diameter between the loops or end fittings.

Cable laid grommets, strand laid grommets and endless slings shall have a minimum circumferential length of 96 times their body diameter.

Safe operating temperatures.

Fiber core wire rope slings of all grades shall be permanently removed from service if they are exposed to temperatures in excess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C). When nonfiber core wire rope slings of any grade are used at temperatures above 400 deg. F (204.44 deg. C) or below minus 60 deg. F (15.55 deg. C), recommendations of the sling manufacturer regarding use at that temperature shall be followed.

195

End attachments.

Welding of end attachments, except covers to thimbles, shall be performed prior to the assembly of the sling.

All welded end attachments shall not be used unless proof tested by the manufacturer or equivalent entity at twice their rated capacity prior to initial use. The employer shall retain a certificate of proof test, and make it available for examination.

Natural rope, and synthetic fiber- General.

When using natural or synthetic fiber rope slings, Tables H-15, 16, 17, and 18 shall apply.

All splices in rope slings provided by the employer shall be made in accordance with fiber rope manufacturers recommendations.

In manila rope, eye splices shall contain at least three full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least six full tucks (three on each side of the center line of the splice).

In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each side of the center line of the splice).

Strand end tails shall not be trimmed short (flush with the surface of the rope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This precaution applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch diameter, the tails shall project at least six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck. For fiber ropes 1-inch diameter and larger, the tails shall project at least 6 inches beyond the last full tuck. In applications where the projecting tails may be objectionable, the tails shall be tapered and spliced into the body of the rope using at least two additional tucks (which will require a tail length of approximately six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck).

For all eye splices, the eye shall be sufficiently large to provide an included angle of not greater than 60 deg. at the splice when the eye is placed over the load or support.

Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices.


Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings, except for wet frozen slings, may be used in a temperature range from minus 20 deg. F (-28.88 deg. C) to plus 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C) without decreasing the working load limit. For operations outside this temperature range and for wet frozen slings, the sling manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed.

Splicing.

Spliced fiber rope slings shall not be used unless they have been spliced in accordance with the following minimum requirements and in accordance with any additional recommendations of the manufacturer:

• In manila rope, eye splices shall consist of at least three full tucks, and short splices shall consist of at least six full tucks, three on each side of the splice center line.

• In synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall consist of at least four full tucks, and short splices shall consist of at least eight full tucks, four on each side of the center line.

• Strand end tails shall not be trimmed flush with the surface of the rope immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This applies to all types of fiber rope and both eye and short splices. For fiber rope under 1 inch (2.54 cm) in diameter, the tail shall project at least six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck. For fiber rope 1 inch (2.54 cm) in diameter and larger, the tail shall project at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the last full tuck. Where a projecting tail interferes with the use of the sling, the tail shall be tapered and spliced into the body of the rope using at lest two additional tucks (which will require a tail length of approximately six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck).

196

• Fiber rope slings shall have a minimum clear length of rope between eye splices equal to 10 times the rope diameter.

• Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices. • Clamps not designed specifically for fiber ropes shall not be used for splicing. • For all eye splices, the eye shall be of such size to provide an included angle of not greater than 60

degrees at the splice when the eye is placed over the load or support.

End attachments.

Fiber rope slings shall not be used if end attachments in contact with the rope have sharp edges or projections.

Removal from service.

Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings shall be immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are present:

• Abnormal wear. • Powdered fiber between strands. • Broken or cut fibers. • Variations in the size or roundness of strands. • Discoloration or rotting. • Distortion of hardware in the sling.

Synthetic webbing (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene).

The employer shall have each synthetic web sling marked or coded to show:

• Name or trademark of manufacturer. • Rated capacities for the type of hitch. • Type of material. • Rated capacity shall not be exceeded.

Webbing.

Synthetic webbing shall be of uniform thickness and width and selvage edges shall not be split from the webbing's width.

Fittings.

Fittings shall be:

• Of a minimum breaking strength equal to that of the sling; and • Free of all sharp edges that could in any way damage the webbing.

Attachment of end fittings to webbing and formation of eyes.

Stitching shall be the only method used to attach end fittings to webbing and to form eyes. The thread shall be in an even pattern and contain a sufficient number of stitches to develop the full breaking strength of the sling.

Environmental conditions.

When synthetic web slings are used, the following precautions shall be taken:

• Nylon web slings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of acids or phenolics are present.

• Polyester and polypropylene web slings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present.

• Web slings with aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present.

197


Synthetic web slings of polyester and nylon shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C). Polypropylene web slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C).

Removal from service.

Synthetic web slings shall be immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are present:

• Acid or caustic burns; • Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface; • Snags, punctures, tears or cuts; • Broken or worn stitches; or • Distortion of fittings.

Shackles and hooks. Table H-19 shall be used to determine the safe working loads of various sizes of shackles, except that higher safe working loads are permissible when recommended by the manufacturer for specific, identifiable products, provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained.

The manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the intended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and results of such tests. TABLE H - 1. -- RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT), FOR ALLOY STEEL CHAIN SLINGS (1) Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit), Pounds [Horizontal angles shown in parentheses](2) ____________________________________________________ | | | Single | Double sling vertical angle (1) Chain | branch |_________________________________ size, | sling-- | | | inches | 90 deg. | 30 deg. | 45 deg. | 60 deg. | loading |(60 deg.)|(45 deg.)|(30 deg.) ________|_________|_________|_________|_____________ | | | | 1/4.....| 3,250 | 5,560 | 4,550 | 3,250 3/8.....| 6,600 | 11,400 | 9,300 | 6,600 1/2.....| 11,250 | 19,500 | 15,900 | 11,250 5/8.....| 16,500 | 28,500 | 23,300 | 16,500 3/4.....| 23,000 | 39,800 | 32,500 | 23,000 7/8.....| 28,750 | 49,800 | 40,600 | 28,750 1.......| 38,750 | 67,100 | 54,800 | 38,750 1 1/8...| 44,500 | 77,000 | 63,000 | 44,500 1 1/4...| 57,500 | 99,500 | 81,000 | 57,500 1 3/8...| 67,000 | 116,000 | 94,000 | 67,000 1 1/2...| 80,000 | 138,000 | 112,900 | 80,000 1 3/4...| 100,000 | 172,000 | 140,000 | 100,000 ________|_________|_________|_________|_____________ TABLE H - 1. -- RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT), FOR ALLOY STEEL CHAIN SLINGS(1) Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit), Pounds [Horizontal angles shown in parentheses](2) __________________________________________

198

| | Triple and quadruple sling | vertical angle (1) Chain |_________________________________ size, | | | inches | 30 deg. | 45 deg. | 60 deg. |(60 deg.)|(45 deg.)|(30 deg.) ________|_________|_________|_____________ | | | 1/4.....| 8,400 | 6,800 | 4,900 3/8.....| 17,000 | 14,000 | 9,900 1/2.....| 29,000 | 24,000 | 17,000 5/8.....| 43,000 | 35,000 | 24,500 3/4.....| 59,500 | 48,500 | 34,500 7/8.....| 74,500 | 61,000 | 43,000 1.......| 101,000 | 82,000 | 58,000 1 1/8...| 115,500 | 94,500 | 66,500 1 1/4...| 149,000 | 121,500 | 86,000 1 3/8...| 174,000 | 141,000 | 100,500 1 1/2...| 207,000 | 169,000 | 119,500 1 3/4...| 258,000 | 210,000 | 150,000 ________|_________|_________|_____________ Footnote(1) Other grades of proof tested steel chain include Proof Coil, BBB Coil and Hi-Test Chain. These grades are not recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code Footnote(1) Rating of multileg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured as the included angle between the inclined leg and the vertical. Footnote(2) Rating of multileg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load. TABLE H - 2. -- MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WEAR AT ANY POINT OF LINK _______________________________________ | Chain size, | Maximum allowable (inches) | wear (inch) _________________|_____________________ | 1/4 ............ | 3/64 3/8 ............ | 5/64 1/2 ............ | 7/64 5/8 ............ | 9/64 3/4 ............ | 5/32 7/8 ............ | 11/64 1 ............ | 3/16 1 1/8 .......... | 7/32 1 1/4 .......... | 1/4 1 3/8 .......... | 9/32 1 1/2 .......... | 5/16 1 3/4 .......... | 11/32 _________________|______________________ TABLE H - 3. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC)

199

___________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | _________________|_________________________________________| | | | | Dia | | Vertical | Choker | (inches)| Constr |____________________|____________________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | S | HT | MS | S | ________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 0.49 | 0.51 | 0.55 | 0.37 | 0.38 | 0.41 | 5/16 | 6x19 | 0.76 | 0.79 | 0.85 | 0.57 | 0.59 | 0.64 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 0.80 | 0.85 | 0.91 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 1.8 | 2.0 | 2.1 | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 1.7 | 1.9 | 2.0 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 2.8 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.1 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 3.9 | 4.4 | 4.8 | 2.9 | 3.3 | 3.6 | 7/8 | 6x19 | 5.1 | 5.9 | 6.4 | 3.9 | 4.5 | 4.8 | 1 | 6x19 | 6.7 | 7.7 | 8.4 | 5.0 | 5.8 | 6.3 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 8.4 | 9.5 | 10.0 | 6.3 | 7.1 | 7.9 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 9.8 | 11.0 | 12.0 | 7.4 | 8.3 | 9.2 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 8.9 | 10.0 | 11.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 17.0 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 16.0 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 12.0 | 14.0 | 15.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 19.0 | 21.0 | 24.0 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 18.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 25.0 | 28.0 | 31.0 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 23.0 | ________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| TABLE H - 3. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC) _____________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _________________|___________________________________ | | Dia | | Vertical Basket(1) (inches)| Constr |___________________________________ | | | | | | HT | MS | S ________|________|______|______|_____________________ | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 0.99 | 1.0 | 1.1 5/16 | 6x19 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.7 3/8 | 6x19 | 2.1 | 2.2 | 2.4 7/16 | 6x19 | 2.9 | 3.0 | 3.3 1/2 | 6x19 | 3.7 | 3.9 | 4.3 9/16 | 6x19 | 4.6 | 5.0 | 5.4 5/8 | 6x19 | 5.6 | 6.2 | 6.7 3/4 | 6x19 | 7.8 | 8.8 | 9.5 7/8 | 6x19 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 1 | 6x19 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 17.0 | 19.0 | 21.0 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 20.0 | 22.0 | 25.0 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 24.0 | 27.0 | 30.0 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 28.0 | 32.0 | 35.0 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 33.0 | 27.0 | 41.0 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 38.0 | 43.0 | 48.0 2 | 6x37 | 49.0 | 55.0 | 62.0 ________|________|______|______|__________________

200

Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio for HT slings is 10 or greater, and for MS and S Slings is 20 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d=Diameter of rope. HT = Hand Tucked Splice and Hidden Tuck Splice. For hidden tuck splice (IWRC) use values in HT columns. MS = Mechanical Splice. S = Swaged or Zinc Poured Socket. TABLE H - 4. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC) ___________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | _________________|_________________________________________| | | | | Dia | | Vertical | Choker | (inches)| Constr |____________________|____________________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | S | HT | MS | S | ________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 0.53 | 0.56 | 0.59 | 0.40 | 0.42 | 0.44 | 5/16 | 6x19 | 0.81 | 0.87 | 0.92 | 0.61 | 0.65 | 0.69 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 1.3 | 0.86 | 0.93 | 0.98 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 1.5 | 1.7 | 1.8 | 1.2 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 2.0 | 2.2 | 2.3 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.7 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 2.9 | 1.8 | 2.1 | 2.2 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 3.0 | 3.4 | 3.6 | 2.2 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 4.2 | 4.9 | 5.1 | 3.1 | 3.6 | 3.8 | 7/8 | 6x19 | 5.5 | 6.6 | 6.9 | 4.1 | 4.9 | 5.2 | 1 | 6x19 | 7.2 | 8.5 | 9.0 | 5.4 | 6.4 | 6.7 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 9.0 | 10.0 | 11.0 | 6.8 | 7.8 | 8.5 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 7.9 | 9.2 | 9.9 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 16.0 | 9.6 | 11.0 | 12.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 19.0 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 14.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 18.0 | 20.0 | 22.0 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 20.0 | 24.0 | 26.0 | 15.0 | 18.0 | 19.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 26.0 | 30.0 | 33.0 | 20.0 | 23.0 | 25.0 | ________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| TABLE H - 4. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC) _____________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _________________|___________________________________ | | Dia | | Vertical Basket(1) (inches)| Constr |___________________________________ | | | | | | HT | MS | S ________|________|______|______|_____________________ | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 1.0 | 1.1 | 1.2 5/16 | 6x19 | 1.6 | 1.7 | 1.8 3/8 | 6x19 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 2.6 7/16 | 6x19 | 3.1 | 3.4 | 3.5

201

1/2 | 6x19 | 3.9 | 4.4 | 4.6 9/16 | 6x19 | 4.9 | 5.5 | 5.8 5/8 | 6x19 | 6.0 | 6.8 | 7.2 3/4 | 6x19 | 8.4 | 9.7 | 10.0 7/8 | 6x19 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 14.0 1 | 6x19 | 14.0 | 17.0 | 18.0 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 23.0 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 21.0 | 24.0 | 26.0 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 25.0 | 29.0 | 32.0 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 30.0 | 35.0 | 38.0 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 35.0 | 41.0 | 44.0 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 41.0 | 47.0 | 51.0 2 | 6x37 | 53.0 | 61.0 | 66.0 ________|________|______|______|__________________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio for HT slings is 10 or greater, and for MS and S slings is 20 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d=Diameter of rope. HT = Hand Tucked Splice. For hidden tuck splice (IWRC) use Table H-3 values in HT column. MS = Mechanical Splice. S = Swaged or Zinc Poured Socket. TABLE H - 5. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS Cable Laid Rope -- Mechanical Splice Only 7x7x7 & 7X7X19 Constructions Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope 7x6x19 IWRC Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope _______________________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb.) ___________________________|___________________________________ | | | | Dia | Constr | Vertical | Choker | Vertical (inches) | | | | basket(1) ___________|_______________|__________|________|_______________ | | | | 1/4 | 7x7x7......| 0.50 | 0.38 | 1.0 3/8 | 7x7x7......| 1.1 | 0.81 | 2.2 1/2 | 7x7x7......| 1.8 | 1.4 | 3.7 5/8 | 7x7x7......| 2.8 | 2.1 | 5.5 3/4 | 7x7x7......| 3.8 | 2.9 | 7.6 5/8 | 7x7x19.....| 2.9 | 2.2 | 5.8 3/4 | 7x7x19.....| 4.1 | 3.0 | 8.1 7/8 | 7x7x19.....| 5.4 | 4.0 | 11.0 1 | 7x7x19.....| 6.9 | 5.1 | 14.0 1 1/8 | 7x7x19.....| 8.2 | 6.2 | 16.0 1 1/4 | 7x7x19.....| 9.9 | 7.4 | 20.0 3/4 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 3.8 | 2.8 | 7.6 7/8 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 5.0 | 3.8 | 10.0 1 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 6.4 | 4.8 | 13.0 1 1/8 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 7.7 | 5.8 | 15.0 1 1/4 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 9.2 | 6.9 | 18.0 1 5/16 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 10.0 | 7.5 | 20.0 1 3/8 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 11.0 | 8.2 | 22.0 1 1/2 | (2)7x6x19 ....| 13.0 | 9.6 | 26.0 | | | | ___________|_______________|__________|________|_____________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 10 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d=Diameter of rope.

202

Footnote(2) IWRC. TABLE H - 6. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 8-Part and 6-Part Braided Rope 6x7 and 6x19 Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope 7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope _____________________________________________________________________ | Component ropes | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) ________________|____________________________________________________ | | | | Diameter | | Vertical | Choker | Basket vertical (inches) |Constr| | | to 30 deg.(1) | |_________________|_________________|________________ | | | | | | | | | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part _________|______|________|________|________|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | 3/32.....| 6x7 | 0.42 | 0.32 | 0.32 | 0.24 | 0.74 | 0.55 1/8......| 6x7 | 0.76 | 0.57 | 0.57 | 0.42 | 1.3 | 0.98 3/16.....| 6x7 | 1.7 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 0.94 | 2.9 | 2.2 3/32.....| 7x7 | 0.51 | 0.39 | 0.38 | 0.29 | 0.89 | 0.67 1/8......| 7x7 | 0.95 | 0.71 | 0.71 | 0.53 | 1.6 | 1.2 3/16.....| 7x7 | 2.1 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.2 | 3.6 | 2.7 3/16.....| 6x19 | 1.7 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 0.98 | 3.0 | 2.2 1/4......| 6x19 | 3.1 | 2.3 | 2.3 | 1.7 | 5.3 | 4.0 5/16.....| 6x19 | 4.8 | 3.6 | 3.6 | 2.7 | 8.3 | 6.2 3/8......| 6x19 | 6.8 | 5.1 | 5.1 | 3.8 | 12.0 | 8.9 7/16.....| 6x19 | 9.3 | 6.9 | 6.9 | 5.2 | 16.0 | 12.0 1/2......| 6x19 | 12.0 | 9.0 | 9.0 | 6.7 | 21.0 | 15.0 9/16.....| 6x19 | 15.0 | 11.0 | 11.0 | 8.5 | 26.0 | 20.0 5/8......| 6x19 | 19.0 | 14.0 | 14.0 | 10.0 | 32.0 | 24.0 3/4......| 6x19 | 27.0 | 20.0 | 20.0 | 15.0 | 46.0 | 35.0 7/8......| 6x19 | 36.0 | 27.0 | 27.0 | 20.0 | 62.0 | 47.0 1........| 6x19 | 47.0 | 35.0 | 35.0 | 26.0 | 81.0 | 61.0 | | | | | | | _________|______|________|________|________|________|________|_______ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 20 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d=Diameter of component rope. TABLE H - 7. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC) _______________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | ____________________|_________________________________________| | | | | | 2-Leg bridle slings | | |_________________________________________| Dia | Constr | | | | [inches] | | 30 deg(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg(1) | | | (60 deg)(2) | angle | (30 deg)(2) | | |_____________|_____________|_____________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | HT | MS | HT | MS | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 0.85 | 0.88 | 0.70 | 0.72 | 0.49 | 0.51 |

203

5/16 | 6x19 | 1.3 | 1.4 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 0.76 | 0.79 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.0 | 2.2 | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 3.2 | 3.4 | 2.6 | 2.8 | 1.8 | 2.0 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 4.0 | 4.3 | 3.2 | 3.5 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 4.8 | 5.3 | 4.0 | 4.4 | 2.8 | 3.1 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 6.8 | 7.6 | 5.5 | 6.2 | 3.9 | 4.4 | 7/8 | 6x19 | 8.9 | 10.0 | 7.3 | 8.4 | 5.1 | 5.9 | 1 | 6x19 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 9.4 | 11.0 | 6.7 | 7.7 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 8.4 | 9.5 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 17.0 | 19.0 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 9.8 | 11.0 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 20.0 | 23.0 | 17.0 | 19.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 24.0 | 27.0 | 20.0 | 22.0 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 28.0 | 32.0 | 23.0 | 26.0 | 16.0 | 18.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 33.0 | 37.0 | 27.0 | 30.0 | 19.0 | 21.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 43.0 | 48.0 | 35.0 | 39.0 | 25.0 | 28.0 | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| TABLE H - 7. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC) _______________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | ____________________|_________________________________________| | | | | | 3-Leg bridle slings | | |_________________________________________| Dia | Constr | | | | [inches] | | 30 deg(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg(1) | | | (60 deg)(2) | angle | (30 deg)(2) | | |_____________|_____________|_____________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | HT | MS | HT | MS | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 1.0 | 1.1 | 0.74 | 0.76 | 5/16 | 6x19 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 1.6 | 1.7 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.3 | 2.4 | 1.6 | 1.7 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 3.7 | 4.0 | 3.0 | 3.2 | 2.1 | 2.3 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 4.8 | 5.1 | 3.9 | 4.2 | 2.8 | 3.0 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 6.0 | 6.5 | 4.9 | 5.3 | 3.4 | 3.7 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 7.3 | 8.0 | 5.9 | 6.5 | 4.2 | 4.6 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 10.0 | 11.0 | 8.3 | 9.3 | 5.8 | 6.6 | 7/8 | 6x19 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 7.7 | 8.9 | 1 | 6x19 | 17.0 | 20.0 | 14.0 | 16.0 | 10.0 | 11.0 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 22.0 | 24.0 | 18.0 | 20.0 | 13.0 | 14.0 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 25.0 | 29.0 | 21.0 | 23.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 31.0 | 35.0 | 25.0 | 28.0 | 18.0 | 20.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 36.0 | 41.0 | 30.0 | 33.0 | 21.0 | 24.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 43.0 | 48.0 | 35.0 | 39.0 | 25.0 | 28.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 49.0 | 56.0 | 40.0 | 45.0 | 28.0 | 32.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 64.0 | 72.0 | 52.0 | 59.0 | 37.0 | 41.0 | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| HT = Hand Tucked Splice. MS = Mechanical Splice. Footnote(1) Vertical angles. Footnote(2) Horizontal angles. TABLE H - 8. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS

204

6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC) _______________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | ____________________|_________________________________________| | | | | | 2-Leg bridle slings | | |_________________________________________| Dia | Constr | | | | (inches) | | 30 deg.(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg.(1) | | | (60 deg.)(2)| angle | (30 deg.)(2)| | |_____________|_____________|_____________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | HT | MS | HT | MS | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 0.92 | 0.97 | 0.75 | 0.79 | 0.53 | 0.56 | 5/16 | 6x19 | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 0.81 | 0.87 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 2.0 | 2.1 | 1.6 | 1.8 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 2.7 | 2.9 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 1.5 | 1.7 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 3.4 | 3.8 | 2.8 | 3.1 | 2.0 | 2.2 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 4.3 | 4.8 | 3.5 | 3.9 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 5.2 | 5.9 | 4.2 | 4.8 | 3.0 | 3.4 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 7.3 | 8.4 | 5.9 | 6.9 | 4.2 | 4.9 | 7/8 | 6x19 | 9.6 | 11.0 | 7.8 | 9.3 | 5.5 | 6.6 | 1 | 6x19 | 12.0 | 15.0 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 7.2 | 8.5 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 16.0 | 18.0 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 9.0 | 10.0 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 22.0 | 25.0 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 13.0 | 15.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 26.0 | 30.0 | 21.0 | 25.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 31.0 | 35.0 | 25.0 | 29.0 | 18.0 | 20.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 35.0 | 41.0 | 29.0 | 33.0 | 20.0 | 24.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 46.0 | 53.0 | 37.0 | 43.0 | 26.0 | 30.0 | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| TABLE H - 8. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC) _______________________________________________________________ | | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) | ____________________|_________________________________________| | | | | | 3-Leg bridle slings | | |_________________________________________| Dia | Constr | | | | (inches) | | 30 deg.(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg.(1) | | | (60 deg.)(2)| angle | (30 deg.)(2)| | |_____________|_____________|_____________| | | | | | | | | | | HT | MS | HT | MS | HT | MS | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| | | | | | | | | 1/4 | 6x19 | 1.4 | 1.4 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 0.79 | 0.84 | 5/16 | 6x19 | 2.1 | 2.3 | 1.7 | 1.8 | 1.2 | 1.3 | 3/8 | 6x19 | 3.0 | 3.2 | 2.4 | 2.6 | 1.7 | 1.9 | 7/16 | 6x19 | 4.0 | 4.4 | 3.3 | 3.6 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 1/2 | 6x19 | 5.1 | 5.7 | 4.2 | 4.6 | 3.0 | 3.3 | 9/16 | 6x19 | 6.4 | 7.1 | 5.2 | 5.8 | 3.7 | 4.1 | 5/8 | 6x19 | 7.8 | 8.8 | 6.4 | 7.2 | 4.5 | 5.1 | 3/4 | 6x19 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 8.9 | 10.0 | 6.3 | 7.3 |

205

7/8 | 6x19 | 14.0 | 17.0 | 12.0 | 14.0 | 8.3 | 9.9 | 1 | 6x19 | 19.0 | 22.0 | 15.0 | 18.0 | 11.0 | 13.0 | 1 1/8 | 6x19 | 23.0 | 27.0 | 19.0 | 22.0 | 13.0 | 16.0 | 1 1/4 | 6x37 | 27.0 | 32.0 | 22.0 | 26.0 | 16.0 | 18.0 | 1 3/8 | 6x37 | 33.0 | 38.0 | 27.0 | 31.0 | 19.0 | 22.0 | 1 1/2 | 6x37 | 39.0 | 45.0 | 32.0 | 37.0 | 23.0 | 26.0 | 1 5/8 | 6x37 | 46.0 | 53.0 | 38.0 | 43.0 | 27.0 | 31.0 | 1 3/4 | 6x37 | 53.0 | 61.0 | 43.0 | 50.0 | 31.0 | 35.0 | 2 | 6x37 | 68.0 | 79.0 | 56.0 | 65.0 | 40.0 | 46.0 | ___________|________|______|______|______|______|______|______| HT = Hand Tucked Splice. MS = Mechanical Splice. Footnote(1) Vertical angles. Footnote(2) Horizontal angles. TABLE H - 9. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS Cable Laid Rope - Mechanical Splice Only 7x7x7 and 7x7x19 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope 7x6x19 IWRC Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope ___________________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _______________________|___________________________________ | | | | 2-Leg bridle slings | |___________________________________ Dia | Constr | | | (inches)| | 30 deg.(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg.(1) | |(60 deg.)(2)| angle |(30 deg.)(2) _________|_____________|____________|_________|_______________ | | | | 1/4......| 7x7x7.......| 0.87 | 0.71 | 0.50 3/8......| 7x7x7.......| 1.9 | 1.5 | 1.1 1/2......| 7x7x7.......| 3.2 | 2.6 | 1.8 5/8......| 7x7x7.......| 4.8 | 3.9 | 2.8 3/4......| 7x7x7.......| 6.6 | 5.4 | 3.8 5/8......| 7x7x19......| 5.0 | 4.1 | 2.9 3/4......| 7x7x19......| 7.0 | 5.7 | 4.1 7/8......| 7x7x19......| 9.3 | 7.6 | 5.4 1........| 7x7x19......| 12.0 | 9.7 | 6.9 1 1/8....| 7x7x19......| 14.0 | 12.0 | 8.2 1 1/4....| 7x7x19......| 17.0 | 14.0 | 9.9 3/4......| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 6.6 | 5.4 | 3.8 7/8......| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 8.7 | 7.1 | 5.0 1........| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 11.0 | 9.0 | 6.4 1 1/8....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 13.0 | 11.0 | 7.7 1 1/4....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 16.0 | 13.0 | 9.2 1 5/16...| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 17.0 | 14.0 | 10.0 1 3/8....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 19.0 | 15.0 | 11.0 1 1/2....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 22.0 | 18.0 | 13.0 | | | | _________|_____________|____________|_________|______________ TABLE H - 9. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS Cable Laid Rope - Mechanical Splice Only 7x7x7 and 7x7x19 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope 7x6x19 IWRC Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope ____________________________________________________________

206

| Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _______________________|_____________________________________ | | | | 3-Leg bridle slings | |____________________________________ Dia | Constr | | | (inches) | | 30 deg.(1) | 45 deg. | 60 deg.(1) | |(60 deg.)(2)| angle |(30 deg.)(2) _________|_____________|____________|_________|________________ | | | | 1/4......| 7x7x7 ......| 1.3 | 1.1 | 0.75 3/8......| 7x7x7.......| 2.8 | 2.3 | 1.6 1/2......| 7x7x7.......| 4.8 | 3.9 | 2.8 5/8......| 7x7x7.......| 7.2 | 5.9 | 4.2 3/4......| 7x7x7.......| 9.9 | 8.1 | 5.7 5/8......| 7x7x19......| 7.5 | 6.1 | 4.3 3/4......| 7x7x19......| 10.0 | 8.6 | 6.1 7/8......| 7x7x19......| 14.0 | 11.0 | 8.1 1........| 7x7x19......| 18.0 | 14.0 | 10.0 1 1/8....| 7x7x19......| 21.0 | 17.0 | 12.0 1 1/4....| 7x7x19......| 26.0 | 21.0 | 15.0 3/4......| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 9.9 | 8.0 | 5.7 7/8......| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 13.0 | 11.0 | 7.5 1........| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 17.0 | 13.0 | 9.6 1 1/8....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 20.0 | 16.0 | 11.0 1 1/4....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 24.0 | 20.0 | 14.0 1 5/16...| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 26.0 | 21.0 | 15.0 1 3/8....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 28.0 | 23.0 | 16.0 1 1/2....| 7x6x19 IWRC.| 33.0 | 27.0 | 19.0 | | | | _________|_____________|____________|_________|_______________ Footnote(1) Vertical angles. Footnote(2) Horizontal angles. TABLE H- 10. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 8-Part and 6-Part Braided Rope 6x7 and 6x19 Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope 7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope ______________________________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) ________________|____________________________________________________ | | | | 2-Leg bridle sling | | | |____________________________________________________ | | | | Dia | Constr | 30 deg(1) | 45 deg angle | 60 deg (1) (in.) | | (60 deg)(2) | | (30 deg)(2) | |_________________|_________________|________________ | | | | | | | | | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part _______|________|________|________|________|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | 3/32 | 6x7 | 0.74 | 0.55 | 0.60 | 0.45 | 0.42 | 0.32 1/8 | 6x7 | 1.3 | 0.98 | 1.1 | 0.80 | 0.76 | 0.57 3/16 | 6x7 | 2.9 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 1.8 | 1.7 | 1.3 3/32 | 7x7 | 0.89 | 0.67 | 0.72 | 0.55 | 0.51 | 0.39 1/8 | 7x7 | 1.6 | 1.2 | 1.3 | 1.0 | 0.95 | 0.71 3/16 | 7x7 | 3.6 | 2.7 | 2.9 | 2.2 | 2.1 | 1.5 3/16 | 6x19 | 3.0 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 1.8 | 1.7 | 1.3

207

1/4 | 6x19 | 5.3 | 4.0 | 4.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | 2.3 5/16 | 6x19 | 8.3 | 6.2 | 6.7 | 5.0 | 4.8 | 3.6 3/8 | 6x19 | 12.0 | 8.9 | 9.7 | 7.2 | 6.8 | 5.1 7/16 | 6x19 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 9.8 | 9.3 | 6.9 1/2 | 6x19 | 21.0 | 15.0 | 17.0 | 13.0 | 12.0 | 9.0 9/16 | 6x19 | 26.0 | 20.0 | 21.0 | 16.0 | 15.0 | 11.0 5/8 | 6x19 | 32.0 | 24.0 | 26.0 | 20.0 | 19.0 | 14.0 3/4 | 6x19 | 46.0 | 35.0 | 38.0 | 28.0 | 27.0 | 20.0 7/8 | 6x19 | 62.0 | 47.0 | 51.0 | 38.0 | 36.0 | 27.0 1 | 6x19 | 81.0 | 61.0 | 66.0 | 50.0 | 47.0 | 35.0 | | | | | | | _______|________|________|________|________|________|________|_______ TABLE H- 10. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 8-Part and 6-Part Braided Rope 6x7 and 6x19 Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope 7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope _____________________________________________________________________ | Rope | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) ________________|____________________________________________________ | | | | 3-Leg bridle sling | | | |____________________________________________________ | | | | Dia | Constr | 30 deg(1) | 45 deg angle | 60 deg(1) (in.) | | (60 deg)(2) | | (30 deg)(2) | |_________________|_________________|________________ | | | | | | | | | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part | 8-Part | 6-Part _______|________|________|________|________|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | 3/32 | 6x7 | 1.1 | 0.83 | 0.90 | 0.68 | 0.64 | 0.48 1/8 | 6x7 | 2.0 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.2 | 1.1 | 0.85 3/16 | 6x7 | 4.4 | 3.3 | 3.6 | 2.7 | 2.5 | 1.9 3/32 | 7x7 | 1.3 | 1.0 | 1.1 | 0.82 | 0.77 | 0.58 1/8 | 7x7 | 2.5 | 1.8 | 2.0 | 1.5 | 1.4 | 1.1 3/16 | 7x7 | 5.4 | 4.0 | 4.4 | 3.3 | 3.1 | 2.3 3/16 | 6x19 | 4.5 | 3.4 | 3.7 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 1.9 1/4 | 6x19 | 8.0 | 6.0 | 6.5 | 4.9 | 4.6 | 3.4 5/16 | 6x19 | 12.0 | 9.3 | 10.0 | 7.6 | 7.1 | 5.4 3/8 | 6x19 | 18.0 | 13.0 | 14.0 | 11.0 | 10.0 | 7.7 7/16 | 6x19 | 24.0 | 18.0 | 20.0 | 15.0 | 14.0 | 10.0 1/2 | 6x19 | 31.0 | 23.0 | 25.0 | 19.0 | 18.0 | 13.0 9/16 | 6x19 | 39.0 | 29.0 | 32.0 | 24.0 | 23.0 | 17.0 5/8 | 6x19 | 48.0 | 36.0 | 40.0 | 30.0 | 28.0 | 21.0 3/4 | 6x19 | 69.0 | 52.0 | 56.0 | 42.0 | 40.0 | 30.0 7/8 | 6x19 | 94.0 | 70.0 | 76.0 | 57.0 | 54.0 | 40.0 1 | 6x19 | 22.0 | 91.0 | 99.0 | 74.0 | 70.0 | 53.0 | | | | | | | _______|________|________|________|________|________|________|_______ Footnote(1) Vertical angles. Footnote(2) Horizontal angles. TABLE H - 11. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID GROMMET -- HAND TUCKED

208

Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope _______________________________________________________________ | Rope body | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) ______________________|________________________________________ | | | | Dia (inches) | Constr | Vertical | Choker | Vertical basket(1) _____________|________|__________|________|____________________ | | | | 1/4 | 7x19 | 0.85 | 0.64 | 1.7 5/16 | 7x19 | 1.3 | 1.0 | 2.6 3/8 | 7x19 | 1.9 | 1.4 | 3.8 7/16 | 7x19 | 2.6 | 1.9 | 5.2 1/2 | 7x19 | 3.3 | 2.5 | 6.7 9/16 | 7x19 | 4.2 | 3.1 | 8.4 5/8 | 7x19 | 5.2 | 3.9 | 10.0 3/4 | 7x19 | 7.4 | 5.6 | 15.0 7/8 | 7x19 | 10.0 | 7.5 | 20.0 1 | 7x19 | 13.0 | 9.7 | 26.0 1 1/8 | 7x19 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 32.0 1 1/4 | 7x37 | 18.0 | 14.0 | 37.0 1 3/8 | 7x37 | 22.0 | 16.0 | 44.0 1 1/2 | 7x37 | 26.0 | 19.0 | 52.0 | | | | _____________|________|__________|________|____________________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which rope is bent. d=Diameter of rope body. TABLE H - 12. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID GROMMET -- HAND TUCKED 7x6x7 and 7x6x19 Constructions Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope 7x7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope _______________________________________________________________ | Cable body | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) ______________________|________________________________________ | | | | Dia (inches) | Constr | Vertical | Choker | Vertical basket(1) _____________|________|__________|________|____________________ | | | | 3/8 | 7x6x7 | 1.3 | 0.95 | 2.5 9/16 | 7x6x7 | 2.8 | 2.1 | 5.6 5/8 | 7x6x7 | 3.8 | 2.8 | 7.6 3/8 | 7x7x7 | 1.6 | 1.2 | 3.2 9/16 | 7x7x7 | 3.5 | 2.6 | 6.9 5/8 | 7x7x7 | 4.5 | 3.4 | 9.0 5/8 | 7x6x19 | 3.9 | 3.0 | 7.9 3/4 | 7x6x19 | 5.1 | 3.8 | 10.0 15/16 | 7x6x19 | 7.9 | 5.9 | 16.0 1 1/8 | 7x6x19 | 11.0 | 8.4 | 22.0 1 5/16 | 7x6x19 | 15.0 | 11.0 | 30.0 1 1/2 | 7x6x19 | 19.0 | 14.0 | 39.0 1 11/16 | 7x6x19 | 24.0 | 18.0 | 49.0 1 7/8 | 7x6x19 | 30.0 | 22.0 | 60.0 2 1/4 | 7x6x19 | 42.0 | 31.0 | 84.0 2 5/8 | 7x6x19 | 56.0 | 42.0 | 112.0 | | | | _____________|________|__________|________|____________________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which cable body is bent., d=Diameter of cable body.

209

TABLE H - 13. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENDLESS SLINGS -- MECHANICAL JOINT Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope _______________________________________________________________ | Rope body | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _______________________|________________________________________ | | | | Dia (inches) | Constr | Vertical | Choker | Vertical basket(1) _____________|_________|__________|________|____________________ | | | | 1/4 | (2)6x19 | 0.92 | 0.69 | 1.8 3/8 | (2)6x19 | 2.0 | 1.5 | 4.1 1/2 | (2)6x19 | 3.6 | 2.7 | 7.2 5/8 | (2)6x19 | 5.6 | 4.2 | 11.0 3/4 | (2)6x19 | 8.0 | 6.0 | 16.0 7/8 | (2)6x19 | 11.0 | 8.1 | 21.0 1 | (2)6x19 | 14.0 | 10.0 | 28.0 1 1/8 | (2)6x19 | 18.0 | 13.0 | 35.0 1 1/4 | (2)6x37 | 21.0 | 15.0 | 41.0 1 3/8 | (2)6x37 | 25.0 | 19.0 | 50.0 1 1/2 | (2)6x37 | 29.0 | 22.0 | 59.0 | | | | _____________|_________|__________|________|____________________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which rope is bent. d=Diameter of rope body. Footnote(2) IWRC. TABLE H - 14. -- RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID ENDLESS SLINGS -- MECHANICAL JOINT 7x7x7 and 7x7x19 Constructions Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope 7x6x19 Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope __________________________________________________________________ | Cable body | Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb) _________________________|________________________________________ | | | | Dia (inches) | Constr | Vertical | Choker | Vertical basket(1) _____________|___________|__________|________|____________________ | | | | 1/4 | 7x7x7 | 0.83 | 0.62 | 1.6 3/8 | 7x7x7 | 1.8 | 1.3 | 3.5 1/2 | 7x7x7 | 3.0 | 2.3 | 6.1 5/8 | 7x7x7 | 4.5 | 3.4 | 9.1 3/4 | 7x7x7 | 6.3 | 4.7 | 12.0 5/8 | 7x7x19 | 4.7 | 3.5 | 9.5 3/4 | 7x7x19 | 6.7 | 5.0 | 13.0 7/8 | 7x7x19 | 8.9 | 6.6 | 18.0 1 | 7x7x19 | 11.0 | 8.5 | 22.0 1 1/8 | 7x7x19 | 14.0 | 10.0 | 28.0 1 1/4 | 7x7x19 | 17.0 | 12.0 | 33.0 3/4 | (2)7x6x19 | 6.2 | 4.7 | 12.0 7/8 | (2)7x6x19 | 8.3 | 6.2 | 16.0 1 | (2)7x6x19 | 10.0 | 7.9 | 21.0 1 1/8 | (2)7x6x19 | 13.0 | 9.7 | 26.0 1 1/4 | (2)7x6x19 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 31.0 1 3/8 | (2)7x6x19 | 18.0 | 14.0 | 37.0 1 1/2 | (2)7x6x19 | 22.0 | 16.0 | 43.0

210

_____________|___________|__________|________|____________________ Footnote(1) These values only apply when the D/d value is 5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvature around which cable body is bent. d=Diameter of cable body. Footnote(2) IWRC. TABLE H -15. -- MANILA ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=5) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Eye and eye sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break-| | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren-| cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | | 90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds| | | (0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|______|______|______|________|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 7.5 | 2,650| 550| 250| 1,100 | 900 | 750 | 550 9/16| 10.4 | 3,450| 700| 350| 1,400 | 1,200 | 1,000 | 700 5/8| 13.3 | 4,400| 900| 450| 1,800 | 1,500 | 1,200 | 900 3/4| 16.7 | 5,400| 1,100| 550| 2,200 | 1,900 | 1,500 | 1,100 13/16| 19.5 | 6,500| 1,300| 650| 2,600 | 2,300 | 1,800 | 1,300 7/8| 22.5 | 7,700| 1,500| 750| 3,100 | 2,700 | 2,200 | 1,500 1| 27.0 | 9,000| 1,800| 900| 3,600 | 3,100 | 2,600 | 1,800 1 1/16| 31.3 |10,500| 2,100| 1,100| 4,200 | 3,600 | 3,000 | 2,100 1 1/8| 36.0 |12,000| 2,400| 1,200| 4,800 | 4,200 | 3,400 | 2,400 1 1/4| 41.7 |13,500| 2,700| 1,400| 5,400 | 4,700 | 3,800 | 2,700 1 5/16| 47.9 |15,000| 3,000| 1,500| 6,000 | 5,200 | 4,300 | 3,000 1 1/2| 59.9 |18,500| 3,700| 1,850| 7,400 | 6,400 | 5,200 | 3,700 1 5/8| 74.6 |22,500| 4,500| 2,300| 9,000 | 7,800 | 6,400 | 4,500 1 3/4| 89.3 |26,500| 5,300| 2,700| 10,500 | 9,260 | 7,500 | 5,300 2|107.5 |31,000| 6,200| 3,100| 12,500 | 10,500 | 8,800 | 6,200 2 1/3|125.0 |36,000| 7,200| 3,600| 14,500 | 12,500 | 10,000 | 7,200 2 1/4|146.0 |41,000| 8,200| 4,100| 16,500 | 14,000 | 11,500 | 8,200 2 1/2|166.7 |46,500| 9,300| 4,700| 18,500 | 16,000 | 13,000 | 9,300 2 5/8|190.8 |52,000|10,500| 5,200| 21,000 | 18,000 | 14,500 |10,500 ______|______|______|______|______|________|________|________|______ TABLE H - 15. -- MANILA ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=5) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Endless sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break-| | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren-| cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | |

211

inches|pounds| in | | | 90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds| | | (0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|______|______|______|________|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 7.5| 2,650| 950| 500| 1,900 | 1,700 | 1,400 | 950 9/16| 10.4| 3,450| 1,200| 600| 2,500 | 2,200 | 1,800 | 1,200 5/8| 13.3| 4,400| 1,600| 800| 3,200 | 2,700 | 2,200 | 1,600 3/4| 16.7| 5,400| 2,000| 950| 3,900 | 3,400 | 2,800 | 2,000 13/16| 19.5| 6,500| 2,300| 1,200| 4,700 | 4,100 | 3,300 | 2,300 7/8| 22.5| 7,700| 2,800| 1,400| 5,600 | 4,800 | 3,900 | 2,800 1| 27.0| 9,000| 3,200| 1,600| 6,500 | 5,600 | 4,600 | 3,200 1 1/16| 31.3|10,500| 3,800| 1,900| 7,600 | 6,600 | 5,400 | 3,800 1 1/8| 36.0|12,000| 4,300| 2,200| 8,600 | 7,500 | 6,100 | 4,300 1 1/4| 41.7|13,500| 4,900| 2,400| 9,700 | 8,400 | 6,900 | 4,900 1 5/16| 47.9|15,000| 5,400| 2,700| 11,000 | 9,400 | 7,700 | 5,400 1 1/2| 59.9|18,500| 6,700| 3,300| 13,500 | 11,500 | 9,400 | 6,700 1 5/8| 74.6|22,500| 8,100| 4,100| 16,000 | 14,000 | 11,500 | 8,000 1 3/4| 89.3|26,500| 9,500| 4,800| 19,000 | 16,500 | 13,500 | 9,590 2| 107.5|31,000|11,000| 5,600| 22,500 | 19,500 | 16,000 | 11,000 2 1/3| 125.0|36,000|13,000| 6,500| 26,000 | 22,500 | 18,500 | 13,000 2 1/4| 146.0|41,000|15,000| 7,400| 29,500 | 25,500 | 21,000 | 15,000 2 1/2| 166.7|46,500|16,500| 8,400| 33,500 | 29,000 | 23,500 | 16,500 2 5/8| 190.8|52,000|18,500| 9,500| 37,500 | 32,500 | 26,500 | 18,500 ______|______|______|______|______|________|________|________|________ TABLE H - 16. -- NYLON ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=9) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Eye and eye sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break- | | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren- | cal | hitch|_________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds | | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 6.5| 6,080| 700| 350| 1,400| 1,200 | 950 | 700 9/16| 8.3| 7,600| 850| 400| 1,700| 1,500 | 1,200 | 850 5/8| 10.5| 9,880| 1,100| 550| 2,200| 1,900 | 1,600 | 1,100 3/4| 14.5| 13,490| 1,500| 750| 3,000| 2,600 | 2,100 | 1,500 13/16| 17.0| 16,150| 1,800| 900| 3,600| 3,100 | 2,600 | 1,800 7/8| 20.0| 19,000| 2,100| 1,100| 4,200| 3,700 | 3,000 | 2,100 1| 26.0| 23,750| 2,600| 1,300| 5,300| 4,600 | 3,700 | 2,600 1 1/16| 29.0| 27,360| 3,000| 1,500| 6,100| 5,300 | 4,300 | 3,000 1 1/8| 34.0| 31,350| 3,500| 1,700| 7,000| 6,000 | 5,000 | 3,500 1 1/4| 40.0| 35,625| 4,000| 2,000| 7,900| 6,900 | 5,600 | 4,000 1 5/16| 45.0| 40,850| 4,500| 2,300| 9,100| 7,900 | 6,400 | 4,500 1 1/2| 55.0| 50,350| 5,600| 2,800| 11,000| 9,700 | 7,900 | 5,600 1 5/8| 68.0| 61,750| 6,900| 3,400| 13,500| 12,000 | 9,700 | 6,900 1 3/4| 83.0| 74,100| 8,200| 4,100| 16,500| 14,500 | 11,500 | 8,200 2| 95.0| 87,400| 9,700| 4,900| 19,500| 17,000 | 13,500 | 9,700 2 1/8| 109.0|100,700|11,000| 5,600| 22,500| 19,500 | 16,000 | 11,000 2 1/4| 129.0|118,750|13,000| 6,600| 26,500| 23,000 | 18,500 | 13,000 2 1/2| 149.0|133,000|15,000| 7,400| 29,500| 25,500 | 21,000 | 15,000 2 5/8| 168.0|153,900|17,100| 8,600| 34,000| 29,500 | 24,000 | 17,000

212

______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ TABLE H - 16. -- NYLON ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=9) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Endless sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- | Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight| break-| | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft| stren-| cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | | pounds| | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 6.5| 6,080| 1,200| 600| 2,400| 2,100 | 1,700 | 1,200 9/16| 8.3| 7,600| 1,500| 750| 3,000| 2,600 | 2,200 | 1.500 5/8| 10.5| 9,880| 2,000| 1,100| 4,000| 3,400 | 2,800 | 2,000 3/4| 14.5| 13,490| 2,700| 1,400| 5,400| 4,700 | 3,800 | 2,700 13/16| 17.0| 16,150| 3,200| 1,600| 6,400| 5,600 | 4,600 | 3,200 7/8| 20.0| 19,000| 3,800| 1,900| 7,600| 6,600 | 5,400 | 3,800 1| 26.0| 23,750| 4,800| 2,400| 9,500| 8,200 | 6,700 | 4,800 1 1/16| 29.0| 27,360| 5,500| 2,700| 11,000| 9,500 | 7,700 | 5,500 1 1/8| 34.0| 31,350| 6,300| 3,100| 12,500| 11,000 | 8,900 | 6,300 1 1/4| 40.0| 35,625| 7,100| 3,600| 14,500| 12,500 | 10,000 | 7,100 1 5/16| 45.0| 40,850| 8,200| 4,100| 16,500| 14,000 | 12,000 | 8,200 1 1/2| 55.0| 50,350|10,000| 5,000| 20,000| 17,500 | 14,000 | 10,000 1 5/8| 68.0| 61,750|12,500| 6,200| 24,500| 21,500 | 17,500 | 12,500 1 3/4| 83.0| 74,100|15,000| 7,400| 29,500| 27,500 | 21,000 | 15,000 2| 95.0| 87,400|17,500| 8,700| 35,000| 30,500 | 24,500 | 17,500 2 1/8| 109.0|100,700|20,000|10,000| 40,500| 35,000 | 28,500 | 20,000 2 1/4| 129.0|118,750|24,000|12,000| 47,500| 41,000 | 33,500 | 24,000 2 1/2| 149.0|133,000|26,500|13,500| 53,000| 46,000 | 37,500 | 26,500 2 5/8| 168.0|153,900|31,000|15,500| 61,500| 53,500 | 43,500 | 31,000 ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|________ TABLE H - 17. -- POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=9) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Eye and eye sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break- | | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren- | cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds | | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | |

213

1/2| 8.0| 6,080| 700| 350| 1,400| 1,200 | 950 | 700 9/16| 10.2| 7,600| 850| 400| 1,700| 1,500 | 1,200 | 850 5/8| 13.0| 9,500| 1,100| 550| 2,100| 1,800 | 1,500 | 1,100 3/4| 17.5| 11,875| 1,300| 650| 2,600| 2,300 | 1,900 | 1,300 13/16| 21.0| 14,725| 1,600| 800| 3,300| 2,800 | 2,300 | 1,600 7/8| 25.0| 17,100| 1,900| 950| 3,800| 3,300 | 2,700 | 1,900 1| 30.5| 20,900| 2,300| 1,200| 4,600| 4,000 | 3,300 | 2,300 1 1/16| 34.5| 24,225| 2,700| 1,300| 5,400| 4,700 | 3,800 | 2,700 1 1/8| 40.0| 28,025| 3,100| 1,600| 6,200| 5,400 | 4,400 | 3,100 1 1/4| 46.3| 31,540| 3,500| 1,800| 7,000| 6,100 | 5,000 | 3,500 1 5/16| 52.5| 35,625| 4,000| 2,000| 7,900| 6,900 | 5,600 | 4,000 1 1/2| 66.8| 44,460| 4,900| 2,500| 9,900| 8,600 | 7,000 | 4,900 1 5/8| 82.0| 54,150| 6,000| 3,000| 12,000| 10,400 | 8,500 | 6,000 1 3/4| 98.0| 64,410| 7,200| 3,600| 14,500| 12,500 | 10,000 | 7,200 2| 118.0| 76,000| 8,400| 4,200| 17,000| 14,500 | 12,000 | 8,400 2 1/8| 135.0| 87,400| 9,700| 4,900| 19,500| 17,000 | 13,500 | 9,700 2 1/4| 157.0|101,650|11,500| 5,700| 22,500| 19,500 | 16,000 |11,500 2 1/2| 181.0|115,900|13,000| 6,400| 26,000| 22,500 | 18,000 |13,000 2 5/8| 205.0|130,150|14,500| 7,200| 29,000| 25,000 | 20,500 |14,500 ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|______ TABLE H - 17. -- POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=9) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Endless sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break- | | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren- | cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds | | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 8.0| 6,080| 1,200| 600| 2,400| 2,100 | 1,700 | 1,200 9/16| 10.2| 7,600| 1,500| 750| 3,000| 2,600 | 2,200 | 1,500 5/8| 13.0| 9,500| 1,900| 950| 3,800| 3,300 | 2,700 | 1,900 3/4| 17.5| 11,875| 2,400| 1,200| 4,800| 4,100 | 3,400 | 2,400 13/16| 21.0| 14,725| 2,900| 1,500| 5,900| 5,100 | 4,200 | 2,900 7/8| 25.0| 17,100| 3,400| 1,700| 6,800| 5,900 | 4,800 | 3,400 1| 30.5| 20,900| 4,200| 2,100| 8,400| 7,200 | 5,900 | 4,200 1 1/16| 34.5| 24,225| 4,800| 2,400| 9,700| 8,400 | 6,900 | 4,800 1 1/8| 40.0| 28,025| 5,600| 2,800| 11,000| 9,700 | 7,900 | 5,600 1 1/4| 46.3| 31,540| 6,300| 3,200| 12,500| 11,000 | 8,900 | 6,300 1 5/16| 52.5| 35,625| 7,100| 3,600| 14,500| 12,500 | 10,000 | 7,100 1 1/2| 66.8| 44,460| 8,900| 4,400| 18,000| 15,500 | 12,500 | 8,900 1 5/8| 82.0| 54,150|11,000| 5,500| 21,500| 19,000 | 15,500 |11,000 1 3/4| 98.0| 64,410|13,000| 6,400| 26,000| 22,500 | 18,000 |13,000 2| 118.0| 76,000|15,000| 7,600| 30,500| 26,500 | 21,500 |15,000 2 1/8| 135.0| 87,400|17,500| 8,700| 35,000| 30,500 | 24,500 |17,500 2 1/4| 157.0|101,650|20,500|10,000| 40,500| 35,000 | 29,000 |20,500 2 1/2| 181.0|115,900|23,000|11,500| 46,500| 40,000 | 33,000 |23,000 2 5/8| 205.0|130,150|26,000|13,000| 52,000| 45,000 | 37,000 |26,000 ______|______|_______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ TABLE H - 18. -- POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS

214

[Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=6) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Eye and eye sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break-| | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren-| cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds| | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 4.7| 3,990| 650| 350| 1,300| 1,200 | 950 | 650 9/16| 6.1| 4,845| 800| 400| 1,600| 1,400 | 1,100 | 800 5/8| 7.5| 5,890| 1,000| 500| 2,000| 1,700 | 1,400 | 1,000 3/4| 10.7| 8,075| 1,300| 700| 2,700| 2,300 | 1,900 | 1,300 13/16| 12.7| 9,405| 1,600| 800| 3,100| 2,700 | 2,200 | 1,600 7/8| 15.0|10,925| 1,800| 900| 3,600| 3,200 | 2,600 | 1,800 1| 18.0|13,300| 2,200| 1,100| 4,400| 3,800 | 3,100 | 2,200 1 1/16| 20.4|15,200| 2,500| 1,300| 5,100| 4,400 | 3,600 | 2,500 1 1/8| 23.7|17,385| 2,900| 1,500| 5,800| 5,000 | 4,100 | 2,900 1 1/4| 27.0|19,950| 3,300| 1,700| 6,700| 5,800 | 4,700 | 3,300 1 5/16| 30.5|22,325| 3,700| 1,900| 7,400| 6,400 | 5,300 | 3,700 1 1/2| 38.5|28,215| 4,700| 2,400| 9,400| 8,100 | 6,700 | 4,700 1 5/8| 47.5|34,200| 5,700| 2,900| 11,500| 9,900 | 8,100 | 5,700 1 3/4| 57.0|40,850| 6,800| 3,400| 13,500| 12,000 | 9,600 | 6,800 2| 69.0|49,400| 8,200| 4,100| 16,500| 14,500 | 11,500 | 8,200 2 1/8| 80.0|57,950| 9,700| 4,800| 19,500| 16,500 | 13,500 | 9,700 2 1/4| 92.0|65,550|11,000| 5,500| 22,000| 19,000 | 15,500 | 11,000 2 1/2| 107.0|76,000|12,500| 6,300| 25,500| 22,000 | 18,000 | 12,500 2 5/8| 120.0|85,500|14,500| 7,100| 28,500| 24,500 | 20,000 | 14,500 ______|______|______|______|______|_______|________|________|________ TABLE H - 18. -- POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS [Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses] ____________________________________________________________________ | | | | | | Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=6) | | |_______________________________________________ | | | | | | Endless sling | | |_______________________________________________ |Nomi- |Mini- | | | Rope | nal | mum | | | dia. |weight|break-| | | Basket hitch; Angel of rope to nomi- | per | ing |Verti-|Choker| horizontal nal |100 ft|stren-| cal | hitch|__________________________________ in | in | gth |hitch | | | | | inches|pounds| in | | |90 deg | 60 deg | 45 deg | 30 deg | |pounds| | |(0 deg)|(30 deg)|(45 deg)|(60 deg) ______|______|______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ | | | | | | | | 1/2| 4.7| 3,990| 1,200| 600| 2,400| 2,100 | 1,700 | 1,200 9/16| 6.1| 4,845| 1,500| 750| 2,900| 2,500 | 2,100 | 1,500 5/8| 7.5| 5,890| 1,800| 900| 3,500| 3,100 | 2,500 | 1,800

215

3/4| 10.7| 8,075| 2,400| 1,200| 4,900| 4,200 | 3,400 | 2,400 13/16| 12.7| 9,405| 2,800| 1,400| 5,600| 4,900 | 4,000 | 2,800 7/8| 15.0|10,925| 3,300| 1,600| 6,600| 5,700 | 4,600 | 3,300 1| 18.0|13,300| 4,000| 2,000| 8,000| 6,900 | 5,600 | 4,000 1 1/16| 20.4|15,200| 4,600| 2,300| 9,100| 7,900 | 6,500 | 4,600 1 1/8| 23.7|17,385| 5,200| 2,600| 10,500| 9,000 | 7,400 | 5,200 1 1/4| 27.0|19,950| 6,000| 3,000| 12,000| 10,500 | 8,500 | 6,000 1 5/16| 30.5|22,325| 6,700| 3,400| 13,500| 11,500 | 9,500 | 6,700 1 1/2| 38.5|28,215| 8,500| 4,200| 17,000| 14,500 | 12,000 | 8,500 1 5/8| 47.5|34,200|10,500| 5,100| 20,500| 18,000 | 14,500 | 10,500 1 3/4| 57.0|40,850|12,500| 6,100| 24,500| 21,000 | 17,500 | 12,500 2| 69.0|49,400|15,000| 7,400| 29,500| 25,500 | 21,000 | 15,000 2 1/8| 80.0|57,950|17,500| 8,700| 35,000| 30,100 | 24,500 | 17,500 2 1/4| 92.0|65,550|19,500| 9,900| 39,500| 34,000 | 28,000 | 19,500 2 1/2| 107.0|76,000|23,000|11,500| 45,500| 39,500 | 32,500 | 23,000 2 5/8| 120.0|85,500|25,500|13,000| 51,500| 44,500 | 36,500 | 25,500 ______|______|______|______|______|_______|________|________|_______ TABLE H - 19. -- SAFE WORKING LOADS FOR SHACKLES (In tons of 2,000 pounds) ____________________________________________________ | | Material size | Pin diameter | Safe working (inches) | (inches) | load ____________________|_______________|_______________ | | 1/2 ............... | 5/8 | 1.4 5/8 ............... | 3/4 | 2.2 3/4 ............... | 7/8 | 3.2 7/8 ............... | 1 | 4.3 1 ................. | 1 1/8 | 5.6 1 1/8 ............. | 1 1/4 | 6.7 1 1/4 ............. | 1 3/8 | 8.2 1 3/8 ............. | 1 1/2 | 10.0 1 1/2 ............. | 1 5/8 | 11.9 1 3/4 ............. | 2 | 16.2 2 ................. | 2 1/4 | 21.2 ____________________|_______________|______________ TABLE H - 20. -- NUMBER AND SPACING OF U-BOLT WIRE ROPE CLIPS ___________________________________________________ | | Improved plow steel, | Number of clips | rope diameter |___________________| Minimum (inches) | | | spacing | Drop | Other | (inches) | forged | material | ______________________|________|__________|_________ | | | 1/2 ................. | 3 | 4 | 3 5/8 ................. | 3 | 4 | 3 3/4 3/4 ................. | 4 | 5 | 4 1/2 7/8 ................. | 4 | 5 | 5 1/4 1 ................... | 5 | 6 | 6 1 1/8 ............... | 6 | 6 | 6 3/4 1 1/4 ............... | 6 | 7 | 7 1/2 1 3/8 ............... | 7 | 7 | 8 1/4 1 1/2 ............... | 7 | 8 | 9 ______________________|________|__________|_________

216

Section 22

Trenching, Shoring and Excavations Program

Surface encumbrances.

All surface encumbrances that are located so as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees.

Underground installations.

The estimated location of utility installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other underground installations that reasonably may be expected to be encountered during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening an excavation.

Utility companies or owners shall be contacted within established or customary local response times, advised of the proposed work, and asked to establish the location of the utility underground installations prior to the start of actual excavation. When utility companies or owners cannot respond to a request to locate underground utility installations within 24 hours (unless a longer period is required by state or local law), or cannot establish the exact location of these installations, the employer may proceed, provided the employer does so with caution, and provided detection equipment or other acceptable means to locate utility installations are used.

When excavation operations approach the estimated location of underground installations, the exact location of the installations shall be determined by safe and acceptable means.

While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected, supported or removed as necessary to safeguard employees.

Access and egress -

Structural ramps.

Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be constructed in accordance with the design.

217

Ramps and runways constructed of two or more structural members shall have the structural members connected together to prevent displacement.

Structural members used for ramps and runways shall be of uniform thickness.

Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway structural members shall be attached to the bottom of the runway or shall be attached in a manner to prevent tripping.

Structural ramps used in lieu of steps shall be provided with cleats or other surface treatments o the top surface to prevent slipping.

Means of egress from trench excavations.

A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be located in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees.

Exposure to vehicular traffic.

Employees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high-visibility material.

Exposure to falling loads.

No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles are equipped, in accordance with 1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading operations.

Warning system for mobile equipment.

When mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation.

Hazardous atmospheres -

Testing and controls.

In addition to the requirements set forth in subparts D and E of this part (29 CFR 1926.50 - 1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions, the following requirements shall apply:

• Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere exists or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the excavation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth.

218

• Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory protection or ventilation in accordance with subparts D and E of this part respectively.

• Adequate precaution shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an atmosphere containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of 20 percent of the lower flammable limit of the gas.

• When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmospheric contaminants to acceptable levels, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe.

Emergency rescue equipment.

Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may reasonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use.

Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a lifeline securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any line used to handle materials, and shall be individually attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the excavation.

Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation.

Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline.

If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operations shall be monitored by a competent person to ensure proper operation.

If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains will require an inspection by a competent person.

Stability of adjacent structures.

Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation operations, support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided to ensure the stability of such structures for the protection of employees.

Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that could be reasonably expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when:

219

• A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability of the structure; or

• The excavation is in stable rock; or • A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that the

structure is sufficiently removed from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or

• A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose a hazard to employees.

Sidewalks, pavements and appurtenant structure shall not be undermined unless a support system or another method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures.

Protection of employees from loose rock or soil.

Adequate protection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection shall consist of scaling to remove loose material; installation of protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain falling material; or other means that provide equivalent protection.

Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations. Protection shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a combination of both if necessary.

Inspections.

Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can be reasonably anticipated.

Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety.

The determination of soil types & special considerations must be done in specific measures. Shoring, sloping, shield & excavation as needed. Timber shoring, aluminum hydraulic shoring must determined according to the appendixes A & C of the standard. The devices should be used while in good repair & maintenance; if damaged, they must be inspected. The employees should be protected from hazards of falling, rolling, or sliding materials or equipment. They should not be subjected to excessive forces and be installed to protect employees from lateral loads, employees must be restricted from

220

being in the shield when installing or removing; the shield must be designed to resist calculated trench forces.

Fall protection.

Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations. Guardrails which comply with 1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels.

221

Section 23

Grounding Conductor Program Purpose The purpose of this program is to ensure that an appropriate grounding protector program is established and maintained to ensure proper electrical grounding for all applicable work sites. Responsibilities Project Manager: The Project Manager will be designated as the Competent Person to implement the requirements of this program. Program Requirements 1. This program will be available to all employees at all job sites and shall be

available for inspection and copying by the Assistant Secretary and any affected employee.

2. This program addresses all:

• cord sets, • receptacles which are not a part of the building or structure, and • equipment connected by cord and plug which area available for use or

used by employees. 3. A daily visual inspection shall be made of the following to determine any external

defects or indicators of internal damage prior to use:

• cord sets • plugs and receptacle of cords sets and any other equipment connected by

cord and plug • missing plugs or insulation damage • attachment caps • caps & receptacles of cord sets

EXCEPTION: Cord sets and receptacles which are fixed and not exposed to

damage are exempt from this requirement.

222

4. Damaged items will be tagged “DO NOT USE” and removed from service until repaired and tested.

5. Certain tests shall be performed on all equipment grounding conductors to ensure

electrical continuity. 6. Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for correct attachment

of the equipment grounding lug. 7. The grounding conductor will be connected to its proper terminal:

• before each use • before equipment is used such as when a cord has been run over • before equipment is returned to service following any repair • at intervals not to exceed 3 months, except when that cord sets & receptacles

which are fixed and not exposed to damage shall be tested at intervals not to exceed 6 months

8. Any equipment not meeting the requirements of this program shall not be made

available for use and the use of such equipment shall be prohibited.

Record Keeping 1. Records will be maintained of the tests performed as required by this program and

these records will contain the following:

• the identity of each receptacle, cord set, and cord and plug connected equipment that has passed the test

• the last date tested or the interval for which it was tested 2. These records shall be maintained in the form of testing logs, color coding, or

some other effective means and shall be maintained until replaced by a more current record.

3. These records shall be made available at the job site for inspection upon request.


223

Section 24 Process Safety Management Program

Purpose

It is recognized there exists the potential for catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or explosive chemicals. OSHA recognizes this potential and has implemented the Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR 1910.119, to prevent or minimize the consequences of those releases. These releases may result in toxic, fire or explosive hazards. This program is developed and is being implemented to assist in the prevention or minimization of those hazards.

Application The OSHA Standard and this program are applicable to the following:

1. Processes involving chemicals at or above specified quantities and 2. Processes involving flammable liquids or gases on site in one location,

also in quantities exceeding specified limits Program Requirements 1. One of the key elements in the mitigation of potentially catastrophic events is to

perform a Process Hazard Analyses (PHA) of various processes involving the toxic, flammable, reactive, and/or explosive chemicals. A PHA uses various methods to identify both the hazards and the measures to be taken to avoid circumstances which could result in the catastrophic event. The information shall be written and shall include:

a. the hazards of the chemicals involved, b. the process technologies involved, and c. the equipment involved Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) meeting the requirements of 29 CFR

1910.1200 (g) may be used to assist in complying with this requirement. 2. Employees shall be consulted and their input shall be solicited and used in the

development of elements of this program, included but not limited to PHAs. Employees shall have access to those analyses to assist in the understanding and mitigation of the identified hazards.

224

3. Written operating procedures shall be developed and implemented that will provide clear instructions for the safe operation of the equipment used in the processes of concern. These procedures:

a. shall be readily accessible to all affected employees b. shall be reviewed as often as necessary to ensure their effectiveness c. shall provide methods to control the hazards during operations such as

lockout/tagout, confined space entry, and opening process equipment or piping.

The procedures shall apply to all employees as well as contractor employees. 4. Pre-startup Safety Review (PSSRs) shall be performed prior to start-up of any

facilities that have had significant modifications or changes that may affect the process safety information of the processes involved. PSSRs shall confirm:

a. construction is in accord with design specifications b. appropriate procedures are in place c. a PHA has been performed and any related issues or concerns have been

resolved d. employees have been trained in the equipment and/or process changes

5. The mechanical integrity of all associated equipment shall be ensured. This

integrity shall be assured through the:

a. establishment and implementation of written procedures related to the affected equipment

b. training of employees in the process and procedures to ensure this integrity

c. inspection and testing of the equipment and the proper documentation of those inspections and testing

d. correction of any deficiencies in equipment that are outside acceptable limits

6. Hot work permits shall be issued prior to any hot work being performed on

affected equipment. Permits shall document that the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.252 (a) have been met.

7. All accidents, injuries, and near misses which resulted or could have resulted in

catastrophic release of highly hazardous chemicals shall be reported immediately reported. An incident investigation must be initiated within 48 hours and the investigating team shall consist of employees involved with the process as well as other knowledgeable and experienced persons. Additionally:

a. a report of the investigation shall be prepared and all resolutions and

corrective actions shall be identified, and b. the reports shall be retained for at least five years. 8. The confidentiality of all trade secret information related to process safety

information must be maintained.

225

Training 1. Initial: Each employee involved in an affected process or operation shall be

trained in a overview of the process and in the operating procedures referenced above.

2. Refresher: Refresher training shall be provided at least every three years, and

more often if necessary, to ensure understanding and adherence to the requirements of the program.

3. Documentation: Records shall be maintained to document that the above training

was received and understood. These records shall include:

a. identity of the employee b. date of the training c. means used to verify employee understanding

Contractors 1. The safety performance of the contractor shall be obtained and evaluated before

selection of the contractor for the performance of work. This performance will be continually monitored and evaluated while the work is in progress and appropriate logs and records shall be maintained of the contractors’ injuries and illnesses.

2. Contractor employees shall be informed of the potentials of the hazards present in

the work areas in which they will be assigned and of the emergency action plan in place.

3. The contractor has certain responsibilities which include: a. ensure each employee is trained in proper work practices to safety perform

their job b. ensure each employee is instructed in the known potential fire, explosion,

or toxic release hazards related to their job and the applicable provisions of the emergency action plan

c. document reception and understanding of the above training and maintain records of that training, including identity of the employee, date of training, and means used to verify understanding of the training

d. ensure employees follows the rules of the facility including the applicable safe work practices related to this procedure

e. advise the company of any unique hazards that may be presented or found by the contract employees




June 2009

ATTACHMENT D CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMATION

AMSOIL Material Safety Data Sheet Date Issued/Revised: June 17, 2008

Supersedes: November 11, 2005

Product Code: ACD, Synthetic Heavy Duty Diesel Oil 10W-30/SAE30 Page 1 of 4

Section 1: Product and Company Identification

Manufacturer: AMSOIL, Inc. Telephone: 925 Tower Avenue CHEMTREC (Spill Emergency Only): 1-800-424-9300 Superior, WI 54880 Information: 715-392-7101 AMSOIL Product Code ................................................................................... ACD Product Label Name ....SYNTHETIC HEAVY DUTY DIESEL OIL 10W-30/SAE30 Product Use ............................................................................. LUBRICATING OIL

Section 2: Composition/Information on Ingredients

OSHA HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS (29 CFR 1910.1200) This product is not formulated to contain ingredients that have exposure limits exceeding those established by US agencies.

*See Section 8 for exposure limits.

Section 3: Hazards Identification

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS: Minor eye, inhalation and skin irritant. *See Section 11 for toxicological information.

Section 4: First Aid Measures

EYE: Flush with water for 15-20 minutes. Seek medical attention if irritation develops. SKIN: Wash immediately with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before

reuse. Discard shoes and leather articles saturated with the product. Obtain medical advice if irritation occurs.

INHALATION: Remove exposed person to fresh air. If breathing is labored give oxygen. If breathing

has stopped apply artificial respiration. Get immediate medical attention. INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. If conscious, give 2 glasses of water. If vomiting does

occur, keep head below hips to reduce risk of aspiration. Get immediate medical attention.

Section 5: Fire Fighting Measures

FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES: Flash Point .......................................... 446 F(230 C) Method ......................................... COC ASTM D-92

LFL/UFL ........................................... Not Determined Auto-ignition Temperature ............... Not Determined

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, alcohol foam and water fog. SPECIAL PROCEDURES: Water or foam may cause frothing. Use water to keep fire exposed surface cool.

Water spray may be used to flush spills away from exposure. Prevent runoff from fire control or dilution from entering streams, sewers, or drinking water.

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: For fires in enclosed areas, fire fighters must use self-contained breathing apparatus.

Red

Flammability

1

Blue

Health

1

Yellow

Instability

0 White

Special

N/A

NFPA & HMIS Rating




Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

Eliminate all ignition sources. Ventilate all confined spaces. Keep public away. Recover free product. Add sand, earth or other suitable absorbent to spill area. Keep product out of sewers and waterways. Check under Transportation and Labeling (DOT/CERCLA) and Other Regulator Information Section (SARA) for reporting requirements.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

HANDLING: Keep containers closed. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash hands after handling.

Empty container may retain product residue which may exhibit hazards of product. Warning: Continuous contact with used motor oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory animal tests. Wash thoroughly after handling.

STORAGE: Keep away from heat or flame.

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

VENTILATION: Use adequate general or local exhaust ventilation to keep airborne concentrations below

exposure limits. RESPIRATORY: Use a NIOSH approved respirator when necessary. SKIN: Use Viton or Nitrile gloves to avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact. EYE: Use splash goggles or face shield where splashing is expected or can occur. EXPOSURE LIMITS: The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 5 mg/m

3 is suggested for oil mist.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical State ................................................................................... Liquid Boiling Point ....................................................................... Not Determined

Freezing/Melting Point ........................................................... -33 F(-32 C) Vapor Pressure .................................................................. Not Determined Vapor Density (Air=1) .................................................................... Negligible Evaporation Rate ............................................................... Not Determined Solubility in Water ....................................................................... Negligible Specific Gravity (Water=1) .................................................................. 0.8735 Density, lb./gal. ................................................................................... 7.273 Volatility (Volume) ....................................................................... Negligible VOC .............................................................................................. Unknown pH .................................................................................. Essentially Neutral Coefficient of Water/Oil Distribution ................................... Not Determined Odor .......................................................... Mild, Bland, Hydrocarbon Odor Odor Threshold .................................................................. Not Determined Appearance ......................................... Amber Transparent Colored Liquid

Viscosity, cSt @ 100 C ...................................................................... 10.49

Viscosity, cSt @ 40 C ........................................................................ 66.30 Viscosity Index ...................................................................................... 141




Section 10: Stability and Reactivity

STABILITY: Stable under moderately elevated temperatures and pressures. INCOMPATIBILITY: Avoid contact with strong oxidants. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OF PRODUCT: Toxic oxides of carbon, aldehydes and other products of

incomplete combustion.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

ACUTE EXPOSURE Eye Irritation: Moderate to strong eye irritation. Based on data from components or similar

material. Skin Irritation: Not expected to be a primary skin irritant. Based on data from components or

similar material. Prolonged or repeated skin contact as from clothing wet with material may cause dermatitis. Symptoms may include redness, edema, drying, defatting, and cracking of the skin.

Respiratory Irritation: If material is misted or if vapors are generated from heating, exposure may cause

irritation of mucous membranes and the upper respiratory tract similar to that observed with mineral oil. Based on data from components or similar materials. Under good industrial hygiene practices where all exposure limits are observed, respiratory irritation should not be a problem.

CHRONIC EXPOSURE Chronic Toxicity: No data available to indicate product present at greater than 1.0% are chronic

health hazards. Carcinogenicity: No data available to indicate product present at greater than 0.1% are a

carcinogenic hazard. Mutagenicity: No data available to indicate product present at greater than 1.0% present a

mutagenic or genotoxic hazard. Reproductive Toxicity: No data available to indicate product present at greater than 1.0% present a

reproductive hazard. Teratogenicity: No data available to indicate product present at greater than 1.0% present a

teratogenic hazards. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Exposure Limits: Under conditions which may generate mists, observe the OSHA PEL of 5 mg per

cubic meter.

Section 12: Ecological Information

No data available on the adverse effects of this product on the environment.




Section 13: Disposal Considerations

If this product as supplied becomes a waste, it does not meet the criteria of a hazardous waste as defined

under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) 40 CFR 261.

Section 14: Transport Information

This product is not classified as hazardous material for DOT shipping. For further information relative to spills

resulting from transportation incidents, refer to the latest DOT Emergency Response Guidebook for Hazardous Materials.

Section 15: Regulatory Information

U.S. Federal Regulations OSHA Table Z ............................................................................. Synthetic Base Stock(mist) TSCA ............................................................................................................... Not Applicable CERCLA 40 CFR 302.4 ......................................... Zinc Compounds @1.30-2.58%, RQ 1 lb SARA Title III Section 302 Extremely Hazardous ............................................................ Not Applicable Section 311/312 Fire Hazard .............................................................................................................. Yes Reactive Hazard ......................................................................................................... No Release of Pressure ................................................................................................... No Acute Health Hazard ................................................................................................ Yes Chronic Health Hazard ............................................................................................... No Section 313 Toxic Chemical...................................................................... Not Applicable U.S. State Regulations California (Prop 65) Does not contain chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer. International Regulations WHMIS ................................................................................................. All components listed

Section 16: Other Information

The information and recommendations contained herein are, to the best of AMSOIL’s knowledge and belief, accurate and reliable as of the date issued. AMSOIL makes no warranty or guarantee, expressed or implied, of their accuracy or reliability, and AMSOIL shall not be liable for any loss or damage based upon the criteria supplied by the developers of these rating systems, together with AMSOIL’s interpretation of the available data.

CHEVRON REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE Product Number(s): CPS201000 [See Section 16 for Additional Product Numbers] Synonyms: Calco Regular Unleaded Gasoline Company Identification Chevron Products Company Marketing, MSDS Coordinator 6001 Bollinger Canyon Road San Ramon, CA 94583 United States of America Transportation Emergency Response CHEMTREC: (800) 424-9300 or (703) 527-3887 Health Emergency ChevronTexaco Emergency Information Center: Located in the USA. International collect calls accepted. (800) 231-0623 or (510) 231-0623 Product Information Technical Information: (510) 242-5357 SPECIAL NOTES: This MSDS applies to: Federal Reformulated Gasoline, California Reformulated Gasoline, Wintertime Oxygenated Gasoline, Low RVP Gasoline and Conventional Gasoline.

Material Safety Data Sheet SECTION 1 PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

SECTION 2 COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

COMPONENTS

CAS NUMBER

AMOUNT

Gasoline

86290-81-5

100 %volume

Benzene

71-43-2

0.1 - 4.9 %volume

Ethyl benzene

100-41-4

0.1 - 3 %volume

Naphthalene

91-20-3

0.1 - 2 %volume

Ethanol

64-17-5

0 - 10 %volume

Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)

1634-04-4

0 - 15 %volume

Tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME)

994-05-8

0 - 17 %volume

Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE)

637-92-3

0 - 18 %volume

Page 1 of 11Chevron Regular Unleaded Gasoline MSDS

6/18/2009http://www.albina.com/fuel/ChevronRUGasMSDS.htm

Motor gasoline is considered a mixture by EPA under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The refinery streams used to blend motor gasoline are all on the TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory. The appropriate CAS number for refinery blended motor gasoline is 86290-81-5. The product specifications of motor gasoline sold in your area will depend on applicable Federal and State regulations.

************************************************************************************************************************ EMERGENCY OVERVIEW - EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. VAPOR MAY CAUSE FLASH FIRE - HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED - MAY CAUSE LUNG DAMAGE IF SWALLOWED - VAPOR HARMFUL - CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION - CAUSES EYE IRRITATION - LONG-TERM EXPOSURE TO VAPOR HAS CAUSED CANCER IN LABORATORY ANIMALS - KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN - TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS ************************************************************************************************************************ IMMEDIATE HEALTH EFFECTS Eye: Contact with the eyes causes irritation. Symptoms may include pain, tearing, reddening, swelling and impaired vision. Skin: Contact with the skin causes irritation. Skin contact may cause drying or defatting of the skin. Symptoms may include pain, itching, discoloration, swelling, and blistering. Contact with the skin is not expected to cause an allergic skin response. Not expected to be harmful to internal organs if absorbed through the skin. Ingestion: Because of its low viscosity, this material can directly enter the lungs, if swallowed, or if subsequently vomited. Once in the lungs it is very difficult to remove and can cause severe injury or death. Inhalation: The vapor or fumes from this material may cause respiratory irritation. Symptoms of respiratory irritation may include coughing and difficulty breathing. Breathing this material at concentrations above the recommended exposure limits may cause central nervous system effects. Central nervous system effects may include headache, dizziness, nausea, vomiting, weakness, loss of coordination, blurred vision, drowsiness, confusion, or disorientation. At extreme exposures, central nervous system effects may include respiratory depression, tremors or convulsions, loss of consciousness, coma or death. DELAYED OR OTHER HEALTH EFFECTS: Reproduction and Birth Defects: This material is not expected to cause birth defects or other harm to the developing fetus based on animal data. Cancer: Prolonged or repeated exposure to this material may cause cancer. Gasoline has been classified as a Group 2B carcinogen (possibly carcinogenic to humans) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Contains benzene, which has been classified as a carcinogen by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) and a Group 1 carcinogen (carcinogenic to humans) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Contains ethylbenzene which has been classified as a Group 2B carcinogen (possibly carcinogenic to humans) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Contains naphthalene, which has been classified as a Group 2B carcinogen (possibly carcinogenic to humans) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Whole gasoline exhaust has been classified as a Group 2B carcinogen (possibly carcinogenic to humans) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Risk depends on duration and level of exposure. See Section 11 for additional information.

SECTION 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

SECTION 4 FIRST AID MEASURES



Eye: Flush eyes with water immediately while holding the eyelids open. Remove contact lenses, if worn, after initial flushing, and continue flushing for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention if irritation persists. Skin: Wash skin with water immediately and remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention if any symptoms develop. To remove the material from skin, use soap and water. Discard contaminated clothing and shoes or thoroughly clean before reuse. Ingestion: If swallowed, get immediate medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Inhalation: Move the exposed person to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention if breathing difficulties continue. Note to Physicians: Ingestion of this product or subsequent vomiting may result in aspiration of light hydrocarbon liquid, which may cause pneumonitis.

See Section 7 for proper handling and storage. FIRE CLASSIFICATION: OSHA Classification (29 CFR 1910.1200): Flammable liquid. NFPA RATINGS: Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0 FLAMMABLE PROPERTIES: Flashpoint: (Tagliabue Closed Cup) < -45 °C (< -49 °F) Autoignition: > 280 °C (> 536 °F) Flammability (Explosive) Limits (% by volume in air): Lower: 1.4 Upper: 7.6 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Dry Chemical, CO2, AFFF Foam or alcohol resistant foam if >15% volume polar solvents (oxygenates). PROTECTION OF FIRE FIGHTERS: Fire Fighting Instructions: Use water spray to cool fire-exposed containers and to protect personnel. For fires involving this material, do not enter any enclosed or confined fire space without proper protective equipment, including self-contained breathing apparatus. Combustion Products: Highly dependent on combustion conditions. A complex mixture of airborne solids, liquids, and gases including carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and unidentified organic compounds will be evolved when this material undergoes combustion.

Protective Measures: Eliminate all sources of ignition in the vicinity of the spill or released vapor. If this material is released into the work area, evacuate the area immediately. Monitor area with combustible gas indicator. Spill Management: Stop the source of the release if you can do it without risk. Contain release to prevent further contamination of soil, surface water or groundwater. Clean up spill as soon as possible, observing precautions in Exposure Controls/Personal Protection. Use appropriate techniques such as applying non-combustible absorbent materials or pumping. All equipment used when handling the product must be grounded. A vapor suppressing foam may be used to reduce vapors. Use clean non-sparking tools to collect absorbed material. Where feasible and appropriate, remove contaminated soil. Place contaminated materials in disposable containers and dispose of in a manner consistent with applicable regulations. Reporting: Report spills to local authorities and/or the U.S. Coast Guard's National Response Center at (800) 424-8802 as appropriate or required. This material is covered by EPA's Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) Petroleum Exclusion. Therefore, releases to the environment may not be reportable under CERCLA.

SECTION 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

SECTION 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

SECTION 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE



Precautionary Measures: READ AND OBSERVE ALL PRECAUTIONS ON PRODUCT LABEL. This product presents an extreme fire hazard. Liquid very quickly evaporates, even at low temperatures, and forms vapor (fumes) which can catch fire and burn with explosive violence. Invisible vapor spreads easily and can be set on fire by many sources such as pilot lights, welding equipment, and electrical motors and switches. Never siphon gasoline by mouth. Use only as a motor fuel. Do not use for cleaning, pressure appliance fuel, or any other such use. Do not store in open or unlabeled containers. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Do not taste or swallow. Do not breathe vapor or fumes. Wash thoroughly after handling. Keep out of the reach of children. Unusual Handling Hazards: WARNING! Do not use as portable heater or appliance fuel. Toxic fumes may accumulate and cause death. General Handling Information: Avoid contaminating soil or releasing this material into sewage and drainage systems and bodies of water. Static Hazard: Electrostatic charge may accumulate and create a hazardous condition when handling this material. To minimize this hazard, bonding and grounding may be necessary but may not, by themselves, be sufficient. Review all operations which have the potential of generating an accumulation of electrostatic charge and/or a flammable atmosphere (including tank and container filling, splash filling, tank cleaning, sampling, gauging, switch loading, filtering, mixing, agitation, and vacuum truck operations) and use appropriate mitigating procedures. For more information, refer to OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.106, 'Flammable and Combustible Liquids', National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 77, 'Recommended Practice on Static Electricity', and/or the American Petroleum Institute (API) Recommended Practice 2003, 'Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents'. Improper filling of portable gasoline containers creates danger of fire. Only dispense gasoline into approved and properly labeled gasoline containers. Always place portable containers on the ground. Be sure pump nozzle is in contact with the container while filling. Do not use a nozzle's lock-open device. Do not fill portable containers that are inside a vehicle or truck/trailer bed. General Storage Information: DO NOT USE OR STORE near heat, sparks or open flames. USE AND STORE ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED AREA. Keep container closed when not in use. Container Warnings: Container is not designed to contain pressure. Do not use pressure to empty container or it may rupture with explosive force. Empty containers retain product residue (solid, liquid, and/or vapor) and can be dangerous. Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose such containers to heat, flame, sparks, static electricity, or other sources of ignition. They may explode and cause injury or death. Empty containers should be completely drained, properly closed, and promptly returned to a drum reconditioner or disposed of properly.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS: Consider the potential hazards of this material (see Section 3), applicable exposure limits, job activities, and other substances in the work place when designing engineering controls and selecting personal protective equipment. If engineering controls or work practices are not adequate to prevent exposure to harmful levels of this material, the personal protective equipment listed below is recommended. The user should read and understand all instructions and limitations supplied with the equipment since protection is usually provided for a limited time or under certain circumstances. ENGINEERING CONTROLS: Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to control airborne levels below the recommended exposure limits. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Eye/Face Protection: No special eye protection is normally required. Where splashing is possible, wear safety glasses with side shields as a good safety practice. Skin Protection: No special protective clothing is normally required. Where splashing is possible, select protective clothing depending on operations conducted, physical requirements and other substances in the workplace. Suggested materials for protective gloves include: Chlorinated Polyethylene (or Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene), Nitrile Rubber, Polyurethane, Viton. Respiratory Protection: Determine if airborne concentrations are below the recommended exposure limits. If not, wear an approved respirator that provides adequate protection from measured concentrations of this

SECTION 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION



material, such as: Air-Purifying Respirator for Organic Vapors. When used as a fuel, this material can produce carbon monoxide in the exhaust. Determine if airborne concentrations are below the occupational exposure limit for carbon monoxide. If not, wear an approved positive-pressure air-supplying respirator. Use a positive pressure air-supplying respirator in circumstances where air-purifying respirators may not provide adequate protection. Occupational Exposure Limits:

Refer to the OSHA Benzene Standard (29 CFR 1910.1028) and Table Z-2 for detailed training, exposure monitoring, respiratory protection and medical surveillance requirements before using this product.

Attention: the data below are typical values and do not constitute a specification.

Component

Limit

TWA

STEL

Ceiling

Notation

Benzene

ACGIH_TLV

.5 ppm

2.5 ppm

Skin A1

Benzene

OSHA_PEL

1 ppm

5 ppm

Benzene

OSHA_Z2

10 ppm

25 ppm

Ethanol

ACGIH_TLV

1000 ppm

A4

Ethanol

OSHA_PEL

1000 ppm

Ethyl benzene

ACGIH_TLV

100 ppm

125 ppm

A3

Ethyl benzene

OSHA_PEL

100 ppm

125 ppm

Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE)

ACGIH_TLV

5 ppm

Gasoline

ACGIH_TLV

300 ppm

500 ppm

A3

Gasoline

OSHA_PEL

300 ppm

500 ppm


ACGIH_TLV

50 ppm

A3

Naphthalene

ACGIH_TLV

10 ppm

15 ppm

Skin A4

Naphthalene

OSHA_PEL

10 ppm

15 ppm


CHEVRON

50 ppm

SECTION 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES



Color: Colorless to yellow Physical State: Liquid Odor: Petroleum odor pH: NA Vapor Pressure: 5 psi - 15 psi (Typical) @ 37.8°C (100°F) Vapor Density (Air = 1): 3 - 4 (Typical) Boiling Point: 37.8°C (100°F) - 204.4°C (400°F) (Typical) Solubility: Insoluble in water; miscible with most organic solvents. Freezing Point: NA Melting Point: NA Specific Gravity: 0.7 g/ml - 0.8 g/ml @ 15.6°C (60.1°F) Viscosity: <1 SUS @ 37.8°C (100°F)

Chemical Stability: This material is considered stable under normal ambient and anticipated storage and handling conditions of temperature and pressure. Incompatibility With Other Materials: May react with strong oxidizing agents, such as chlorates, nitrates, peroxides, etc. Hazardous Decomposition Products: None known (None expected) Hazardous Polymerization: Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

IMMEDIATE HEALTH EFFECTS Eye Irritation: The Draize eye irritation mean score in rabbits for a 24-hour exposure was: 0/110. Skin Irritation: For a 4-hour exposure, the Primary Irritation Index (PII) in rabbits is: 4.8/8.0. Skin Sensitization: This material did not cause sensitization reactions in a Modified Buehler guinea pig test. Acute Dermal Toxicity: 24 hour(s) LD50: >3.75g/kg (rabbit). Acute Oral Toxicity: LD50: >5 ml/kg (rat) Acute Inhalation Toxicity: 4 hour(s) LD50: >2000ppm (rat). ADDITIONAL TOXICOLOGY INFORMATION: Gasolines are highly volatile and can produce significant concentrations of vapor at ambient temperatures. Gasoline vapor is heavier than air and at high concentrations may accumulate in confined spaces to present both safety and heath hazards. When vapor exposures are low, or short duration and infrequent, such as during refuelling and tanker loading/unloading, neither total hydrocarbon nor components such as benzene are likely to result in any adverse health effects. In situations such as accidents or spills where exposure to gasoline vapor is potentially high, attention should be paid to potential toxic effects of specific components. Information about specific components in gasoline can be found in Sections 2, 8 and 15 of this MSDS. More detailed information on the health hazard of specific gasoline components can be obtained calling the Chevron Emergency Information Center (see Section 1 for phone numbers). NEUROTOXICITY: Pathological misuse of solvents and gasoline, involving repeated and prolonged exposure to high concentrations of vapor is a significant exposure on which there are many reports in the medical literature. As with other solvents, persistent abuse involving repeated and prolonged exposures to high concentrations of vapor has been reported to result in central nervous system damage and eventually, death. In a study in which ten human volunteers were exposed for 30 minutes to approximately 200, 500 or 1000 ppm concentrations of gasoline vapor, irritation of the eyes was the only significant effect observed, based on both subjective and objective assessments. In an inhalation study, groups of 6 Fischer rats (3 male. 3 female) were exposed to 2056 ppm of wholy vaporized unleaded gasoline for 6 hours perday, 5 day per week for up to 18 months. Histopathology of the peripheral nervous system and spinal cord revealed no distal axonal neuropthy of the type associated with exposure to n-hexane even though gasoline contained 1.9% n-hexane. The authors concluded that gasoline treatment may have amplified the incidence and prominence of some naturally occurring age-related (subclinical) in the nervous system. BIRTH DEFECTS AND REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY: An inhalation study with rats exposed to 0, 400 and 1600 ppm of wholly vaporized unleaded gasoline, 6 hours per day on day 6 through 16 of gestation, showed no teratogenic effects nor indication of toxicity to either the mother

SECTION 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

SECTION 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION



or the fetus. Another inhalation study in rats exposed to 3000, 6000, or 9000 ppm of gasoline vapor, 6 hours per day on day 6 through 20 of gestation, also showed no teratogenic effects nor indications of toxicity to either the mother or the fetus. CHRONIC TOXICITY/CANCER: Wholly vaporized unleaded gasoline was used in a 3 month inhalation study. Groups of 40 rats (20 males, 20 female) and 8 squirrel monkeys (4 male, 4 female) were exposed 6 hours per day and 5 days per week for 13 weeks to 384 or 1552 ppm gasoline. One group of each species served as unexposed controls. The initial conclusion of this study was that inhalation of gasoline at airborne concentrations of up to 1522 ppm caused no toxicity in rats or monkeys. However, further histopathological examination of male rat kidneys on the highest dose group revealed an increased incidence and severity of regenerative epithelium and dilated tubules containing proteinaceous deposits. Lifetime inhalation of wholly vaporized unleaded gasoline at 2056 ppm has caused increased liver tumors in female mice. The mechanism of this response is still being investigated but it is thought to be an epigenetic process unique to the female mouse. This exposure also caused kidney damage and eventually kidney cancer in male rats. No other animal model studied has shown these adverse kidney effects and there is no physiological reason to believe that they would occur in man. EPA has concluded that mechanism by which wholly vaporzied unleaded gasoline causes kidney damage is unque to the male rat. The effects in that species (kidney damage and cancer) should not be used in human risk assesment. In their 1988 review of carcinogenic risk from gasoline, The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) noted that, because published epidemiology studies did not include any exposure data, only occupations where gasoline exposure may have ocurred were reviewed. These included gasoline service station attendants and automobile mechanics. IARC also noted that there was no opportunity to separate effects of combustion products from those of gasoline itself. Although IARC allocated gasoline a final overall classification of Group 2B, i.e. possibly carcinogenic to humans, this was based on limited evidence in experimental animals plus supporting evidence including the presence in gasoline of benzene and 1, 3-butadiene. The actual evidence for carcinogenicity in humans was considered inadequate. MUTAGENICITY: Gasoline was not mutagenic, with or without activation, in the Ames assay (Salmonella typhimurium), Saccharamyces cerevisesae, or mouse lymphoma assays. In addition, point mutations were not induced in human lymphocytes. Gasoline was not mutagenic when tested in the mouse dominant lethal assay. Administration of gasoline to rats did not cause chomosomal aberrations in their bone marrow cells. EPIDEMIOLOGY: To explore the health effects of workers potentially exposed to gasoline vapors in the marketing and distribution sectors of the petroleum industry, the American Petroleum Institute sponsored a cohort mortality study (Publication 4555), a nested case-control study (Publication 4551), and an exposure assessment study (Publication 4552). Histories of exposure to gasoline were reconstructed for cohort of more than 18,000 employees from four companies for the time period between 1946 and 1985. The results of the cohort mortality study indicated that there was no increased mortality from either kidney cancer or leukemia among marketing and marine distribution employees who were exposed to gasoline in the petroleum industry, when compared to the general population. More importantly, based on internal comparisons, there was no association between mortality from kidney cancer or leukemia and various indices of gasoline exposure. In particular, neither duration of employment, duration of exposure, age at first exposure, year of first exposure, job category, cumulative exposure, frequency of peak exposure, nor average intensity of exposure had any effect on kidney cancer or leukemia mortality. The results of the nested case-control study confirmed the findings of the original cohort study. That is, exposure to gasoline at the levels experienced by this cohort of distribution workers is not a significant risk factor for leukemia (all cell types), acute myeloid leukemia, kidney cancer or multiple myeloma.

ECOTOXICITY The 96 hour(s) LC50 for rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) is 2.7 mg/l. The 48 hour(s) LC50 for water flea (Daphnia magna) is 3.0 mg/l. The 96 hour(s) LC50 for sheepshead minnow (Cyprinodon variegatus) is 8.3 mg/l. The 96 hour(s) LC50 for mysid shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia) is 1.8 mg/l. This material is expected to be toxic to aquatic organisms. Gasoline studies have been conducted in the laboratory under a variety of test conditions with a range of fish and invertebrate species. An even more extensive database is available on the aquatic toxicity of individual aromatic constituents. The majority of published studies do not identify the type of gasoline evaluated, or even provide distinguishing characteristics such as aromatic content or presence of lead alkyls. As a result, comparison of results among studies using open

SECTION 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION



and closed vessels, different ages and species of test animals and different gasoline types, is difficult. The bulk of the available literature on gasoline relates to the environmental impact of monoaromatic (BTEX) and diaromatic (naphthalene, methylnaphthalenes) constituents. In general, non-oxygenated gasoline exhibits some short-term toxicity to freshwater and marine organisms, especially under closed vessel or flow-through exposure conditions in the laboratory. The components which are the most prominent in the water soluble fraction and cause aquatic toxicity, are also highly volatile and can be readily biodegraded by microorganisms. ENVIRONMENTAL FATE This material is expected to be readily biodegradable. Following spillage, the more volatile components of gasoline will be rapidly lost, with concurrent dissolution of these and other constituents into the water. Factors such as local environmental conditions (temperature, wind, mixing or wave action, soil type, etc), photo-oxidation, biodegradation and adsorption onto suspended sediments, can contribute to the weathering of spilled gasoline. The aqueous solubility of non-oxygenated unleaded gasoline, based on analysis of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene+xylenes and naphthalene, is reported to be 112 mg/l. Solubility data on individual gasoline constituents also available.

Use material for its intended purpose or recycle if possible. This material, if it must be discarded, may meet the criteria of a hazardous waste as defined by US EPA under RCRA (40 CFR 261) or other State and local regulations. Measurement of certain physical properties and analysis for regulated components may be necessary to make a correct determination. If this material is classified as a hazardous waste, federal law requires disposal at a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility.

The description shown may not apply to all shipping situations. Consult 49CFR, or appropriate Dangerous Goods Regulations, for additional description requirements (e.g., technical name) and mode-specific or quantity-specific shipping requirements. DOT Shipping Name: GASOLINE DOT Hazard Class: 3 (Flammable Liquid) DOT Identification Number: UN1203 DOT Packing Group: II

SARA 311/312 CATEGORIES: 1. Immediate (Acute) Health Effects: YES 2. Delayed (Chronic) Health Effects: YES 3. Fire Hazard: YES 4. Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard: NO 5. Reactivity Hazard: NO REGULATORY LISTS SEARCHED:

SECTION 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

SECTION 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION

SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

4_I1=IARC Group 1

15=SARA Section 313



The following components of this material are found on the regulatory lists indicated.

CERCLA REPORTABLE QUANTITIES(RQ)/SARA 302 THRESHOLD PLANNING QUANTITIES(TPQ):

CHEMICAL INVENTORIES: CANADA: All the components of this material are on the Canadian DSL or have been notified under the New Substance Notification Regulations, but have not yet been published in the Canada Gazette. UNITED STATES: All of the components of this material are on the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Chemical Inventory.

4_I2A=IARC Group 2A 16=CA Proposition 65 4_I2B=IARC Group 2B

17=MA RTK

05=NTP Carcinogen

18=NJ RTK

06=OSHA Carcinogen

19=DOT Marine Pollutant

09=TSCA 12(b)

20=PA RTK

Benzene

15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 4_I1, 5, 6

Ethanol

17, 18, 20

Ethyl benzene

15, 17, 18, 20, 4_I2B

Gasoline

17, 18, 20


15, 17, 18, 20, 9

Naphthalene

15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 4_I2B


9

Component

Component RQ

Component TPQ

Product RQ

Benzene

10 lbs

None

186 lbs

Ethanol

100 lbs

None

1961 lbs

Ethyl benzene

1000 lbs

None

34964 lbs


1000 lbs

None

7513 lbs

Naphthalene

100 lbs

None

4000 lbs



WHMIS CLASSIFICATION: Class B, Division 2: Flammable Liquids Class D, Division 2, Subdivision A: Very Toxic Material - Carcinogenicity Class D, Division 2, Subdivision B: Toxic Material - Skin or Eye Irritation

NFPA RATINGS: Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0 (0-Least, 1-Slight, 2-Moderate, 3-High, 4-Extreme, PPE:- Personal Protection Equipment Index recommendation, *- Chronic Effect Indicator). These values are obtained using the guidelines or published evaluations prepared by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) or the National Paint and Coating Association (for HMIS ratings). Additional Product Number(s): CPS201023, CPS201054, CPS201055, CPS201075, CPS201090, CPS201105, CPS201106, CPS201120, CPS201121, CPS201122, CPS201126, CPS201128, CPS201131, CPS201136, CPS201141, CPS201142, CPS201148, CPS201153, CPS201158, CPS201161, CPS201162, CPS201168, CPS201181, CPS201185, CPS201186, CPS201188, CPS201216, CPS201217, CPS201218, CPS201236, CPS201237, CPS201238, CPS201266, CPS201267, CPS201268, CPS201277, CPS201278, CPS201279, CPS201286, CPS201287, CPS201289, CPS201296, CPS201297, CPS201298, CPS201849, CPS201850, CPS201855, CPS201856, CPS201857, CPS204000, CPS204001, CPS204002, CPS204003, CPS204010, CPS204011, CPS204022, CPS204023, CPS204046, CPS204047, CPS204070, CPS204071, CPS204088, CPS204089, CPS204104, CPS204105, CPS204116, CPS204117, CPS204140, CPS204141, CPS204164, CPS204165, CPS204188, CPS204189, CPS204200, CPS204201, CPS204212, CPS204213, CPS204224, CPS204225, CPS204248, CPS204249, CPS204272, CPS204273, CPS204290, CPS204291, CPS204322, CPS204323, CPS204324, CPS204350, CPS204352, CPS204354, CPS204356, CPS204358, CPS204359, CPS204364, CPS204365, CPS204370, CPS204371, CPS204376, CPS204377, CPS204382, CPS204383, CPS204388, CPS204389, CPS204394, CPS204395, CPS204400, CPS204401, CPS204406, CPS204407, CPS204412, CPS204413, CPS204418, CPS204419, CPS204424, CPS204425, CPS204430, CPS204431, CPS204436, CPS204437, CPS204442, CPS204446, CPS204450, CPS204454, CPS204458, CPS204462, CPS204466, CPS204467, CPS204484, CPS204485, CPS204502, CPS204503, CPS204520, CPS204521, CPS204538, CPS204539, CPS204556, CPS204557, CPS204574, CPS204575, CPS204592, CPS204593, CPS204610, CPS204611, CPS204628, CPS204629, CPS204646, CPS204647, CPS204664, CPS204665, CPS204682, CPS204690, CPS204691, CPS204696, CPS204697, CPS204702, CPS204703, CPS204708, CPS204709, CPS204721, CPS204722, CPS204727, CPS204728, CPS241765 REVISION STATEMENT: This revision updates the following sections of this Material Safety Data Sheet: Section 1 (Product Codes). This Material Safety Data Sheet has been prepared using the ProSteward MSDS system. ABBREVIATIONS THAT MAY HAVE BEEN USED IN THIS DOCUMENT:

SECTION 16 OTHER INFORMATION

TLV

-

Threshold Limit Value

TWA

-

Time Weighted Average

STEL

-

Short-term Exposure Limit

PEL

-

Permissible Exposure Limit

CAS

-

Chemical Abstract Service Number

NDA

-

No Data Available

NA

-

Not Applicable

<=

-

Less Than or Equal To

>=

-

Greater Than or Equal To



Prepared according to the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the ANSI MSDS Standard (Z400.1) by the ChevronTexaco Energy Research & Technology Company, 100 Chevron Way, Richmond, California 94802.

The above information is based on the data of which we are aware and is believed to be correct as of the date hereof. Since this information may be applied under conditions beyond our control and with which we may be unfamiliar and since data made available subsequent to the date hereof may suggest modifications of the information, we do not assume any responsibility for the results of its use. This information is furnished upon condition that the person receiving it shall make his own determination of the suitability of the material for his particular purpose.



Page: 1

Material Safety Data Sheet

4of

Infosafe No. LPUTL August 2007 ISSUED by PENRITEOIssue Date :

EVERYDAY DRIVING 15W-40Product Name :

1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATERIAL AND SUPPLIER

Product Name EVERYDAY DRIVING 15W-40

Product Code PMO 15

Company Name PENRITE OIL COMPANY P/L (ABN 25005 001 525)

Address 88 Lewis Road Wantirna SouthVictoria 3152 Australia

Emergency Tel. 03 9801 0877 B.H

Telephone/Fax

Number

Tel: 03 9801 0877

Recommended Use Petrol engine oil.

2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Hazard Classification NON-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE.NON-DANGEROUS GOODS.Hazard classification according to the criteria of NOHSC.Dangerous goods classification according to the Australia Dangerous Goods Code.

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Name CAS ProportionIngredients

0.1-5 %4563-55-7Zinc dialkyl dithiophosphate

0-0.7 %Organomolybdenum amide

BalanceNot requiredIngredients determined not to be hazardous

4. FIRST AID MEASURES

Inhalation If inhaled, remove from contaminated area. Apply artificial respiration if not breathing. If symptoms develop seek medical attention.

Ingestion Do NOT induce vomiting. Wash out mouth with water. If symptoms develop seek medical attention.

Skin Wash affected area thoroughly with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse or discard. If symptoms develop seek medical attention.

Eye If contact with the eye(s) occurs, wash with copious amounts of water holding eyelid(s) open. Take care not to rinse contaminated water into the non-affected eye. If symptoms persist seek medical attention.

First Aid Facilities Eye wash and normal washroom facilities.

Advice to Doctor Treat symptomatically.

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

Suitable

Extinguishing Media

Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical.

Hazards from

Combustion Products

Under fire conditions this product may emit toxic and/or irritating fumes including oxides of carbon, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, calcium, zinc and molybdenum, smoke and irritating vapours when heated to decomposition. As the material contains sulphur compounds, hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sulphur based hydrocarbons may be produced upon decomposition.

Specific Hazards Combustible liquid.

Precautions in

connection with Fire

Fire-fighters should wear full protective clothing and self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) operated in positive pressure mode.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Emergency

Procedures

Slippery when spilt. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment and clothing to minimise exposure. Extinguish or remove all sources of ignition and stop leak if safe to do so. Increase ventilation. Evacuate all unnecessary personnel. If possible contain the spill. Place inert absorbent material onto spillage. Use clean non-sparking tools to collect the material and place into a suitable labelled container. Do not dilute material but contain. Clean area

Page: 2


4of



with soap and water. Do not allow product to enter drains, sewers or water courses Dispose of waste according to federal, Environmental Protection Authority and state regulations. If the spillage enters the waterways contact the Environmental Protection Authority, or your local Waste Management Authority.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for Safe

Handling

Use in a well ventilated area. DO NOT store or use in confined spaces. Build up of mists or vapours in the atmosphere must be prevented. Avoid breathing in spray or mists or vapours. Do not use near welding or other ignition sources and avoid sparks. Do not smoke. When dealing with large quantities, repeated or prolonged skin exposure without protection should be prevented in order to lessen the possibility of skin disorders. It is essential that all who come into contact with this material maintain high standards of personal hygiene ie. washing hands prior to eating, drinking, smoking or using toilet facilities.

Conditions for Safe

Storage

Store in a cool, dry well-ventilated area away from heat, sources of ignition, oxidising agents, foodstuffs, and clothing and out of direct sunlight. Keep containers closed when not in use and securely sealed and protected against physical damage. Inspect regularly for deficiencies such as damage or leaks. Do NOT pressurise, cut, heat or weld containers as they may contain hazardous residues. For information on the design of the storeroom, reference should be made to Australian Standard AS1940 - The storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Reference should also be made to all State and Federal regulations.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

National Exposure

Standards

No exposure standards have been established for this material, however, the TWA National Occupational Health And Safety Commission (NOHSC) exposure standards for oil mist is 5 mg/m³. As with all chemicals, exposure should be kept to the lowest possible levels.

Biological Limit

Values

No biological limit allocated.

Engineering Controls Provide sufficient ventilation to keep airborne exposure to lowest possible levels. Where vapours or mists are generated, particularly in enclosed areas, and natural ventilation is inadequate, a local exhaust ventilation system is required. Refer to AS1940 - The storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids and AS2430 - Explosive gas atmospheres for further information concerning ventilation requirements.

Respiratory

Protection

If engineering controls are not effective in controlling airborne exposure then respiratory protective equipment should be used suitable for protecting against airborne contaminants. Final choice of appropriate breathing protection is dependant upon actual airborne concentrations and the type of breathing protection required will vary according to individual circumstances. Expert advice may be required to make this decision. Reference should be made to Australian Standards AS/NZS 1715, Selection, Use and maintenance of Respiratory Protective Devices; and AS/NZS 1716, Respiratory Protective Devices.

Eye Protection Safety glasses with side shields, goggles or full-face shield as appropriate recommended. Final choice of appropriate eye/face protection will vary according to individual circumstances i.e. methods of handling or engineering controls and according to risk assessments undertaken. Eye protection should conform with Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 1337 - Eye Protectors for Industrial Applications.

Hand Protection Wear gloves of impervious material such as PVC or Nitrile rubber gloves. Final choice of appropriate gloves will vary according to individual circumstances i.e. methods of handling or according to risk assessments undertaken. Reference should be made to AS/NZS 2161.1: Occupational protective gloves - Selection, use and maintenance.

Body Protection Wear appropriate clothing including chemical resistant apron where clothing is likely to be contaminated. It is advisable that a local supplier of personal protective clothing is consulted regarding the choice of material.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance Oily yellow/brown liquid.

Page: 3


4of



Odour Mild petroleum oil like.

Melting Point Not available.

Boiling Point Not available.

Solubility in Water Insoluble in water.

Specific Gravity 0.880 @ 15°C.

pH Value Not applicable.

Vapour Pressure Not available.

Vapour Density

(Air=1)

Not available.

Viscosity 14.6 @ 40°C 112 @ 100°C

Flash Point 222°C

Flammability Combustible.

Auto-Ignition

Temperature

Not available.

Flammable Limits -

Lower

Not available.

Flammable Limits -

Upper

Not available.

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Chemical Stability Stable under normal conditions.

Conditions to Avoid Extremes of temperature, keep below 50°C.

Incompatible

Materials

Strong oxidising agents and strong acids.

Hazardous

Decomposition

Products

May release oxides of carbon, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, calcium, zinc and molybdenum, smoke and irritating vapours when heated to decomposition. As the material contains sulphur compounds, hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sulphur based hydrocarbons may be produced upon decomposition.

Hazardous Reactions May react with strong oxidising agents.

Hazardous

Polymerization

Will not occur.

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Toxicology

Information

No toxicity data available for this product.

Inhalation Inhalation of product vapours may cause irritation of the nose, throat and respiratory system.

Ingestion Ingestion of this product may irritate the gastric tract causing nausea and vomiting.

Skin May cause redness, itching and irritation.

Eye May cause eye irritation, tearing, stinging, blurred vision, and redness.

Chronic Effects Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause skin irritation.

Carcinogenicity Constituents of this product are carcinogenic.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecotoxicity No ecological data available for this product.

Persistence /

Degradability

Not available.

Mobility Not available.

Environ. Protection Do not allow product to enter drains, waterways or sewers.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal

Considerations

Dispose of waste according to federal, EPA and state regulations.

Page: 4


4of



14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Transport

Information

Not classified as a Dangerous Good, according to the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail.

Storage and

Transport

Not classified as dangerous.

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

Poisons Schedule Not Scheduled

16. OTHER INFORMATION

Date of preparation

or last revision of

MSDS

MSDS Reviewed: August 2007MSDS created: September 2005

Contact Person/Point TITLE: Technical and Marketing DirectorTELEPHONE NUMBER: 03 9801 0877 B.H

...End Of MSDS...

Material Safety Data SheetTrichloroethylene MSDS

Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: Trichloroethylene

Catalog Codes: SLT3310, SLT2590

CAS#: 79-01-6

RTECS: KX4560000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Trichloroethylene

CI#: Not available.

Synonym:

Chemical Formula: C2HCl3

Contact Information:

Sciencelab.com, Inc.14025 Smith Rd.Houston, Texas 77396

US Sales: 1-800-901-7247International Sales: 1-281-441-4400

Order Online: ScienceLab.com

CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:1-800-424-9300

International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887

For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on IngredientsComposition:

Name CAS # % by Weight

Trichloroethylene 79-01-6 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Trichloroethylene: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5650 mg/kg [Rat]. 2402 mg/kg [Mouse].DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 20001 mg/kg [Rabbit].

Section 3: Hazards Identification

Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion,of inhalation.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (PROVEN) by OSHA. Classified A5 (Not suspected for human.) byACGIH.MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available.The substance is toxic to kidneys, the nervous system, liver, heart, upper respiratory tract.Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.

Section 4: First Aid Measures

p. 1

http://www.sciencelab.com/

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes,keeping eyelids open. Cold water may be used. Do not use an eye ointment. Seek medical attention.

Skin Contact:After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water. Gently and thoroughly wash the contaminated skinwith running water and non-abrasive soap. Be particularly careful to clean folds, crevices, creases and groin.Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. Wash contaminatedclothing before reusing.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek medicalattention.

Inhalation: Allow the victim to rest in a well ventilated area. Seek immediate medical attention.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt orwaistband. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouthresuscitation. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion:Do not induce vomiting. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If the victim is notbreathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek immediate medical attention.

Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data

Flammability of the Product: May be combustible at high temperature.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 420°C (788°F)

Flash Points: Not available.

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 8% UPPER: 10.5%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2), halogenated compounds.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not available.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available.Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder.LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

Large Spill:Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Be careful that the

p. 2

product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

Precautions:Keep locked up Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose a fire risk,evaporate the residue under a fume hood. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label.Avoid contact with skin and eyes

Storage:Keep container dry. Keep in a cool place. Ground all equipment containing material. Carcinogenic, teratogenic ormutagenic materials should be stored in a separate locked safety storage cabinet or room.

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below theirrespective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to thework-station location.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent.Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should beused to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialistBEFORE handling this product.

Exposure Limits:TWA: 50 STEL: 200 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV)TWA: 269 STEL: 1070 (mg/m3) from ACGIHConsult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical state and appearance: Liquid.

Odor: Not available.

Taste: Not available.

Molecular Weight: 131.39 g/mole

Color: Clear Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.

Boiling Point: 86.7°C (188.1°F)

Melting Point: -87.1°C (-124.8°F)

Critical Temperature: Not available.

Specific Gravity: 1.4649 (Water = 1)

Vapor Pressure: 58 mm of Hg (@ 20°C)

p. 3

Vapor Density: 4.53 (Air = 1)

Volatility: Not available.

Odor Threshold: 20 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is equally soluble in oil and water; log(oil/water) = 0

Ionicity (in Water): Not available.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol, diethyl ether, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in methanol, diethyl ether, acetone.Very slightly soluble in cold water.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances: Not available.

Corrosivity:Extremely corrosive in presence of aluminum.Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.

Polymerization: No.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

Routes of Entry: Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 2402 mg/kg [Mouse].Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 20001 mg/kg [Rabbit].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (PROVEN) by OSHA. Classified A5 (Not suspected for human.) byACGIH.The substance is toxic to kidneys, the nervous system, liver, heart, upper respiratory tract.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of ingestion, of inhalation.

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available.

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Passes through the placental barrier in human. Detected in maternal milkin human.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.

p. 4

Section 12: Ecological Information

Ecotoxicity: Not available.

BOD5 and COD: Not available.

Products of Biodegradation:Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products mayarise.

Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are more toxic.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations

Waste Disposal:

Section 14: Transport Information

DOT Classification: CLASS 6.1: Poisonous material.

Identification: : Trichloroethylene : UN1710 PG: III

Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information

Federal and State Regulations:California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found tocause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm, which would require a warning under the statute:TrichloroethyleneCalifornia prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found tocause cancer which would require a warning under the statute: TrichloroethylenePennsylvania RTK: TrichloroethyleneFlorida: TrichloroethyleneMinnesota: TrichloroethyleneMassachusetts RTK: TrichloroethyleneNew Jersey: TrichloroethyleneTSCA 8(b) inventory: TrichloroethyleneCERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Trichloroethylene

Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).

Other Classifications:

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS D-1B: Material causing immediate and serious toxic effects (TOXIC).CLASS D-2B: Material causing other toxic effects (TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R36/38- Irritating to eyes and skin.R45- May cause cancer.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 1

p. 5

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: h

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.):

Health: 2

Flammability: 1

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves.Lab coat.Vapor respirator. Be sure to use anapproved/certified respirator orequivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate.Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information

References: Not available.

Other Special Considerations: Not available.

Created: 10/10/2005 08:54 PM

Last Updated: 11/06/2008 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and weassume no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of theinformation for their particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of anythird party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, evenif ScienceLab.com has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

p. 6

of 4


1 - Chemical Product and Company Identification

Manufacturer: WD-40 Company Address: 1061 Cudahy Place (92110) P.O. Box 80607 San Diego, California, USA 92138 –0607 Telephone: Emergency only: 1-888-324-7596 (PROSAR) Information: 1-888-324-7596 Chemical Spills: 1-800-424-9300 (Chemtrec) 1-703-527-3887 (International Calls)

Chemical Name: Organic Mixture Trade Name: WD-40 Aerosol Product Use: Cleaner, Lubricant MSDS Date Of Preparation: 3/16/07

2 – Hazards Identification

Emergency Overview: DANGER! Flammable aerosol. Contents under pressure. Harmful of fatal if swallowed. If swallowed, may be aspirated and cause lung damage. Avoid eye contact. Use with adequate ventilation. Keep away from heat, sparks and all other sources of ignition. Symptoms of Overexposure: Inhalation: High concentrations may cause nasal and respiratory irritation and central nervous system effects such as headache, dizziness and nausea. Intentional abuse may be harmful or fatal. Skin Contact: Prolonged and/or repeated contact may produce mild irritation and defatting with possible dermatitis. Eye Contact: Contact may be mildly irritating to eyes. May cause redness and tearing. Ingestion: This product has low oral toxicity. Swallowing may cause gastrointestinal irritation, nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. This product is an aspiration hazard. If swallowed, can enter the lungs and may cause chemical pneumonitis, severe lung damage and death. Chronic Effects: None expected. Medical Conditions Aggravated by Exposure: Preexisting eye, skin and respiratory conditions may be aggravated by exposure. Suspected Cancer Agent:

Yes No X

3 - Composition/Information on Ingredients

Ingredient CAS # Weight Percent Aliphatic Hydrocarbon 64742-47-8

64742-48-9 64742-88-7

45-50

Petroleum Base Oil 64742-65-0 15-25 LVP Aliphatic Hydrocarbon 64742-47-8 12-18 Carbon Dioxide 124-38-9 2-3 Non-Hazardous Ingredients Mixture <10

4 – First Aid Measures

Ingestion (Swallowed): Aspiration Hazard. DO NOT induce vomiting. Call physician, poison control center or the WD-40 Safety Hotline at 1-888-324-7596 immediately. Eye Contact: Flush thoroughly with water. Remove contact lenses if present after the first 5 minutes and

continue flushing for several more minutes. Get medical attention if irritation persists.

of 4

Skin Contact: Wash with soap and water. If irritation develops and persists, get medical attention. Inhalation (Breathing): If irritation is experienced, move to fresh air. Get medical attention if irritation or other

symptoms develop and persist.

5 – Fire Fighting Measures

Extinguishing Media: Use water fog, dry chemical, carbon dioxide or foam. Do not use water jet or flooding amounts of water. Burning product will float on the surface and spread fire. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Firefighters should always wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus and full protective clothing. Cool fire-exposed containers with water. Use shielding to protect against bursting containers. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Contents under pressure. Keep away from ignition sources and open flames. Exposure of containers to extreme heat and flames can cause them to rupture often with violent force. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along surfaces to remote ignition sources and flash back.

6 – Accidental Release Measures

Wear appropriate protective clothing (see Section 8). Eliminate all sources of ignition and ventilate area. Leaking cans should be placed in a plastic bag or open pail until the pressure has dissipated. Contain and collect liquid with an inert absorbent and place in a container for disposal. Clean spill area thoroughly. Report spills to authorities as required.

7 – Handling and Storage

Handling: Avoid contact with eyes. Avoid prolonged contact with skin. Avoid breathing vapors or aerosols. Use only with adequate ventilation. Keep away from heat, sparks, pilot lights, hot surfaces and open flames. Unplug electrical tools, motors and appliances before spraying or bringing the can near any source of electricity. Electricity can burn a hole in the can and cause contents to burst into flames. To avoid serious burn injury, do not let the can touch battery terminals, electrical connections on motors or appliances or any other source of electricity. Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling. Keep containers closed when not in use. Keep out of the reach of children. Do not puncture, crush or incinerate containers, even when empty.

Storage: Store in a cool, well-ventilated area, away from incompatible materials Do not store above 120 F or

in direct sunlight. U.F.C (NFPA 30B) Level 3 Aerosol.

8 – Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Chemical Occupational Exposure Limits

Aliphatic Hydrocarbon

100 ppm TWA (ACGIH) 1200 mg/m3 TWA (manufacturer recommended)

Petroleum Base Oil

5 mg/m3 TWA, 10 mg/m3 STEL ACGIH TLV 5 mg/m3 TWA OSHA PEL

LVP Aliphatic Hydrocarbon 1200 mg/m3 TWA (manufacturer recommended)

Carbon Dioxide 5000 ppm TWA (OSHA/ACGIH), 30,000 ppm STEL (ACGIH)

Non-Hazardous Ingredients None Established

The Following Controls are Recommended for Normal Consumer Use of this Product Engineering Controls: Use in a well-ventilated area. Personal Protection: Eye Protection: Avoid eye contact. Always spray away from your face. Skin Protection: Avoid prolonged skin contact. Chemical resistant gloves recommended for operations where skin contact is likely. Respiratory Protection: None needed for normal use with adequate ventilation. For Bulk Processing or Workplace Use the Following Controls are Recommended Engineering Controls: Use adequate general and local exhaust ventilation to maintain exposure levels below that occupational exposure limits.

of 4

Personal Protection: Eye Protection: Safety goggles recommended where eye contact is possible. Skin Protection: Wear chemical resistant gloves. Respiratory Protection: None required if ventilation is adequate. If the occupational exposure limits are exceeded, wear a NIOSH approved respirator. Respirator selection and use should be based on contaminant type, form and concentration. Follow OSHA 1910.134, ANSI Z88.2 and good Industrial Hygiene practice. Work/Hygiene Practices: Wash with soap and water after handling.

9 – Physical and Chemical Properties

Boiling Point: 323 F (minimum) Specific Gravity: 0.817 @ 72 F

Solubility in Water: Insoluble pH: Not Applicable

Vapor Pressure: 110 PSI @ 70 F Vapor Density: Greater than 1

Percent Volatile: 74% VOC: 412 grams/liter (49.5%)

Coefficient of Water/Oil Distribution:

Not Determined Appearance/Odor Light amber liquid/mild odor

Flash Point: 131 F (concentrate) Tag Closed Cup

Flammable Limits: (Solvent Portion)

LEL: 1.1% UE:: 8.9%

10 – Stability and Reactivity

Stability: Stable Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur. Conditions to Avoid: Avoid heat, sparks, flames and other sources of ignition. Do not puncture or incinerate containers. Incompatibilities: Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous Decomposition Products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

11 – Toxicological Information

The oral toxicity of this product is estimated to be greater than 5,000 mg/kg based on an assessment of the ingredients. This product is not classified as toxic by established criteria. It is an aspiration hazard. None of the components of this product is listed as a carcinogen or suspected carcinogen or is considered a reproductive hazard.

12 – Ecological Information

No data is currently available.

13 - Disposal Considerations

If this product becomes a waste, it would be expected to meet the criteria of a RCRA ignitable hazardous waste (D001). However, it is the responsibility of the generator to determine at the time of disposal the proper classification and method of disposal. Dispose in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations.

14 – Transportation Information_

DOT Surface Shipping Description: Consumer Commodity, ORM-D IMDG Shipping Description: Un1950, Aerosols, 2.1, LTD QTY

15 – Regulatory Information

U.S. Federal Regulations: CERCLA 103 Reportable Quantity: This product is not subject to CERCLA reporting requirements, however, oil spills are reportable to the National Response Center under the Clean Water Act and many states have more stringent release reporting requirements. Report spills required under federal, state and local regulations. SARA TITLE III: Hazard Category For Section 311/312: Acute Health, Fire Hazard, Sudden Release of Pressure

of 4

Section 313 Toxic Chemicals: This product contains the following chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 313 Reporting requirements: None Section 302 Extremely Hazardous Substances (TPQ): None EPA Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Status: All of the components of this product are listed on the TSCA inventory. California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act (Proposition 65): This product does not contain chemicals regulated under California Proposition 65. VOC Regulations: This product complies with the consumer product VOC limits of CARB, the US EPA and states adopting the OTC VOC rules. Canadian Environmental Protection Act: All of the ingredients are listed on the Canadian Domestic Substances List or exempt from notification Canadian WHMIS Classification: Class B-5 (Flammable Aerosol) This MSDS has been prepared according to the criteria of the Controlled Products Regulation (CPR) and the MSDS contains all of the information required by the CPR.

16 – Other Information:

HMIS Hazard Rating: Health – 1 (slight hazard), Fire Hazard – 4 (severe hazard), Reactivity – 0 (minimal hazard)

SIGNATURE: TITLE: Director of Global Quality Assurance REVISION DATE: 3/5/2009 SUPERSEDES: May 2007

APPENDIX B

Wyoming Water Quality Application Form & Engineering Design Report

ENGINEERING DESIGN REPORT SUPPORTING APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT

TIME CRITICAL RESPONSE ACTION FOR

WELLHEAD TREATMENT

Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities Finnerty No. 2 Well in Borie Well Field

F.E. Warren Air Force Base Former Atlas D Missile Site 4 Laramie County, Wyoming

Prepared for:

Project Resources Incorporated 1786 Platte Street Denver, CO 80202

Prepared by:

2302 Parklake Drive

Suite 200 Atlanta, GA 30345-2907

June 2009

CAPE i June 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page Section LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ....................................................................... ii

1.0 INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................1

2.0 TREATMENT FACILITIES...............................................................................................2 2.1 Facility Site and Location ........................................................................................2 2.2 Design Conditions....................................................................................................3

3.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................4

4.0 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS........................................................................4

APPENDICES A Cheyenne Board of Utilities Well Rehabilitation Project Design Drawings, Modified by

CAPE, Inc. B GAC System Vendor Proposal C Wyoming Department of Agriculture Analytical Services Instructions for Disinfecting

Wells and Water Systems D Wyoming Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, Department of Water Quality

Application for Permit to Discharge Wastewater for: Notice of Intent for Temporary Discharges

CAPE ii June 2009

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS BOPU Board of Public Utilities GAC granular activated carbon gpm gallons per minute RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act SCADA Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition TCE Trichloroethylene WYPDES Wyoming Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

Engineering Design Report CAPE City of Cheyenne, Finnerty No. 2 Wellhead GAC Treatment 1 June 2009

1.0 INTRODUCTION

In accordance with Chapter 12 of the Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality Water Quality Division Rules and Regulations (Chapter 12), this Engineering Design Report is presented to support the proposed modifications to the wellhead for the City of Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities (BOPU) Finnerty Well Number 2. The purpose for modifying the wellhead is to remove trichloroethylene (TCE) and any other related chemicals from the raw water pumped from the Finnerty Well Number 2. This proposal included installation of a granular activated carbon system to remove volatile organic compounds, which includes TCE, and the associated plant modifications. As this is a modification to the existing system, many of the Engineering Design Report requirements included in Chapter 12 have already been established in the original Permit to Construct for the City of Cheyenne BOPU. Consequently, the following items are not addressed in this Engineering Design Report:

• Facility property boundaries • Flood protection showing 25- and 100-year flood stages • Present and proposed access • Distances from current habitation the closest major treated water transmission line, the

closest treated water storage facility, and the water source • Detailed description of service area for the project including a scaled plan showing land

use and boundaries • Detailed description of recycle flows and procedures for reclamation of recycle streams • Describe sources of water • Historical and design population • Flash mixing, flocculation and settling basin size and equipment description • Chemical feeder capacities and ranges, and • Disinfection feeder capacities and ranges • Chemical requirements, including dosage and feed rates • Chemical delivery, handling, and storage systems • Low service pumping facilities • Description of onsite restrooms and sanitary sewer

• Summary of automatic operation and control systems, including basic operation, manual

override operation, and maintenance requirements • Description of onsite laboratory facilities, or a description of plant control and water

testing requirements and where testing will be conducted.


• Hydraulic treatment reliability (facilities with >100,000 gallons per day capacity): • Provide duplicate units for chemical feed, flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, and

disinfection. • Provide maximum daily flow with largest unit not in service • Alternative power source

This report is organized to follow the format that is presented in Chapter 12:

• Section 2.0 – Treatment Facilities • Section 3.0 – Plans and Specifications • Section 4.0 – General Design Considerations • Section 5.0 – Disinfection of System

As an attachment, this report includes the Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities Well Rehabilitation Project design drawings, modified in red to show the construction details of the new GAC system. The drawings include the details for piping, valves, and thrust blocks needed to support the construction of the new facilities. 2.0 TREATMENT FACILITIES

The existing facility is a wellhead connected to a system that provides water for the city of Cheyenne BOPU. The Finnerty Well No. 2 is one of four wells that comprise the city of Cheyenne Borie Well Field, and water from the well field is blended with treated water and conveyed to the city water distribution system. Recent water sampling has indicated that TCE is a contaminant in the water pumped from the Finnerty No. 2 well and has been detected at concentrations typically near 22 micrograms-per-liter, but has also been detected up to 40 micrograms-per-liter. The most recent concentration was 26 micrograms-per-liter. In order to remove the TCE from the water, a granular activated carbon (GAC) treatment system is proposed to be installed at the wellhead. The following information provides the details of the treatment system and the design basis for the system.

2.1 Facility Site and Location The GAC system will be installed adjacent to the Finnerty No. 2 wellhead on the upslope side of the site, which is along the southeast fence of the existing wellhead plant. The site for placing the GAC system will be graded with a 1 percent slope as shown on the drawings, and a 4-inch thick gravel pad will be placed to support the GAC equipment. The site will be fenced with a double gate, each 8 feet wide. The construction contractor will test for the soil bearing capacity of the site prior to placing the GAC equipment.


2.2 Design Conditions The wellhead is designed to provide 550 gallons-per-minute (gpm) at a total dynamic head of 187 feet. Currently, the well is typically operated at 470 gpm, and the city of Cheyenne’s policy is to run the wells 10 to 15 percent below their Adjudicated Pumping Rate. At 470 gpm, the carbon usage based on only the TCE loading is estimated to be 678 pounds per month, according to the carbon system vendor. The well is typically operated between 5 and 6 months out of the year. This results in a total loading over 6 months of approximately 4,070 pounds of carbon. This estimate does not account for other organic compounds or dissolved solids that may load the carbon; however, the analytical results for volatile organic compounds have shown fluorobenzene and dichlorobenzene at lower concentrations. Consequently, the proposed system is comprised of two 20,000 pound GAC units, connected in series, to provide a significant safety factor. The contact time calculated for the 40,000 pound system is calculated to be 22 minutes at 470 gpm and 20 minutes at 520 gpm. The City has agreed that these flow rates are appropriate for the design of the GAC system. Also, at the design TCE concentration of 40 micrograms-per-liter, the contact time of 20 minutes is conservatively sufficient to capture the TCE and remove it from the water. The GAC treatment system will be tied into the existing wellhead between the well and the City’s flow control shed, which contains the City’s Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (SCADA) equipment. At this location, the water supplied from the treatment system will be properly controlled and observed by the City. The system is very basic and will include a bag filter array to remove suspended solids prior to the water entering the GAC units. A piping manifold with valves will route the water to the GAC units. The manifold can be changed using the valves to provide four different flow processes, two each for water treatment and for backwashing. The treated water will be routed directly back into the City’s wellhead piping upgradient of their flow controls and SCADA system. According to the GAC system vendor, the system will be backwashed to decompress the GAC bed and to remove any other sedimentation that may accumulate on the top of the bed. Approximately 10,000 gallons of water would be pumped through the carbons in a reverse mode through the carbons in two steps. Each carbon unit will be backwashed separately, and water from backwashing will be temporarily contained in an onsite storage tank (frac tank) provided by the vendor. The backwash water will be sampled, analyzed, and discharged in accordance with


the Wyoming Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (WYPDES) Permit for Temporary Discharges. The GAC treatment system will generate the following wastestreams: used filters with sediments, backwash, sediments from backwash, and used GAC. The used GAC will be considered a listed waste (F002) under the United States Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulations. As such, the spent carbon will be transferred to a permitted hazardous waste disposal facility for regeneration. It is anticipated that the carbon bed in one unit may not need to be replaced until the end of the 6 month operation season, at which time 20,000 pounds would be replaced. However, if the loading on the GAC is not much more that just the TCE, then the lead GAC unit may last for two years. Spent GAC will be regenerated at a permitted hazardous waste treatment facility by driving off the adsorbed TCE with heat and treating the resulting vapors with a thermal oxidizer. Used bag filters will also be labeled as F002 waste and will be disposed at a hazardous waste permitted facility either by incineration or in a permitted hazardous waste landfill. Backwash sediment and water will be tested for hazardous characteristics. It is anticipated that neither will be hazardous and that both will be disposed onsite via spreading the sediment and discharging the backwash water. However, if they are characteristically hazardous in accordance with United States Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 261 Subpart C, they will be managed and disposed as hazardous waste. 3.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Design drawings are included in Appendix A and include the specifications for the system infrastructure. In addition, the proposal from the GAC system vendor is also included in Appendix B and includes the system details. 4.0 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

The proposed GAC system will remove TCE concentrations from the water to concentrations less than 5 micrograms-per-liter, which is the required level of treatment based on the Federal Primary Drinking Water Standard for TCE. The design is based on the flowrate of up to 550 gpm using and average flow of 470 gpm. The site of the treatment system will be located adjacent the wellhead plant along the southeast fence and will be graded to a 1 percent slope for drainage. The system will be contained within a fenced area. During the winter months the system will not operate (between October and May each year), and the GAC will be removed from the tanks and stored offsite in a protected shelter (e.g. a heated warehouse). The system will be drained of all standing water by draining the tanks overland and draining the piping into the existing wellhead


sump. Modifications to system housing will be provided as necessary, but covered, heating housing is not currently planned for the system. The GAC vessels are steel, pressure rated to 75 pounds per square inch, and the interiors are lined with a lining approved by NSF International™ for potable water use. Each adsorber will contain sample ports and pressure gauges to monitor the operational conditions across the carbon bed. The vessels will be skid-mounted. The GAC system vendor will provide grounding for each unit by connecting each skid to a grounding rod using standard grounding practices in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Code 70 (National Electric Code), Article 250. No electrical pumps, controls, or other electrical systems are needed for the GAC system. The system will be connected directly to the existing wellhead using 8-inch diameter ductile iron pipe, and flow will be controlled using three gate valves. The valves are set up to provide isolation of the GAC from the wellhead if necessary. In addition, the valves can all be opened to allow the dewatering of the full treatment system using the wellhead sump. No chemical storage is necessary for this system. It is important, however, to label the GAC units as permit-required confined spaces and to warn that there may be an oxygen-deficient atmosphere inside the GAC units. The appropriate labels will be applied to the units. 5.0 DISINFECTION OF SYSTEM After the system is installed and prior to bringing the system online, the system will be disinfected in accordance with the Wyoming Department of Agriculture Analytical Services Instructions for Disinfecting Wells and Water Systems, which is attached as Appendix C. The water used to disinfect the system will be treated and discharged in accordance with the WYPDES permit requirements, attached as Appendix D. If necessary, the treated wastewater from disinfection activities will be stored onsite until the permit is approved and the water is appropriately characterized for discharge. The limit for residual chlorine is 50 micrograms-per-liter. In addition, the system will also be tested for microbiology in accordance with the Wyoming Department of Agriculture Analytical Services recommendations. These tests include total coliform, fecal coliform, e coli, HPC, and biological oxygen demand. The tests are summarized on their website: http://wyagric.state.wy.us/divisions/aslab/watermicro.htm.

Engineering Design Report CAPE City of Cheyenne, Finnerty No. 2 Wellhead GAC Treatment June 2009

APPENDIX A

Cheyenne Board of Utilities Well Rehabilitation Project Design Drawings, Modified by CAPE, Inc.

APPENDIX C

Manufacturer’s Technical Information Sheets for Treatment System

10’ Diameter Media VesselsUnit#66A/B

Texas ● Colorado ● Michigan ● New Jersey ● Connecticut

Environmental Treatment Specialists

General Specifications: Flow ranges from 500-2,000 GPM

Main Equipment: 2 – 10’ diameter media tanks 10’ diameter x 22’ high

Equipment Features: Polypropylene slotted nozzles for water collection & backwash distribution Standard Absorbtion System Piping including:Air Eliminators to remove air from headspaceSchedule 40 carbon steel process piping w/cast iron fittingsCast Iron butterfly valves for process piping4” ball valves for GAC discharge

Internal Lining: Macropoxy 646 potable water epoxy where GAC contacts steel for portable water & most liquid applications

External Coating: High solids epoxy paint

Pressure rating: 75 psig & 14 psig vacuum

Water Hose Connection: Male camlocks 2” inlet fitting

Air Hose Connection: ¾” Chicago hose connection

Carbon Hose Connection: 3” camlock

Process Pipe Connection: 6” 150# ANSI flange

Maintenance Access: 20” round flanged man-way one side 2- 14” x 18” manway on top

Weight: 15,000 lbs. empty / 85,000 lbs. Operating weight

Options: Manifold for between vessels

Power Requirements: None


Corp Office: 231-843-2711Gulf Coast: 210-862-6467

or 713-202-6351Midwest Office: 231-342-1115East Coast Office:203-262-1200

www.proact-usa.com

Media Vessel Pressure Drop (Series Operation) (8x30 Mesh)

048

12162024

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Flow GPM

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

I

ProAct U66

5 Stage Bag Filter System Specifications

GPM: 500GPM

PSI: 100 PSI

Size: 48” wide X90” long X 54” high

Equipment: Unit consists of 5- stainless steel bag filtersInlet and outlet port connections are 6" NPTQuick opening cover Buna O-ring seals1” M-cam drain at the bottom of housingsApprox. weight 1,400 pounds Uses 5-P12 size bag filter socks

5 Stage Bag FiltersUnit#99-102


Corp Office: 231-843-2711Gulf Coast: 210-862-6467

or 713-202-6351Midwest Office: 231-342-1115East Coast Office: 203-262-1200

www.proact-usa.com

Texas ● Colorado ● Michigan ● New Jersey ● Connecticut

Environmental Treatment Specialists

APPENDIX D

System Design Drawings and General System Layout

REVTITLE

SIZE

BSCALE

DATE: PROJECT #

SHEET

For PROACTuse only

NTS 1

1

Tanks w/ Manifold

20,000 STAND UPCARBON VESSELS

B/W

Bottom Tank BBottom Tank A

1 2

3

4

5 6

7 89

10

11 12

13

14

Hose or PVC to connect Tanks to ManifoldHose or PVC to connect Tanks to Manifold

Tank BTank A

830 cuft830 cuft

10'

22'

APPENDIX E

Calgon Carbon Specification Sheet

APPENDIX F

Trichloroethene Isotherm

APPENDIX G

Daily Quality Control Report Template

TABLE 1 Daily Quality Control Report

Project Name: Date: Location:

Contract No: Daily Report No.:

Weather: Precipitation:

Temperature: Wind:

Total Personnel On Site: 1. Contractor/Subcontractor Area of Responsibility

Name

Area of Responsibility Trade

Number of Employees

Hours (total)

2. Major Operating Plant or Equipment

Equipment Arrival Date Safety Check Date

Hours in Use

Hours Idle

Hours in Repair

Departure Date

3. Brief Description of Work Performed: (Indicate locations and descriptions of work performed by prime and/or subcontractors). 4. Health and Safety Levels: 5. Problem Encountered: 6. Change from Work Plan: 7. Remarks: Contractor's Verification: On behalf of the Contractor, I certify that this report is complete and correct, and all materials and equipment used and work performed during this reporting period are in compliance with the contract plans and specifications, to the best of my knowledge, except as may be noted above. ON-SITE CORPS REPRESENTATIVE A-E REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE

APPENDIX H

Adsorbate Profile Document

ADSORBATE PROFILE DOCUMENT

Fill in the required areas of the form and ship to the address at right along with the Carbon Acceptance Canister or Sample Bottle containing the spent carbon. If carbon returns will be RCRA manifested, also include the Certification of Generator Form and the Chain of Custody Document.

Ship completed paperwork and spent carbon sample to: Calgon Carbon Corporation

Attention: Reactivation Acceptance Dept. 500 Calgon Carbon Drive

Pittsburgh, PA 15205

e-mail: [email protected] Section 1 – Generator Information Date Completed: Company Name Facility Name

Mailing Address Shipping address

City, State, Zip City, State, Zip

Technical Contact Title

Telephone # E-Mail Address

Fax # Cell #

Note that it is the responsibility of the generator/customer to characterize the spent carbon, including determination and declaration of RCRA status, disclosure of contaminants present in the stream being treated, etc. If you have specific questions on these subjects or if you need help completing this document call 1-800-422-7266 and ask for the Carbon Acceptance Department or refer to our web site at www.calgoncarbon.com/serviceplatform/carbon_return_procedures.htm Section 2 – Billing Information The fee for carbon acceptance testing is $400 (USD) for non-hazardous projects and $1000 (USD) for RCRA-hazardous projects, plus tax where applicable. Please provide the following billing information. This information is required in order for carbon acceptance testing to begin. Calgon Carbon Technical Sales Representative Purchase Order # for Carbon Acceptance Testing Bill to Name

Address Telephone #

City, State, Zip Fax #

Attention Cell #

Section 3 – Notice to RCRA Spent Carbon Generators As a requirement of 40 CFR 264.12(b), Calgon Carbon Corporation is required to notify hazardous waste generators that its facilities have the proper permits in place to accept hazardous spent carbon. The facilities covered under this notification are: Facility EPA ID Number Catlettsburg, KY KYD005009923 Neville Island, PA PAD000736942

Page 1 of 4 APD 03/01/07

ADSORBATE PROFILE DOCUMENT Generator Name Date Section 4 – Regulatory Profile

If “YES”, list EPA waste code number(s): __________________________________________________________ If “YES”, list Facility EPA ID#:

If “YES”, list state or provincial waste code number (s): ______________________________________________ If “YES”, list Facility State ID#: _________________________________________________________________

If “YES”, list substances: Does the spent carbon contain any of the following chemicals?

Check the appropriate DOT shipping name for the spent carbon. □ Not Regulated □ Scrap Carbon □ Hazardous Waste, Solid, N.O.S., 9, NA 3077, III, (list waste codes) _____________________________ □ RQ, Hazardous Waste, Solid, N.O.S., 9, NA 3077, III, (list waste codes) _____________________________ □ Other (if other, give description) _____________________________________________________________

Page 2 of 4 APD 03/01/07

Is the spent carbon generated at a SUPERFUND Site? YES NO Is the sample submitted for carbon acceptance testing representative as defined in 40 CFR 261 – Appendix I or by using an updated or equivalent method?

YES NO

Has TCLP testing been performed on the spent carbon sample? If “YES”, attached lab report and provide PA Laboratory Registration Number. If “NO”, attach a detailed explanation supporting use of generator process knowledge in lieu of actual chemical analysis.

YES NO

Has a hazardous waste determination been done for the waste stream as defined in 40 CFR Part 262.11?

YES NO

Is the spent carbon a RCRA hazardous waste as defined in 40CFR Part 261? YES NO

Is the spent carbon a hazardous waste in the facility’s state or province? YES NO

Is the carbon treating a stream which is subject to the Benzene NESHAP Standard (40CFR Part 61)?

YES NO

Is the carbon treating a stream which is subject to the Hazardous Organic NESHAP Standard (40 CFR Part 63)?

YES NO

Does the spent carbon contain substances subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA) of 1986 and 40 CFR Part 372?

YES NO

1. Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)? If “NO” proceed to Question 2. If “YES”, complete below.

YES NO

Total PCBs on the spent carbon must be below 50 mg/kg to be accepted for reactivation. You must report and certify the actual concentration as determined by a test of a representative composite sample of the spent activated carbon from the adsorber. Calgon Carbon Corporation can arrange to have this testing done for you at an additional cost. Contact your Technical Service Representative for additional information.

Total PCBs _______mg/kg (Attach Lab Report)

2. Dioxins YES NO 3. 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) YES NO Is the spent carbon known to have radioactive characteristics? If yes, please explain.

YES NO

Does the spent carbon have the potential to possess radioactive characteristics based on radioactivity in the treated application? If yes, please explain.

YES NO

Does the carbon treat an aqueous stream or a vapor stream from an aqueous source? YES NO

ADSORBATE PROFILE DOCUMENT Generator Name Date Section 5 – Carbon Identification and Return Information Circle One Carbon Type Granular Pellet Liquid Vapor U.S. Mesh Size ______ X ______ Carbon Product Name Calgon Carbon Product ? Yes No If “NO”, indicate type Coal Base Coconut Base Other _______________ Is spent carbon free-flowing ? Yes No Are there any other filter media present in the carbon system (i.e. sand, gravel)? Yes No Does the spent carbon contain silt, sand, gravel or other foreign material? Yes No If “YES”, describe Adsorption Equipment by: Calgon Carbon Customer Other _______________ Pounds of spent carbon per return Frequency of spent carbon returns _____ Times per Week, Month, Year or ______ One Time Only Spent Carbon return via:

Circle One

Bulk Truck 1800 lb. Vapor Pac–Plastic 2000 lb. Cyclesorb–FRP

Calgon Bins 1800 lb. Vapor Pac–SS 2000 lb. Cyclesorb-SS

Super Sack Vapor Pac 10 1000 lb. Cyclesorb-FRP

55 Gal. Drum Ventsorb Flowsorb

Other _________________________________

Section 6 – Stream Profile Type of Stream √ Check all that Apply Stream Components

Liquid Phase Treatment Vapor Phase Treatment List the principal components and their concen –tration in the stream (ppm, mg/L, wt%, etc.)

□ Spill Clean-up □ Air Stripper Component Amount Unit □ Industrial Process □ Industrial Process Vapor □ Food-Grade Process □ Food-Grade Process □ Potable Water – Surface □ Solvent Recovery □ Potable Water – GW □ Tank Vent □ Industrial Wastewater □ Industrial WW Vapor □ Groundwater □ Soil Extraction □ Other – Describe below □ Other – Describe below Describe the stream and how it is generated. What is the stream flow rate? ___________ gpm or ____________ cfm Is the stream treated at elevated temperature? YES NO If “YES”, Temperature ___ º F or C Is the stream saturated with inorganic salts ? YES NO Section 7 – Disposal Methods Acceptable methods of spent carbon disposal:

Alternate Fuels Blending (thermal destruction/incineration) Calgon Carbon Reactivation Landfill

Yes No Yes No Yes No

Section 8 – Environmental Audit of Facilities Will it be necessary for you to perform an environmental audit of the disposal facilities prior to the return of spent carbon?

YES NO

Page 3 of 4 APD 03/01/07

ADSORBATE PROFILE DOCUMENT Generator Name Date Section 9 – Safety Profile (attach any analyses, toxilogical studies, safety data, MSDS, etc. that are relevant) Are any of the following types of compounds, materials, or conditions present in the spent carbon? If “YES”, describe or identify condition in the column to the right. Circle One OSHA regulated Carcinogens (per 29 CFR 1910) YES NO Halogenated Organics YES NO Sulfur-Containing Organics YES NO Pesticides/Herbicides YES NO Highly Toxic Organics YES NO Explosive (Self-Igniting/Shock Sensitive Material) YES NO Biological or Disease-Causing Agents YES NO Reactive Cyanide or Sulfide YES NO Odorous Compounds YES NO Metals (As, Ba, Cd, Cr, Pb, Hg, Se, Cu, Mn, Ni, Zn) YES NO Are there any unique safe handling requirements necessary for processing the spent carbon? If “YES”, describe

YES NO

If the spent carbon contains proprietary chemicals, list any acute or chronic hazards associated with or alleged to be associated with human contact or exposure to the material. Section 10 – Generator Certification I, the Generator and/or Authorized Agent, certify this Adsorbate Profile Document and all the attachments, contain true and accurate descriptions of the spent activated carbon and all of the relevant information within the possession of the Generator regarding known or suspected hazards pertaining to the spent carbon has been disclosed to Calgon Carbon Corporations. I, the Generator and/or Authorized Agent, acknowledge that Calgon Carbon Corporation must rely on the Generator certification of all chemical and physical characteristics of hazardous substances managed or processed by Calgon Carbon Corporation. To the best of my knowledge and information, the spent activated carbon to be returned to Calgon Carbon Corporation for reactivation does not contain PCBs greater than or equal to 50 ppm; dioxins above 20 ppb TCDD International Toxicity Equivalents; 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane greater than 1.5% by weight; nor is it a characteristically ignitable, corrosive or reactive water. I acknowledge that any changes in character or loading, which deviate from this profile warrant completion of a new Adsorbate Profile Document. Calgon Carbon Corporation reserves the right to rescind any spent carbon returns, which substantially differ from the approved profile. Name _______________________________________ Title ________________________________________ Signature ____________________________________ Date _______________________________________ Section 11 – Confidentiality Calgon Carbon Corporation, as a consideration of the customer’s release of the above information and any Calgon subsequent data provided, agrees to treat such information as confidential property and will not disclose such information to others except as required by law and facility operating permits. Name _______________________________________ Title ________________________________________ Signature ____________________________________ Date _______________________________________ Page 4 of 4 APD 03/01/07

Waste Code

Regulatory Limit mg/L

DOT Reportable Quantity, pounds

Chronic Toxicity Level mg/L

D004 Arsenic 5 1 0.05D005 Barium 100 1000 1D018 Benzene 0.5 10 0.005D006 Cadmium 1 10 0.01D019 Carbon Tetrachloride 0.5 10 0.005D020 Chlordane 0.03 1 0.0003D021 Chlorobenzene 100 100 1D022 Chloroform 6 10 0.06D007 Chromium 5 10 0.05D023 o-Cresol 200 1000 2D024 m-Cresol 200 1000 2D025 p-Cresol 200 1000 2D026 Cresol 200 1000 2D016 2,4-D 10 100 0.1D027 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 7.5 100 0.075D028 1,2-Dichloroethane 0.5 100 0.005D029 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.7 100 0.007D030 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 0.13 10 0.0005D012 Endrin 0.02 1 0.0002D031 Heptachlor (and Hypoxide) 0.008 1 0.00008D032 Hexachlorobenzene 0.13 10 0.0002D033 Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene 0.5 1 0.005D034 Hexachloroethane 3 100 0.03D008 Lead 5 * 0.05D013 Lindane 0.4 1 0.004D009 Mercury 0.2 1 0.002D014 Methoxychlor 10 1 0.1D035 Methyl ethyl ketone 200 5000 2D036 Nitrobenzene 2 1000 0.02D037 Pentachlorophenol 100 10 1D038 Pyridine 5 1000 0.04D010 Selenium 1 10 0.01D011 Silver 5 1 0.05D039 Tetrachloroethylene 0.7 100 0.007D015 Toxaphene 0.5 1 0.005D040 Trichloroethylene 0.5 100 0.005D041 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 400 10 4D042 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 2 10 0.02D017 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) 1 100 0.01D043 Vinyl chloride 0.2 1 0.002

TCLP List

Constituent

* not availableThe regulatory level has been set at ~100 x the chronic toxicity level.

Characteristic/Property Limits of AcceptabilityVolatile Sulfur 1.0 % Maximum

Volatile Halides: Chloride 1.7 % Maximum - Neville Island; 4.0% Maximum - Big Sandy Bromide 0.3% Maximum Fluoride 0.4 % Maximum

High Exotherm During Reactivation Require Case-by-Case Approva

Potassium Maximum of 0.1 wt. %

Sodium Maximum of 1.0 wt. %

Metals Require Case-by-Case Approval

Lead <50 mg/kg

Mercury Not acceptable

Size Greater than or equal to 12 x 40 Mesh

pH Range Greater than 2.0 and less than 12.5

Ignitable (per RTM-10) Not Acceptable (Although BSP is permitted to receive D001 manifested material, they may not receive any spent carbon which exhibits the characteristic of ignitability.)

Instantaneously Ignitable (per RTM-10) Not Acceptable

Dioxins Not Acceptable at BSP; Must be < 20 ug/kg TEQs at NIP

Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's) < 50 mg/kg

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) Not Acceptable

Unacceptable RCRA Waste Codes Not Acceptable: D001 (NIP), D002, D003, F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, F027, F028, F032

The following waste codes are pending approval from the respective agencies. Calgon Carbon may not accept spent carbon which has been mainfested using these codes until agency approval has been granted:

Acceptable NIP/Pending BSP: F035, K064, K065, K066, K088, K090, K091, K107, K108, K109, K110, K141, K142, K143, K144, K145, K147, K148, K149, K150, K151, P120, P121, P122, U277, U373, U379, U381, U382, U385, U386, U387, U389, U401, U402, U404, U409, U410, U411

Total Cyanide <250 mg/kg

Total Sulfide <500 mg/kg

Radioactivity Not to Exceed Background Level

Note 1: Spent Granular Activated carbon to be returned for reactivation shall be free of any foreign debris (rock, wood, metal, etc.) or extraneous impurities, free of oil and grease, easily wetted by water, and free-flowing.

Note 2: Acceptance for reactivation of spent carbon which has not been supplied by Calgon Carbon Corporation must be investigated oncase-by-case basis.

General Carbon Acceptance Criteria for RCRA and Non-RCRA Spent Carbon Returns to Calgon Carbon

Pending Waste Codes

Acutely Toxic, Odorous, or OSHA regulated compounds Require Case-by-Case Approval

APPENDIX I

Wyoming Department of Agriculture Analytical Services Instructions for Disinfecting Wells and Water Systems

WYOMING DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE ANALYTICAL SERVICES

1174 Snowy Range Road Laramie, Wyoming 82070

Phone: (307)-742-2984 FAX: 307-742-2156 Web Site : http://wyagric.state.wy.us/aslab/aslab.htm e-mail: [email protected]

INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISINFECTING

WELLS AND WATER SYSTEMS

It is recommended that contaminated wells, new wells or repaired wells and/or distribution piping be disinfected before the water is used for human consumption or on food contact surfaces. Chlorine compounds are readily available, easy to use, and when used in the proper amount, are very effective.

The first step in disinfecting a well is to determine the volume of water in the well. Table I gives the volume per foot of depth for common well casing diameters. The total gallons of water in the well is obtained by multiplying the

gallons/foot by the depth of the well in feet. For example: An 8" cased well with 100 feet of water would contain 250 gallons (100 feet x 2.5 gallons/foot).

Next, the amount of chlorine containing compound must be determined. Table II lists the amount of various chlorine containing compounds to add to various volumes of water in the well. Once the amount of chlorine containing material to be added to the well has been calculated, follow the disinfecting procedure.

TABLE I

Gallons of water per foot of well depth Well diameter 4" 6" 8" 12" 14" 16" 24" 36" 48"

Gallons of water 0.65 1.5 2.5 4 6 10.5 23.5 53 94 per foot of depth

TABLE II

Quantity of Various Chlorine Containing Materials to Use (With this quantity the disinfecting strength will be about 50 parts per million)

Volume of Household Chloride (50%) (70%) Water in Well Bleaches of Lime Hypochlorite Hypochlorite 50 gallons 7 oz. 1.5 oz. 1 oz. 0.5 oz. 100 gallons 14 oz. 3.0 oz. 2 oz. 1.0 oz. 150 gallons 21 oz. 4.5 oz. 3 oz. 1.5 oz. 200 gallons 28 oz. 6.0 oz. 4 oz. 2.0 oz. 300 gallons 42 oz. 9.0 oz. 6 oz. 3.0 oz. For each additional 100 gallons 14 oz. 3.0 oz. 2 oz. 1.0 oz.

PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER

WELLS AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

After the size of the well casing has been determined and the quantity of chlorine containing material is calculated, proceed with the disinfection process.

1. Open the top of the well and pour in the measured amount of chemical and circulate, back into the well, water drawn from a house spigot or other faucet closer to the well until the return water has a strong chlorine odor or taste. This process may take 30 minutes or more depending on the depth of the well, the depth of the pump, the length and size of distribution pipes and hoses.

2. Open all inside and outside faucets until the odor of chlorine is detected and then shut off. This ensures the chlorine is contacting all surfaces within the plumbing system and well. NOTE: We would suggest opening the hot and cold taps furthest from the source until chlorine is detected. Shut these taps off and in a systematic manner moving back towards the source, open each faucet until chlorine is detected, then close. Don't forget to flush toilets and cycle dishwashers and clothes washers.

3. Allow the water to stand in the pipes for 12 to 48 hours. In most cases 12 to 16 hours or over night is sufficient.

4. At the conclusion of the contact period, open the faucets furthest from the source and make sure the odor of chlorine is still detectable. If this is the case, then open all taps, inside and out, until the smell or taste of chlorine is gone. If the smell of chlorine is not present when the tap furthest from the source is opened, repeat steps 1 through 3 and double the amount of chlorine chemical added to the well.

After 48 hours of normal use, resample the water using the enclosed whirl-pack. NOTE: The sample should be collected and shipped to arrive at the lab within 30 hours of collection.

It is important to remember that water is a food, and thus should be produced and transported in a sanitary manner. This means the well must be sealed in such a manner so as to protect it from all sources of contamination. Disinfecting the well will not ensure a good potable (drinking) water until all construction is complete.

RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Have the total coliform run on your water at

least twice each year, once in late spring and again in late fall.

2. Have a professional inspect the well once every 5 to 10 years or any time persistent

bacteriological problems occur. 3. Keep all records and water reports on the well

from the time of drilling to present. These records may prove useful in diagnosing and/or curing problems.

Disinfct.doc – 25-JUL-2002

Final Work Plan (Entire) - F.E. Warren AFB Former Atlas D Mi_2009

Documents

Transcript of Final Work Plan (Entire) - F.E. Warren AFB Former Atlas D Mi_2009